COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS INC
S-4, 1994-08-24
GENERAL MEDICAL & SURGICAL HOSPITALS, NEC
Previous: ALLIANCE FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1994-08-24
Next: CIGNA ANNUITY FUNDS GROUP, NSAR-A, 1994-08-24



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 24, 1994
    
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------

                                    FORM S-4
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------

                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                           <C>
            DELAWARE                           8060                    76-0137985
 (State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)    Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                          3707 FM 1960 WEST, SUITE 500
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77068
                                 (713) 537-5230
          Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                               DEBORAH G. MOFFETT
                            VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE
                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
        ALAN JACOBS, Esq.                 ROBERT W. MILLER, Esq.
     McGlinchey Stafford Lang                King & Spalding
  2777 Stemmons Frwy., Suite 925           191 Peachtree Street
       Dallas, Texas 75207                Atlanta, Georgia 30303
          (214) 634-3939                      (404) 572-4600
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  UPON THE EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER DESCRIBED IN THE ENCLOSED JOINT PROXY
                             STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
                            ------------------------

    If  the  securities  being registered  on  this  form are  being  offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance  with
General Instruction G, check the following box.  / /
                            ------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PROPOSED            PROPOSED
                                             AMOUNT             MAXIMUM             MAXIMUM            AMOUNT OF
  TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITES           TO BE           OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE          REGISTRATION
          TO BE REGISTERED               REGISTERED (1)      PER SHARE (2)     OFFERING PRICE (2)       FEE (3)
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per
 share...............................      3,564,085            $20.592           $73,392,686          $10,423.12
</TABLE>

(1) Based  upon the estimated maximum number of shares of Community Common Stock
    to be issued pursuant to the Merger, which is equal to (a) .97 shares  times
    the  number of shares of Hallmark Common Stock issued and outstanding at the
    Effective Time, as defined herein, (assuming the exercise of all outstanding
    exercisable stock options), plus (b) 5.4  shares times the number of  shares
    of Hallmark Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the Effective Time.

(2) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration fee,
    pursuant to Rule 457(f).

(3) Net of offset amount of $14,885.07, pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2),  previously
    paid in connection with the filing of preliminary proxy materials on July 7,
    1994.
                            ------------------------

    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
         CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
                             AND ITEMS IN FORM S-4
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       FORM S-4                                                                      LOCATION IN
ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                                    JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
- -------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                 <C>

                                         A.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus...................  Forepart of Registration Statement; Outside Front Cover
                                                                Page of Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Page of
            Prospectus.......................................  Inside Front Cover Page of Joint Proxy
                                                                Statement/Prospectus; Available Information;
                                                                Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference; Table
                                                                of Contents
       3.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
            and Other Information............................  Summary; Investment Considerations; Otherwise Not
                                                                Applicable
       4.  Terms of the Transaction..........................  Outside Front Cover Page of Joint Proxy
                                                                Statement/Prospectus; Summary; Background of the Merger
                                                                and Related Matters; Recommendations of the Boards of
                                                                Directors and Reasons for the Merger; The Merger
       5.  Pro Forma Financial Information...................  Summary; Pro Forma Financial Information
       6.  Material Contacts with the Company Being
            Acquired.........................................  Background of the Merger; The Merger
       7.  Additional Information Required for Reoffering by
            Persons and Parties Deemed to be Underwriters....  Not Applicable
       8.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel............  Summary; Background of the Merger and Related Matters;
                                                                Experts; Legal Opinions
       9.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
            Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities...  Not Applicable

                                         B.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT

      10.  Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants.......  Available Information; Incorporation of Certain
                                                                Documents by Reference; Summary
      11.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
            Reference........................................  Available Information; Incorporation of Certain
                                                                Documents by Reference
      12.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
            Registrants......................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       FORM S-4                                                                      LOCATION IN
ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                                    JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
- -------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                 <C>
      13.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
            Reference........................................  Not Applicable
      14.  Information with Respect to Registrants Other Than
            S-2 or S-3 Registrants...........................  Not Applicable

                                   C.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY BEING ACQUIRED

      15.  Information with Respect to S-3 Companies.........  Not Applicable
      16.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
            Companies........................................  Not Applicable
      17.  Information with Respect to Companies Other Than
            S-2 or S-3 Companies.............................  Summary; Hallmark Managements' Discussion and Analysis
                                                                of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;
                                                                Hallmark's Business; Directors and Executive Officers
                                                                of Hallmark who will become Directors of Community

                                         D.  VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

      18.  Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations
            are to be Solicited..............................  Outside Front Cover Page of Joint Proxy
                                                                Statement/Prospectus; Available Information;
                                                                Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference;
                                                                Summary; Introduction; The Merger
      19.  Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations
            are not to be Solicited or in an Exchange
            Offer............................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
                                August 26, 1994
    

To the Stockholders of Community Health Systems, Inc.:

   
    You  are cordially invited to attend  a Special Meeting of Stockholders (the
"Community Special Meeting") of Community Health Systems, Inc. ("Community")  to
be  held on  October 5,  1994, at  10:00 a.m.,  local time,  at the Ritz-Carlton
Hotel, 181 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30303.
    

    At the Community Special Meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote  on
a  proposal  providing  for the  merger  (the "Merger")  of  Hallmark Healthcare
Corporation  ("Hallmark")  with   and  into  Community   Acquisition  Corp.,   a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Community ("Acquisition  Corp."), which will succeed
to all  of Hallmark's  business and  properties,  pursuant to  the terms  of  an
Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 10, 1994, by
and  among Community, Acquisition  Corp. and Hallmark  (the "Merger Agreement").
Under the terms  of the  Merger Agreement, holders  of Hallmark  Class A  Common
Stock  and Hallmark Class B  Common Stock owned as of  the effective time of the
Merger will receive .97  shares of Community Common  Stock for each share  owned
and  holders of Hallmark Preferred  Stock owned as of  the effective time of the
Merger will receive 5.4 shares of  Community Common Stock for each share  owned.
Details  of  the  proposal  are  set  forth  in  the  accompanying  Joint  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, which you should read carefully.

    AFTER CAREFUL  CONSIDERATION,  THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  OF  COMMUNITY  HAS
UNANIMOUSLY  APPROVED THE  MERGER AND  RELATED MERGER  AGREEMENT AS  IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF COMMUNITY AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT  ALL
STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR ITS ADOPTION. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF COMMUNITY HAS BEEN
ADVISED  BY LEHMAN BROTHERS, INC. THAT, IN  ITS OPINION, THE CONSIDERATION TO BE
PAID BY COMMUNITY  IN THE MERGER  IS FAIR, FROM  A FINANCIAL POINT  OF VIEW,  TO
COMMUNITY AS OF THE DATE OF SUCH OPINION.

    All  stockholders are  invited to  attend the  Community Special  Meeting in
person. The  affirmative  vote  of  a majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of
Community  Common  Stock will  be  necessary for  approval  and adoption  of the
proposal.

    IN ORDER  THAT YOUR  SHARES  MAY BE  REPRESENTED  AT THE  COMMUNITY  SPECIAL
MEETING,  YOU  ARE  URGED  TO  PROMPTLY  COMPLETE,  SIGN,  DATE  AND  RETURN THE
ACCOMPANYING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE,  WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO  ATTEND
THE  COMMUNITY SPECIAL MEETING.  If you attend the  Community Special Meeting in
person you may, if you wish, vote  personally on all matters brought before  the
Community Special Meeting even if you have previously returned your Proxy.

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
            Sincerely,

            Richard E. Ragsdale                             E. Thomas Chaney
           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD                 PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>

                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT
                    PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY
<PAGE>
   
                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                         TO BE HELD ON OCTOBER 5, 1994
    

To the Stockholders of Community Health Systems, Inc.:

   
    Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  Special  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the
"Community Special  Meeting")  of Community  Health  Systems, Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation ("Community"), will be held on October 5, 1994, at 10:00 a.m., local
time,  at the Ritz-Carlton  Hotel, 181 Peachtree  Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia
30303, for the following purposes:
    
    (1) To consider and vote on a  proposal to approve and adopt an Amended  and
        Restated  Agreement and Plan of  Merger, dated as of  June 10, 1994 (the
        "Merger Agreement"),  by  and  among  Community,  Community  Acquisition
        Corp.,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("Acquisition  Corp."),  and  Hallmark
        Healthcare Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation ("Hallmark"),  and,  as
        contemplated  thereby, the merger of  Hallmark with and into Acquisition
        Corp. (the  "Merger"), in  connection with  which (i)  each  outstanding
        share  of Hallmark's Class A Common Stock, $.05 par value per share, and
        Class B Common Stock, $.05 par  value per share, will be converted  into
        the  right to receive  .97 shares of Community's  Common Stock, $.01 par
        value per share  ("Community Common Stock");  and (ii) each  outstanding
        share  of Hallmark's 25% Participating Cumulative Convertible Redeemable
        Preferred Stock, $5  par value  per share,  will be  converted into  the
        right  to receive  5.4 shares of  Community Common Stock,  as more fully
        described in the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus; and

    (2) To  transact  such  other  business as  may  properly  come  before  the
        Community Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof.

   
    In  connection with proposal  (1) above, Community  and Hallmark reserve the
right to change  the structure  of the Merger  so that  Acquisition Corp.  would
merge  into  Hallmark  rather  than  Hallmark  merging  into  Acquisition  Corp.
Stockholder approval of the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to include approval
of this alternative  structure of the  Merger, as described  in the Joint  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
    
   
    The  Board of  Directors of  Community has  fixed the  close of  business on
August 26,  1994, as  the  record date  for  the determination  of  stockholders
entitled  to notice of  and to vote  at the Community  Special Meeting, and only
stockholders of record at such time will be entitled to notice of and to vote at
the Community Special Meeting. A list of Community stockholders entitled to vote
at the  Meeting will  be  available for  examination, during  ordinary  business
hours,  at the principal offices of Community Health Systems, Inc., 3707 FM 1960
West, Suite  500, Houston,  Texas 77068,  for ten  days prior  to the  Community
Special Meeting.
    

    A  form  of  Proxy  and  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  containing more
detailed information  with  respect to  the  matters  to be  considered  at  the
Community Special Meeting accompany this notice.

    You  are cordially invited and urged to attend the Community Special Meeting
in person, but  if you  are unable  to do so,  please complete,  sign, date  and
promptly  return  the enclosed  Proxy in  the enclosed,  self-addressed, stamped
envelope. If you attend the Community Special Meeting and desire to revoke  your
Proxy  and vote in person you may do so. In any event, a Proxy may be revoked at
any time before it is voted.

    THE BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS THAT  YOU  VOTE IN  FAVOR OF  THE  ABOVE
PROPOSAL.

    IN  ORDER TO  ASSURE YOUR  REPRESENTATION AT  THE MEETING,  PLEASE COMPLETE,
SIGN, DATE AND MAIL PROMPTLY THE ENCLOSED PROXY, WHICH IS BEING SOLICITED BY THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS,  WHETHER OR  NOT YOU PLAN  TO ATTEND  THE COMMUNITY  SPECIAL
MEETING. AN ADDRESSED ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED
STATES IS ENCLOSED FOR THAT PURPOSE.

                                           By Order of the Board of Directors,

                                                     Linda K. Parsons
                                                        SECRETARY
Houston, Texas
   
August 26, 1994
    
<PAGE>
   
                  [HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION LETTERHEAD]
    

   
                                August 26, 1994
    

Dear Stockholder:

   
    We  cordially  invite you  to  attend an  important  Special Meeting  of the
Stockholders of  Hallmark  Healthcare Corporation  ("Hallmark")  to be  held  on
Wednesday,  October 5, 1994, at 10:00 a.m., local time, at 191 Peachtree Street,
50th Floor, Atlanta, Georgia 30303.
    

   
    At this important meeting, you will be  asked to consider and vote upon  the
proposed  merger of Hallmark into a  wholly-owned subsidiary of Community Health
Systems, Inc.  ("Community"). If  the merger  is consummated,  Hallmark will  be
merged  with and into a wholly-owned subsidiary of Community, which will succeed
to all  of  Hallmark's  business  and  properties.  Following  the  merger,  the
stockholders  of Hallmark will  own approximately 22.5%  of the then outstanding
shares of Community Common Stock.
    

    The Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June  10,
1994  (the "Merger Agreement"), provides for an  exchange ratio of .97 shares of
Community Common Stock for each share of Hallmark Common Stock and 5.4 shares of
Community  Common  Stock  for  each  share  of  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock.  The
accompanying  Joint Proxy  Statement/Prospectus contains  additional information
regarding the proposed merger.

   
    THE HALLMARK BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY CONCLUDED THAT THE  PROPOSED
MERGER  IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF HALLMARK AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS AND RECOMMENDS
THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE MERGER. MABON SECURITIES CORP. HAS
ADVISED THE  BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  THAT,  IN ITS  OPINION,  BASED ON  MARKET  AND
ECONOMIC  CONDITIONS PREVAILING ON THE DATE OF  SUCH OPINION, THE MERGER IS FAIR
TO THE  HOLDERS OF  OUR  COMMON STOCK  FROM A  FINANCIAL  POINT OF  VIEW.  MABON
SECURITIES  CORP. DID NOT RENDER AN OPINION REGARDING THE FAIRNESS OF THE MERGER
TO THE HOLDERS OF  OUR PREFERRED STOCK. HOWEVER,  AT THE BOARD'S REQUEST,  MABON
SECURITIES  CORP. ADVISED THE BOARD  OF DIRECTORS OF THE  RESULTS OF VALUING OUR
PREFERRED STOCK  USING  SEVERAL METHODOLOGIES  COMMONLY  USED TO  VALUE  SIMILAR
SECURITIES.  THE WORK  DONE BY  MABON WITH  REFERENCE TO  THE HALLMARK PREFERRED
STOCK WAS LIMITED IN SCOPE AND DID NOT ADDRESS THE FAIRNESS OF THE MERGER,  FROM
A  FINANCIAL POINT  OF VIEW,  TO THE HOLDERS  OF HALLMARK  PREFERRED STOCK. YOUR
BOARD OF  DIRECTORS CONSIDERED  SUCH  ANALYSIS, AS  WELL  AS OTHER  FACTORS,  IN
DECIDING  TO RECOMMEND  THE MERGER  TO THE HOLDERS  OF OUR  PREFERRED STOCK. THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF HALLMARK HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS  OF HALLMARK VOTE  FOR THE PROPOSAL  TO
APPROVE AND ADOPT THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT.
    

   
    The  enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus contains detailed information
concerning the Special Meeting and the merger. Please give this information your
careful attention.
    

    Your vote is very important to Hallmark.

    It is  important that  your shares  be represented  at the  Special  Meeting
either  in person or  by proxy. To ensure  such representation, please complete,
sign and date the enclosed Proxy Card and return it in the enclosed stamped  and
addressed  envelope, whether or not  you plan to attend  the Special Meeting. If
you attend the Special Meeting, you may vote in person if you wish, even if  you
have  previously  returned  your Proxy  Card.  Your prompt  cooperation  will be
greatly appreciated.

                                          Sincerely,

                                          James T. McAfee, Jr.
                                          CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
<PAGE>
   
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
    

   
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                           TO BE HELD OCTOBER 5, 1994
    
To the Stockholders of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation:

   
    Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  Special  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the
"Meeting")   of   Hallmark  Healthcare   Corporation,  a   Delaware  corporation
("Hallmark"), will be held at 191 Peachtree Street, 50th Floor, Atlanta, Georgia
30303, on October 5, 1994, at 10:00 a.m., local time.
    
    The purpose of the Meeting is as follows:

    1.  APPROVAL OF MERGER.  To consider and vote upon the approval and adoption
of the Amended and Restated Agreement and  Plan of Merger, dated as of June  10,
1994  (the  "Merger Agreement"),  by and  among Hallmark,  Community Acquisition
Corp., a  Delaware  corporation  ("Acquisition  Corp."),  and  Community  Health
Systems,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation ("Community").  Pursuant to  the Merger
Agreement, (i) Hallmark  will be  merged with  and into  Acquisition Corp.  (the
"Merger");  (ii) each outstanding share of Hallmark's Class A Common Stock, $.05
par value per share ("Hallmark Class A Common Stock"), and Class B Common Stock,
$.05 par value per share, will be converted into the right to receive .97 shares
of Community's  Common  Stock,  $.01  par value  per  share  ("Community  Common
Stock");  and  (iii)  each  outstanding share  of  Hallmark's  25% Participating
Cumulative Convertible  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock, $5  par  value  per  share
("Hallmark  Preferred Stock"), will  be converted into the  right to receive 5.4
shares of Community Common Stock.  Cash will be paid  in lieu of any  fractional
shares of Community Common Stock otherwise issuable in the Merger.

    2.   OTHER BUSINESS.   To transact such other  business as may properly come
before the Meeting or any adjournment or adjournments thereof.

   
    In connection  with proposal  1 above,  Community and  Hallmark reserve  the
right  to change  the structure  of the Merger  so that  Acquisition Corp. would
merge  into  Hallmark  rather  than  Hallmark  merging  into  Acquisition  Corp.
Stockholder approval of the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to include approval
of  this alternative structure  of the Merger,  as described in  the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
    
   
    Only holders of Hallmark Class A  Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred  Stock
of  record at the close of business on August 26, 1994 ("Hallmark Stockholders")
will be entitled to vote  at the Meeting or  any adjournment or adjournments.  A
list  of Hallmark Stockholders entitled to vote at the Meeting will be available
for examination,  during normal  business  hours, at  the principal  offices  of
Hallmark,  300 Galleria Parkway, Suite 650,  Atlanta, Georgia 30339 for ten days
prior to the Meeting.
    

    UPON COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION  LAW
REGARDING  APPRAISAL RIGHTS, HOLDERS OF HALLMARK PREFERRED STOCK ARE ENTITLED TO
DISSENT FROM THE MERGER AND RECEIVE THE STATUTORY FAIR VALUE OF THEIR SHARES.

    YOUR VOTE IS  IMPORTANT. WHETHER OR  NOT YOU  PLAN TO ATTEND  IN PERSON,  WE
REQUEST  THAT YOU COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND  RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD USING
THE ENCLOSED PRE-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE, WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN  THE
UNITED  STATES.  YOUR PROXY  IS BEING  SOLICITED  BY THE  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS OF
HALLMARK.

    THE BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  OF HALLMARK  UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS  THAT  HALLMARK
STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE TO APPROVE AND ADOPT THE MERGER AGREEMENT. SEE "BACKGROUND OF
THE MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS -- RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS"  IN
THE ENCLOSED JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.

                                          By Order of the Board of Directors

                                          Maria Robinson
                                          SECRETARY
Atlanta, Georgia
   
August 26, 1994
    
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
   
                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
    
                               ------------------

                             JOINT PROXY STATEMENT
                            ------------------------

   
             FOR SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THEIR RESPECTIVE STOCKHOLDERS
                         TO BE HELD ON OCTOBER 5, 1994
    
                            ------------------------

   
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to the stockholders
of  Community  Health Systems,  Inc., a  Delaware corporation  ("Community"), in
connection with  the  solicitation of  proxies  by  the Board  of  Directors  of
Community  from holders  of outstanding  shares of  Community Common  Stock, par
value $.01 per  share (the  "Community Common Stock"),  for use  at the  special
meeting of stockholders of Community to be held on Wednesday, October 5, 1994 at
10:00  a.m., local time, at the  Ritz-Carlton Hotel, 181 Peachtree Street, N.E.,
Atlanta, Georgia 30303, and at any and all adjournments thereof (the  "Community
Special  Meeting")  for the  purposes set  forth below  and in  the accompanying
notice. This Joint  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  is also being  furnished to  the
stockholders   of  Hallmark  Healthcare   Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation
("Hallmark"), in connection  with the solicitation  of proxies by  the Board  of
Directors  of Hallmark  from holders of  outstanding shares of  Hallmark Class A
Common Stock, par value  $.05 per share (the  "Hallmark Class A Common  Stock"),
and  from  the  holders  of outstanding  shares  of  Hallmark  25% Participating
Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock,  $5 par value per share  (the
"Hallmark  Preferred Stock") (the Hallmark Class A Common Stock and the Hallmark
Preferred Stock are referred  to collectively as  the "Hallmark Voting  Stock"),
for  use at the special meeting of stockholders of Hallmark scheduled to be held
on Wednesday,  October 5,  1994, at  10:00 a.m.,  local time,  at 191  Peachtree
Street,  50th Floor,  Atlanta, Georgia and  at any and  all adjournments thereof
(the "Hallmark Special Meeting") (the Community Special Meeting and the Hallmark
Special Meeting  are  hereinafter  referred  to  collectively  as  the  "Special
Meetings").  This  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus will  first  be  mailed to
stockholders of Community and Hallmark on or about September 2, 1994.
    

    This Joint Proxy  Statement/Prospectus relates to  the proposed merger  (the
"Merger")  of Hallmark into Community  Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
("Acquisition Corp."), a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of Community.  If
the  Merger is  consummated, each outstanding  share of Hallmark  Class A Common
Stock and each  outstanding share of  Hallmark Class B  Common Stock, par  value
$.05  per share  (the "Hallmark  Class B  Common Stock")  (the Hallmark  Class A
Common Stock and the Hallmark Class B Common Stock are referred to  collectively
as the "Hallmark Common Stock"), will be converted into the right to receive .97
shares  of  Community  Common  Stock  and  each  outstanding  share  of Hallmark
Preferred Stock  (other  than shares  held  by stockholders  who  perfect  their
appraisal  rights under Delaware  law and do not  subsequently withdraw, lose or
forfeit such rights) will be converted into  the right to receive 5.4 shares  of
Community  Common Stock. The exchange ratios are  fixed and will not increase or
decrease by reason of fluctuations in the market price of Community Common Stock
or Hallmark Common Stock.

   
    Community has filed a registration  statement on Form S-4 (herein,  together
with  all  amendments  and exhibits  thereto  referred to  as  the "Registration
Statement") under the  Securities Act of  1933 (the "Securities  Act") with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") covering  the shares of
Community Common Stock to  be issued in connection  with the Merger. This  Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus also constitutes the Prospectus of Community filed as
part  of the Registration Statement related to the 3,564,085 shares of Community
Common Stock to  be issued pursuant  to the Amended  and Restated Agreement  and
Plan  of Merger, dated as of June  10, 1994, by and among Community, Acquisition
Corp. and Hallmark.  THERE ARE CERTAIN  RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH  AN INVESTMENT  IN
COMMUNITY  COMMON  STOCK.  FOR  A  DISCUSSION  OF  SUCH  RISKS,  SEE "INVESTMENT
CONSIDERATIONS."
    

    No person  has  been authorized  to  give any  information  or to  make  any
representation  other than as contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
in connection  with  the  offer  of  Community Common  Stock  to  be  issued  in
connection  with  the  Merger,  and,  if  given  or  made,  such  information or
representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Community or
Hallmark. This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus does not constitute an offer  to
sell or a solicitation of an offer to purchase such stock in any jurisdiction in
which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it
would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
nor  any distribution of  such stock shall, under  any circumstances, create any
implication that the  information contained  herein is  correct as  of any  time
subsequent to the date hereof.

    THE  SHARES OF COMMUNITY  COMMON STOCK TO  BE ISSUED IN  THE MERGER HAVE NOT
BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY
STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR
ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
     THE DATE OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS AUGUST 26, 1994.
    
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    Both Community and Hallmark are subject to the informational requirements of
the  Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as amended (the  "Exchange Act"), and, in
accordance therewith, file reports, proxy statements and other information  with
the  Commission.  Copies  of  such  material can  be  obtained  from  the Public
Reference Section  of the  Commission, at  450 Fifth  Street, N.W.,  Room  1024,
Washington,  D.C. 20549, at  prescribed rates. In  addition, such reports, proxy
statements and  other information  can be  inspected and  copied at  the  public
reference facilities referred to above and at Regional Offices of the Commission
located  at  Room 1400,  Northwestern Atrium  Center,  500 West  Madison Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.

    Community has filed with the Commission the Registration Statement under the
Securities Act. This Joint  Proxy Statement/Prospectus does  not contain all  of
the  information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which
are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For
further  information, reference  is hereby  made to  the Registration Statement.
Statements contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as to the contents
of any contract or other document  referred to are not necessarily complete  and
in  each instance  reference is made  to the  copy of such  contract or document
included as an Appendix to this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus or filed as an
exhibit to the Registration  Statement, each such  statement being qualified  in
all respects by such reference.

   
    THIS  JOINT PROXY  STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES  DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
WHICH ARE NOT PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. COPIES OF THESE  DOCUMENTS
(OTHER  THAN EXHIBITS TO  SUCH DOCUMENTS, UNLESS  SUCH EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  INTO SUCH  DOCUMENTS) ARE  AVAILABLE WITHOUT  CHARGE,
UPON WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST, FROM LINDA K. PARSONS, SECRETARY, COMMUNITY HEALTH
SYSTEMS,  INC.,  3707  FM  1960  WEST,  SUITE  500,  HOUSTON,  TEXAS 77068-5704;
TELEPHONE NO.  (713)  537-5230.  IN  ORDER TO  ENSURE  TIMELY  DELIVERY  OF  THE
DOCUMENTS  PRIOR TO  THE COMMUNITY SPECIAL  MEETING, ANY SUCH  REQUEST SHOULD BE
MADE BY SEPTEMBER 26, 1994.
    

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    The following Community documents are incorporated by reference herein:

    1.  Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for the year ended  December 31, 1993  (the
        "1993 Community 10-K").

    2.    The  portions  of  the  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting of
        Stockholders  held  April  28,  1994  that  have  been  incorporated  by
        reference in the 1993 Community 10-K.

    3.  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994.

   
    4.  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994.
    

   
    5.    The  description  of  the  Community  Common  Stock  contained  in the
        Registration Statement on Form 8-A of Community, dated March 1, 1991.
    

    All documents filed by  Community with the  Commission pursuant to  Sections
13(a),  13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange  Act after the date hereof and prior
to the date of the Community Special Meeting shall be deemed to be  incorporated
by  reference herein and shall be a part  hereof from the date of filing of such
documents. Any  statements contained  in a  document incorporated  by  reference
herein  or contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus shall be deemed to
be modified or  superseded for purposes  hereof to the  extent that a  statement
contained  herein (or  in any  other subsequently  filed document  which also is
incorporated by reference  herein) modifies  or supersedes  such statement.  Any
statement  so modified or  superseded shall not  be deemed to  constitute a part
hereof except as so modified or superseded.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION......................................................................................          2
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE............................................................          2
SUMMARY....................................................................................................          5
  General..................................................................................................          5
  The Companies............................................................................................          6
  The Stockholders' Meetings...............................................................................          6
  The Merger...............................................................................................          7
  Accounting Treatment.....................................................................................         10
  Exchange of Certificates.................................................................................         10
  Federal Income Tax Consequences..........................................................................         10
  Appraisal Rights.........................................................................................         10
  Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and Operating Information.....................................         11
  Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information..............................................         15
  Comparative Per Share Information........................................................................         17
  Recent Stock Prices......................................................................................         18
  Recent Developments......................................................................................         19
INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS..................................................................................         20
  Healthcare Reform........................................................................................         20
  Reimbursement and Regulatory Matters.....................................................................         20
  Dependence on Healthcare Professionals...................................................................         21
  Expansion through Acquisition............................................................................         22
  Competition..............................................................................................         22
  Liability Insurance......................................................................................         22
  Leverage.................................................................................................         22
INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................         23
  General..................................................................................................         23
  Voting and Proxies.......................................................................................         24
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS...............................................................         26
  Background of the Merger.................................................................................         26
  Reasons for the Merger...................................................................................         27
  Recommendations of the Boards of Directors...............................................................         28
  Opinions of Financial Advisors...........................................................................         30
  Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger...............................................................         37
THE MERGER.................................................................................................         39
  General..................................................................................................         39
  Merger Consideration.....................................................................................         39
  Effective Time of the Merger.............................................................................         40
  Exchange of Hallmark Stock Certificates..................................................................         40
  No Fractional Shares.....................................................................................         41
  Treatment of Hallmark Stock Options......................................................................         41
  Conditions to the Merger.................................................................................         42
  Amendment of the Merger Agreement; Waiver of Conditions..................................................         42
  Alternative Merger Structure.............................................................................         43
  Termination..............................................................................................         43
  Fees and Expenses........................................................................................         44
  Certain Covenants........................................................................................         45
  Representations and Warranties...........................................................................         46
  Tender Offer for the Senior Subordinated Notes...........................................................         46
  Resale of Community Common Stock.........................................................................         46
  Accounting Treatment.....................................................................................         47
</TABLE>
    

                                       3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Certain Regulatory Matters...............................................................................         47
  Indemnification and Insurance............................................................................         47
  Delisting of Hallmark Common Stock.......................................................................         48
  Federal Income Tax Consequences..........................................................................         48
  Appraisal Rights.........................................................................................         49
  Comparison of Rights of Holders of Community Common Stock and Hallmark Common Stock......................         52
  Comparison of Rights of Holders of Community Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock...................         55
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................................         57
HALLMARK MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.............         63
  Overview.................................................................................................         63
  Results of Operations....................................................................................         65
  Tax Matters..............................................................................................         68
  Liquidity and Capital Resources..........................................................................         68
HALLMARK'S BUSINESS........................................................................................         70
  General..................................................................................................         70
  Industry Overview........................................................................................         70
  Business Strategy........................................................................................         71
  Patient Services.........................................................................................         72
  Sources of Revenue.......................................................................................         73
  Managed Care and Marketing...............................................................................         74
  Facilities...............................................................................................         74
  Competition..............................................................................................         75
  Employees and Medical Staffs.............................................................................         76
  Reimbursement and Regulatory Matters.....................................................................         76
  Liability Insurance......................................................................................         81
  History of Hallmark......................................................................................         81
  Other....................................................................................................         82
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OF HALLMARK.......................................         83
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF HALLMARK WHO WILL BECOME DIRECTORS OF COMMUNITY........................         84
  General..................................................................................................         84
  Executive Compensation...................................................................................         84
  Employment Contract......................................................................................         86
  Directors' Fees and Compensation.........................................................................         87
  Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation..............................................         88
  Certain Transactions.....................................................................................         88
EXPERTS....................................................................................................         88
LEGAL OPINIONS.............................................................................................         88
DATES FOR SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS..............................................................         89
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................................................        F-1
APPENDIX A:  MERGER AGREEMENT..............................................................................        A-1
APPENDIX B:  SECTION 262 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW...........................................        B-1
APPENDIX C:  FAIRNESS OPINION OF LEHMAN BROTHERS...........................................................        C-1
APPENDIX D:  FAIRNESS OPINION OF MABON SECURITIES CORP. ...................................................        D-1
</TABLE>
    

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY

    THE  FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE
IN THIS JOINT  PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. THIS  SUMMARY IS NOT  INTENDED TO  BE
COMPLETE AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH, THE  DETAILED INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS APPEARING
ELSEWHERE OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED  TO REVIEW THE  ENTIRE JOINT PROXY  STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS,
INCLUDING THE APPENDICES.

GENERAL
   
    This  Joint  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  relates to  the proposed  Merger of
Hallmark  with  and  into  Acquisition  Corp.  If  the  Merger  is  consummated,
Acquisition  Corp.  will be  the surviving  entity  and will  succeed to  all of
Hallmark's business and properties. The Merger  will be effected pursuant to  an
Amended  and Restated Agreement  and Plan of  Merger, dated as  of June 10, 1994
(the  "Merger  Agreement"),  by  and  among  Community,  Acquisition  Corp.  and
Hallmark. The Merger Agreement provides that Community and Hallmark may mutually
agree  to change  the structure  of the Merger  so that  Acquisition Corp. would
merge with  and  into Hallmark,  with  the result  that  Hallmark would  be  the
surviving  entity in the Merger.  Any such change in  the merger structure would
have no effect on the exchange ratios or other material provisions of the Merger
Agreement. See  "The Merger  -- Alternative  Merger Structure."  A copy  of  the
Merger Agreement is attached hereto as Appendix A. See "The Merger."
    

    If  the Merger  is consummated,  each outstanding  share of  Hallmark Common
Stock will be converted into the right to receive .97 shares of Community Common
Stock and each outstanding share of Hallmark Preferred Stock (other than  shares
held  by stockholders who perfect their  appraisal rights under Delaware law and
do not subsequently  withdraw, lose or  forfeit such rights)  will be  converted
into  the right to  receive 5.4 shares  of Community Common  Stock. The exchange
ratios are fixed and will not increase or decrease by reason of fluctuations  in
the  market price of Community Common Stock or Hallmark Common Stock. Fractional
shares will not be issued in the Merger, but, in lieu thereof, cash will be paid
in respect of a fraction of a share of Community Common Stock.

   
    In connection with  the Merger,  cash payments  in the  aggregate amount  of
$4,071,330  will be payable by Community pursuant  to certain rights on the part
of certain of Hallmark's executive officers and directors to severance payments,
bonuses and benefits and to stipends. In addition, Community or an affiliate  of
Community  will be required to make a tender  offer for any or all of Hallmark's
10 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes")  in
the  aggregate principal amount of $80,000,000, which could involve a total cash
outlay of approximately $81,000,000. Community  or Hallmark may also be  subject
to  an  additional cash  outlay  in respect  of  approximately 32,301  shares of
Hallmark Preferred Stock,  if holders  of such shares  exercise their  appraisal
rights. The exact amount of this cash outlay cannot be ascertained, and could be
more  than, the same as, or less than the value of the merger consideration such
holders of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock  would otherwise  be entitled  to  receive
pursuant  to the Merger Agreement. If the  fair value of such shares of Hallmark
Preferred Stock  was  determined  to  be  equal  to  the  value  of  the  merger
consideration  computed as of  August 15, 1994,  and if all  holders of Hallmark
Preferred Stock  exercise their  appraisal  rights, such  cash outlay  would  be
approximately  $3,700,000. See "Background of the  Merger and Related Matters --
Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger" and "The Merger -- Tender Offer  for
Hallmark Notes" and "-- Appraisal Rights."
    

   
    As  of August 15, 1994, the unpaid and accumulated dividends on the Hallmark
Preferred Stock  amounted  to approximately  $686,000  or $21.25  per  share  of
Hallmark  Preferred Stock  outstanding on  such date.  Upon consummation  of the
Merger, any  right that  holders of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock may  have had  to
receive  such unpaid and accumulated dividends,  upon redemption of the Hallmark
Preferred Stock or otherwise, will  terminate. Following the Effective Time  (as
defined  herein), shares  of Hallmark  Preferred Stock  will represent  only the
right to receive  shares of  Community Common Stock  at the  exchange ratio  set
forth  above.  Holders of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock  are entitled  to appraisal
rights pursuant to Delaware law. See "The Merger -- Appraisal Rights."
    

                                       5
<PAGE>
   
    Assuming the Merger is consummated and no holder of Hallmark Preferred Stock
perfects appraisal rights, the outstanding  shares of Hallmark Common Stock  and
Hallmark  Preferred Stock as  of the Effective  Time will be  converted into the
right to receive  an aggregate  of approximately 3,321,000  shares of  Community
Common  Stock, representing approximately 22.5% of  the outstanding shares. As a
result of  the Merger,  Hallmark's assets,  equity, net  operating revenues  and
income  from continuing operations as  of and for the  six months ended June 30,
1994 will represent 35.8%, 27.3%, 41.1% and 19.0%, respectively, of  Community's
total  assets,  stockholders' equity,  net  operating revenues  and  income from
continuing operations on a pro forma basis for such period. See "The Merger."
    

THE COMPANIES

    COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.   Community is a healthcare services  company
that  is  primarily  engaged  in owning  and  operating  full-service acute-care
hospitals that  provide primary  healthcare  services in  communities  generally
located  outside urban  areas. At June  30, 1994, Community  operated 19 general
acute-care and one psychiatric hospitals, with a total of 1,836 licensed beds in
12 states, primarily in the southeastern and southwestern United States. Of  the
20  hospitals currently operated,  13 are owned,  three are leased  and four are
managed.

    Community's principal executive offices  are located at  3707 FM 1960  West,
Suite  500, Houston, Texas  77068, and its  telephone number at  such address is
(713) 537-5230.

    HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION.  Hallmark is a hospital management  company
engaged  in  the business  of  providing a  broad  range of  healthcare services
primarily to patients in  non-urban communities. As of  June 30, 1994,  Hallmark
operated  17  hospitals  with  an aggregate  capacity  of  1,405  licensed beds.
Hallmark's hospitals  are  located in  non-urban  communities in  eight  states,
primarily  in the  southern United  States. Of  Hallmark's 17  hospitals, 15 are
owned and  two  are  leased.  Hallmark also  manages  one  acute-care  hospital,
operates   one  nursing  home,  owns  another   nursing  home,  and,  through  a
majority-owned subsidiary, manages pain treatment centers in hospitals owned  by
other companies.

   
    From  its organization in 1981 through late 1986, Hallmark experienced rapid
growth, primarily  through  acquisitions  of  existing  hospitals.  During  this
period,  Hallmark acquired 32  hospitals and eight  nursing homes. The expansion
was funded primarily by public equity and debt offerings and bank borrowings. By
late 1986, Hallmark was having operating and financial problems due to its rapid
growth and  financial  leverage and,  in  late  1987, failed  to  make  required
payments on certain of its debt. Beginning in 1987, Hallmark employed new senior
management  to address its operational and  financial problems. Under new senior
management, Hallmark completed the restructuring of its public debt and, between
1989 and 1993, repaid  approximately $34,900,000 of its  bank debt; since  1987,
sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of  15  hospitals  and  six  nursing  homes;  and
established improved  operational  and  financial controls.  In  November  1993,
Hallmark  refinanced  its  bank  and subordinated  debt  by  issuing  the Senior
Subordinated Notes in  principal amount of  $80,000,000 and entered  into a  new
$25,000,000  senior credit agreement. No borrowings have been made under the new
credit agreement.
    

   
    Hallmark is a Delaware  corporation and was  incorporated in 1981.  Hallmark
began  operating under its present name in 1992. Prior to that time, it operated
under the name National Healthcare, Inc. Hallmark's principal executive  offices
are  located at 300 Galleria Parkway, Suite  650, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 and its
telephone number is (404) 933-5500.
    

THE STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

   
    COMMUNITY.  The Community Special Meeting will be held on Wednesday, October
5, 1994, at  10:00 a.m., local  time, at the  Ritz-Carlton Hotel, 181  Peachtree
Street,  N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30303. At the Community Special Meeting, holders
of shares of Community Common  Stock will consider and  vote upon a proposal  to
approve  the Merger and the Merger Agreement. See "Introduction -- General." The
record date for stockholders of Community entitled  to notice of and to vote  at
the Community Special Meeting is as of the close of business on August 26, 1994.
Voting  rights for Community are  vested in the holders  of the Community Common
Stock, with each share of  Community Common Stock entitled  to one vote on  each
matter coming before the stockholders. As of
    

                                       6
<PAGE>
   
August  26,  1994,  there  were  11,442,496  shares  of  Community  Common Stock
outstanding and approximately 68  holders of record  of Community Common  Stock.
The  favorable vote of  the holders of  a majority of  the outstanding shares of
Community Common Stock is required for the approval of the Merger and the Merger
Agreement. As of August 26,  1994, directors, executive officers and  affiliates
of  Community were beneficial  owners of approximately  10.1% of the outstanding
shares of  Community  Common  Stock.  Such  directors,  executive  officers  and
affiliates  of Community have indicated that they intend to vote for approval of
the Merger and the Merger Agreement.
    

   
    HALLMARK.  The Hallmark Special Meeting  will be held on Wednesday,  October
5, 1994, at 10:00 a.m., local time at 191 Peachtree Street, 50th Floor, Atlanta,
Georgia  30303. At the  Hallmark Special Meeting, holders  of shares of Hallmark
Class A Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock will consider and vote upon  a
proposal  to  approve  and  adopt  the  Merger  and  the  Merger  Agreement. See
"Introduction -- General."  All holders  of Hallmark Common  Stock and  Hallmark
Preferred Stock are entitled to notice of the Hallmark Special Meeting; however,
only  holders of Hallmark  Voting Stock at  the close of  business on August 26,
1994 will be entitled to vote at the Hallmark Special Meeting. As of such  date,
there  were [3,179,764] shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock outstanding held
by approximately 800 holders of record  and 32,301 shares of Hallmark  Preferred
Stock  outstanding held  by approximately  1,500 holders  of record.  Holders of
Hallmark Voting Stock of record on the record date are entitled to one vote  per
share  on any matter that may properly come before the Hallmark Special Meeting.
Approval and  adoption of  the  Merger and  the  Merger Agreement  requires  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Hallmark Class A
Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock outstanding on the record date, voting
together as a single class. As of the record date, Hallmark's executive officers
and directors (as  a group)  owned and  had the right  to vote  an aggregate  of
383,053 shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock and an aggregate of 2,026 shares
of  Hallmark Preferred Stock.  The shares of  Hallmark Class A  Common Stock and
Hallmark Preferred Stock  owned by Hallmark's  executive officers and  directors
represented   approximately  11.8%  of  the  shares  of  Hallmark  Voting  Stock
outstanding on the record date. Assuming that Hallmark's Board of Directors  has
not  withdrawn or  modified its recommendation  that holders  of Hallmark Voting
Stock vote for approval of the Merger and the Merger Agreement as of the date of
the Hallmark  Special  Meeting, each  such  director and  executive  officer  is
obligated  to vote his shares of Hallmark Voting Stock to approve the Merger and
the Merger Agreement.
    

THE MERGER

    BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER.  In  March 1994, representatives of Community  and
Hallmark  held preliminary meetings  to discuss the  possible advantages to each
corporation of the  Merger. Such meetings  continued in April  and May 1994  and
culminated  in the negotiation from  June 8 through June  10, 1994 of definitive
terms and agreements. The Boards of Directors of Community and Hallmark approved
the Merger on June 10, 1994. See  "Background of the Merger and Related  Matters
- -- Background of the Merger."

   
    REASONS    FOR   THE    MERGER;   RECOMMENDATIONS    OF   THE    BOARDS   OF
DIRECTORS.  Community's Board  of Directors believes the  Merger is in the  best
interests  of  Community and  its stockholders.  In  reaching its  decision, the
Community Board  considered,  among  other things,  the  operating  results  and
markets of Hallmark's hospitals, the opportunity to achieve certain economies of
scale and operating efficiencies that should result from the Merger, and the tax
and  accounting treatment to be accorded the transaction. Community's Board also
considered the advice of  its financial advisor,  Lehman Brothers Inc.  ("Lehman
Brothers")  regarding the fairness, from a financial point of view, to Community
of the consideration to be paid by Community in the Merger.
    

    FOR THE  REASONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE,  COMMUNITY'S BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  VOTED
UNANIMOUSLY  TO APPROVE  THE MERGER AND  RECOMMENDS THAT  HOLDERS OF COMMUNITY'S
COMMON STOCK VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF  THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT.  SEE
"BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS -- REASONS FOR THE MERGER" AND "--
RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS."

                                       7
<PAGE>
   
    Hallmark's  Board  of Directors  believes  that the  Merger  is in  the best
interests of  holders of  Hallmark Common  Stock and  Hallmark Preferred  Stock.
Community  has a larger market  capitalization and a more  active market for its
shares, which  will  provide  holders  of Hallmark  Common  Stock  and  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock with  greater liquidity.  The Merger  will also  allow Hallmark
stockholders to own shares in a larger company. In addition, the market value of
the Community Common  Stock offered in  exchange for the  Hallmark Common  Stock
represents  a substantial premium over the  book value of Hallmark Common Stock,
and as of  the date Hallmark's  Board of Directors  approved the transaction,  a
substantial  premium  over the  then-current market  value  of Hallmark  Class A
Common Stock and  a smaller premium  over the highest  prices at which  Hallmark
Class  A Common Stock has traded during the last five years. The market value of
the Community Common Stock offered in exchange for the Hallmark Preferred  Stock
represents  a  substantial  premium  over  recent  trading  prices  of  Hallmark
Preferred Stock, a premium over the  conversion value of the Hallmark  Preferred
Stock  and  approximates the  liquidation preference  of the  Hallmark Preferred
Stock, without  giving  regard to  any  accumulated dividends  on  the  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock. Hallmark's Board  also considered the  advice of its financial
advisor, Mabon Securities Corp. ("Mabon"), that the Merger is fair to holders of
Hallmark Common Stock from a financial point  of view. Mabon did not render  any
opinion  regarding the fairness  of the Merger to  holders of Hallmark Preferred
Stock. However, at the Board's request,  Mabon advised the Board of the  results
of  valuing the  Hallmark Preferred  Stock using  several methodologies commonly
used to value similar securities. The work  done by Mabon with reference to  the
Hallmark  Preferred Stock was limited in scope  and did not address the fairness
of the  Merger, from  a financial  point of  view, to  the holders  of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock. The Board  of Directors believed  that such analysis indicated
that the value of the shares of Community Common Stock to be received by holders
of Hallmark  Preferred  Stock exceeded  the  current market  value  of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock on the date of the  analysis. For a discussion of this analysis
see "Background of the  Merger and Related Matters  -- Reasons for the  Merger."
The  Board considered such  analysis, as well  as other factors,  in deciding to
recommend the Merger to holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock.
    

    FOR THE  REASONS  SET  FORTH  ABOVE, HALLMARK'S  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  VOTED
UNANIMOUSLY TO APPROVE THE MERGER AND RECOMMENDS THAT HOLDERS OF HALLMARK VOTING
STOCK VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT.
SEE  "BACKGROUND OF  THE MERGER  AND RELATED  MATTERS --  RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS."

    OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS
    Community has engaged  Lehman Brothers to  act as its  financial advisor  in
connection  with  the Merger  and  to render  its  opinion with  respect  to the
fairness, from a financial point of  view, to Community of the consideration  to
be  paid by Community  in the Merger. On  June 10, 1994,  in connection with the
Community Board of Directors' consideration of the Merger, Lehman Brothers  made
a  presentation to the Community  Board with respect to  the Merger and rendered
its written opinion that,  as of the  date of such opinion,  and subject to  the
assumptions,   factors  and   limitations  set   forth  in   such  opinion,  the
consideration to be paid by  Community in the Merger  is fair, from a  financial
point  of view, to Community. Lehman Brothers had not been requested to opine as
to, and  its opinion  does not  in any  manner address,  Community's  underlying
business decision to proceed with or effect the Merger. A copy of the opinion of
Lehman  Brothers, dated June 10,  1994, is attached as  Appendix C to this Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and should be read in its entirety. In rendering  its
opinion,  Lehman  Brothers  relied upon  the  accuracy and  completeness  of the
financial and other information  used by it in  arriving at its opinion  without
independent  verification (including  the information provided  by Hallmark) and
further relied  upon  assurances  of  the  management  of  Community  that  such
management  was  not  aware  of  any  facts  that  would  make  such information
inaccurate or misleading. Lehman Brothers did not conduct a physical  inspection
of  the properties and facilities of Community  and Hallmark and did not make or
obtain any evaluations or appraisals of  the assets or liabilities of  Community
or   Hallmark.  Lehman  Brothers'  opinion   is  based  upon  market,  economic,
legislative, regulatory and  other conditions as  they existed on  and could  be
evaluated as of the date of such opinion.

                                       8
<PAGE>
    Hallmark  retained Mabon to act as its financial advisor with respect to the
Merger. In this capacity, Mabon has rendered to Hallmark's Board of Directors an
opinion that the  Merger is  fair to  holders of  Hallmark Common  Stock from  a
financial  point of view. Mabon  delivered its opinion, dated  June 10, 1994, in
connection with the  Board's approval  of the Merger  Agreement. A  copy of  the
opinion  is attached as Appendix D  to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and
should be read in its entirety. The opinion states that, as of the date thereof,
on the basis  of matters and  subject to  the limitations to  which the  opinion
refers,  in  the  opinion of  Mabon,  the  Merger, as  described  in  the Merger
Agreement, is fair to holders of Hallmark Common Stock from a financial point of
view. In rendering  its opinion, Mabon  relied upon the  accuracy of the  Merger
Agreement,  the published financial data reviewed by Mabon and other information
furnished to it by Hallmark and Community or otherwise obtained by Mabon.  Mabon
did  not attempt  independently to verify  such information  or independently to
evaluate any assets of Hallmark or Community.

    INTERESTS OF CERTAIN  PERSONS IN  THE MERGER.   In  considering the  Merger,
holders of Hallmark Voting Stock should be aware that the Hallmark directors and
certain  members  of Hallmark  management  have an  interest  in the  Merger, as
described below.

    Community has agreed that, if the Merger is consummated, it will cause James
T. McAfee,  Jr.,  the Chairman  of  the Board  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of
Hallmark, and Kay W. Slayden, a Hallmark Director, to be elected to the Board of
Directors of Community for terms expiring in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

   
    Messrs.  James  T. McAfee,  Jr.  and Robert  M.  Thornton, Jr.,  who  is the
President, Chief  Operating Officer  and Chief  Financial Officer  of  Hallmark,
currently  have  employment agreements  with Hallmark  that provide  for certain
severance payments if, following a "change  in control" of Hallmark (such  term,
as  defined in such agreements, includes  the Merger), such officers resign from
their positions  with  Hallmark. In  addition,  upon such  resignation,  Messrs.
McAfee  and Thornton are entitled  to full vesting of  all benefits, options and
bonuses, the latter being  prorated to the date  of resignation. Messrs.  McAfee
and  Thornton have opted  to tender their resignations  upon consummation of the
Merger. As  a result,  Mr. McAfee  will  be entitled  to severance  payments  of
$1,640,000,  bonuses of approximately $719,000 and  benefits of $233,570, and to
vesting of options to acquire 22,606 shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock (to
be converted in the  Merger into options to  acquire 21,927 shares of  Community
Common  Stock);  and Mr.  Thornton  will be  entitled  to severance  payments of
$720,000, bonuses of  approximately $345,000  and benefits of  $110,760, and  to
vesting of options to acquire 13,564 shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock (to
be  converted in the Merger  into options to acquire  13,157 shares of Community
Common Stock). The  severance payments and  bonuses will be  paid from  existing
cash   balances  by  the   surviving  corporation.  Community   has  reached  an
understanding with  Messrs. McAfee  and  Thornton pursuant  to which  each  such
officer  of Hallmark will  enter into a two  year consulting agreement providing
for post-closing transition services. See "Background of the Merger and  Related
Matters -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger."
    

   
    EFFECTIVE  TIME OF THE MERGER.  It is presently contemplated that the Merger
will become effective as  soon as practicable after  the requisite approvals  of
the  Community Stockholders and the Hallmark Stockholders have been obtained and
all of  the  other  conditions  have  been  satisfied  or  waived.  The  parties
thereafter  will cause a Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware. The Merger will become effective upon the filing
of the  Certificate of  Merger  with the  Secretary of  State  of the  State  of
Delaware  (the "Effective Time"). It is  presently contemplated that such filing
will be made on or about October 5,  1994. See "The Merger -- Effective Time  of
the Merger."
    

    TREATMENT  OF HALLMARK STOCK  OPTIONS.  All  options outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time under Hallmark's stock option plans shall, by virtue
of the Merger  and without any  further action on  the part of  Hallmark or  the
holder  of any  such Hallmark  options, be  assumed by  Community. Each Hallmark
option assumed  by  Community shall  be  exercisable  upon the  same  terms  and
conditions as under the applicable Hallmark stock option plan and the applicable
option agreement issued

                                       9
<PAGE>
thereunder,  except that (i) each such  Hallmark option shall be exercisable for
that whole number of  shares of Community Common  Stock (rounded to the  nearest
whole share) into which the number of shares of Hallmark Common Stock subject to
such  Hallmark option immediately prior to the Effective Time would be converted
pursuant to the Merger and (ii) the  option price per share of Community  Common
Stock  shall be an amount equal to the option price per share of Hallmark Common
Stock subject  to  such Hallmark  option  in  effect immediately  prior  to  the
Effective  Time divided  by .97  (the price per  share, as  so determined, being
rounded down to the nearest full cent).

    CONDITIONS TO  THE  MERGER; AGREEMENT;  TERMINATION.   Consummation  of  the
Merger  is subject to the satisfaction of various conditions. In addition to the
approval of the Merger  Agreement by the holders  of Community Common Stock  and
the  holders  of Hallmark  Class A  Common Stock  and Hallmark  Preferred Stock,
voting together as a single class, there are other conditions to the obligations
of the  parties to  consummate the  Merger. These  conditions may  be waived  or
modified. See "The Merger -- Conditions to the Merger."

    The  Merger Agreement  may be  amended by  Community, Acquisition  Corp. and
Hallmark at any time before or after approval of the Merger by the  stockholders
of  Community  and  Hallmark. After  such  approval,  no amendment  that  by law
requires the further approval of the  stockholders of Community or Hallmark  may
be  made  without such  approval. See  "The  Merger --  Amendment of  the Merger
Agreement; Waiver of Conditions."

    The Merger Agreement may  be terminated at any  time prior to the  Effective
Time,  before or after approval  of the Merger Agreement  by the stockholders of
Community and Hallmark, by the mutual consent of Community and Hallmark.  Either
Community  or Hallmark may also terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger has
not been consummated  by December 31,  1994 and for  certain other reasons.  See
"The Merger -- Termination."

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
    Community  intends to account for the Merger  as a pooling of interests. See
"The Merger -- Accounting Treatment."

EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES
    As soon as practicable after the  Effective Time, First Union National  Bank
of  North Carolina (the "Exchange Agent")  will furnish transmittal materials to
each holder of  shares of  Hallmark Common  Stock and  Hallmark Preferred  Stock
issued  and outstanding  at the Effective  Time. The  transmittal materials will
contain instructions with respect to the surrender of certificates  representing
shares   of  Hallmark  Common  Stock  and  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock,  and  the
distribution of  certificates representing  shares  of Community  Common  Stock.
HALLMARK  STOCKHOLDERS  SHOULD  NOT  FORWARD  THEIR  HALLMARK  COMMON  STOCK AND
HALLMARK PREFERRED STOCK CERTIFICATES TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT UNTIL AFTER  RECEIPT
OF THE TRANSMITTAL MATERIALS.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
    Community  and Hallmark  will receive  opinions of  their respective counsel
that the  Merger  will constitute  a  "reorganization," within  the  meaning  of
Section  368(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code"),
and that the holders of Hallmark  Common Stock or Hallmark Preferred Stock  will
not  recognize gain or loss for federal  income tax purposes upon the conversion
of Hallmark  Common Stock  or  Hallmark Preferred  Stock into  Community  Common
Stock.  Holders  of  Hallmark  Common Stock  or  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock will
recognize gain or  loss with  respect to  any cash  paid in  lieu of  fractional
shares of Community Common Stock or, in the case of Hallmark Preferred Stock, in
respect of the exercise of dissenters' rights. See "The Merger -- Federal Income
Tax Consequences."

APPRAISAL RIGHTS
    Holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock are entitled to appraisal rights and, if
the  Merger is  consummated, to receive  payment in  cash for the  fair value of
their shares (excluding any element of value arising from the accomplishment  or
expectation of the Merger), upon compliance with the

                                       10
<PAGE>
   
provisions  of Section 262 of the  Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"). In
order to perfect  these rights,  a stockholder  must not  vote in  favor of  the
Merger and must deliver to Hallmark a written demand for appraisal of his shares
prior to the vote on the Merger at the Hallmark Special Meeting. The delivery of
a proxy or vote against the Merger will not constitute such a demand. Failure to
follow  any of these  or other applicable  procedures may result  in the loss of
statutory appraisal  rights.  Holders of  Community  Common Stock  and  Hallmark
Common  Stock will not have appraisal rights  in connection with the Merger. See
"The Merger --Appraisal Rights" and Appendix B.
    

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION

   
    COMMUNITY.  The selected consolidated financial and operating information of
Community as of December 31,  1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 and  1993, and for each  of
the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 1993, except for ratios and
selected   hospital  statistics,  has  been  derived  from  Community's  audited
consolidated financial statements. The consolidated balance sheets of  Community
as  of December 31, 1992 and 1993, and the consolidated statements of income and
cash flows for each  of the years  in the three-year  period ended December  31,
1993,  together with the notes thereto and the related report of Arthur Andersen
& Co., independent public accountants, are included in the 1993 Community  10-K,
which  is incorporated herein by  reference. The selected consolidated financial
information for the six  months ended June  30, 1993 and  1994 has been  derived
from   unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  Community's
Quarterly Reports on Form  10-Q for the  quarter ended June  30, 1994, which  is
incorporated  herein by reference, and for the quarter ended June 30, 1993, and,
in the  opinion  of  the  management  of  Community,  includes  all  adjustments
(consisting  only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair
presentation of the operating results for such interim periods. Results for  the
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.
The  selected financial and operating information set forth below should be read
in conjunction  with the  Consolidated Financial  Statements of  Community,  the
notes  thereto  and  the  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" included in the 1993 Community 10-K.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                             JUNE 30,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------     ----------------------
                                           1989      1990       1991          1992          1993           1993        1994
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
FINANCIAL RESULTS
Net operating revenues.................  $107,931  $ 130,390  $ 138,093     $ 176,778     $ 235,850     $  111,578  $ 137,577
Operating expenses.....................   (84,308)  (100,755)  (106,119)     (138,907)     (183,862)       (87,178)  (103,966)
Capital costs (a)......................   (21,866)   (23,805)   (20,586)      (20,968)      (30,438)       (12,490)   (19,707)
Gain from hospital sales...............     --        --          3,403           256        --             --         --
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
Income before income taxes and
 extraordinary loss....................     1,757      5,830     14,791        17,159        21,550         11,910     13,904
Provision for income taxes.............      (804)    (2,289)    (5,425)       (6,562)       (8,961)        (4,650)    (5,369)
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
Income before extraordinary loss.......       953      3,541      9,366        10,597        12,589          7,260      8,535
Extraordinary loss.....................     --        --           (330)       --            --             --         --
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
Net income.............................  $    953  $   3,541  $   9,036     $  10,597     $  12,589     $    7,260  $   8,535
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
Income (loss) per share --
  Before extraordinary loss............  $   0.16  $    0.57  $    0.93(b)  $    0.95(b)  $    1.10(b)  $     0.64  $    0.72
  Extraordinary loss...................     --        --          (0.03)       --            --             --         --
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
Net income per share...................  $   0.16  $    0.57  $    0.90     $    0.95     $    1.10     $     0.64  $    0.72
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
Weighted average shares outstanding
 (c)...................................     6,066      6,236     10,062        11,139        11,479         11,387     11,809
</TABLE>
    

                                       11
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                             JUNE 30,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------     ----------------------
                                           1989      1990       1991          1992          1993           1993        1994
                                         --------  ---------  ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------  ----------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Working capital........................  $ 11,612  $   9,063  $  19,412     $  18,173     $  57,302     $   21,149  $  64,885
Total assets...........................   143,818    137,006    160,248       196,811       301,510        241,905    309,769
Long-term debt (d).....................   100,382     91,849     69,164        87,307       169,958        120,365    168,610
Stockholders' equity...................       786      4,327     50,131        61,919        76,003         69,876     87,620
Book value per share...................  $   0.14  $    0.77  $    4.65     $    5.62     $    6.82     $     6.31  $    7.66
RATIOS
Operating margin (e)...................      21.9%      22.7%      23.2%         21.4%         22.0%          21.9%      24.4%
Current ratio..........................    1.42:1     1.35:1     1.90:1        1.57:1        2.66:1         1.60:1     3.01:1
Long-term debt to total capitalization
 (d)(f)................................      99.2%      95.5%      58.0%         58.5%         69.1%          63.3%      65.8%
Return on stockholders'
 equity before nonrecurring
 items (g).............................     307.9%     122.3%      18.8%         18.8%         18.9%          22.0%      20.7%
Return on stockholders'
 equity(h).............................     307.9%     122.3%      23.6%         18.9%         18.2%          22.0%      20.7%
SELECTED HOSPITAL STATISTICS
Total number of hospitals..............        10         10         13            16            20             19         20
Total licensed beds....................       989        996      1,254         1,437         1,836          1,716      1,836
Owned or leased hospitals
  Number...............................        10         10          9            12            16             15         16
  Licensed beds........................       989        996        947         1,130         1,529          1,409      1,529
  Patient days.........................   115,630    120,518    118,115       144,120       186,932         90,226    107,517
  Inpatient admissions.................    21,099     22,694     22,237        23,293        32,103         14,769     18,728
  Average length of stay
   (days)..............................       5.5        5.3        5.3           6.2           5.8            6.1        5.7
  Equivalent patient days (i)..........   150,448    166,401    168,704       206,763       268,609        127,901    154,805
Managed hospitals
  Number...............................     --        --              4             4             4              4          4
  Licensed beds........................     --        --            307           307           307            307        307
<FN>
- ------------------------------
(a)  Capital  costs  include  interest,  depreciation,  amortization  and   rent
     expense.

(b)  Includes  gains of $0.21 and $0.01 per  share related to sales of hospitals
     in 1991 and  1992, respectively, and  a $0.04 per  share one-time  non-cash
     charge to deferred taxes for U.S. corporate tax rate increase in 1993.

(c)  Reflects  the effects of the  four-for-three and three-for-two stock splits
     effected in the form of stock dividends in 1992 and 1993, respectively.

(d)  Includes current maturities of long-term debt.

(e)  Derived  by  subtracting  operating  expenses  (excluding  rent)  from  net
     operating revenues and dividing the remainder by net operating revenues.

(f)  Total   capitalization  represents  the  sum  of  long-term  debt,  current
     maturities of long-term debt and total stockholders' equity.

(g)  Based on average  stockholders' equity  and excludes  a one-time,  non-cash
     charge  to deferred taxes for U.S.  corporate tax rate increase, gains from
     hospital sales and an extraordinary  loss from the early extinguishment  of
     debt.

(h)  Based on average stockholders' equity.
(i)  Represents inpatient days adjusted to reflect outpatient utilization.
</TABLE>
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
   
    HALLMARK.   The selected consolidated financial and operating information of
Hallmark as of June  30, 1990, 1991, 1992,  1993 and 1994, and  for each of  the
years  in  the five-year  period  ended June  30,  1994, except  for  ratios and
selected  hospital  statistics,  has   been  derived  from  Hallmark's   audited
consolidated  financial  statements.  The consolidated  financial  statements of
Hallmark as  of June  30,  1993 and  1994, and  for  each of  the years  in  the
three-year  period ended June 30, 1994, together  with the notes thereto and the
related report of  Arthur Andersen  & Co., independent  public accountants,  are
included  elsewhere  in  this  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus.  The selected
financial  and  operating  information  set  forth  below  should  be  read   in
conjunction  with the Consolidated  Financial Statements of  Hallmark, the notes
thereto  and  "Hallmark  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of   Financial
Condition  and Results  of Operations"  included elsewhere  in this  Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1990          1991          1992          1993           1994
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
FINANCIAL RESULTS
Net operating revenues..............................     $ 159,138     $ 161,268     $ 170,005     $ 179,237     $ 191,544
Operating expenses..................................      (133,449)     (136,467)     (145,225)     (154,464)     (162,712)
Capital costs (a)...................................       (26,475)      (21,347)      (19,647)      (17,772)      (22,104)
Credit from restructuring transactions (b)..........         4,086        --             2,133        --            --
Gain from a hospital sale...........................        --            --            --               752        --
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Income before income taxes, extraordinary items and
 cumulative effect of accounting change.............         3,300         3,454         7,266         7,753         6,728
Provision for income taxes..........................          (346)       (1,966)       (3,261)       (3,303)       (2,826)
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Income before extraordinary items and cumulative
 effect of accounting change........................         2,954         1,488         4,005         4,450         3,902
Extraordinary items.................................         4,918        12,460         2,764         5,931        19,784
Cumulative effect of accounting change..............        --            --            --            --               805
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Net income..........................................     $   7,872     $  13,948     $   6,769     $  10,381     $  24,491
Accretion of preferred stock redemption
 requirement........................................           (74)         (223)         (244)         (329)         (413)
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Net income applicable to common stock...............     $   7,798     $  13,725     $   6,525     $  10,052     $  24,078
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Income per share --
  Before extraordinary items and cumulative effect
   of accounting change.............................     $    0.92(c)  $    0.44     $    1.19(c)  $    1.29(c)  $    1.06
  Extraordinary items...............................          1.52          3.68          0.83          1.72          5.37
  Cumulative effect of accounting change............        --            --            --            --              0.22
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Net income per share................................     $    2.44     $    4.12     $    2.02     $    3.01     $    6.65
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
Weighted average shares outstanding (d).............         3,232         3,387         3,358         3,450         3,681
</TABLE>
    

                                       13
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1990          1991          1992          1993           1994
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Working capital (deficit) (e).......................     $  (2,472)    $   5,248     $     468     $   1,383     $  29,541
Total assets........................................       173,487       176,950       169,865       159,877       173,020
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (e)....       130,213       104,168        97,731        80,487        87,821
Redeemable preferred stock..........................           604           672           821         1,095         1,303
Stockholders' equity (deficit)......................       (26,647)      (11,839)       (5,200)        4,953        31,586
Book value per share (f)............................     $   (9.64)    $   (3.61)    $   (1.40)    $    1.91     $   10.24
RATIOS
Operating margin (g)................................          16.1%         15.4%         14.6%         13.8%         15.1%
Current ratio.......................................        0.93:1        1.16:1        1.01:1        1.04:1        2.16:1
Long-term debt to total capitalization (e)(h).......         125.0%        112.0%        104.7%         93.0%         72.8%
SELECTED HOSPITAL STATISTICS (I)
Total number of hospitals...........................            20            19            19            18            18
Total licensed beds.................................         1,800         1,757         1,757         1,635         1,635
Owned or leased hospitals
  Number............................................            19            18            18            17            17
  Licensed beds.....................................         1,570         1,527         1,527         1,405         1,405
  Patient days......................................       219,295       176,906       153,705       156,689       164,643
  Inpatient admissions..............................        40,964        32,976        29,403        27,502        28,911
  Average length of stay (days).....................           5.4           5.4           5.2           5.7           5.7
  Equivalent patient
   days (j).........................................       282,938       238,847       221,334       225,512       235,698
Managed hospitals
  Number............................................             1             1             1             1             1
  Licensed beds.....................................           230           230           230           230           230
<FN>
- ------------------------
(a)  Capital  costs  include  interest,  depreciation,  amortization  and   rent
     expense. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 1990, 1991, 1992 and 1993, the
     long-term   debt  retirements  in   connection  with  Hallmark's  financial
     restructuring were accounted  for under Statement  of Financial  Accounting
     Standards No. 15. The unrecognized gain from such transactions was deferred
     and  was  classified  on  Hallmark's  balance  sheets  as  a  deferred debt
     restructuring credit. Amortization of the deferred credit had the effect of
     reducing interest expense by  $859,000, $4,162,000, $6,164,000,  $6,034,000
     and  $2,072,000 for the fiscal years ended  June 30, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993
     and 1994, respectively. In November 1993, such debt was refinanced and  the
     unamortized  deferred  credit  was  recognized  as  an  extraordinary gain.
     Accordingly, in future  periods, no similar  reduction of interest  expense
     will  occur.  See  Note 4  of  Notes to  Hallmark's  Consolidated Financial
     Statements as of  June 30,  1994 contained  elsewhere in  this Joint  Proxy
     Statement/Prospectus.
(b)  Reflects  the reduction  of restructuring  reserves previously  provided in
     fiscal 1989 related to certain third party reimbursement items.
(c)  Includes $1.26 and  $0.38 per  share related to  credit from  restructuring
     transactions  in 1990 and 1992, respectively, and a gain of $0.13 per share
     related to sale of a hospital in 1993.

(d)  Reflects the effect  of the  one-for-five reverse stock  split in  November
     1992.
(e)  Includes current maturities of long-term debt and long-term debt in default
     (including  related accrued interest) classified  as a current liability at
     June 30, 1990, 1991 and 1992.
(f)  Assumes the conversion  of each  share of redeemable  preferred stock  into
     five shares of Hallmark Common Stock.
(g)  Derived  by  subtracting  operating  expenses  (excluding  rent)  from  net
     operating revenues and dividing the remainder by net operating revenues.

(h)  Total capitalization represents the sum of long-term debt and capital lease
     obligations, current  maturities of  long-term debt,  redeemable  preferred
     stock and total stockholders' equity.

(i)  Statistics for the year ended June 30, 1990 include six hospital facilities
     held  for disposal or  disposed of, consisting of  516 beds, 36,694 patient
     days, 6,474 admissions and 45,807 equivalent patient days.

(j)  Represents inpatient days adjusted to reflect outpatient utilization.
</TABLE>
    

                                       14
<PAGE>
SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   
    The following selected unaudited pro forma combined financial information is
presented assuming the Merger  will be accounted for  as a pooling of  interests
and reflects the combination of the historical consolidated financial statements
of  Community and Hallmark. The pro forma combined financial results and balance
sheet data assume the  Merger was consummated  at January 1,  1991 and June  30,
1994,  respectively. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does
not reflect  expenses expected  to  be incurred  by  Community and  Hallmark  in
connection  with the Merger or the  redemption of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated
Notes which may be tendered to Community pursuant to the indenture. In addition,
the following  financial  information  does not  reflect  any  anticipated  cost
savings, which may be realized by Community after consummation of the Merger.
    

    The pro forma information does not purport to represent what Community's and
Hallmark's combined results of operations actually would have been if the Merger
had  occurred as of  the date indicated or  will be for  any future periods. The
selected unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction
with the Unaudited  Pro Forma  Condensed Combined Financial  Statements and  the
notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,
                                                  ----------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                     1991        1992        1993        1993        1994
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
FINANCIAL RESULTS (A)
Net operating revenues..........................  $  299,361  $  346,783  $  425,198  $  205,662  $  233,857
Operating expenses (b)..........................    (242,586)   (284,132)   (345,250)   (166,143)   (184,256)
Capital costs (c)...............................     (46,095)    (46,779)    (54,047)    (24,455)    (32,237)
Amortization of deferred debt restructuring
 credits (d)....................................       4,162       6,164       4,967       2,896      --
Credit from restructuring transactions (e)......      --           2,133      --          --          --
Gain from hospital sales........................       3,403         256      --          --          --
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income from continuing operations before income
 taxes (f)......................................      18,245      24,425      30,868      17,960      17,364
Provision for income taxes......................      (7,391)     (9,823)    (12,718)     (7,034)     (6,822)
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income from continuing operations (d)(f)........  $   10,854  $   14,602  $   18,150  $   10,926  $   10,542
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income per share from continuing operations
 (d)(f).........................................  $     0.81  $     1.01  $     1.20  $     0.74  $     0.69
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Weighted average shares outstanding.............      13,365      14,413      15,135      14,735      15,382
SELECTED HOSPITAL STATISTICS (G)
Total number of hospitals.......................          32          34          38          37          38
Total licensed beds.............................       3,011       3,095       3,471       3,351       3,471
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                                         1994
                                                                                                      ----------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Working capital.....................................................................................  $   94,426
Total assets........................................................................................     482,789
Long-term debt......................................................................................     256,431
Stockholders' equity................................................................................     120,509
Book value per share................................................................................  $     8.27
RATIOS
Current ratio.......................................................................................      2.63:1
Long-term debt to total capitalization..............................................................        68.0%
<FN>
- --------------------------
(a)  Hallmark's  operating results for the fiscal  years ended June 30, 1991 and
     1992 were combined with Community's  operating results for the years  ended
     December  31, 1991  and 1992  to prepare  the pro  forma combined financial
     information for the years ended  December 31, 1991 and 1992,  respectively.
     The  unaudited pro forma combined financial  information for the year ended
     December 31,  1993 was  prepared by  combining Community's  1993  operating
     results  with Hallmark's 1993  operating results, which  were restated to a
     calendar year basis. Accordingly,  Hallmark's historical operating  results
     for
</TABLE>
    

                                       15
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
     the six months ended December 31, 1992 were excluded from the unaudited pro
     forma  combined statements of income  for the periods presented. Hallmark's
     net revenues  and income  from  continuing operations  for that  six  month
     period were $85,153,000 and $784,000, respectively.
(b)  Significant  nonrecurring charges resulting from  the Merger, which will be
     included in Community's statement of income for the year ended December 31,
     1994, are estimated as follows:
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                 <C>
- --         Merger costs (including financial advisor, legal and accounting
           fees, severance costs, etc.)......................................  $ 13,500,000
- --         Premium costs on redemption of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated
           Notes, assuming 100% redemption...................................       800,000
- --         Write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the original
           issuance of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated Notes..................     2,600,000
- --         Tender offer costs associated with the redemption of Hallmark's
           Senior Subordinated Notes.........................................       200,000
- --         Income tax benefits related to the above transactions which would
           be deductible for tax purposes at the 35% federal statutory
           rate..............................................................    (4,050,000)
                                                                               ------------
Estimated after-tax nonrecurring charge resulting from the Merger............  $ 13,050,000
                                                                               ------------
                                                                               ------------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Of the $13,050,000 estimated charge to net income, or $0.85 per share  based
    on  the pro forma combined number of weighted average shares outstanding for
    the six months ended June 30, 1994, $2,340,000, or $0.15 per share, will  be
    recorded  as an  extraordinary loss from  early extinguishment  of debt. The
    foregoing summary is based on the  assumption that all of Hallmark's  Senior
    Subordinated Notes will be tendered to Community.
    
   
    If  all  of  Hallmark's Senior  Subordinated  Notes are  redeemed  after the
    Merger, Community will fund the total cash outlay of $81,000,000  (comprised
    of  $80,000,000 in principal, $800,000 in premium and approximately $200,000
    in tender  offer costs)  through existing  cash balances  and its  available
    credit  facilities. Full redemption of  Hallmark's Senior Subordinated Notes
    would result  in an  annual decrease  in interest  expense of  approximately
    $2,500,000, or $0.16 per share on a pro forma basis.
    

   
    Community  or Hallmark may also  be subject to an  additional cash outlay of
    approximately $3,700,000  in  respect  of  approximately  32,301  shares  of
    Hallmark Preferred Stock, assuming all holders of such shares exercise their
    appraisal  rights.  The $3,700,000  cash outlay  is  estimated based  on the
    assumption that all holders  of the 32,301  shares exercise their  appraisal
    rights,  and that the fair  value of a share  of Hallmark Preferred Stock is
    equal to the closing  price of $21.125 of  Community Common Stock on  August
    15, 1994, multiplied by the exchange ratio of 5.4 for each share of Hallmark
    Preferred Stock. The exact amount of this cash outlay cannot be ascertained,
    and  could be more than, the  same as, or less than  the value of the merger
    consideration such holders  of Hallmark Preferred  Stock would otherwise  be
    entitled  to receive pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Community or Hallmark
    will fund  such payment  from existing  cash balances  and/or its  available
    credit  facilities. If payments  in respect of  the Hallmark Preferred Stock
    are made using funds drawn from available credit facilities, long-term  debt
    would  increase  by approximately  $3,700,000,  common stock  and additional
    paid-in capital  would decrease  by  approximately $1,300,000  and  retained
    earnings would be reduced by approximately $2,400,000. Net income applicable
    to  common stockholders would  be reduced by  approximately $2,400,000 which
    would be a  one-time charge,  and earnings  per share  applicable to  common
    stockholders would be $0.16 lower.
    
   
(c) Capital costs include interest, depreciation, amortization and rent expense.
    
   
(d)  For  Hallmark's  fiscal years  ended  June  30, 1991,  1992  and  1993, the
    long-term  debt  retirements   in  connection   with  Hallmark's   financial
    restructuring  were accounted  for under  Statement of  Financial Accounting
    Standards No. 15. The unrecognized gain from such transactions was  deferred
    and  was  classified  on  Hallmark's  balance  sheets  as  a  deferred  debt
    restructuring  credit.  In   Hallmark's  historical  financial   statements,
    amortization  of the  deferred credit  had the  effect of  reducing reported
    interest expense.  For purposes  of this  pro forma  presentation,  interest
    expense   is  included  in  capital  costs  at  its  gross  amount  and  the
    amortization of the  deferred credit is  shown as a  separate line item.  In
    November  1993, such debt was refinanced and the unamortized deferred credit
    was recognized as an extraordinary gain. Accordingly, in future periods,  no
    similar  reduction of interest  expense will occur.  See Note 4  of Notes to
    Hallmark's Consolidated Financial Statements as  of June 30, 1994  contained
    elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The pro forma income and
    income per share from continuing operations for the years ended December 31,
    1991, 1992 and 1993 and the six months ended
    

                                       16
<PAGE>
   
    June   30,  1993  include  after-tax   credits  of  $2,497,000,  $3,698,000,
    $2,980,000 and  $1,738,000, or  $0.19,  $0.26, $0.20  and $0.12  per  share,
    respectively, related to the amortization of the deferred debt restructuring
    credit recognized during each of the periods.
    
   
(e)  Reflects  the reduction  of restructuring  reserves previously  provided by
    Hallmark in 1989 related to certain third party reimbursement items.
    
   
(f) Includes nonrecurring items consisting of after-tax gains of $2,146,000  and
    $104,000,  or $0.16  and $0.01 per  share, realized by  Community related to
    sales of hospitals in 1991 and  1992, respectively, and after-tax income  of
    $1,280,000  or  $0.09  per share  realized  by Hallmark  related  to credits
    resulting from restructuring transactions in 1992.
    

   
(g) Includes five  managed hospitals with  a total of  537 licensed beds.  Total
    number  of hospitals  and licensed  beds are  as of  the end  of the periods
    presented.
    

COMPARATIVE PER SHARE INFORMATION

    The following  table sets  forth  (1) certain  historical per  common  share
information  for Community  and Hallmark,  (2) certain  unaudited pro  forma per
common share information for  Community after giving effect  to the Merger on  a
pooling  of interests accounting  basis, assuming the  Merger had been effective
during the period presented, and (3) Hallmark equivalent unaudited pro forma per
share data attributable to the number  of shares of Community Common Stock  that
will  be received  by Hallmark  stockholders for  each share  of Hallmark Common
Stock. No cash dividends have ever been declared or paid on the Community Common
Stock, the Hallmark Common Stock or the Hallmark Preferred Stock. The historical
per share information for Community and  Hallmark has been adjusted to  reflect,
in  the case of Community, the four-for-three and the three-for-two stock splits
in December 1992 and November 1993, respectively, and, in the case of  Hallmark,
the  one-for-five reverse stock split in November 1992. This data should be read
in conjunction with  the historical  consolidated financial  statements and  the
notes  thereto of Community  and Hallmark and the  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Combined Financial  Statements  and  the notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  or
incorporated by reference in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       HISTORICAL               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                                                               --------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                                 COMMUNITY     HALLMARK     COMBINED(1)     HALLMARK(2)
                                                               -------------  -----------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>
Income per common and common equivalent share before
 extraordinary items and cumulative effect of an accounting
 change:
Fiscal years ended (3)
  1991.......................................................   $    0.93(4)  $   0.44      $    0.81(5)     $    0.79
  1992.......................................................        0.95(4)      1.19 (4)       1.01(5)          0.98
  1993.......................................................        1.10         1.29           1.20             1.16
  1994.......................................................       --             1.06        --              --
Latest unaudited interim period ended June 30,
  1994.......................................................        0.72       --                0.69            0.67
Book value per share (6):
  December 31, 1993..........................................        6.82          9.33           7.42            7.20
  June 30, 1994..............................................        7.66         10.24           8.27            8.02
<FN>
- --------------------------
(1)  Unaudited pro forma combined per share information is based on the combined
     average  number of  common and  common equivalent  shares of  Community and
     Hallmark giving effect to the exchange ratios for Hallmark Common Stock and
     Hallmark Preferred Stock. It reflects Community historical results combined
     with Hallmark historical results. Pre-tax expenses expected to be  incurred
     by  Community and Hallmark  in connection with the  Merger are estimated to
     total approximately $13,500,000. These costs have not been reflected in the
     pro forma  financial information,  but will  be reflected  in the  combined
     statement  of income upon consummation of the Merger. After consummation of
     the Merger,  a certain  portion or  all of  Hallmark's Senior  Subordinated
     Notes  may  be  tendered  to  Community  for  redemption  pursuant  to  the
     indenture; however, costs  associated with such  redemption will depend  on
     the  amount of notes tendered.  See "The Merger --  Tender Offer for Senior
     Subordinated Notes."
(2)  Hallmark  equivalent  pro  forma  per  share  amounts  are  calculated   by
     multiplying  the respective  combined pro  forma per  share amounts  by the
     exchange ratio for Hallmark Common Stock.
</TABLE>
    

                                       17
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
(3)  Historical per share information for Hallmark is for the fiscal years ended
     June 30,  1991,  1992, 1993  and  1994.  All other  per  share  information
     presented  is for the calendar years ended December 31, 1991, 1992 and 1993
     as described in  the Notes to  the Unaudited Pro  Forma Condensed  Combined
     Financial Statements.

(4)  Includes  gains of $0.21 and $0.01  per share realized by Community related
     to sales of hospitals in 1991  and 1992, respectively, and income of  $0.38
     per   share  realized  by  Hallmark   related  to  credits  resulting  from
     restructuring transactions in 1992.

(5)  Includes gains of $0.16 and $0.01  per share realized by Community  related
     to  sales of hospitals in 1991 and  1992, respectively, and income of $0.09
     per  share  realized  by  Hallmark   related  to  credits  resulting   from
     restructuring transactions in 1992.

(6)  Book  value amounts are computed based  on the number of shares outstanding
     assuming the conversion of each share of Hallmark Preferred Stock into five
     shares of Hallmark Common Stock (or assumed to be outstanding after  giving
     effect  to the exchange ratio  for Hallmark Preferred Stock  in the case of
     pro forma amounts) at the end of the respective periods.
</TABLE>
    

RECENT STOCK PRICES

    The Community Common Stock has been traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market  under
the symbol CHSI since its initial public offering on March 7, 1991. The Hallmark
Class A Common Stock has been traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol
HMHC  since May 17, 1993. Prior to that  time, Hallmark Class A Common Stock was
traded over the counter by certain dealers who made a market in Hallmark Class A
Common Stock. The table below sets  forth, for the calendar quarters  indicated,
the  high and low sales prices per share  as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market
for the Community Common Stock and the  Hallmark Class A Common Stock since  May
17,  1993. Stock prices prior to May 17,  1993 for Hallmark Class A Common Stock
represent high  and  low  bids as  reported  to  and compiled  by  the  National
Quotation  Bureau by market makers  in Hallmark Class A  Common Stock. Such bids
represent quotations  between  dealers  and  do  not  include  retail  mark-ups,
mark-downs,  commissions  or  other  adjustments and  may  not  represent actual
transactions. There  is no  trading market  for Hallmark  Class B  Common  Stock
because it is automatically converted to Hallmark Class A Common Stock upon sale
by the holder to whom it was originally issued.

    No  active trading  market for the  Hallmark Preferred Stock  exists and the
Hallmark Preferred  Stock has  not been  listed on  any exchange.  The  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock is traded over the counter  by certain dealers who from time to
time are willing to  effect transactions in the  Hallmark Preferred Stock.  Such
trading  in  the Hallmark  Preferred Stock  is,  however, extremely  limited and
sporadic. Quotation of  securities that  are not  actively traded,  such as  the
Hallmark  Preferred Stock, may  differ from actual trading  prices and should be
viewed as  approximations. With  respect to  the Hallmark  Preferred Stock,  the
following table sets forth the high and low bids for Hallmark Preferred Stock as
reported  to and compiled by  the National Quotation Bureau  by market makers in
Hallmark Preferred Stock. Such bids represent quotations between dealers and  do
not  include  retail  mark-ups,  mark-downs or  commissions.  Such  bids  do not
necessarily reflect actual  transactions and  may not  reflect transactions  not
reported to the National Quotation Bureau.

                                       18
<PAGE>
    Community  stock prices  have been adjusted  for the  four-for-three and the
three-for-two stock splits  in December  1992 and  November 1993,  respectively.
Hallmark  stock prices  have been  adjusted for  the one-for-five  reverse stock
split in November 1992.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       COMMUNITY COMMON          HALLMARK CLASS A         HALLMARK PREFERRED
                             STOCK                 COMMON STOCK                  STOCK
                     ---------------------     ---------------------     ---------------------
                       HIGH         LOW          HIGH         LOW          HIGH         LOW
                     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
<S>                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
1992:
  First Quarter..... $13 1/3      $ 9 1/2      $ 9 11/16    $ 4 3/8      $25          $ 7 1/2
  Second Quarter....  10 1/12       7 1/12       8 1/8        2 1/2       25            7 1/2
  Third Quarter.....  11            7 1/2        4 17/32      1 1/4       17 1/2        7 1/2
  Fourth Quarter....  13 5/6        9 1/3        5            2 1/2       18 3/4        8 3/4
1993:
  First Quarter..... $16 1/2      $ 9 3/4      $ 4 5/8      $ 2 3/4      $22          $11
  Second Quarter....  14 3/4       10 3/8        8 7/8        3 1/2       32           11
  Third Quarter.....  16 1/4       12 1/2       12 1/8        8 1/8       37           11
  Fourth Quarter....  19 1/4       15 1/2       17 1/2        9 5/8       40           11
1994:
  First Quarter..... $26          $17 1/2      $17 1/4      $11 1/4      $40          $11
  Second Quarter....  24 1/4       20           21 1/2        9 1/2       75           11
  Third Quarter
   (August 19)......  23           20 1/4       21 1/4       18 3/4       85           70
</TABLE>
    

   
    The last  reported sale  prices  per share  of  Community Common  Stock  and
Hallmark  Class A Common Stock on June  10, 1994, the last trading day preceding
public announcement  of the  Merger, were  $24.00 and  $13.25, respectively.  On
August 19, 1994, the closing sale prices per share of Community Common Stock and
Hallmark  Class A  Common Stock were  $22.00 and  $20.25, respectively. Hallmark
believes, based on information  obtained from an entity  that makes a market  in
Hallmark  Preferred Stock, that  a sale of Hallmark  Preferred Stock occurred on
June 6, 1994, at a price of $45.00 per share.
    

    Because the exchange ratios for Hallmark Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred
Stock are fixed  and because  the market prices  of Community  Common Stock  and
Hallmark Common Stock are subject to fluctuation, the market value of the shares
of  Community Common  Stock that holders  of Hallmark Common  Stock and Hallmark
Preferred Stock will receive in the Merger may increase or decrease prior to and
following the Merger. STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO OBTAIN CURRENT MARKET QUOTATIONS
FOR THE COMMUNITY COMMON STOCK, THE  HALLMARK CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND  HALLMARK
PREFERRED STOCK.

   
    As  of August 26,  1994, there were  approximately 800 holders  of record of
Hallmark Common  Stock and  approximately 1,500  holders of  record of  Hallmark
Preferred Stock.
    

   
    No  dividends have ever been declared or paid on the Community Common Stock,
the Hallmark  Common Stock  or  the Hallmark  Preferred Stock.  Community's  and
Hallmark's  ability to  pay dividends is  limited by covenants  in their various
debt agreements. As of August 15, 1994, the unpaid and accumulated dividends  on
the  Hallmark Preferred Stock amounted to  approximately $686,000, or $21.25 per
share. No dividends can be declared or  paid on the Hallmark Common Stock  until
such accumulated dividends on the Hallmark Preferred Stock have been paid or set
aside for payment.
    

   
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
   
    On August 24, 1994, Community entered into a new Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement (the "Credit Facility") which provides for a revolving credit facility
in  the  amount of  $200,000,000. The  Credit Facility,  which is  available for
working capital purposes, to fund acquisitions, and for the issuance of  letters
of  credit to support Community's taxable  and non-taxable bond issues, consists
of a $150,000,000 six-year reducing revolving  line of credit and a  $50,000,000
364-day  revolving line  of credit.  Borrowings under  the Credit  Facility bear
interest, at Community's option, at (i)  LIBOR plus a margin ranging from  .875%
to  1.625% or  (ii) the  prime rate plus  a margin  ranging from  zero to .125%.
Letters of credit issued under the  Credit Facility require annual fees  ranging
from  1.075% to 1.825% of the outstanding amount of the letters of credit. As of
August 24, 1994,  Community had available  approximately $135,000,000 under  the
Credit  Facility after consideration of  approximately $65,000,000 in letters of
credit issued in support of its bond issues.
    
   
    The  $150,000,000  line  of  credit  is  subject  to  semi-annual  mandatory
reductions  in the  amount of $15,000,000  beginning January 1,  1997 and ending
January 1, 2000. A final payment in the amount of $45,000,000 is due August  22,
2000. The $50,000,000 line of credit may, at Community's option, be converted to
a two-year term loan, payable in two equal annual installments at the end of its
revolving period.
    

                                       19
<PAGE>
                           INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

    THE  FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY BY THE STOCKHOLDERS OF
COMMUNITY AND HALLMARK IN CONNECTION WITH VOTING UPON THE MERGER.

HEALTHCARE REFORM

   
    In late 1993, President Clinton submitted to Congress proposed comprehensive
healthcare reform legislation. Several other comprehensive reform proposals have
been and  are expected  to  be introduced  in  the Congress,  and  comprehensive
alternatives  to the President's  proposal have recently  been introduced by the
House and Senate majority leaders. Healthcare reform legislation is also pending
in some states.  Among the proposals  under consideration are  cost controls  on
hospitals,  insurance market reform to increase the availability of group health
insurance to small  businesses, requirements  that all  businesses offer  health
insurance  coverage to their  employees and the creation  of a single government
health insurance  plan  that would  cover  all  citizens. Key  elements  in  the
President's  proposal include various insurance  market reforms, the requirement
that businesses  provide  health  insurance coverage  for  their  full-time  and
part-time  employees,  significant reductions  in  future Medicare  and Medicaid
payments to  providers,  and  stringent  government  cost  controls  that  would
directly control insurance premiums and indirectly affect the fees of hospitals,
physicians and other healthcare providers.
    

    Certain  aspects of the President's proposed legislation, such as reductions
in Medicare  payments and  the elimination  of Medicaid  disproportionate  share
payments  to  hospitals,  and  increased  reliance  on  managed  competition, if
adopted, could adversely affect the businesses of Community and Hallmark.  Other
aspects  of  the  President's  proposed legislation,  such  as  universal health
insurance coverage, could have a positive impact on the businesses of  Community
and  Hallmark by  reducing the  amount of  uncompensated care  provided by their
respective hospitals. It is not possible at  this time to predict what, if  any,
reforms  will be adopted by the Congress  or various state legislatures, or when
such reforms will be adopted or implemented. No assurance can be given that  any
such  reforms  will not  have  a material  adverse  impact on  the  revenues and
earnings of  Community  and  Hallmark.  See  "--  Reimbursement  and  Regulatory
Matters."

REIMBURSEMENT AND REGULATORY MATTERS

    Community  and Hallmark, and the  healthcare industry generally, are subject
to extensive  federal,  state  and local  governmental  regulation  relating  to
licensure,  conduct of operations, construction  of new facilities, expansion or
acquisition of existing facilities and the offering of new services. Failure  to
comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in, among other things,
the  imposition of fines,  temporary suspension of admission  of new patients to
the facility  or,  in extreme  circumstances,  exclusion from  participation  in
government  healthcare reimbursement programs  such as Medicare  and Medicaid or
the revocation  of facility  licenses. There  can be  no assurance  that  future
regulatory changes will not have an adverse impact on the combined operations of
Community and Hallmark.

   
    During  its years ended December 31, 1991, 1992 and 1993, Community received
42.0%, 46.6% and 48.4%, respectively, of net operating revenues from the federal
Medicare program and state  Medicaid programs. For its  fiscal years ended  June
30, 1992, 1993 and 1994, Hallmark received 55.5%, 61.6% and 62.4%, respectively,
from  such federal and state programs.  Hallmark believes that the percentage of
its revenues  attributable to  such  federal and  state programs  has  increased
because  (i)  the population  is  aging, which  results  in more  patients being
covered by  the  Medicare  program,  (ii)  Hallmark  has  implemented  geriatric
psychiatric Medicare programs, (iii) Hallmark receives revenue from the Medicaid
disproportionate-share  program, (iv)  private patients  are more  likely to use
less expensive outpatient treatment for  many services, and (v) competition  has
increased for private-pay patients.
    
    Following  the  Merger,  Community  will continue  to  derive  a substantial
portion of  its revenue  from such  programs. Funds  received by  Community  and
Hallmark  from  these  programs  are  subject  to  audit,  which  can  result in
retroactive adjustments to such payments. Such programs are highly regulated and
subject to frequent and, in  certain cases, substantial changes. Recent  changes
designed  to reduce healthcare costs have  resulted in pressure on hospitals and
other healthcare providers to

                                       20
<PAGE>
reduce their costs,  and in reduced  levels of reimbursement  for a  substantial
portion  of hospital procedures and costs. In addition, certain expected changes
are likely to result in further reductions in reimbursement levels.

   
    A number of Hallmark's  hospitals qualify for "geographic  reclassification"
or  have  been  qualified  as  "disproportionate  share"  or  "small  dependent"
hospitals under  the  Medicare and/or  Medicaid  programs. These  hospitals  are
reimbursed  at a more  favorable rate than similar  hospitals not receiving such
designation and  contribute  a  significant  amount  of  revenue  to  Hallmark's
operations. There can be no assurance that Hallmark will be able to retain these
favorable  designations in the future for all,  or any, of these hospitals, that
these programs  will continue  or that  any programs  intended to  replace  such
programs  will  be  as  financially advantageous  to  Hallmark  as  the existing
programs. The  loss of  such  designations or  programs  could have  a  material
adverse  effect on Hallmark's operations.  See "Hallmark Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations -- Overview"  and
"Hallmark's Business -- Reimbursement and Regulatory Matters."
    

   
    Community  and Hallmark each  typically receives a  higher rate for services
provided to private-pay patients than for services provided to patients eligible
for assistance  under  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs.  While  Community  and
Hallmark  each has operated profitably under  the Medicare and Medicaid statutes
and regulations now in effect, changes  in such statutes and regulations (or  in
the  interpretation of current regulations  and procedures), substantial changes
in the number  of private-pay  patients or changes  among different  private-pay
sources  could significantly affect the profitability of the combined operations
of Community and Hallmark.
    

   
    Federal law prohibits the knowing and  willful payment, receipt or offer  of
remuneration  by  healthcare providers,  such  as Community  and  Hallmark, with
respect to any person, including a physician, to induce referrals of patients or
in exchange  for such  referrals  (the "Anti-Kickback  Law"). An  individual  or
entity  could  be  excluded  from participation  in  the  Medicare  and Medicaid
programs if it is determined that the party has violated the Anti-Kickback  Law.
Community and Hallmark each recruits physicians to become members of the medical
staffs  of their respective hospitals and  to establish private practices in the
communities in which Community's and Hallmark's hospitals are located. Community
and Hallmark each employs a limited  number of physicians who admit patients  to
their  respective  hospitals.  Community  and Hallmark  have  each  entered into
various relationships and compensation arrangements in connection with physician
recruitment which may be  subject to the  Anti-Kickback Law. Although  Community
and  Hallmark each  believes that their  respective arrangements  are lawful, no
"safe  harbor"  provisions  apply  to  physician  recruitment  arrangements  not
involving   physician   employment,   and   evolving   interpretations   of  the
Anti-Kickback Law or the  adoption of new federal  or state laws or  regulations
could  make it  necessary for  Community or  Hallmark to  restructure certain of
their respective arrangements. The operations of Community and Hallmark are also
subject to  a number  of state  laws regulating  relationships and  compensation
arrangements among healthcare providers.
    

    From  time to time,  federal and state  governments as well  as insurers and
others  have  conducted  and  may  conduct  inquiries  or  investigations   into
businesses  in  the  healthcare  industry. Neither  Community  nor  Hallmark can
predict the occurrence or outcome of any such investigations or whether any such
investigations would  lead  to sanctions  under  existing laws  or  regulations,
changes  in,  or  in the  interpretation  of,  existing laws  or  regulations or
legislation imposing  additional regulations  on healthcare  providers. Each  of
Community  and Hallmark  believes that  it conducts  its business  in an ethical
manner and in compliance with applicable law.

DEPENDENCE ON HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS

    Community's and  Hallmark's  hospitals  are dependent  upon  the  physicians
practicing  in  the  communities served  by  the  hospitals. A  small  number of
physicians accounts for a significant portion  of patient admissions at some  of
Community's  and Hallmark's  hospitals. The  competition for  physicians in some
specialty areas,  including  primary care,  is  intense. Reforms  affecting  the
healthcare  industry may increase the competition for physicians specializing in
primary care. Community is also dependent upon the ability and experience of its
executive  officers  and  key  employees.   There  can  be  no  assurance   that

                                       21
<PAGE>
Community  will be able to retain all  such personnel or, despite their vigorous
physician recruitment efforts, that the hospitals of Community and Hallmark will
be able  to recruit  physicians successfully  or to  retain the  loyalty of  the
physicians whose patient admissions are important to the hospitals.

EXPANSION THROUGH ACQUISITION

   
    A  key element of Community's growth to date and of Community's strategy for
the future is expansion through the acquisition of general acute care hospitals.
There can be no  assurance that future suitable  acquisition candidates will  be
located,  that acquisitions can  be consummated or that  added facilities can be
operated profitably  or  integrated successfully  into  Community's  operations.
Growth through acquisition entails certain risks in that the acquired facilities
could  be  subject  to  unanticipated business  or  regulatory  uncertainties or
liabilities, including uncertainties relating  to the interpretation of  certain
Medicare  depreciation  recapture  regulations,  for  which  Community  provides
indemnification in  various acquisitions.  Although Community  does not  believe
that   it  will  have  any  liability   with  respect  to  such  indemnification
undertakings, there can  be no assurance  that such  will be the  case, or  that
indemnification  payments, if required, would not have a material adverse impact
on earnings in the period when made.
    

   
    The Merger with Hallmark is a part of Community's acquisition program. Among
the factors considered by the Board of Directors of Community in connection with
its approval of the Merger and  the Merger Agreement were the opportunities  for
certain  cost savings  and operating  efficiencies that  should result  from the
Merger. Failure  to achieve  the  expected savings  resulting from  the  planned
closure  of Hallmark's corporate offices, elimination of other corporate general
and administrative expenses and combined  purchasing power of the two  companies
could adversely affect the combined company's earnings, assets and prospects.
    

COMPETITION

    Competition  among hospitals and other healthcare providers for patients has
intensified in recent years. During this period, hospital occupancy rates in the
U.S.  have  declined  as  a  result  of  cost  containment  pressures,  changing
technology,  changes  in  regulations  and  reimbursement,  changes  in practice
patterns from inpatient to  outpatient treatment and  other factors. In  certain
areas  in which  Community and  Hallmark operate,  there are  other hospitals or
facilities that provide  inpatient or  outpatient services  comparable to  those
offered  by Community's and Hallmark's hospitals. Certain of these hospitals may
have greater financial resources than  Community's and Hallmark's hospitals  and
may  offer a wider range of  services than Community's and Hallmark's hospitals.
Even in communities in which Community's  and Hallmark's hospitals are the  sole
or  dominant providers  of general acute  care hospital  services, Community and
Hallmark may face competition from  hospitals and other healthcare providers  in
nearby  communities.  The  competitive position  of  Community's  and Hallmark's
hospitals also has been, and in all likelihood will continue to be, affected  by
the  increased initiatives undertaken  during the past  several years by federal
and state  governments  and  other major  purchasers  of  healthcare,  including
insurance  companies and employers, to  revise payment methodologies and monitor
healthcare expenditures  in  order to  contain  healthcare costs.  In  addition,
hospitals  owned by governmental  agencies or other  tax-exempt entities benefit
from  endowments,  charitable  contributions  and  tax-exempt  financing,  which
advantages are not enjoyed by Community's and Hallmark's hospitals.

LIABILITY INSURANCE

   
    Because  of  the  nature of  their  businesses, Community  and  Hallmark are
subject  to  professional  malpractice  and  other  liability  claims  with  the
attendant  risk of  substantial damage awards.  Hallmark maintained professional
malpractice insurance for certain occurrences  prior to February 1988 and  after
June  1992, but is  self insured for  all occurrences between  February 1988 and
June 1992. Although each of Community  and Hallmark believes that its  insurance
and loss reserves are adequate, there can be no assurance that its insurance and
loss  reserves will cover all potential claims  that may be asserted against the
combined business of Community and Hallmark after consummation of the Merger.
    

LEVERAGE

   
    In  connection  with  the   Merger,  Community  will  assume   approximately
$87,821,000  of  long-term  debt  and  capital  lease  obligations  of Hallmark,
increasing Community's total long-term debt to
    

                                       22
<PAGE>
   
approximately  $256,431,000  and   increasing  its  long-term   debt  to   total
capitalization  ratio from 65.8% to 68.0%. As  a result of such additional debt,
Community's ratio of earnings to fixed charges will decrease from 1.86x for  the
twelve  months ended June  30, 1994 to 1.70x  on a pro  forma basis assuming the
Merger was effective on July 1,  1993 and no Hallmark Senior Subordinated  Notes
were  tendered  to Community  and  no holders  of  the Hallmark  Preferred Stock
exercise their appraisal rights. See "The Merger -- Appraisal Rights." Community
has also recently  increased its  Credit Facility  by approximately  $65,000,000
with  the result that a total of $135,000,000 is available for general corporate
purposes, including working capital needs  and acquisitions of other  hospitals.
See  "Summary  --  Recent  Developments."  While  Community  believes  that  the
additional leverage from  the Merger and  its new Credit  Facility, when and  if
drawn upon, will not violate the financial and operating covenants of its funded
debt,  impair its  operations or  effect its  ability to  pursue other strategic
acquisitions in  the  future, such  increased  levels  of debt  could  (i)  make
Community  more  vulnerable  to  economic downturns  and  limit  its  ability to
withstand competitive pressures, (ii) require  a greater portion of  Community's
cash  flow to pay debt service and/or  (iii) limit Community's ability to obtain
additional  financing  in  the  future  without  substantial  dilution  to   its
stockholders.
    

                                  INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus relates to the Merger. The Merger will
be  effected pursuant to an  Amended and Restated Agreement  and Plan of Merger,
dated as of June  10, 1994, among Community,  Acquisition Corp. and Hallmark.  A
copy of the Merger Agreement is attached hereto as Appendix A. See "The Merger."

    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to the stockholders
of  Community in  connection with  the solicitation of  proxies by  the Board of
Directors of  Community from  the  holders of  outstanding shares  of  Community
Common  Stock for use at the Community Special Meeting. At the Community Special
Meeting, the holders  of Community Common  Stock will be  asked to consider  and
vote   upon  a  proposal  to  approve  the  Merger  and  the  Merger  Agreement.
Consummation of the Merger  will require approval of  the Merger and the  Merger
Agreement  by the holders of  a majority of the  outstanding shares of Community
Common Stock entitled to vote thereon.

    This Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  is  also  being  furnished  to  the
stockholders  of Hallmark in connection with  the solicitation of proxies by the
Board of  Directors  of Hallmark  from  the  holders of  outstanding  shares  of
Hallmark  Voting Stock for use at the  Hallmark Special Meeting. At the Hallmark
Special Meeting, the holders of Hallmark Voting Stock will be asked to  consider
and  vote  upon  a proposal  to  approve and  adopt  the Merger  and  the Merger
Agreement. Delaware law  and the Hallmark  Certificate of Incorporation  require
that  the Merger and the Merger Agreement be approved and adopted by the holders
of a majority of  the outstanding shares  of Hallmark Class  A Common Stock  and
Hallmark Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

    If  the Merger  is consummated,  each outstanding  share of  Hallmark Common
Stock will be converted into the right to receive .97 shares of Community Common
Stock and each outstanding share of Hallmark Preferred Stock (other than  shares
held  by stockholders who perfect their  appraisal rights under Delaware law and
do not subsequently  withdraw, lose or  forfeit such rights)  will be  converted
into  the right to  receive 5.4 shares  of Community Common  Stock. The exchange
ratios are fixed and will not increase or decrease by reason of fluctuations  in
the  market price of Community Common Stock or Hallmark Common Stock. Fractional
shares of Community  Common Stock will  be converted into  the right to  receive
cash.  As  a  result  of the  Merger,  Hallmark  will be  merged  with  and into
Acquisition Corp.,  which  will  succeed  to  all  of  Hallmark's  business  and
properties. See "The Merger -- Alternative Merger Structure."

   
    As  of August 15, 1994, the unpaid and accumulated dividends on the Hallmark
Preferred Stock  amounted to  approximately  $686,000, or  $21.25 per  share  of
Hallmark  Preferred Stock  outstanding on  such date.  Upon consummation  of the
Merger, any  right that  holders of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock may  have had  to
receive  such unpaid and accumulated dividends,  upon redemption of the Hallmark
    

                                       23
<PAGE>
Preferred Stock  or otherwise,  will terminate.  Following the  Effective  Date,
shares  of Hallmark  Preferred Stock  will represent  only the  right to receive
shares of Community Common Stock at the exchange ratio set forth above.  Holders
of  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock  are entitled  to  appraisal  rights  pursuant to
Delaware law. See "The Merger -- Appraisal Rights."

   
    Assuming the Merger is consummated and no holder of Hallmark Preferred Stock
perfects appraisal rights, the outstanding  shares of Hallmark Common Stock  and
Hallmark  Preferred Stock as  of the Effective  Time will be  converted into the
right to receive  an aggregate  of approximately 3,321,000  shares of  Community
Common Stock, representing approximately 22.5% of the outstanding shares.
    

    This  Joint Proxy  Statement/Prospectus also  constitutes the  prospectus of
Community with respect to the shares of  Community Common Stock to be issued  in
the  Merger.  The  information  in this  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus with
respect to Community has  been supplied by Community,  and the information  with
respect to Hallmark has been supplied by Hallmark.

VOTING AND PROXIES

   
    COMMUNITY.  Only holders of record of Community Common Stock at the close of
business  on August 26,  1994 will be entitled  to notice of and  to vote at the
Community Special Meeting or any adjournment  thereof. At such date, there  were
11,442,496 shares of Community Common Stock outstanding held by approximately 68
holders of record.
    

    Stockholders of record on the record date are entitled to one vote per share
on  any matter which may properly come before the Community Special Meeting. The
presence, in person or by proxy, of the  holders of a majority of the shares  of
Community Common Stock outstanding on the record date is necessary to constitute
a  quorum at the Community Special Meeting.  The affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the outstanding shares of Community Common Stock on the  record
date is required to approve the Merger and the Merger Agreement. Any stockholder
present  in person  or by  proxy (including  broker non-votes)  at the Community
Special Meeting, but who abstains from  voting, will be counted for purposes  of
determining  whether a quorum exists. With  respect to matters considered at the
Community Special Meeting, abstentions (or broker non-votes) will have the  same
effect as a vote against the proposal.

    Shares  of Community Common  Stock represented by  properly executed proxies
will be voted  in accordance with  the instructions indicated  on such  proxies,
unless  such  proxies  have  been previously  revoked.  If  no  instructions are
indicated, such shares will  be voted in  favor of the  proposal to approve  the
Merger  and the  Merger Agreement.  Any stockholder  who has  given a  proxy may
revoke it  at any  time before  it  is voted  by filing  with the  Secretary  of
Community,  at  the address  of  Community set  forth  above, written  notice of
revocation or a duly executed  proxy bearing a later  date, or by attending  the
Community  Special  Meeting and  voting in  person  (although attendance  at the
Community Special Meeting will not in  and of itself constitute revocation of  a
proxy).

    If  the  Community Special  Meeting  is adjourned  for  any purpose,  at any
subsequent reconvening of the Community Special Meeting, to the extent permitted
by law, all proxies will be voted in the same manner as such proxies would  have
been  voted  at  the  original  meeting  (except  for  any  proxies  which  have
theretofore effectively been revoked or withdrawn).

    The cost of soliciting proxies from  holders of Community Common Stock  will
be  borne by Community. Such solicitation will be  made by mail, but may also be
made by  telephone or  in person  by the  directors, officers,  or employees  of
Community.  Such directors, officers  and employees will  not receive additional
compensation for  such solicitation,  but may  be reimbursed  for  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred in connection therewith.  In addition, Community has retained
Morrow & Co. to assist  in such solicitation and  to provide proxy materials  to
custodians,  nominees  and fiduciaries.  For such  services, Community  will pay
Morrow & Co. a fee of $6,500, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.  Community
will  also reimburse banks, brokerage houses  and other custodians, nominees and
fiduciaries for their  reasonable expenses  in forwarding  any proxy  soliciting
materials to their principals.

                                       24
<PAGE>
    Other  than the  proposal relating to  the Merger and  the Merger Agreement,
Community does not know of  any matters which are  to come before the  Community
Special  Meeting. Should any  other business properly  come before the Community
Special Meeting, the proxy holders will have discretionary authority to vote the
shares of Community Common  Stock represented by duly  executed proxies on  such
matters in accordance with their best judgment.

   
    HALLMARK.   Only  holders of  record of  Hallmark Common  Stock and Hallmark
Preferred Stock as of the close of  business on August 26, 1994 are entitled  to
notice  of  the Hallmark  Special Meeting.  Only holders  of record  of Hallmark
Voting Stock  as of  such date  are entitled  to vote  at the  Hallmark  Special
Meeting  or any adjournment thereof. At such date, there were [3,179,764] shares
of Hallmark Class A Common Stock  outstanding held by approximately 800  holders
of  record and [32,301]  shares of Hallmark Preferred  Stock outstanding held by
approximately 1,500 holders of record.
    

   
    Stockholders of record on the record date are entitled to one vote per share
on any matter which may properly  come before the Hallmark Special Meeting.  The
presence,  either in  person or by  proxy, of the  holders of a  majority of the
shares of Hallmark Voting Stock outstanding  on the record date is necessary  to
constitute a quorum at the Hallmark Special Meeting. The affirmative vote of the
holders  of  a majority  of  the shares  of Hallmark  Class  A Common  Stock and
Hallmark Preferred Stock outstanding  on the record date,  voting together as  a
single  class,  is required  to  approve and  adopt  the Merger  and  the Merger
Agreement. Any  stockholder present  in  person or  by proxy  (including  broker
non-votes)  at the Hallmark Special Meeting,  but who abstains from voting, will
be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists. Abstentions  (or
broker  non-votes) will  be counted  in determining  the minimum  of affirmative
votes required  for approval  of the  Merger  and the  Merger Agreement  at  the
Hallmark  Special  Meeting and,  accordingly,  will have  the  effect of  a vote
against such matters.
    

    Shares of Hallmark  Voting Stock  represented by  properly executed  proxies
will  be voted  in accordance with  the instructions indicated  on such proxies,
unless such  proxies  have  been  previously revoked.  If  no  instructions  are
indicated,  such shares will  be voted in  favor of the  proposal to approve and
adopt the Merger and the Merger Agreement. Any Stockholder who has given a proxy
may revoke it at  any time before it  is voted by filing  with the Secretary  of
Hallmark,  at  the  address  of  Hallmark set  forth  above,  written  notice of
revocation or a duly executed  proxy bearing a later  date, or by attending  the
Hallmark  Special  Meeting  and voting  in  person (although  attendance  at the
Hallmark Special Meeting will  not in and of  itself constitute revocation of  a
proxy).

    If  the  Hallmark  Special Meeting  is  adjourned  for any  purpose,  at any
subsequent reconvening of the Hallmark Special Meeting, to the extent  permitted
by  law, all proxies will be voted in the same manner as such proxies would have
been  voted  at  the  original  meeting  (except  for  any  proxies  which  have
theretofore effectively been revoked or withdrawn).

    The cost of soliciting proxies from holders of Hallmark Common Stock will be
borne  by Hallmark. Such solicitation will be made by mail, but may also be made
by telephone or in person by  the directors, officers or employees of  Hallmark.
Such  directors, officers and employees will not receive additional compensation
for such solicitation, but may be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred
in connection therewith. In addition,  Hallmark has retained Corporate  Investor
Communications,  Inc.  to  assist  in such  solicitation  and  to  provide proxy
materials to custodians, nominees and  fiduciaries. For such services,  Hallmark
will  pay  Corporate  Investor  Communications,  Inc.  a  fee  of  $5,500,  plus
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Hallmark will also reimburse banks, brokerage
houses and  other  custodians, nominees  and  fiduciaries for  their  reasonable
expenses in forwarding any proxy soliciting materials to their principals.

    Other  than the  proposal relating to  the Merger and  the Merger Agreement,
Hallmark does not  know of any  matters which  are to come  before the  Hallmark
Special  Meeting. Should  any other business  properly come  before the Hallmark
Special Meeting, the proxy holders will have discretionary authority to vote the
shares of Hallmark  Voting Stock represented  by duly executed  proxies on  such
matters in accordance with their best judgment.

                                       25
<PAGE>
                  BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS

BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER

    On  March 18, 1994, James T. McAfee, Jr., Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer of Hallmark, and Robert M. Thornton, Jr., President,
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Hallmark, were in Houston
and visited with  E. Thomas  Chaney, President  and Chief  Executive Officer  of
Community. Mr. McAfee, Mr. Chaney and Richard E. Ragsdale, Chairman of the Board
of  Directors of  Community, had  all worked  together as  employees of Hospital
Affiliates International, Inc. in the 1970s. The discussion centered around  the
past and current operating issues in the healthcare industry. The possibility of
a  business  combination  between  Community  and  Hallmark  was  also discussed
generally at that meeting. On March 25, 1994, Community and Hallmark agreed to a
confidentiality agreement and shortly thereafter exchanged limited, confidential
financial information  concerning their  respective companies  as a  preliminary
means of exploring a transaction between the companies.

   
    After study, on March 30, 1994, Mr. McAfee and Mr. Thornton met in Nashville
at  Community's offices  with Mr.  Chaney, Mr.  Ragsdale and  approximately five
other officers of Community. At this meeting, both parties expressed interest in
exploring a business combination between Community and Hallmark, particularly in
light of their common business strategies of operating non-urban hospitals.  The
Executive  Committee of Hallmark's Board of Directors, which consists of Messrs.
McAfee and Thornton and two outside Directors, met on April 19, 1994 to  discuss
Hallmark's  future  and  alternatives  to  enhance  stockholder  value.  At that
meeting, the  Executive Committee  unanimously authorized  senior management  to
engage  an investment banking firm to advise Hallmark with respect to a possible
business combination  with  Community and  other  matters. On  April  21,  1994,
Messrs.  McAfee and  Thornton met with  Messrs. Chaney and  Ragsdale to continue
their discussions regarding a  possible business combination  at the offices  of
King  &  Spalding  in Atlanta.  On  March  18, 1994,  Community  retained Lehman
Brothers as its financial advisor and on April 22, 1994, Hallmark retained Mabon
as its financial advisor.
    

   
    On May 23, 1994, Mr. McAfee,  Mr. Thornton and representatives of Mabon  met
with  Mr. Chaney, Mr. Ragsdale, Ms.  Deborah G. Moffett, Vice President, Finance
of Community, and  representatives of Lehman  Brothers in Atlanta  to discuss  a
possible  business combination.  At that meeting,  Mabon made  a presentation to
Community and its  advisors concerning  the potential  value of  Hallmark. In  a
meeting  in  New York  on May  25,  1994, Messrs.  McAfee, Thornton,  Chaney and
Ragsdale agreed tentatively to pursue  a stock transaction to combine  Community
and  Hallmark,  to  undertake  further due  diligence  reviews  and  to commence
negotiations on a definitive merger agreement.
    

    From May 30  through June  10, 1994,  Hallmark and  Community conducted  due
diligence investigations of each other and exchanged drafts of a proposed merger
agreement.  On June 1, 1994,  the Board of Directors  of Hallmark held a special
meeting, at which representatives of Mabon made a presentation concerning  their
preliminary  analysis of  the proposed merger.  Detailed negotiations concerning
the merger agreement occurred between June 8 and June 10, 1994.

   
    On June 10, 1994, the Boards of Directors of each of Community and  Hallmark
held  concurrent special meetings in Atlanta.  At such meetings, members of each
company's senior management, together with  their legal and financial  advisors,
reviewed  the background of the proposed merger, the strategic rationale for the
proposed merger, a summary  of due diligence  findings, financial and  valuation
analyses of the transaction, the terms of the merger agreement and the potential
risks  and benefits of the merger. Lehman Brothers delivered its written opinion
to Community's Board of Directors that, as of such date, the consideration to be
paid by Community in the Merger was fair to Community from a financial point  of
view.  Mabon delivered its written opinion to the Board of Directors of Hallmark
that, as of such  date, the Merger  was fair to the  holders of Hallmark  Common
Stock  from a  financial point of  view. At  the request of  Hallmark's Board of
Directors, Mabon also advised the Hallmark Board at such meeting of the  results
of  valuing the  Hallmark Preferred  Stock using  several methodologies commonly
used  to   value   similar   securities.   The   work   done   by   Mabon   with
    

                                       26
<PAGE>
reference  to the  Hallmark Preferred  Stock was  limited in  scope and  did not
address the fairness  of the  Merger, from  a financial  point of  view, to  the
holders  of  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock. Hallmark's  Board  of  Directors, after
discussing the advice received from Mabon,  as well as other factors,  concluded
that the proposed merger was fair to holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock.

REASONS FOR THE MERGER

   
    Community's  Board  of Directors  believes that  the Merger  is in  the best
interests of Community  and its  stockholders. Hallmark's  business strategy  of
operating   non-urban  acute-care  hospitals   is  consistent  with  Community's
operating philosophy. In addition, the hospitals owned and operated by Hallmark,
being in  the same  geographic region  of the  United States,  complement  those
operated  by  Community  and  offer  Community  the  opportunity  to  expand its
operating base with limited changes  in its supervisory and corporate  structure
and  staff. Although  there can be  no assurances, Community  expects to achieve
certain economies of  scale and  operating efficiencies in  connection with  the
Merger, which would result in annual savings of approximately $10,000,000. It is
anticipated  that  these savings  will occur  as  a result  of the  reduction of
redundant overhead  costs, the  reduction or  elimination of  certain  purchased
services  and hospital personnel and the implementation of, and compliance with,
system-wide supply contracts. Based on  the relative earnings of both  companies
and the exchange ratios, Community's Board of Directors believes the acquisition
of  Hallmark should be  accretive to Community's  current stockholders, assuming
these economies of  scale and operating  efficiencies are achieved.  Community's
Board  of Directors also believes that the issuance of Community Common Stock in
the Merger will significantly enlarge  its retail and institutional  stockholder
base and provide a more liquid and efficient market for its common stock.
    

    FOR  THE  REASONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE,  COMMUNITY'S BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS VOTED
UNANIMOUSLY TO APPROVE THE  MERGER AND RECOMMENDED  THAT HOLDERS OF  COMMUNITY'S
COMMON STOCK VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT.

    Hallmark's  Board  of Directors  believes  that the  Merger  is in  the best
interests of  holders of  Hallmark Common  Stock and  Hallmark Preferred  Stock.
Community  has a larger market  capitalization and a more  active market for its
shares, which  will  provide  holders  of Hallmark  Common  Stock  and  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock with  greater liquidity.  The Merger  will also  allow Hallmark
stockholders to own shares in a larger company. In addition, the market value of
the Community Common  Stock offered in  exchange for the  Hallmark Common  Stock
represents  a substantial premium over the  book value of Hallmark Common Stock,
and as of  the date Hallmark's  Board of Directors  approved the transaction,  a
substantial  premium  over the  then-current market  value  of Hallmark  Class A
Common Stock and  a smaller premium  over the highest  prices at which  Hallmark
Class A Common Stock has traded during the last five years.

   
    Based  on the market value  of Community Common Stock  on June 10, 1994, the
value of  the  Community Common  Stock  offered  in exchange  for  the  Hallmark
Preferred Stock exceeded what the Board believed to be the last reported trading
price  of the Preferred Stock prior to  the public announcement of the Merger by
$52.10 per share.  The valuation performed  by Mabon also  considered that  each
share  of Hallmark Preferred Stock may be converted into five shares of Hallmark
Class A Common Stock. Assuming a holder of one share of Hallmark Preferred Stock
exercised the conversion  right on  June 10, 1994  and received  five shares  of
Hallmark Class A Common Stock (a value of $65.00 based on the closing sale price
of  Hallmark Class A Common Stock on June 9, 1994) and further assuming that the
Hallmark Preferred  Stock  carried  a  30%  preferred  stock  seniority  premium
($19.50),  the value  of a  share of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock would  have been
$84.50. Pursuant to the  Merger, the holder of  one share of Hallmark  Preferred
Stock  would have received 5.4 shares of  Community Common Stock with a value of
$129.60. Therefore, the value  of such Community Common  Stock exceeded the  per
share  value  of  the Hallmark  Preferred  Stock  by $45.10,  when  the Hallmark
Preferred Stock  was valued  based on  the conversion  ratio of  five shares  of
Hallmark  Class A Common Stock for each  share of Hallmark Preferred Stock, plus
an assumed 30% preferred  stock seniority premium. The  Board of Directors  also
considered the value of the Hallmark Preferred Stock
    

                                       27
<PAGE>
   
based  on  the conversion  rights alone  of the  Hallmark Preferred  Stock (five
shares of Hallmark  Class A  Common Stock,  or an  indicated value  of $115  per
share,  based on an assumed transaction value  of $23.00 per share used by Mabon
for the basis of its opinion on the Hallmark Common Stock) and the value of  the
Hallmark  Preferred Stock  based on  a discounted  cash flow  analysis using the
mandatory redemption  dates  for  the  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock  contained  in
Hallmark's  Certificate  of Incorporation  and assuming  the payment  of accrued
dividends. Based on the discount rates used (ranging from 10% to 15%), the value
of the  Hallmark Preferred  Stock under  this approach  was between  $94.34  and
$115.96,  compared to a value of approximately $129.60 of Community Common Stock
(based on the closing  price of $24.00  per share of  Community Common Stock  on
June  10, 1994) offered under  the Merger Agreement. The  Board of Hallmark also
considered that, if the outstanding shares  of Hallmark Preferred Stock were  to
be redeemed on June 10, 1994, a holder of Hallmark Preferred Stock would receive
$146.25  per share assuming the redemption  price included cumulative and unpaid
dividends through March 31, 1994. However, with respect to the redemption price,
the Board considered  the following factors:  (i) Hallmark has  no intention  of
effecting  an  optional  redemption  of the  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock  for the
foreseeable future and  (ii) the  indenture for  Hallmark's Senior  Subordinated
Notes imposes limitations on Hallmark's ability to redeem the Hallmark Preferred
Stock. The Board noted that the Hallmark Preferred Stock is subject to mandatory
redemption  at such  price, in  installments in  1995 (approximately  13% of the
liquidation preference outstanding on such date), 1999 (approximately 53% of the
liquidation  preference  outstanding  on  such   date)  and  2000  (all   shares
outstanding on such date). The Board concluded that it was in the best interests
of  a holder  of Hallmark  Preferred Stock  to receive  5.4 shares  of Community
Common Stock in  the Merger  rather than  bear the risks,  and the  loss of  the
time-value  of funds, associated with  waiting until as late  as 2000 to receive
the redemption price. In this regard,  the Board considered that the  discounted
cash  flow from the mandatory redemption of a share of Hallmark Preferred Stock,
assuming the payment of  accrued dividends, was as  noted above, between  $94.34
and  $115.96 per share.  See "-- Recommendations  of the Boards  of Directors --
Hallmark's Board Recommendation."
    

    FOR THE  REASONS  SET  FORTH  ABOVE, HALLMARK'S  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  VOTED
UNANIMOUSLY  TO  APPROVE THE  MERGER AND  RECOMMENDED  THAT HOLDERS  OF HALLMARK
VOTING STOCK VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT.

RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS

    COMMUNITY BOARD'S  RECOMMENDATION.   Community's Board  of Directors,  at  a
meeting held on June 10, 1994, determined that the Merger is advisable and is in
the  best interests of Community and  its stockholders, and unanimously approved
the Merger. The Board of Directors of Community unanimously recommends that  the
holders  of Community Common Stock  vote FOR the proposal  to approve the Merger
and the  Merger Agreement.  Community's  Board of  Directors believes  that  the
Merger is in the best interests of Community for the reasons set forth above.

   
    In reaching its decision, Community's Board of Directors considered a number
of factors, including, among others, those set forth above and (i) the operating
results and markets of Hallmark's acute-care and psychiatric hospitals, (ii) the
financial  condition, results of operations,  cash flows, business and prospects
of Hallmark, and the opportunities to consolidate, improve and expand Hallmark's
business and operations, other than through the closure of any Hallmark hospital
facilities, (iii) the increased stockholder base  and the effects on the  market
for  Community's Common Stock  that would result  from the Merger,  (iv) the pro
forma effect of the Merger on the financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows of Community, including cash outlays for severence payments,  bonuses
and  other employee  benefits, stipends  to directors  and the  tender offer for
Hallmark's  Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  (v)  the  tax-free  structure  of  the
transaction and the accounting treatment that would be accorded the Merger, (vi)
the terms of the Merger Agreement and the likelihood of closing the transactions
contemplated  thereby, (vii)  the price paid  in comparable  transactions in the
healthcare industry, and (viii) the written opinion of Lehman Brothers that  the
consideration  to be paid by Community in the  Merger is fair, as of the date of
such opinion, to Community from a financial  point of view. See "-- Opinions  of
Financial Advisors."
    

                                       28
<PAGE>
   
    Community's  Board also considered a  number of potentially negative factors
in its  deliberations  concerning the  Merger,  including: (i)  the  substantial
charges  expected to be incurred in connection with the Merger, primarily in the
first quarter following the closing of the Merger; (ii) the risk that the market
price of  Community Common  Stock  might be  adversely  affected by  the  public
announcement  of the Merger; (iii) the risk that the anticipated benefits of the
Merger might  not be  fully realized;  and (iv)  the limitation  on the  use  of
Hallmark's  net operating loss  carryforwards caused by  the change in ownership
resulting from the Merger. In  the Community Board's view, these  considerations
were  not  sufficient,  either  individually or  collectively,  to  outweigh the
advantages of the proposed combination in the manner in which it was proposed.
    

   
    In view of  the wide variety  of factors considered  in connection with  its
evaluation  of the proposed Merger, Community's  Board of Directors did not find
it practicable to, and did not, quantify or otherwise attempt to assign relative
weights to the specific factors considered in reaching its determination.
    

    HALLMARK BOARD'S RECOMMENDATION.  At the June 10, 1994 meeting of the  Board
of  Directors, Hallmark's Directors determined that, taking into account current
market conditions and the potential benefits of the combination of Community and
Hallmark, the Merger is advisable and in the best interests of Hallmark and  its
stockholders,  and unanimously  approved the Merger.  The Board  of Directors of
Hallmark unanimously recommends that holders  of Hallmark Voting Stock vote  FOR
the  proposal to  approve and  adopt the  Merger and  the Merger  Agreement. The
Hallmark Board believes that the Merger is  in the best interests of holders  of
Hallmark  Common Stock  and Hallmark Preferred  Stock for the  reasons set forth
above.

   
    In reaching  its conclusions,  the  Hallmark Board  considered a  number  of
factors,  including,  among  others, the  factors  set  forth above  and  (i) an
analysis of the  potential value  of Hallmark's  Common Stock  based on  "growth
case"  and  "base  case" projections  of  1995  fiscal year  earnings,  (ii) the
premiums paid over the  pre-announcement stock prices  of acquired companies  in
hospital  management company  acquisitions during  the past  two years,  (iii) a
written opinion that the Merger is fair, as of the date of such opinion, to  the
holders  of  Hallmark Common  Stock from  a  financial point  of view,  (iv) the
existing and  historical financial  conditions, results  of operations,  assets,
liabilities,  management, operations  and business of  each company,  as well as
assessments of  the  earnings  potential  and future  values  of  Community  and
Hallmark,  separately and  as a combined  enterprise, (v)  the historical market
prices of Community Common Stock,  Hallmark Common Stock and Hallmark  Preferred
Stock  and  recent trends  in the  market  prices of  shares of  publicly traded
companies in  general, (vi)  certain financial  information concerning  publicly
traded companies deemed similar to Hallmark or Community, (vii) factors relating
to  the Hallmark Preferred Stock, as discussed  below, and (viii) the growth and
earnings potential of the respective  businesses of Hallmark and Community.  See
"-- Opinions of Financial Advisors."
    

    Mabon  did not render an opinion regarding the fairness of the Merger from a
financial point of view to holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock. However, at  the
Board's  request, Mabon advised the Board of the results of valuing the Hallmark
Preferred Stock  using  several methodologies  commonly  used to  value  similar
securities.  The work  done by  Mabon with  reference to  the Hallmark Preferred
Stock was limited in scope and did not address the fairness of the Merger,  from
a  financial point of view, to the holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock. The four
methods of valuing the Preferred Stock  were (a) conversion at the then  current
market price for the Hallmark Class A Common Stock plus an assumed 30% preferred
stock  seniority premium (indicated  value of $84.50  per share); (b) discounted
cash flow  from  mandatory redemption  dates  assuming the  payment  of  accrued
dividends  ($94.34 to  $115.96 per share,  depending on the  discount rate used,
which rates ranged from 10% to 15%  per annum); (c) conversion into five  shares
of  Hallmark Common Stock as provided by the Hallmark Certificate of Designation
and assuming a Merger value of $23.00  per share of Hallmark Common Stock  ($115
per  share); and (d)  assumed optional redemption  by Hallmark on  June 10, 1994
($125 per

                                       29
<PAGE>
share, or $146.25 per share if cumulative and unpaid dividends through March 31,
1994 are paid upon optional redemption). The Board considered Mabon's  analysis,
as  well as  other factors, in  deciding to  recommend the Merger  to holders of
Hallmark Preferred Stock.

OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS

    OPINION OF  COMMUNITY'S FINANCIAL  ADVISOR.   Community has  engaged  Lehman
Brothers  to act as its  financial advisor in connection  with the Merger and to
render its opinion with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view,
to Community of the consideration to be paid by Community in the Merger.

    On June  10, 1994,  in connection  with the  Community Board  of  Directors'
consideration  of  the  Merger,  Lehman  Brothers  made  a  presentation  to the
Community Board with  respect to  the Merger  and rendered  its written  opinion
that,  as of the date  of such opinion, and  subject to assumptions, factors and
limitations set forth in such opinion  as described below, the consideration  to
be  paid by Community in the Merger is  fair, from a financial point of view, to
Community.

    THE FULL TEXT  OF THE  WRITTEN OPINION OF  LEHMAN BROTHERS,  DATED JUNE  10,
1994,  WHICH SETS FORTH ASSUMPTIONS MADE,  FACTORS CONSIDERED AND LIMITATIONS ON
THE REVIEW UNDERTAKEN  BY LEHMAN  BROTHERS, IS INCLUDED  AS APPENDIX  C TO  THIS
JOINT  PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.  COMMUNITY'S STOCKHOLDERS  ARE URGED  TO READ
SUCH OPINION CAREFULLY AND IN ITS ENTIRETY.

    No limitations were imposed  by Community on the  scope of Lehman  Brothers'
investigation  or the procedures to be  followed by Lehman Brothers in rendering
its opinion.  Lehman  Brothers  was  not  requested to  and  did  not  make  any
recommendation  to the Board of Directors of  Community as to the form or amount
of consideration to  be paid by  Community in the  Merger, which was  determined
through  arm's-length negotiations between the  parties in which Lehman Brothers
assisted Community. In arriving at its opinion, Lehman Brothers did not  ascribe
a  specific range  of value to  Hallmark, but  made its determination  as to the
fairness, from a financial  point of view,  of the consideration  to be paid  by
Community  in the Merger on the basis  of the financial and comparative analyses
referenced below. Lehman Brothers' opinion is directed to the Board of Directors
of Community only and does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of
Community as  to how  such  stockholder should  vote  at the  Community  Special
Meeting.  Lehman Brothers was not requested to opine as to, and its opinion does
not in any manner address,  Community's underlying business decision to  proceed
with or effect the Merger.

   
    In arriving at its opinion, Lehman Brothers reviewed and analyzed the Merger
Agreement  and  certain  other information  concerning  Community  and Hallmark.
Lehman Brothers reviewed and analyzed  the following items concerning  Hallmark:
(1)  publicly available  information concerning  Hallmark which  Lehman Brothers
believed to be relevant  to its inquiry, including  Hallmark's Annual Report  on
Form  10-K for the year  ended June 30, 1993, its  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1994, its Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders held November  23, 1993, and its  Prospectus, dated November  5,
1993,  related to the  public offering of  the Senior Subordinated  Notes, (2) a
trading history of Hallmark Class A Common  Stock from June 1991 to the date  of
such  opinion  and a  comparison of  that  trading history  with those  of other
companies which  Lehman  Brothers  deemed  relevant, (3)  a  comparison  of  the
historical  financial results and  present financial condition  of Hallmark with
those of  other  companies which  Lehman  Brothers  deemed relevant  and  (4)  a
comparison  of the  financial terms  of the Merger  with the  financial terms of
certain other transactions which Lehman  Brothers deemed relevant. In  addition,
Lehman  Brothers had discussions with the  management of Hallmark concerning its
business, operations, assets,  financial condition and  prospects and  undertook
such  other  studies,  analyses  and investigations  as  Lehman  Brothers deemed
appropriate.
    

    Lehman  Brothers  reviewed  and  analyzed  the  following  items  concerning
Community:  (1) publicly available information concerning Community which Lehman
Brothers believed to be  relevant to its  inquiry, including Community's  Annual
Report    on   Form   10-K    for   the   year    ended   December   31,   1993,

                                       30
<PAGE>
its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994, and  its
Prospectus, dated August 4, 1993, related to the public offering of $100,000,000
principal  amount  of  10  1/4% Senior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  2003, (2)
financial and operating information with respect to the business, operations and
prospects of Community furnished to Lehman Brothers by Community, (3) a  trading
history of Community Common Stock from June 1991 to the date of such opinion and
a  comparison of that trading history with those of other companies which Lehman
Brothers deemed relevant, (4) a  comparison of the historical financial  results
and present financial condition of Community with those of other companies which
Lehman  Brothers deemed relevant and  (5) the pro forma  effect of the Merger on
the  financial  statements  of  Community.  In  addition,  Lehman  Brothers  had
discussions  with the  management of Community  concerning Community's business,
operations, assets, financial condition and prospects, and undertook such  other
studies, analyses and investigations as Lehman Brothers deemed appropriate.

    In  connection with its review, Lehman  Brothers assumed and relied upon the
accuracy and completeness of the financial  and other information used by it  in
arriving   at  its  opinion  without  independent  verification  (including  the
information provided by Hallmark) and further relied upon the assurances of  the
management  of Community that  such management was  not aware of  any facts that
would make  such  information inaccurate  or  misleading. With  respect  to  the
financial  projections  of Community,  including those  relating  to a  range of
potential synergies that may result from  the Merger, upon advice of  Community,
Lehman  Brothers assumed  that such  projections were  reasonably prepared  on a
basis reflecting the  best currently  available estimates and  judgments of  the
management of Community as to the future financial performance of Community, and
Lehman  Brothers relied on such projections in arriving at its opinion. However,
in connection with its review and analysis of Hallmark, Lehman Brothers did  not
have any access to Hallmark's financial projections and strategic plans for 1994
and  subsequent  years. In  arriving  at its  opinion,  Lehman Brothers  did not
conduct a physical inspection of the  properties and facilities of Community  or
Hallmark and did not make nor obtain any evaluations or appraisals of the assets
or   liabilities  of  Community  or   Hallmark.  Lehman  Brothers'  opinion  was
necessarily based  upon  market, economic,  legislative,  regulatory  (including
current  reimbursement practices under Medicare and Medicaid programs) and other
conditions as they exist on, and can be evaluated as of, the date thereof.  Upon
advice  of Community and  its accounting advisors,  Lehman Brothers assumed that
the Merger will qualify for pooling of interests accounting treatment.

    In connection with its presentation to  the Board of Directors of  Community
and  advising  the Community  Board  of its  opinion  on June  10,  1994, Lehman
Brothers performed certain financial  and comparative analyses, including  those
described  below. All material  factors that Lehman  Brothers considered and all
material financial and comparative analyses  that Lehman Brothers performed  are
described  herein.  The  preparation  of  a  fairness  opinion  involves various
determinations as  to the  most appropriate  and relevant  methods of  financial
analysis  and the application of those  methods to the particular circumstances,
and therefore such an opinion is not readily susceptible to summary description.
Furthermore, in  arriving  at its  fairness  opinion, Lehman  Brothers  did  not
attribute  any particular weight to any analysis or factor considered by it, but
rather made qualitative judgments as to  the significance and relevance of  each
analysis  and factor.  Accordingly, Lehman  Brothers believes  that its analyses
must be considered as a whole and that considering any portions of such analyses
and of the  factors considered,  without considering all  analyses and  factors,
could  create  a misleading  or incomplete  view of  the process  underlying the
opinion. In its analyses, Lehman Brothers made numerous assumptions with respect
to industry  performance, general  business and  economic conditions  and  other
matters,  many of which  are beyond the  control of Community  and Hallmark. Any
estimates contained in these analyses  are not necessarily indicative of  actual
values  or predictive  of future results  or values, which  may be significantly
more or less favorable than as set forth therein. In addition, analyses relating
to the value of  businesses do not  purport to be appraisals  or to reflect  the
prices at which businesses actually may be sold.

                                       31
<PAGE>
    PURCHASE  PRICE RATIO  ANALYSIS.  Based  on the closing  prices of Community
Common Stock and Hallmark  Class A Common  Stock on June 8,  1994 of $23.50  and
$13.00 per share, respectively, an assumed transaction value of $23.00 per share
used  by Lehman Brothers for  the basis of its  opinion represented a premium of
76.9% over the June 8, 1994 closing price of Hallmark Class A Common Stock.

    COMPARABLE COMPANY ANALYSIS.   Using publicly available information,  Lehman
Brothers compared selected financial data of Community and Hallmark with similar
data  of selected publicly traded companies  engaged in businesses considered by
Lehman  Brothers  to  be  comparable   to  those  of  Community  and   Hallmark.
Specifically,  Lehman Brothers included in its review American Medical Holdings,
Inc., Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation,  Health Management Associates,  Inc.,
Healthtrust Inc. -- The Hospital Company, OrNda Healthcorp, Quorum Health Group,
Inc.,  and Universal Health  Services, Inc. (the  "Comparable Universe"). Lehman
Brothers calculated, among  other things, current  market price per  share as  a
multiple  of  the  latest  reported twelve  months  ("LTM")  earnings  per share
("EPS"), estimated  1994 EPS  and estimated  1995  EPS. The  1994 and  1995  EPS
estimates  were based on the mean  of publicly available earnings estimates made
by  research  analysts  as   provided  by  First   Call  Investor  Service   and
calendarized. Lehman Brothers also calculated current market value plus net debt
as  a multiple of LTM revenues, earnings  before interest and taxes ("EBIT") and
EBIT plus depreciation and amortization expenses ("EBITDA"). The result of these
calculations were used  to impute  a range  of values  for a  share of  Hallmark
Common  Stock  by  applying  the  multiples  derived  from  the  calculation  to
Hallmark's financial data. The analysis yielded a range of values for a share of
Hallmark Common Stock of $13.90 to $58.00. During its oral presentation,  Lehman
Brothers  focused on multiples  of EBITDA, which  are the most  used measures of
valuation in the hospital industry and  are typically used for highly  leveraged
companies  such as Hallmark. Based  on the mean and  median LTM EBITDA multiples
(which were equal), the analysis yielded a  value for a share of Hallmark  stock
of  $31.34. Because of the inherent differences between the business, operations
and prospects of Hallmark  and the businesses, operations  and prospects of  the
companies  included in the Comparable Universe, Lehman Brothers believed that it
was inappropriate to,  and therefore did  not, rely solely  on the  quantitative
results  of  the  analysis,  and  accordingly  also  made  qualitative judgments
concerning differences between  the financial and  operating characteristics  of
Hallmark and the companies included in the Comparable Universe that would affect
the public trading values of Hallmark and such comparable companies.

    COMPARABLE  TRANSACTION  ANALYSIS.   Using  publicly  available information,
Lehman  Brothers  compared  selected  financial  data  (including  total  equity
transaction  value as a multiple of LTM  net income and total equity transaction
value plus net debt as a multiple of LTM revenues, LTM EBIT and LTM EBITDA)  for
Hallmark  with  similar  data  for  15  selected  transactions  in  the hospital
management industry. Using the same methodology as in the analysis of comparable
companies, the multiples derived from this analysis were used to impute a  range
of  control values for a share of  Hallmark Common Stock. The analysis yielded a
range of  control values  for a  share of  Hallmark Common  Stock of  $11.72  to
$41.40. During its oral presentation, Lehman Brothers again focused on multiples
of EBITDA. Based on the mean and median EBITDA multiples, the analysis yielded a
range  of  values for  a share  of Hallmark  Common Stock  of $22.36  to $23.55.
Because  the  reasons  for  and  the  circumstances  surrounding  each  of   the
transactions  analyzed  were specific  to each  transaction  and because  of the
inherent differences between the business, operations and prospects of  Hallmark
and  the businesses, operations and prospects of the selected acquired companies
analyzed, Lehman Brothers believed that  it was inappropriate to, and  therefore
did  not,  rely  solely  on  the  quantitative  results  of  the  analysis,  and
accordingly also made qualitative  judgments concerning differences between  the
characteristics  of  these transactions  and the  Merger  that would  affect the
acquisition value of Hallmark and such acquired companies.

    PRO FORMA CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS.  Lehman Brothers analyzed the contributions
of each  of Community  and Hallmark  to net  operating revenues,  EBIT,  EBITDA,
interest  expense and income  before extraordinary items  based on LTM financial
results for each company. The analysis indicated

                                       32
<PAGE>
that Community and Hallmark would contribute respectively 56.7% and 43.3% of net
operating revenues, 71.2% and  28.8% of EBIT, 67.9%  and 32.1% of EBITDA,  66.8%
and   33.2%  of  interest  expense,  and   73.7%  and  26.3%  of  income  before
extraordinary items.  Upon  consummation  of the  Merger,  the  shareholders  of
Community  and Hallmark would own 75.6% and 24.4%, respectively, of the combined
entity on  a  fully  diluted  basis.  Lehman  Brothers  compared  this  relative
ownership of the combined entity by Community's and Hallmark's shareholders with
the operating contributions set forth above.

    STOCK  PRICE PERFORMANCE.   Lehman Brothers examined  the trading history of
the Community Common Stock  and the Hallmark  Class A Common  Stock in terms  of
both  price and volume during the period from June 7, 1991 to June 7, 1994. This
analysis showed that over  the latest twelve month  period, the common stock  of
Community  and Hallmark traded at levels higher than historical levels. For that
period, Hallmark Class A Common Stock traded  in a range of $6.75 to $17.50  per
share  and Community  Common Stock  traded in  a range  of $13.00  to $25.75 per
share. In  addition, Lehman  Brothers compared  the prices  of Community  Common
Stock  and Hallmark Class A Common Stock from  June 7, 1993 to June 7, 1994 with
the Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") Index of 400 Industrial Companies (the
"S&P 400").

   
    PRO FORMA  ANALYSIS.   Lehman Brothers  analyzed certain  pro forma  effects
resulting  from the Merger for  1994, 1995 and 1996.  This analysis was based on
(i) Community's  projected financial  performance through  1996 as  provided  to
Lehman  Brothers by Community's management,  (ii) projections for Hallmark based
on its  historical growth  rates and  margins, and  (iii) a  range of  potential
synergies that may result from the Merger as provided by Community's management.
Lehman  Brothers calculated the pro forma projected financial statements for the
combined company for  1994, 1995 and  1996 which indicated  that, under  certain
assumed  levels  of cost  savings and  other operating  efficiencies, including,
among other things, reduction  of overhead costs, supply  costs savings and  the
reduction  or  elimination of  purchased  services and  hospital  personnel, the
Merger would  be accretive  to Community's  stand-alone earnings  per share,  as
estimated  by  Community's  management,  over the  period.  In  addition, Lehman
Brothers calculated the  pro forma  debt and  coverage ratios  for the  combined
company  over the period  which indicated that  the Merger would  cause a slight
increase in debt ratios  and a decrease  in coverage ratios  that would then  be
expected  to improve  over the period.  Lehman Brothers also  calculated the pro
forma earnings per share for  the combined company in 1995  and 1996 based on  a
range  of  cost  savings  and  other  operating  efficiencies,  including  those
described above, which  showed that  the Merger  ranges from  at least  slightly
accretive  to significantly  accretive to  Community's stand-alone  earnings per
share in 1995 and 1996.
    

    Lehman Brothers  is an  internationally recognized  investment banking  firm
and,  as part of its investment banking  activities, is regularly engaged in the
evaluations of businesses and  their securities in  connection with mergers  and
acquisitions,    negotiated    underwritings,   competitive    bids,   secondary
distributions  of  listed  and  unlisted  securities,  private  placements,  and
valuations for corporate and other purposes. The Board of Directors of Community
selected  Lehman Brothers because  of its expertise,  reputation and familiarity
with Community (including familiarity  gained in acting  as lead underwriter  of
Community's  public debt offering  described above) and  the hospital management
industry in general.

   
    Pursuant to  Lehman Brothers'  engagement letter,  Community agreed  to  pay
Lehman Brothers an initial retainer of $100,000, a fee of $300,000 upon delivery
of the fairness opinion described above, and a fee of $1,350,000, payable at the
closing  of  an acquisition  of Hallmark.  In addition,  in connection  with the
rendering of  financial  advisory services  to  Community with  respect  to  the
Merger,  Community  has  agreed  to  reimburse  Lehman  Brothers  for reasonable
expenses incurred by Lehman Brothers,  and to indemnify Lehman Brothers  against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under federal securities laws.
    

    Lehman  Brothers  has  performed  various  investment  banking  services for
Community in the past (including as lead underwriter for Community's public debt
offering described above) and has received

                                       33
<PAGE>
customary fees for such services. In the ordinary course of its business, Lehman
Brothers may trade in the debt  and equity securities of Community and  Hallmark
for its own account and for the accounts of its customers, and, accordingly, may
at any time hold a long or short position in such securities.

    OPINION  OF HALLMARK'S FINANCIAL  ADVISOR.  Hallmark  engaged Mabon on April
22, 1994, to act as  its financial advisor with respect  to the Merger. In  this
capacity,  Mabon has rendered  to Hallmark's Board of  Directors an opinion that
the Merger is fair to holders of Hallmark Common Stock from a financial point of
view. Mabon delivered its  written opinion, dated June  10, 1994, in  connection
with  the Board's approval of the Merger Agreement. Mabon's opinion states that,
as of the date of such opinion and based upon the review described therein,  the
Merger is fair to the holders of Hallmark Common Stock from a financial point of
view.  The  opinion  states  that  Mabon  has  not  independently  verified  the
information furnished to it by Hallmark or Community and that is has assumed and
relied upon the accuracy and completeness of such information.

    THE FULL TEXT OF THE  WRITTEN OPINION OF MABON,  DATED JUNE 10, 1994,  WHICH
INCLUDES  THE ASSUMPTIONS  MADE, MATTERS  CONSIDERED AND  CERTAIN LIMITATIONS ON
SCOPE  OF  ACTIVITIES,  IS   ATTACHED  AS  APPENDIX  D   TO  THIS  JOINT   PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS   AND  IS   INCORPORATED  HEREIN   BY  REFERENCE.  HALLMARK
STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO READ THIS  OPINION CAREFULLY IN ITS ENTIRETY.  MABON'S
OPINION  IS DIRECTED  ONLY TO  THE FAIRNESS OF  THE EXCHANGE  RATIO FOR HALLMARK
COMMON STOCK FROM A FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEW AND HAS BEEN PROVIDED SOLELY FOR THE
USE OF THE HALLMARK BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN ITS EVALUATION OF THE MERGER, DOES NOT
ADDRESS ANY OTHER ASPECTS  OF THE MERGER OR  RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE  A  RECOMMENDATION  TO  ANY  HALLMARK  STOCKHOLDER  AS  TO  HOW  SUCH
STOCKHOLDER SHOULD VOTE  AT THE  HALLMARK SPECIAL  MEETING. THE  SUMMARY OF  THE
OPINION OF MABON SET FORTH IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS QUALIFIED
IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF SUCH OPINION.

   
    In  arriving  at its  opinion, Mabon,  among other  things, with  respect to
Hallmark: (a) reviewed, from a financial point of view, the Merger Agreement and
the appendices thereto; (b) studied the Annual Report to Stockholders and Annual
Reports on Form  10-K for the  years ended June  30, 1991 through  1993 and  its
interim  reports  on Form  10-Q  and Form  8-K filed  since  June 30,  1993; (c)
reviewed certain financial  and operating data  relating to Hallmark's  business
and prospects, which information and data management of Hallmark has represented
to  Mabon as being accurate  and, with respect to  the prospects of Hallmark, as
being reasonable  evaluations of  Hallmark's prospects;  (d) reviewed  financial
information  (both historical  and forecast),  certain contracts  and agreements
relating to the business  of Hallmark and  discussed such financial  information
and  the business  and prospects  of Hallmark  with management  of Hallmark; (e)
reviewed the reported historical and recent market prices and trading volumes of
Hallmark Class A Common Stock; (f)  compared the financial, operating and  stock
price  performance of Hallmark  with certain other  companies deemed comparable;
(g) reviewed the financial terms, to  the extent publicly available, of  certain
other  acquisition  transactions  deemed  comparable; and  (h)  made  such other
analyses and examinations as Mabon deemed necessary or appropriate. With respect
to Community,  Mabon, among  other things:  (1) studied  the Annual  Reports  to
Stockholders  and Annual Reports on  Form 10-K for the  years ended December 31,
1991 through 1993 and its interim reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed  since
December 31, 1993; (2) reviewed certain financial and operating data relating to
Community's  business and  prospects, which  information and  data management of
Community has represented to  Mabon as being accurate  and, with respect to  the
prospects   of  Community,  as  being   reasonable  evaluations  of  Community's
prospects; (3) reviewed historical financial information, certain contracts  and
agreements  relating to the  business of Community  and discussed such financial
information and  the business  and  prospects of  Community with  management  of
Community;  (4) reviewed  the reported historical  and recent  market prices and
trading volumes of Community Common Stock; (5) compared the financial, operating
and stock price  performance of  Community with certain  other companies  deemed
comparable;  and (6) made  such other analyses and  examinations as Mabon deemed
necessary or appropriate.
    

    Mabon also  took  into  account  its  assessment  of  economic,  market  and
financial  conditions generally  and within the  industry in  which Hallmark and
Community are engaged.

                                       34
<PAGE>
    With the  permission of  the  Hallmark Board,  Mabon did  not  independently
verify   the  information  concerning  Hallmark  and  Community  or  other  data
considered in its  review, and for  purposes of its  opinion, Mabon assumed  and
relied  upon the  accuracy and  completeness of  all such  information and data.
Mabon did not undertake an independent appraisal of any of Hallmark's assets  or
those  of Community.  With respect to  the financial forecasts  and prospects of
each of Hallmark  and Community,  Mabon relied  on information  provided by  the
respective  managements of  Hallmark and  Community to  the effect  that certain
publicly available forecasts are  reasonable and that (i)  as to the  respective
forecasts,  they  are unaware  of  any facts  that  would make  such information
incomplete  or  misleading  and  (ii)  there  have  been  no  material   adverse
developments in the business conditions (financial or otherwise) or prospects of
either  of Hallmark  or Community since  each company's most  recent fiscal year
end. Mabon's  opinion  is  necessarily  based  on  economic,  market  and  other
conditions  as they existed as  of the date of  its opinion, and the information
made available to Mabon, as of such date.

    Mabon also assumed that the Merger will be treated as a pooling of interests
in accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles  and as a  tax-free
reorganization  for federal income tax purposes.  Mabon's opinion relates to the
relative values of Hallmark and Community. Mabon did not express any opinion  as
to  what the value of the Community Common Stock actually will be when issued to
Hallmark stockholders pursuant to the Merger or the price at which the Community
Common Stock will trade subsequent to the Merger.

    Hallmark did not ask Mabon to analyze, and Mabon's opinion does not  present
a  discussion of,  the relative merits  of the  Merger as compared  to any other
business plan or opportunity that might  be presented to Hallmark or the  effect
of  any other  arrangement in  which Hallmark  might engage,  and Mabon  was not
authorized to  solicit, and  did  not solicit,  any third-party  indications  of
interests for the acquisition of all or any other part of Hallmark.

    The  following is a  brief summary of  the report presented  by Mabon to the
Hallmark Board of Directors on June 10, 1994.

    COMPARABLE COMPANY ANALYSIS.   As part of its  analysis, Mabon reviewed  the
recent  stock market performance of Hallmark and compared it to the stock market
performances of  seven  other  companies,  including  Community,  which  operate
hospitals.  These other companies consisted  of American Medical Holdings, Inc.,
Columbia/HCA Healthcare  Corporation, Community,  Health Management  Associates,
Inc.,  Healthtrust, Inc. - The Hospital  Company, OrNda HealthCorp and Universal
Health Services, Inc. (collectively, the "Industry Comparables"). Mabon compared
market values as multiples of, among  other things, publicly reported latest  12
months  ("LTM") net income,  current calendar year  estimated earnings per share
and calendar  1995 estimated  earnings per  share. In  addition, Mabon  compared
market capitalization as multiples, among other things, of publicly reported LTM
earnings  before  interest and  taxes ("EBIT"),  publicly reported  LTM earnings
before interest, taxes,  depreciation and amortization  ("EBITDA") and  publicly
reported  LTM revenues. In connection  with the issuance of  its opinion on June
10, 1994, Mabon determined that these multiples  of market value to (i) LTM  net
income  ranged from 14.3x to 29.3x (with a mean of 20.4x); (ii) current calendar
year's estimated earnings per share ranged from  13.5x to 26.2x (with a mean  of
17.9x);  (iii) estimated calendar year 1995  estimated earnings per share ranged
from 11.9x to 21.4x (with  a mean of 15.5x);  and market capitalization to  (iv)
LTM EBIT ranged from 9.0x to 16.0x (with a mean of 11.0x); (v) LTM EBITDA ranged
from 5.2x to 13.4x (with a mean of 7.8x); and (vi) LTM revenues ranged from 0.6x
to 3.0x (with a mean of 1.5x).

    Mabon  then  calculated per  share equity  values  for Hallmark  by applying
Hallmark's LTM financial results to the mean multiples derived from its analysis
of the Industry Comparables described above. Using these multiples of LTM  EBIT,
LTM  EBITDA and LTM  net income, which  were considered most  relevant by Mabon,
Mabon calculated per share imputed equity values of Hallmark ranging from $15.08
to $29.68,  with a  mean of  $22.22. Given  Hallmark's characteristics  of  high
leverage,

                                       35
<PAGE>
difficult   financial  history  and   lack  of  experience   in  growth  through
acquisitions, which  differentiated  it  from the  Industry  Comparables,  Mabon
believed that it would be appropriate to apply some discount to the quantitative
result of the analysis.

    SELECTED  COMPARABLE  TRANSACTIONS  ANALYSIS.    Mabon,  utilizing  publicly
available information,  analyzed  the  purchase price  and  imputed  transaction
multiples   and  values  on  the   following  selected  merger  and  acquisition
transactions (the  "Acquisition Comparables")  each of  which was  completed  or
reported within the last two years: Healthtrust, Inc. -The Hospital Company/EPIC
Holdings,  Inc.; OrNda HealthCorp/Summit  Health Ltd.; OrNda HealthCorp/American
Healthcare  Management,  Inc.;   Columbia  Healthcare   Corporation/HCA-Hospital
Corporation  of  America;  Quorum,  Inc./Charter  Medical  Corporation; Columbia
Healthcare  Corporation/Galen   Health  Care,   Inc.;  and   Columbia   Hospital
Corporation/Basic  American Medical, Inc. Mabon compared the equity value (based
on the closing price on the last  full day of trading prior to the  announcement
of  such transactions) as  a multiple of  publicly available LTM  net income and
publicly available LTM cash  flow (defined as net  income plus depreciation  and
amortization)  and compared the total consideration  (defined as equity value of
transaction plus debt less cash)  as multiples of LTM  EBITDA, LTM EBIT and  LTM
revenues.  The multiples of  LTM net income  and LTM cash  flow were between the
following ranges: (i) LTM net income ranged from 12.3x to 18.1x (with a mean  of
14.4x);  and (ii) LTM cash flow ranged from 5.4x to 21.0x (with a mean of 9.4x).
The range of total considerations as multiples  of LTM EBITDA, LTM EBIT and  LTM
revenues,  respectively, were:  (a) LTM  EBITDA: 5.4x  to 8.6x  (with a  mean of
6.5x); (b) LTM EBIT: 7.9x to 14.5x (with a mean of 9.8x); and (c) LTM  revenues:
0.7x to 1.5x (with a mean of 1.0x).

    Mabon calculated per share equity values for Hallmark by applying Hallmark's
actual  LTM financial results to the mean multiples derived from its analysis of
the Acquisition Comparables described  above. Using the  multiples of LTM  EBIT,
LTM  EBITDA,  LTM net  income  and LTM  cash  flow, which  were  considered most
relevant by Mabon, Mabon calculated per share imputed equity values of  Hallmark
ranging  from  $10.64  to  $31.14,  with  a  mean  of  $20.02.  Given Hallmark's
characteristics of  high  leverage,  difficult financial  history  and  lack  of
experience  in  growth through  acquisitions, which  differentiated it  from the
Acquisition Comparables, Mabon believed  that it would  be appropriate to  apply
some discount to the quantitative result of the analysis.

    No  company, transaction or business used by Mabon in the comparable company
and comparable transactions analyses as a comparison should be viewed as  nearly
identical  to Hallmark or Community. Accordingly,  an analysis of the results of
the  foregoing  is  not  entirely  mathematical;  rather,  it  involves  complex
considerations  and judgements concerning differences in financial and operating
characteristics and other factors  that could affect  the acquisition or  public
trading  value of the comparable companies or the business segment or company to
which they are being compared.

    DISCOUNTED CASH  FLOW ANALYSIS.    Mabon performed  a discounted  cash  flow
analysis of the projected free cash flow of Hallmark for the calendar year ended
December  31, 1994  through calendar  year 1998,  assuming, among  other things,
discount rates of  10.0%, 12.5% and  15.0% and terminal  multiples of cash  flow
from  operations (defined for  this purpose as net  income plus depreciation and
amortization plus deferred taxes) of 6.0x, 7.0x, 8.0x and 9.0x. Mabon  performed
this  analysis based on two different  sets of operating projections approved by
Hallmark management, a "Growth Case" reflecting the initiation of an acquisition
strategy and  a  "Base Case"  reflecting  the continued  operation  of  existing
hospitals.  These analyses resulted in the  following ranges of values per share
of the Hallmark Common Stock: (i) Growth Case: $14.47 to $33.16 (with a mean  of
$23.05); and (ii) Base Case: $16.80 to $28.24 (with a mean of $22.10).

    CONTRIBUTION  ANALYSIS.  Mabon analyzed the relative contribution of each of
Hallmark and  Community to  the pro  forma combined  entity resulting  from  the
Merger.  Such analysis  indicated Hallmark's  contribution to  the latest twelve
months ended March 31, 1994 pro forma combined entity would be 32.1% of  EBITDA,
28.8%  of  EBIT, 16.7%  of  net income  (excluding  gain on  sale  of healthcare
facility and  amortization of  deferred debt  restructuring credits),  35.5%  of
total assets and 26.6% of book value.

                                       36
<PAGE>
    OTHER  FACTORS AND  COMPARATIVE ANALYSES.   In rendering  its opinion, Mabon
considered  certain  other  factors  and  conducted  certain  other  comparative
analyses,  including, among other things, a review of (i) the history of trading
prices for Hallmark  Class A Common  Stock and Community  Common Stock, and  the
relationship between movements of such securities, movements of the common stock
of  the Industry Comparables  and movements in  the S&P 500  Index; (ii) the pro
forma ownership of  the combined  company, (iii) the  pro forma  effects of  the
Merger  on earnings  per share of  Community; and  (iv) the premium  paid in the
Merger and premiums paid in comparable transactions.

    The terms  of Mabon's  engagement provide  that Hallmark  will pay  Mabon  a
retention  fee of $50,000 (paid  upon the commencement of  the engagement) and a
transaction fee equal to  1.0% of the "purchase  price" up to $155,000,000  plus
2.0% of the "purchase price" in excess of $155,000,000 (payable upon the closing
of the transaction). As used in the engagement letter, the term "purchase price"
means  the sum of the aggregate fair  market value of any securities issued, and
any cash consideration paid in connection with the transaction, plus the  amount
of  any long-term debt,  including the current portion  thereof, and any capital
lease obligations  of Hallmark  that  are assumed,  directly or  indirectly,  by
Community.  For  purposes of  such  calculation, the  fair  market value  of the
Community Common Stock to be  issued in the merger was  deemed to be $24.00  per
share,  resulting in  a total  transaction fee  of approximately  $1,900,000. In
addition, Hallmark paid Mabon $150,000 for rendering its fairness opinion.

    Mabon may also receive certain fees if the Merger Agreement is terminated or
if Hallmark receives another offer from  a third-party. In addition to any  such
fees  payable  to Mabon,  Hallmark will  reimburse  Mabon for  its out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with its engagement. Hallmark has also agreed to
indemnify Mabon against certain liabilities and expenses (including  liabilities
under the federal securities laws).

   
    Hallmark  engaged  Mabon because  it is  a nationally  recognized investment
banking firm with experience in transactions  similar to the Merger and  because
it  is familiar  with Hallmark  and its  business through  acting as co-managing
underwriter for the offering  of the Senior Subordinated  Notes. As part of  its
investment  banking business,  Mabon is  regularly engaged  in the  valuation of
businesses and their  securities in  connection with  mergers and  acquisitions,
negotiated   underwritings,  secondary  distributions  of  listed  and  unlisted
securities, private placements  and valuations for  estate, corporate and  other
purposes.
    

    Mabon  has in the past provided  investment banking services to Hallmark for
which Mabon has received customary compensation.

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER

    In considering the Merger, holders of Hallmark Voting Stock should be  aware
that  the Hallmark directors and certain  members of Hallmark management have an
interest in the Merger, as described below.

    Community has agreed that, if the Merger is consummated, it will cause James
T. McAfee,  Jr.,  the Chairman  of  the Board  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of
Hallmark, and Kay W. Slayden, a Hallmark director, to be elected to the Board of
Directors of Community for terms expiring in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

   
    Messrs.  James  T. McAfee,  Jr.  and Robert  M.  Thornton, Jr.,  who  is the
President, Chief  Operating Officer  and Chief  Financial Officer  of  Hallmark,
currently  have  employment agreements  with Hallmark  that provide  for certain
severance payments if, following a "change  in control" of Hallmark (such  term,
as  defined in such agreements, includes  the Merger), such officers resign from
their positions  with  Hallmark. In  addition,  upon such  resignation,  Messrs.
McAfee  and Thornton are entitled  to full vesting of  all benefits, options and
bonuses, the latter being  prorated to the date  of resignation. Messrs.  McAfee
and  Thornton have opted  to tender their resignations  upon consummation of the
Merger. As  a result,  Mr. McAfee  will  be entitled  to severance  payments  of
$1,640,000,  bonuses of approximately $719,000 and  benefits of $233,570, and to
vesting of options to acquire 22,606 shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock (to
be converted in the  Merger into options to  acquire 21,928 shares of  Community
Common    Stock);   and   Mr.   Thornton   will   be   entitled   to   severance
    

                                       37
<PAGE>
   
payments  of  $720,000,  bonuses  of  approximately  $345,000  and  benefits  of
$110,760, and to vesting of options to acquire 13,564 shares of Hallmark Class A
Common  Stock (to  be converted  in the  Merger into  options to  acquire 13,157
shares of Community Common Stock). The severance payments, bonuses and  benefits
will be paid from existing cash balances by the surviving corporation.
    
   
    Community  has  reached an  understanding with  Messrs. McAfee  and Thornton
pursuant to which  each such  officer of  Hallmark will  enter into  a two  year
consulting agreement providing for post-closing transition services. Although no
definitive  written agreements have been  executed, the parties have tentatively
agreed that Mr. McAfee and Mr. Thornton will receive, in consideration for  such
services, amounts totalling $270,000 and $150,000, per annum, respectively. Such
arrangements  will be subject to the  execution of definitive agreements and the
approval of Community's Board of Directors.
    
    Non-employee members of the Board of  Directors of Hallmark are entitled  to
receive  stipends under  the Hallmark  Healthcare Corporation  Emeritus Director
Stipend Plan (the "Emeritus  Director Plan") upon retirement  from the Board  if
such  persons have served as a director at  least 60 months or, in any event, on
termination of service as  a member of  the Board of  Directors within one  year
after  a "change of control" of Hallmark  (such term, as defined in the Emeritus
Director Plan,  includes the  Merger). The  monthly stipends  payable under  the
Emeritus Director Plan are equal to the highest monthly base director's fee paid
by  Hallmark to non-employee  directors during such  former director's period of
service as a non-employee director. Such  directors are entitled to one  monthly
payment under the Emeritus Director Plan for each complete month of service as a
member  of  the Board  of Directors  of Hallmark.  As a  result of  the Emeritus
Director Plan, four directors  of Hallmark will be  entitled to receive  monthly
payments of $1,500 per director totaling $303,000 for all four directors.

   
    As  of the record date, the executive officers and directors of Hallmark (as
a group) owned  and had  the right  to vote an  aggregate of  383,053 shares  of
Hallmark  Class A  Common Stock  and an  aggregate of  2,026 shares  of Hallmark
Preferred Stock. All  such shares  will be  treated in  the Merger  in the  same
manner  as the shares  of Hallmark Class  A Common Stock  and Hallmark Preferred
Stock held  by  other  stockholders  of Hallmark.  See  "The  Merger  --  Merger
Consideration"  and "Stock Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management of
Hallmark."
    

   
    As of the record date, the executive officers and directors of Hallmark  (as
a  group)  also held  options  to purchase  an  aggregate of  185,466  shares of
Hallmark Class A Common Stock pursuant  to the Hallmark Option Plans,  including
options  to purchase an  aggregate of 65,000  shares of Hallmark  Class A Common
Stock held by non-employee directors. Such options, to the extent not  exercised
prior to the Merger, together with all other outstanding Hallmark stock options,
shall,  by virtue of  the Merger and without  any further action  on the part of
Hallmark or the holder  of any such Hallmark  Options, be assumed by  Community.
See "The Merger -- Treatment of Hallmark Stock Options."
    

    From  and  after  the  Effective  Time,  Acquisition  Corp.  has  agreed  to
indemnify, to the same  extent provided under  the Certificate of  Incorporation
and/or  Bylaws of Community as  in effect on June  10, 1994, each former officer
and director of Hallmark against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs
or expenses (including reasonable  attorneys' fees) based  upon or arising  from
acts or omissions by them in their capacities as such officers or directors, and
not  to amend for a  period of five years such  provisions of its Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws in any respect that would diminish such parties' rights
of  indemnification  thereunder,  unless  required  by  applicable  law  or   by
Acquisition's Corp.'s then existing directors' and officers' liability insurance
carriers.  Community has also agreed to  maintain director and officer liability
insurance in an amount equal to or greater than $15,000,000 covering any of  the
officers and directors for a period of five years after the Effective Time.

                                       38
<PAGE>
                                   THE MERGER

GENERAL

    Community  and Hallmark  have executed  and delivered  the Merger Agreement,
pursuant to which,  subject to the  requisite approvals of  the stockholders  of
Community  and Hallmark, Hallmark will be merged with and into Acquisition Corp.
at the Effective Time. The separate  corporate existence of Hallmark will  cease
at  the Effective Time. The Merger  Agreement also sets forth certain covenants,
representations and  warranties of  Community and  Hallmark, and  certain  other
provisions relating to the consummation of the Merger. The following description
is  a summary of certain provisions of the Merger Agreement and does not purport
to be complete. Such summary  is qualified in its  entirety by reference to  the
Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix A. The terms of
the  Merger  Agreement  are  the  results  of  arms-length  negotiations between
representatives of Community and Hallmark.

MERGER CONSIDERATION

    If the  Merger is  consummated, each  outstanding share  of Hallmark  Common
Stock will be converted into the right to receive .97 shares of Community Common
Stock  and each  share of  Hallmark Preferred Stock  will be  converted into the
right to receive 5.4 shares of  Community Common Stock. The exchange ratios  for
Hallmark  Common  Stock and  Hallmark  Preferred Stock  are  fixed and  will not
increase or decrease by reason of fluctuations in the market price of  Community
Common Stock or Hallmark Common Stock.

   
    As  of August 15, 1994, the unpaid and accumulated dividends on the Hallmark
Preferred Stock  amounted to  approximately  $686,000, or  $21.25 per  share  of
Hallmark  Preferred Stock  outstanding on  such date.  Upon consummation  of the
Merger, any  right that  holders of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock may  have had  to
receive  such unpaid and accumulated dividends,  upon redemption of the Hallmark
Preferred Stock  or otherwise,  will terminate.  Following the  Effective  Date,
shares  of Hallmark  Preferred Stock  will represent  only the  right to receive
shares of Community Common Stock at the exchange ratio set forth above.  Holders
of Hallmark Preferred Stock who do not wish to accept shares of Community Common
Stock  in exchange for their  shares of Hallmark Preferred  Stock and who comply
with the provisions of Delaware law regarding appraisal rights have the right to
have the fair value of  their shares judicially determined  and paid to them  in
cash  by Community. Holders of Community  Common Stock and Hallmark Common Stock
will not have appraisal rights in connection with the Merger. See "The Merger --
Appraisal Rights."
    

   
    Assuming the Merger is consummated and no holder of Hallmark Preferred Stock
perfects appraisal rights, the outstanding  shares of Hallmark Common Stock  and
Hallmark Preferred Stock as of the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger,
be  converted into the right to  receive an aggregate of approximately 3,321,000
shares of Community Common  Stock. Based on the  11,442,496 shares of  Community
Common  Stock outstanding on  the record date, the  converted shares of Hallmark
Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock will represent approximately 22.5%  of
the  outstanding shares of Community Common Stock, if the Merger is consummated.
Each share of  Hallmark Common Stock  and Hallmark Preferred  Stock held in  the
treasury of Hallmark at the Effective Time will cease to be outstanding and will
be  cancelled  and retired  in  the Merger,  without  any conversion  thereof or
payment of  any consideration  therefor. Each  share of  Community Common  Stock
outstanding  at  the Effective  Time will  remain  outstanding and  unchanged by
reason of the Merger. Each  share of common stock  of Acquisition Corp. that  is
issued  and  outstanding immediately  prior to  the  Effective Time  will remain
outstanding, all of which  shares following consummation of  the Merger will  be
owned by Community.
    

    For  a  description of  the  differences between  the  rights of  holders of
Hallmark Common Stock, Hallmark Preferred Stock and Community Common Stock,  see
"The  Merger -- Comparison  of Rights of  Holders of Community  Common Stock and
Hallmark Common Stock"  and "--  Comparison of  Rights of  Holders of  Community
Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock."

                                       39
<PAGE>
EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER

   
    It  is presently contemplated that the  Merger will become effective as soon
as practicable after the  requisite approvals of  the stockholders of  Community
and  Hallmark  have been  obtained and  all  of the  other conditions  have been
satisfied or waived. The parties thereafter  will cause a Certificate of  Merger
to  be filed with  the Secretary of State  of the State  of Delaware. The Merger
will become effective  upon the  filing of the  Certificate of  Merger with  the
Secretary  of  State of  the State  of  Delaware (the  "Effective Time").  It is
presently contemplated that  such filing  will be made  on or  about October  5,
1994.
    
EXCHANGE OF HALLMARK STOCK CERTIFICATES

    Instructions  with regard to  the surrender of  Hallmark stock certificates,
together with a  letter of  transmittal to  be used  for this  purpose, will  be
mailed  to Hallmark stockholders promptly after  the Effective Time. In order to
receive certificates evidencing shares  of Community Common Stock,  stockholders
of  Hallmark will  be required to  surrender their stock  certificates after the
Effective  Time,  together  with  a  duly  completed  and  executed  letter   of
transmittal  and such  other documents as  may reasonably be  required, to First
Union National Bank  of North Carolina,  which will act  as Exchange Agent  (the
"Exchange  Agent") in  connection with  the Merger.  Upon receipt  of such stock
certificates, letter  of  transmittal  and  other  documents  as  required,  the
Exchange  Agent will  issue a stock  certificate evidencing  shares of Community
Common Stock to the registered holder or his transferee for the number of shares
of Community Common Stock such person is entitled to receive as a result of  the
Merger,  together with cash in lieu of any fractional share. No interest will be
paid or accrued on the value of shares of Community Common Stock or cash payable
upon the surrender of Hallmark stock certificates.

    HALLMARK  STOCKHOLDERS  SHOULD  NOT  SUBMIT  THEIR  STOCK  CERTIFICATES  FOR
EXCHANGE UNTIL THE INSTRUCTIONS AND LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ARE RECEIVED.

    If  any certificate for shares of Community  Common Stock is to be issued or
any cash payment for a fractional share is to be made to a person other than the
person in whose  name the  certificate for shares  of Hallmark  Common Stock  or
Hallmark  Preferred Stock, as the case  may be, surrendered in exchange therefor
is registered, it will be a condition of such issuance or payment that the stock
certificate so surrendered be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for
transfer, and that  the person requesting  such issuance or  payment (i) pay  in
advance  any  transfer or  other taxes  required  by reason  of the  issuance of
certificates for shares of Community Common  Stock or a check representing  cash
for  a fractional  share to  a person  other than  the registered  holder of the
Hallmark stock certificate surrendered or (ii) establish to the satisfaction  of
the Exchange Agent that such tax has been paid or is not applicable.

    After  the Effective Time, there  will be no further  transfers on the stock
transfer books  of Hallmark  of shares  of Hallmark  Common Stock  or shares  of
Hallmark  Preferred  Stock  that  were  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  the
Effective Time.  If a  certificate  representing such  shares is  presented  for
transfer,  subject to compliance  with the requisite  transmittal procedures, it
will be  cancelled  and  exchanged  for the  appropriate  number  of  shares  of
Community Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares thereof.

    Each  certificate representing shares  of Hallmark Common  Stock or Hallmark
Preferred Stock,  as the  case  may be,  outstanding  immediately prior  to  the
Effective  Time (other than  shares held by holders  of Hallmark Preferred Stock
who perfect their appraisal  rights under Delaware law  and do not  subsequently
withdraw,  lose or forfeit such  rights) will, at the  Effective Time, be deemed
for all purposes  to represent only  the right  to receive the  number of  whole
shares  of Community Common Stock (and the right  to receive cash in lieu of any
fraction of a share of Community Common Stock) into which the shares of Hallmark
Common Stock or  Hallmark Preferred Stock,  as the case  may be, represented  by
such certificate were converted in the Merger.

    Until  a certificate  which formerly  represented shares  of Hallmark Common
Stock or Hallmark Preferred Stock, as  the case may be, is actually  surrendered
for  exchange and received by the Exchange Agent, the holder thereof will not be
entitled to vote or receive any dividends or other

                                       40
<PAGE>
distributions with  respect to  Community  Common Stock  payable to  holders  of
record  after the Effective Time. Subject to applicable law, upon such surrender
of Hallmark stock certificates,  such dividends or  other distributions will  be
remitted  (without interest) to the record  holder of certificates for shares of
Community Common  Stock issued  in  exchange therefor.  All dividends  or  other
distributions  with  respect to  Community Common  Stock  payable to  holders of
record after the Effective Time which  otherwise would be payable to holders  of
Hallmark  stock certificates not  theretofore surrendered and  exchanged will be
paid or delivered by Community to the Exchange Agent, in trust, for the  benefit
of  such holders. All such dividends or other distributions held by the Exchange
Agent which remain unclaimed  at the end  of one year  after the Effective  Time
will  be repaid or redelivered  by the Exchange Agent  to Community, after which
time any  holder of  a stock  certificate will,  subject to  applicable law,  be
entitled to look as a general creditor only to Community for payment or delivery
of  such dividends or other distributions, as  the case may be. Any certificates
for shares of Community Common Stock  and cash sufficient to pay for  fractional
shares  delivered or made available to the  Exchange Agent and not exchanged for
Hallmark stock certificates within one year  after the Effective Time will  also
be  returned by the  Exchange Agent to  Community, which will  thereafter act as
Exchange Agent. None of Community, Hallmark or the Exchange Agent will be liable
to a holder of Hallmark  Common Stock or Hallmark  Preferred Stock, as the  case
may be, for any Community Common Stock, dividends or other distributions thereon
or  cash in lieu of fractional shares delivered to a public official pursuant to
applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.

NO FRACTIONAL SHARES

   
    No fractional shares of Community Common Stock will be issued in  connection
with  the Merger, but, in lieu thereof,  each holder of Hallmark Common Stock or
Hallmark Preferred Stock, as the case may be, who would otherwise be entitled to
receive a fraction of a share of Community Common Stock will, upon surrender  of
his  certificate,  receive  an  amount  in cash  equal  to  the  "Average Price"
multiplied by  the fraction  of a  share  of Community  Common Stock  that  such
stockholder  would otherwise  have received.  Except for  such payment,  no such
stockholder will be entitled  to any dividends or  other distributions or  other
rights  of stockholders  with respect to  any fractional  interest. The "Average
Price" of a share of Community Common Stock shall be the average of the  closing
sales  prices thereof as  reported on The  Nasdaq Stock Market  or on such other
principal exchange on which the Community Common Stock is listed (as reported by
THE WALL STREET JOURNAL  or, if not reported  thereby, by another  authoritative
source)  over the ten business days immediately preceding the date the Merger is
consummated. See "--Federal Income Tax Consequences."
    
TREATMENT OF HALLMARK STOCK OPTIONS

   
    As of August  15, 1994, an  aggregate of 498,255  shares of Hallmark  Common
Stock  were reserved for  issuance upon exercise  of outstanding options granted
under Hallmark's 1993 Stock Option Plan, Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan -- 1989,
Stock Incentive Performance Plan -- 1991, 1991 Directors' Stock Option Plan,  as
amended,   and  certain  stock  options  granted  under  severance  arrangements
(collectively, the "Hallmark Stock  Option Plans"). As of  August 15, 1994,  the
options were held by 49 individuals, including all executive officers and all of
the  directors of Hallmark and have exercise prices ranging from $0.70 to $16.75
per share.
    
    All options outstanding immediately  prior to the  Effective Time under  the
Hallmark  Stock Option  Plans shall,  by virtue  of the  Merger and  without any
further action  on the  part of  Hallmark or  the holder  of any  such  Hallmark
options,  be assumed  by Community.  Each Hallmark  option assumed  by Community
shall be exercisable upon the same terms and conditions as under the  applicable
Hallmark   Stock  Option  Plan  and   the  applicable  option  agreement  issued
thereunder, except that (i) each such  Hallmark option shall be exercisable  for
that  whole number of shares  of Community Common Stock  (rounded to the nearest
whole share) into which the number of shares of Hallmark Common Stock subject to
such Hallmark option immediately prior to the Effective Time would be  converted
pursuant  to the Merger and (ii) the  option price per share of Community Common
Stock

                                       41
<PAGE>
shall be an amount equal to the option price per share of Hallmark Common  Stock
subject  to such  Hallmark option in  effect immediately prior  to the Effective
Time divided by .97 (the price per  share, as so determined, being rounded  down
to the nearest full cent).

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

   
    In  addition to the requisite approvals of the stockholders of Community and
Hallmark, the  obligations  of  Community, Hallmark  and  Acquisition  Corp.  to
consummate  the  Merger are  subject to  the  satisfaction or,  where permitted,
waiver of certain  other conditions,  including (i)  that no  injunction or  any
order  shall have been issued to any  party by a court of competent jurisdiction
to the effect that the transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement may  not
be consummated, (ii) that the Registration Statement shall have become effective
and  no stop order  with respect thereto  shall be in  effect, (iii) the receipt
from Arthur Andersen & Co.  of an opinion that the  Merger will be treated as  a
pooling of interests transaction under applicable accounting standards, and (iv)
that  all  consents,  authorizations, orders  and  approvals of  (or  filings or
registrations with) any governmental commission, board or other regulatory  body
required  in  connection with  the execution,  delivery  and performance  of the
Merger Agreement  shall  have been  obtained  or  made, except  for  filings  in
connection  with the Merger and  any other documents required  to be filed after
the Effective Time and  except where the  failure to have  obtained or made  any
such  consent, authorization, order, approval,  filing or registration would not
have a material adverse  effect on the business  of Community and Hallmark  (and
their respective subsidiaries), taken as a whole, following the Effective Time.
    

   
    Community's obligation to effect the Merger is subject to various additional
conditions,  including, but  not limited to,  (i) Hallmark  having performed its
agreements contained  in  the  Merger  Agreement  and  the  representations  and
warranties  of Hallmark  contained in the  Merger Agreement and  in any document
delivered in connection  therewith being  true and correct  (subject to  certain
materiality  standards), (ii) the receipt  of satisfactory legal opinions, (iii)
the absence of any change in the financial condition, business or operations  of
Hallmark  that  would have  or would  be  reasonably likely  to have  a material
adverse effect on Hallmark other than any such change that affects both Hallmark
and Community in a substantially similar  manner, and (iv) the receipt from  not
less  than  75%  by  value  of the  participants  in  Hallmark's  1993 Long-Term
Incentive Plan  of an  executed consent  to  the termination  of such  plan  and
Hallmark's 1995 annual incentive bonus plan.
    

   
    Hallmark's  obligation  to  effect the  Merger  is also  subject  to various
additional conditions, including (i)  Community having performed its  agreements
contained  in the  Merger Agreement  and the  representations and  warranties of
Community and Acquisition  Corp. contained in  the Merger Agreement  and in  any
document  delivered in connection  therewith being true  and correct (subject to
certain materiality standards), (ii) the receipt of satisfactory legal opinions,
and (iii)  any change  in the  financial condition,  business or  operations  of
Community  that would  have or  would be  reasonably likely  to have  a material
adverse effect  on  Community other  than  any  such change  that  affects  both
Hallmark and Community in a substantially similar manner.
    

AMENDMENT OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF CONDITIONS

    The  respective  Boards of  Directors  of Community,  Acquisition  Corp. and
Hallmark may, by written agreement, at any time before or after the approval  of
matters presented in connection with the Merger by the stockholders of Community
and  Hallmark, amend the Merger Agreement,  provided that after such stockholder
approval no amendment may be made which by law requires the further approval  of
stockholders  without obtaining such  approval. See "Introduction  -- Voting and
Proxies."

    Each party may, by  action taken by  its Board of  Directors, to the  extent
legally  allowed, extend the time for the  performance of any of the obligations
or other acts of any other party to the Merger Agreement, waive any inaccuracies
in the representations and warranties made to such party contained in the Merger
Agreement or any  document delivered  pursuant thereto, or  waive compliance  or
performance by any other party with any agreements or conditions for the benefit
of such party contained in the Merger Agreement.

                                       42
<PAGE>
ALTERNATIVE MERGER STRUCTURE

   
    The Merger Agreement provides that Community and Hallmark may mutually agree
to change the structure of the Merger so that Acquisition Corp. would merge with
and into Hallmark, rather than Hallmark merging with and into Acquisition Corp.,
with  the result that Hallmark  would be the surviving  entity in the Merger. In
this event, stockholder approval of the Merger Agreement and the Merger shall be
deemed to include approval of this alternative structure of the Merger. Any such
change in the structure of the Merger would not have any effect on the  exchange
ratios  or other material provisions of the Merger Agreement, and, in any event,
would not be  made unless Community  and Hallmark are  each satisfied that  such
change would not result in less favorable tax consequences to any of the parties
to  the Merger or  stockholders of Hallmark  or affect the  qualification of the
Merger as a pooling of interests.
    

TERMINATION

   
    The Merger Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned, at any time
prior to the Effective Time, whether  before or after the requisite  stockholder
approvals,  (i) by the mutual consent of  Community and Hallmark, (ii) by action
of the Board  of Directors of  either Community  or Hallmark if  (a) the  Merger
shall  not  have been  consummated by  December  31, 1994,  (b) the  approval of
Hallmark's stockholders shall  not have been  obtained, or (c)  the approval  of
Community's  stockholders shall not  have been obtained, or  (d) a United States
federal or state  court of competent  jurisdiction or United  States federal  or
state governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission shall have
issued  an  order,  decree  or  ruling or  taken  any  other  action permanently
restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by
the Merger Agreement and such order,  decree, ruling or other action shall  have
become  final and nonappealable;  provided, that the  party seeking to terminate
the Merger  Agreement shall  have used  all reasonable  efforts to  remove  such
injunction,  order or decree; and further provided, in the case of a termination
by Community or Hallmark if the Merger is not consummated by December 31,  1994,
that  the terminating party shall not have  breached in any material respect its
obligations under the Merger Agreement in  a manner that shall have  proximately
contributed  to the occurrence of  the failure to consummate  the Merger by such
date, (iii) by  action of  the Board  of Directors of  Hallmark, if  (a) in  the
exercise  of  its  good  faith  judgment  as  to  its  fiduciary  duties  to its
stockholders the Board of Directors of Hallmark shall have withdrawn or modified
its recommendation or approval  of the transactions  contemplated by the  Merger
Agreement,  or (b) there has been a  breach by Community or Acquisition Corp. of
any representation or  warranty contained  in the Merger  Agreement which  would
have  or  would  be reasonably  likely  to  have a  material  adverse  effect on
Community, or (c) there has  been a material breach of  any of the covenants  or
agreements  set forth in  the Merger Agreement  on the part  of Community, which
breach is not curable or, if curable, is not cured within 30 days after  written
notice of such breach is given by Hallmark to Community, or (d) there has been a
breach  by  Community  of  its  covenant to  recommend  approval  of  the Merger
Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (iv) by action of the Board
of Directors of Community,  if (a) there  has been a breach  by Hallmark of  any
representation or warranty contained in the Merger Agreement which would have or
would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Hallmark, or (b)
there has been a material breach of any of the covenants or agreements set forth
in the Merger Agreement on the part of Hallmark, which breach is not curable or,
if  curable, is not cured within 30 days  after written notice of such breach is
given by Community  to Hallmark,  or (c) another  entity, person,  or group  (as
defined  in Section 13(d)(3)  of the Exchange  Act) commences a  public offer to
acquire at least 990,136 shares of Hallmark Common Stock at a price per share in
excess of $23.00  per share and,  in fact,  acquires pursuant to  said offer  or
otherwise  at  least 990,136  shares of  Hallmark  Common Stock  or it  shall be
publicly disclosed or Community  shall learn that any  entity, person, or  group
shall  have acquired at least 990,136 shares  of Hallmark Common Stock, or shall
have been granted any option or  right, conditional or otherwise, to acquire  at
least  990,136 shares of Hallmark  Common Stock, or (d)  Hallmark enters into an
agreement providing for  a business  combination whereby Hallmark,  or at  least
990,136  shares  of  Hallmark  Common  Stock, or  all  or  substantially  all of
Hallmark's assets are to be acquired by, or Hallmark is to be consolidated with,
a person or entity other than Community or a
    

                                       43
<PAGE>
subsidiary or affiliate of Community, or (e) there has been a material breach by
Hallmark of the nonsolicitation provisions of  the Merger Agreement or a  breach
of such provisions of the Merger Agreement resulting in an acquisition proposal,
or a breach of its covenant in the Merger Agreement to recommend approval of the
Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

    In  the event of the termination of the Merger Agreement by either Community
or Hallmark as provided above, the Merger Agreement will become void, and  there
will  be no  liability on the  part of any  party or its  officers, directors or
stockholders, except for liabilities and  obligations arising out of the  breach
by  a party of any  covenant or agreement contained  in the Merger Agreement and
except as otherwise described under "Fees and Expenses" below.

FEES AND EXPENSES

   
    If the Board  of Directors of  Hallmark terminates the  Merger Agreement  by
withdrawing  or  modifying its  recommendation for  approval of  the transaction
contemplated by the Merger Agreement in the exercise of its good faith  judgment
as  to  its  fiduciary duties  to  Hallmark  stockholders, or  if  the  Board of
Directors of  Community  terminates the  Merger  Agreement because  (i)  another
entity,  person, or group (as  defined in Section 13(d)(3)  of the Exchange Act)
commences a public offer to acquire  at least 990,136 shares of Hallmark  Common
Stock  at a price per share in excess of $23.00 per share and, in fact, acquires
pursuant to said offer or otherwise  at least 990,136 shares of Hallmark  Common
Stock  or  it shall  be publicly  disclosed  or Community  shall learn  that any
entity, person, or group shall have acquired at least 990,136 shares of Hallmark
Common Stock, or  shall have been  granted any option  or right, conditional  or
otherwise,  to acquire  at least 990,136  shares of Hallmark  Common Stock; (ii)
Hallmark enters into an agreement  providing for a business combination  whereby
Hallmark,  or  at least  990,136  shares of  Hallmark  Common Stock,  or  all or
substantially all of Hallmark's assets are to be acquired by, or Hallmark is  to
be consolidated with, a person or entity other than Community or a subsidiary or
affiliate of Community; or (iii) there has been a material breach by Hallmark of
the  nonsolicitation  provisions of  the Merger  Agreement or  a breach  of such
provisions of the Merger Agreement that results in an acquisition proposal being
made to Hallmark, or a breach of Hallmark's covenant in the Merger Agreement  to
recommend  approval of  the Merger  Agreement and  the transactions contemplated
thereby; and, as of the date of  such termination, (x) there has been no  breach
by  Community  of a  representation or  warranty  which would  have or  would be
reasonably likely to have a material  adverse effect on Community, or (y)  there
has  been no material breach of any of  the covenants or agreements set forth in
the Merger Agreement  on the  part of Community,  then immediately,  but in  any
event  not later than five business  days after such termination, Hallmark shall
pay to Community  an amount  in cash  equal to  $8,000,000, plus  actual out  of
pocket  expenses incurred by Community and  Acquisition Corp. in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby  (including, but not  limited to, fees  and
disbursements  of counsel, fees and  expenses of investment bankers, accountants
and  lenders,  and  printing  costs)  in  an  amount  not  exceeding  $1,500,000
(collectively, the "Community Fee").
    

    If Hallmark terminates the Merger Agreement because Community or Acquisition
Corp. has breached any representation or warranty in the Merger Agreement, or if
Community  terminates  the  Merger  Agreement because  Hallmark  has  breached a
representation or warranty in the Merger Agreement, then immediately, but in any
event  not  later  than   five  business  days   after  such  termination,   the
non-terminating party shall pay to the terminating party an amount equal to such
terminating  party's actual out  of pocket expenses  incurred by the terminating
party in connection with the  transactions contemplated by the Merger  Agreement
(including,  but not  limited to,  fees and  disbursements of  counsel, fees and
expenses of investment bankers, accountants and lenders, and printing costs)  in
an  amount not exceeding $2,000,000  (the "Termination Fee"); provided, however,
that the  Termination Fee  shall not  be  payable if,  as of  the date  of  such
termination,  (x)  there  has  been  a breach  by  the  terminating  party  of a
representation or warranty  which would have  or would be  reasonably likely  to
have  a material adverse effect on either Community or Hallmark, as the case may
be, or  (y)  there has  been  a  material breach  of  any of  the  covenants  or
agreements  set forth  in the  Merger Agreement on  the part  of the terminating
party.

                                       44
<PAGE>
    In addition, if any  non-breaching party has  received the Termination  Fee,
such  fee shall constitute liquidated damages  and the non-breaching party shall
have no  right to  pursue  any other  remedy; and  in  the event  Community  has
received  the Community Fee,  it shall not  (i) assert or  pursue in any manner,
directly or indirectly, any claim or cause  of action based in whole or in  part
upon  alleged  tortious  or  other interference  with  rights  under  the Merger
Agreement against any  entity or  person submitting an  acquisition proposal  or
(ii)  assert or pursue in any manner, directly or indirectly, any claim or cause
of action against Hallmark or any of its officers or directors based in whole or
in part upon its or their receipt, consideration, recommendation, or approval of
an acquisition proposal or  Hallmark's exercise of its  right of termination  in
the  exercise  of  good  faith  judgment as  to  its  fiduciary  duties  due its
stockholders. In the event  either party is  required to file  suit to seek  any
fee,  and it  ultimately succeeds  on the  merits, it  shall be  entitled to all
expenses, including  attorneys' fees,  which it  has incurred  in enforcing  its
rights hereunder.

   
    Except  as provided  above, whether  or not  the Merger  is consummated, all
costs and expenses  incurred in  connection with  the Merger  Agreement and  the
transactions  contemplated thereby  shall be  paid by  the party  incurring such
expenses except  as set  forth  above and  except that  (a)  the filing  fee  in
connection  with the  Hart-Scott-Rodino Act (as  defined below)  filing, (b) the
filing fee in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement with  the
Commission,  (c)  the filing  fees  and counsel  fees  and expenses  incurred by
Community in connection with obtaining  the necessary state securities or  "Blue
Sky"  law permits  and approvals, (d)  the expenses incurred  in connection with
printing  and  mailing   the  Registration  Statement   and  this  Joint   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus,  and (e)  any expenses  incurred to  perform environmental
assessments or surveys of  real property owned or  leased by Hallmark, shall  be
shared equally by Hallmark and Community.
    

CERTAIN COVENANTS

    The  Merger Agreement  provides that  Hallmark agrees  (a) that  it will not
initiate, solicit or encourage any inquiries or the making or implementation  of
any  proposal or offer (including, without  limitation, any proposal or offer to
its stockholders)  with  respect  to a  merger,  acquisition,  consolidation  or
similar transaction involving, or any purchase of all or any significant portion
of  the assets or equity securities  of, Hallmark (an "acquisition proposal") or
engage in any negotiations concerning,  or provide any confidential  information
or  data to, or have any discussions with, any person relating to an acquisition
proposal, or otherwise facilitate any effort or attempt to make or implement  an
acquisition  proposal;  (b)  that it  will  immediately  cease and  cause  to be
terminated any existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties
conducted heretofore with respect to any of the foregoing; and (c) that it  will
notify  Community immediately of the identity  of the potential acquiror and the
terms of such person's or entity's  proposal if any such inquiries or  proposals
are   received  by,  any  such  information  is  requested  from,  or  any  such
negotiations or discussions are  sought to be initiated  or continued with,  it;
provided,  however, that  the Board of  Directors of Hallmark  is not prohibited
from (i) furnishing information to or entering into discussions or  negotiations
with, any person or entity that makes an unsolicited written proposal to acquire
Hallmark  pursuant to  a merger,  consolidation, share  exchange, purchase  of a
substantial portion  of  the  assets,  business  combination  or  other  similar
transaction,  if, and  only to the  extent that,  (A) the Board  of Directors of
Hallmark determines in good faith that such action is required for the Board  of
Directors  to comply  with its  fiduciary duties  to stockholders,  (B) prior to
furnishing such information  to, or  entering into  discussions or  negotiations
with,  such person or entity, Hallmark provides written notice to Community, and
(C) subject to any confidentiality agreement  with such person or entity  (which
Hallmark  determined in good faith was required  to be executed in order for the
Board of  Directors  to  comply  with its  fiduciary  duties  to  stockholders),
Hallmark  keeps  Community informed  of the  status of  any such  discussions or
negotiations; and  (ii) to  the  extent applicable,  complying with  Rule  14e-2
promulgated under the Exchange Act with regard to an acquisition proposal.

    Each  of Community and Hallmark have agreed  to take all action necessary in
accordance with applicable law and  its Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws
to  convene a meeting of its stockholders as promptly as practicable to consider
and   vote   upon   the   approval    of   the   Merger   Agreement   and    the

                                       45
<PAGE>
transactions  contemplated hereby and to take  all lawful action to solicit such
approval; provided, however, that such recommendation or solicitation is subject
to any  action  taken by,  or  upon authority  of,  the Board  of  Directors  of
Community  or Hallmark, as  the case may be,  in the exercise  of its good faith
judgment as to its fiduciary duties to its stockholders.

    Community shall promptly prepare  and submit to The  Nasdaq Stock Market  or
such  other national securities exchange on  which the Community Common Stock is
listed a  listing application  covering  the shares  of Community  Common  Stock
issuable  in the Merger, and shall use its  best efforts to obtain, prior to the
Effective Time, approval  for the  listing of  such Community  Common Stock  for
trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market or such other national securities exchange.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    The   Merger  Agreement  contains  various  representations  and  warranties
relating to, among other things: (a) the due organization, power and standing of
Community and Hallmark; (b) the authorization, execution, delivery, validity and
enforceability of the Merger Agreement; (c) the capital structures of  Community
and  Hallmark; (d) subsidiaries of Community  and Hallmark; (e) other investment
interests of Community  and Hallmark;  (f) conflicts under  charters or  bylaws,
violations  of any instruments  or law and required  covenants or approvals; (g)
certain documents filed by  each of Community and  Hallmark with the  Commission
and  the accuracy of information contained  therein; (h) litigation; (i) conduct
of business  in  the ordinary  course  and the  absence  of certain  changes  or
material  adverse  effects  on  Community  or  Hallmark;  (j)  qualification for
"pooling of interests" accounting treatment; (k) broker's and finder's fees with
respect to  the Merger;  (l)  retirement and  other  employee benefit  plans  of
Community  and Hallmark; (m) labor matters;  (n) title to respective assets; (o)
insurance policies; (p) environmental  matters and compliance; (q)  intellectual
property  rights; (r) receipt of fairness opinions; (s) licenses and permits for
hospitals and other healthcare facilities; (t) Medicare/Medicaid compliance; (u)
in the case of  Hallmark, ownership of  Community Common Stock;  and (v) in  the
case  of Community,  due authorization  and valid  issuance of  Community Common
Stock to be issued and delivered in the Merger.

   
TENDER OFFER FOR THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
    
   
    The consummation  of the  Merger will  constitute a  change in  control,  as
defined  in the indenture relating to Hallmark's Senior Subordinated Notes. As a
result, Community  or an  affiliate of  Community, will  be required  to make  a
tender offer for any or all such Senior Subordinated Notes at a price of 101% of
the  face amount of the Senior  Subordinated Notes. Community intends to finance
such tender  offer through  the use  of existing  cash balances  and its  Credit
Facility.  If all  of the  outstanding Senior  Subordinated Notes  are tendered,
Community will  be  required  to pay  approximately  $81,000,000  in  principal,
premium  and  costs.  In  addition,  Community will  be  required  to  write off
approximately  $2,600,000  of  deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  the
original issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes.
    

RESALE OF COMMUNITY COMMON STOCK

    Shares  of Community Common  Stock to be issued  stockholders of Hallmark in
connection with the  Merger will  be freely transferrable  under the  Securities
Act,  except for shares  issued to any person  who, at the  time of the Hallmark
Special Meeting,  may be  deemed to  be an  "affiliate" of  Hallmark within  the
meaning of Rule 145 under the Securities Act. In general, affiliates of Hallmark
include  its executive officers and directors and any other person or entity who
controls, is controlled by or is  under common control with Hallmark. Rule  145,
among  other things, imposes certain restrictions  upon the resale of securities
received by affiliates  in connection with  certain reclassifications,  mergers,
consolidations or asset transfers. Community Common Stock received by affiliates
of  Hallmark in the Merger will be  subject to the applicable resale limitations
of Rule 145.

    In the  Merger Agreement,  Hallmark has  agreed to  deliver to  Community  a
letter  identifying all  persons who  are, at the  time of  the Hallmark Special
Meeting, affiliates within the meaning of Rule 145 under the Securities Act.  In
addition,  Hallmark shall  cause each  such affiliate  to deliver  to Community,
prior to the Effective Time, a written statement to the effect that such  person
will not

                                       46
<PAGE>
   
offer,  sell, transfer  or otherwise dispose  of any shares  of Community Common
Stock received in the Merger by such affiliate (i) except in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder and (ii) except as otherwise provided in the  Commission's
accounting  rules  for pooling  of interests  transactions,  until such  time as
financial results covering at least 30 days of combined operations of  Community
and  Hallmark have been  published. Community may  place legends on certificates
representing shares of Community Common Stock which are issued to affiliates  of
Hallmark  in  the Merger  to restrict  such  transfers. As  of the  record date,
383,053 shares of  Hallmark Class A  Common Stock and  2,026 shares of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock (representing approximately  12.0% and 6.3%  of the outstanding
shares of such shares, respectively) were owned by affiliates of Hallmark.
    

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

    Community intends to account for the  Merger under the pooling of  interests
method  of  accounting.  Under  the  pooling  of  interests  method, Community's
historical  financial  statements  will  be  restated  to  include  the  assets,
liabilities,  stockholders'  equity and  results of  operations of  Hallmark, as
reflected in Hallmark's historical financial statements, subject to  appropriate
adjustments,  if any, to conform the accounting principles of the two companies.
See "Unaudited Pro  Forma Condensed  Combined Financial  Statements." Under  the
Merger  Agreement, neither Community nor Hallmark is obligated to consummate the
Merger if Community  and Hallmark  do not each  receive an  opinion from  Arthur
Andersen  &  Co. to  the  effect that  the Merger  will  qualify for  pooling of
interests accounting treatment if  consummated in accordance  with the terms  of
the Merger Agreement. See "-- Conditions to the Merger."

CERTAIN REGULATORY MATTERS

   
    Under  the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements  Act of 1976, as amended
(the "Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act"),  and the  rules  promulgated thereunder  by  the
Federal   Trade  Commission  (the   "FTC"),  certain  acquisition  transactions,
including the Merger, may not be consummated unless notification has been  given
and certain information has been furnished to the FTC and the Antitrust Division
of  the Department  of Justice  (the "Antitrust  Division") and  certain waiting
period requirements have been satisfied. Pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act,
on  June 23, 1994, Community  and Hallmark each filed  a Notification and Report
Form with the FTC and the Antitrust  Division for review in connection with  the
Merger.  The FTC granted  early termination of the  applicable waiting period on
July 13,  1994. Notwithstanding  the termination  of the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act
waiting  period, at any  time before or  after the Effective  Time, the FTC, the
Antitrust Division or  private parties  and state attorneys  general could  take
action under the antitrust laws, including seeking to enjoin the consummation of
the  Merger or seeking  the divestiture by Community  of all or  any part of the
stock or assets of Hallmark. Although Community and Hallmark know of no  grounds
for  such injunction or divestiture, there can  be no assurance that a challenge
to the Merger on antitrust grounds will not be made or that, if such a challenge
is made, it would not be successful.
    

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

    Acquisition Corp.  has agreed  to  indemnify and  advance expenses  to  each
person who immediately prior to the Effective Time was an officer or director of
Hallmark  or any subsidiary thereof ("Indemnified  Parties"), to the same extent
provided under  the Certificate  of Incorporation  and/or Bylaws  of  Community,
against  all losses, claims, damages,  liabilities, costs or expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees)  based upon or  arising from acts  or omissions,  or
alleged  acts or omissions, by them in their capacities as officers or directors
of Hallmark. In  addition, Acquisition Corp.  has agreed, for  a period of  five
years after the Effective Time not to amend the provisions of its Certificate of
Incorporation  and  Bylaws providing  for  exculpation of  director  and officer
liability and indemnification in any respect that would diminish the Indemnified
Parties' rights of indemnification thereunder, unless required by applicable law
or by  Acquisition  Corp.'s then  existing  directors' and  officers'  liability
insurance carriers.

                                       47
<PAGE>
    For  a period of  five years after  the Effective Time,  Community agreed to
maintain director  and officer  liability insurance  in an  amount equal  to  or
greater than $15,000,000 covering any of the Indemnified Parties.

    Community shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, that
may be incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties in enforcing the indemnity and
other obligations referred to above. The foregoing rights to indemnification and
advancement  of expenses are  exclusive and each  Indemnified Party has released
Community and Acquisition Corp.,  effective as of the  Effective Time, from  any
obligations that either of them may have otherwise to indemnify him.

   
DELISTING OF HALLMARK COMMON STOCK
    

   
    After the Merger is consummated, all of the then outstanding Hallmark Common
Stock  and  Hallmark Preferred  Stock will  be cancelled  and public  trading of
Hallmark  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Hallmark  Preferred  Stock  will  cease.
Accordingly,  Hallmark Class A Common Stock will, at such time, be delisted from
The Nasdaq Stock Market.
    

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    The  following  discussion  describes   the  material  federal  income   tax
consequences that may be expected to result from the Merger.

   
    Community and Hallmark expect the Merger to be a tax-free reorganization for
federal  income  tax purposes  so that  no gain  or loss  will be  recognized by
Hallmark stockholders, except in respect of cash received in lieu of  fractional
shares  or  payments  received  by  stockholders  exercising  appraisal  rights.
Hallmark's obligation to consummate the Merger is conditioned upon receipt of an
opinion from its counsel to the effect that (i) the Merger will be treated as  a
"reorganization"  within the meaning of Section 368(a)  of the Code and (ii) the
exchange in the Merger of Hallmark Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock for
Community Common  Stock will  not give  rise to  gain or  loss to  the  Hallmark
stockholders.  Community's obligation  to consummate  the Merger  is conditioned
upon receipt of an opinion  from its counsel to the  effect that (i) the  Merger
will  be treated as a  "reorganization" within the meaning  of Section 368(a) of
the Code  and  (ii)  Community  and  Hallmark will  each  be  a  party  to  that
reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.
    

    In  connection with  their tax opinions,  counsel to  Community and Hallmark
will make such factual assumptions as are customary in similar tax opinions, and
such factual assumptions will be confirmed by certificates signed by appropriate
officers of Community and  Hallmark. The tax opinions  cannot be relied upon  if
any such factual assumption is, or later becomes, inaccurate. No ruling from the
Internal  Revenue Service concerning the tax consequences of the Merger has been
requested, and the tax  opinions will not be  binding upon the Internal  Revenue
Service  or the courts. If the Merger is consummated, and it is later determined
that the Merger  did not qualify  as a tax-free  reorganization under the  Code,
Hallmark  stockholders would recognize taxable gain  or loss in the Merger equal
to the difference between  the fair market value  of the Community Common  Stock
they  received  and  their basis  in  their  Hallmark Common  Stock  or Hallmark
Preferred Stock, as the case may be.

   
    Cash received  in  the  Merger  by  a Hallmark  stockholder  in  lieu  of  a
fractional  share of Community Common Stock will be treated under Section 302 of
the Code as  having been received  by the Hallmark  stockholder in exchange  for
such  fractional share,  and the  Hallmark stockholder  generally will recognize
capital gain or loss in such exchange  equal to the difference between the  cash
received and the Hallmark stockholder's basis allocable to the fractional share.
A  Hallmark  stockholder who  perfects his  appraisal rights  under the  laws of
Delaware and who receives payment in cash  for the "fair value" of his  Hallmark
Preferred Stock will be treated as having received such payment in redemption of
the  Hallmark Preferred Stock  subject to the  provisions of Section  302 of the
Code. If a dissenting Hallmark  stockholder owns only Hallmark Preferred  Stock,
he  will recognize capital gain  or loss measured by  the difference between the
amount of cash received by such Hallmark stockholder
    

                                       48
<PAGE>
   
in payment for his Hallmark Preferred Stock and the basis of such  stockholder's
Hallmark  Preferred  Stock.  However,  if  a  dissenting  stockholder  also owns
Hallmark Common Stock,  he may  be required to  report all  amounts received  in
payment for his Hallmark Preferred Stock as ordinary income.
    

   
    The  Merger will  result in an  "ownership change" with  respect to Hallmark
under Section  382 of  the Code.  As a  result of  the "ownership  change,"  the
ability  to deduct Hallmark's  net operating loss  ("NOL") carryforwards against
future taxable income will be limited. Hallmark's NOL carryforwards at June  30,
1994  were approximately $24,000,000, although such carryforwards may be reduced
as a  result  of  certain  previous  transactions.  See  "Hallmark  Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Tax
Matters."
    

    THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX  DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE  IS INCLUDED FOR  GENERAL
INFORMATION  ONLY.  HALLMARK STOCKHOLDERS  ARE URGED  TO  CONSULT THEIR  OWN TAX
ADVISORS AS TO THE  SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF  THE MERGER TO THEM,  INCLUDING
INCOME  TAX RETURN  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND  THE APPLICABILITY  AND EFFECT OF
STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

    Holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock  are entitled to appraisal rights  under
Section  262 of  the DGCL. A  person having  a beneficial interest  in shares of
Hallmark Preferred Stock held of record in the name of another person, such as a
broker or nominee, must act  promptly to cause the  record holder to follow  the
steps  summarized  below properly  and in  a timely  manner to  perfect whatever
appraisal rights the beneficial owner may have.

   
    The following discussion is not a  complete statement of the law  pertaining
to  appraisal rights under the DGCL and is qualified in its entirety by the full
text of Section 262  which is reprinted  in its entirety as  Appendix B to  this
Joint  Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  All references  in Section  262 and  in this
summary to a "stockholder" are  to the record holder  of the shares of  Hallmark
Preferred Stock as to which appraisal rights are asserted.
    

    Under the DGCL, holders of shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock who follow the
procedures  set forth in  Section 262 will  be entitled to  have their shares of
Hallmark Preferred Stock  appraised by  the Delaware  Court of  Chancery and  to
receive  payment of the "fair value" of such shares, exclusive of any element of
value arising from  the accomplishment  or expectation of  the Merger,  together
with a fair rate of interest, if any, as determined by such court.

   
    Under  Section 262,  where a  merger is  to be  submitted for  approval at a
meeting of stockholders,  as in the  case of the  Hallmark Special Meeting,  the
corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the meeting, must notify each of its
stockholders  who  was a  stockholder on  the  record date  of the  meeting with
respect to shares for which appraisal  rights are available that such  appraisal
rights  are available  and include in  such notice  a copy of  Section 262. This
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus shall constitute such notice to the holders  of
shares  of Hallmark Preferred  Stock and the  applicable statutory provisions of
the DGCL are attached  to this Joint Proxy  Statement/Prospectus as Appendix  B.
Any  stockholder who wishes to  exercise such appraisal rights  or who wishes to
preserve his right to do so should review the following discussion and  Appendix
B  carefully because failure  to timely and properly  comply with the procedures
specified will result in the loss of appraisal rights under the DGCL.
    

    A holder  of shares  of Hallmark  Preferred Stock  wishing to  exercise  his
appraisal  rights  must  deliver to  Hallmark,  before  the vote  on  the Merger
Agreement at the Hallmark Special Meeting, a written demand for appraisal of his
shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock and must not vote in favor of adoption of the
Merger Agreement. Because  a proxy  which does not  contain voting  instructions
will, unless revoked, be voted for adoption of the Merger Agreement, a holder of
shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock who votes by proxy and who wishes to exercise
his  appraisal rights must (i) vote against  adoption of the Merger Agreement or
(ii) abstain from  voting on adoption  of the Merger  Agreement. A vote  against
adoption  of the  Merger Agreement, in  person or by  proxy, will not  in and of

                                       49
<PAGE>
itself constitute a written demand for appraisal satisfying the requirements  of
Section 262. In addition, a holder of shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock wishing
to exercise his appraisal rights must hold of record such shares on the date the
written demand for appraisal is made and must continue to hold such shares until
the Effective Time.

    Only a holder of record of shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock is entitled to
assert appraisal rights for the shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock registered in
that holder's name. A demand for appraisal should be executed by or on behalf of
the  holder of  record, fully and  correctly, as  his name appears  on his stock
certificates. If the shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock are owned of record in a
fiduciary capacity, such as  by a trustee, guardian  or custodian, execution  of
the  demand  should be  made in  that capacity,  and if  the shares  of Hallmark
Preferred Stock are  owned of  record by  more than one  person, as  in a  joint
tenancy  or tenancy in common, the demand should  be executed by or on behalf of
all joint owners. An authorized agent,  including one or more joint owners,  may
execute  a demand for  appraisal on behalf  of a holder  of record; however, the
agent must identify the record owner  or owners and expressly disclose the  fact
that,  in executing the demand,  the agent is agent for  such owner or owners. A
record holder such as a broker who  holds shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock  as
nominee for several beneficial owners may exercise appraisal rights with respect
to the shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock held for one or more beneficial owners
while  not  exercising  such  rights  with respect  to  the  shares  of Hallmark
Preferred Stock held  for other  beneficial owners;  in such  case, the  written
demand  should set forth the number of  shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock as to
which appraisal is sought, and where  no number of shares of Hallmark  Preferred
Stock is expressly mentioned, the demand will be presumed to cover all shares of
Hallmark  Preferred Stock held in the name of the record owner. Stockholders who
hold their shares  of Hallmark Preferred  Stock in brokerage  accounts or  other
nominee  forms and who  wish to exercise  appraisal rights are  urged to consult
with their brokers to determine the  appropriate procedures for the making of  a
demand for appraisal by such a nominee. All written demands for appraisal should
be  sent or delivered to  Hallmark at 300 Galleria  Parkway, Suite 650, Atlanta,
Georgia 30339, Attention: Robert M. Thornton, Jr., President.

    Within ten  days  after  the  Effective  Time,  Acquisition  Corp.,  as  the
surviving  corporation in the Merger, must send a notice as to the effectiveness
of the Merger  to each person  who has satisfied  the appropriate provisions  of
Section  262 and did not vote for approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement.
Within 120 days after the Effective Time, but not thereafter, Acquisition  Corp.
or  any stockholder entitled  to appraisal rights  under Section 262  may file a
petition in the Delaware Court of Chancery demanding a determination of the fair
value of the shares of Hallmark  Preferred Stock. Acquisition Corp. is under  no
obligation  to and has no  present intention to file  a petition with respect to
the appraisal  of the  fair value  of the  shares of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock.
Accordingly,  it is the obligation of the stockholders to initiate all necessary
action to perfect their appraisal rights  within the time prescribed in  Section
262.

    Within  120 days after the Effective  Time, any stockholder who has complied
with the requirements for  exercise of appraisal rights  will be entitled,  upon
written request, to receive from Acquisition Corp. a statement setting forth the
aggregate  number of shares  of Hallmark Preferred  Stock not voted  in favor of
adoption of the Merger Agreement and with respect to which demands for appraisal
have been received  and the  aggregate number of  holders of  such shares.  Such
statements  must be mailed within ten days  after a written request therefor has
been received by Acquisition Corp.

    If a petition  for an appraisal  is timely  filed, after a  hearing on  such
petition,  the Delaware Court of Chancery  will determine which stockholders are
entitled to appraisal rights and thereafter will appraise the shares of Hallmark
Preferred Stock owned by such stockholders,  determining the fair value of  such
shares  of Hallmark Preferred  Stock, exclusive of any  element of value arising
from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger, together with a fair  rate
of interest to be paid, if any, upon the amount determined to be the fair value.
In  determining  fair value,  the Delaware  Court  of Chancery  is to  take into
account all relevant  factors. In WEINBERGER  V. UOP INC.,  ET AL. the  Delaware
Supreme  Court discussed  factors that could  be considered  in determining fair
value in an appraisal proceeding, stating that "proof of value by any techniques
or methods which are generally considered

                                       50
<PAGE>
acceptable in the financial community and otherwise admissible in court"  should
be  considered and  that "[f]air price  obviously requires  consideration of all
relevant factors involving the value of  a company." The Delaware Supreme  Court
stated  that in making this determination of  fair value the court must consider
"market value, asset  value, dividends,  earnings prospects, the  nature of  the
enterprise and any other facts which were known or which could be ascertained as
of  the date of merger  which throw any light on  future prospects of the merged
corporation......................................................." The Delaware
   
Supreme Court has construed Section 262 to mean that "elements of future  value,
including  the nature of the enterprise, which are known or susceptible of proof
as of  the date  of  the merger  and  not the  product  of speculation,  may  be
considered."  However, the court noted that Section 262 provides that fair value
is to  be  determined  "exclusive of  any  element  of value  arising  from  the
accomplishment or expectation of the merger."
    

    Hallmark  stockholders considering seeking appraisal  rights should be aware
that the fair value of their shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock determined under
Section 262 could  be more  than, the same  as, or  less than the  value of  the
merger  consideration they  will be entitled  to receive pursuant  to the Merger
Agreement if they do  not seek appraisal of  their shares of Hallmark  Preferred
Stock,  and that  opinions of  investment banking  firms as  to fairness  from a
financial point of  view are  not necessarily opinions  as to  fair value  under
Section  262. The  cost of  the appraisal  proceeding may  be determined  by the
Delaware Court of Chancery and taxed upon  the parties as the Delaware Court  of
Chancery  deems equitable in the circumstances. Upon application of a dissenting
stockholder, the Delaware Court of Chancery may  order that all or a portion  of
the  expenses  incurred by  any dissenting  stockholder  in connection  with the
appraisal proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'  fees
and  the fees and expenses of experts, be  charged pro rata against the value of
all shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock entitled to appraisal. In the absence  of
such a determination or assessment, each party bears its own expenses.

   
    Any holder of Hallmark Preferred Stock who has duly demanded an appraisal in
compliance  with Section 262 will not, after  the Effective Time, be entitled to
vote the  shares of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock subject  to such  demand for  any
purpose  or be entitled  to the payment  of dividends or  other distributions on
those shares  (except dividends  or other  distributions payable  to holders  of
record of shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock as of a date prior to the Effective
Time).
    

    If any stockholder who demands appraisal of his shares of Hallmark Preferred
Stock under Section 262 fails to perfect, or effectively withdraws or loses, his
right  to appraisal, as provided  in the DGCL, the  shares of Hallmark Preferred
Stock of such stockholder will be converted into the right to receive the merger
consideration. A  stockholder  will fail  to  perfect, or  effectively  lose  or
withdraw,  his right to appraisal  if no petition for  appraisal is filed within
120 days after the Effective Time, or if the stockholder delivers to Hallmark or
Acquisition  Corp.  a  written  withdrawal  of  his  demand  for  appraisal  and
acceptance  of the Merger,  except that any  such attempt to  withdraw made more
than 60  days after  the Effective  Time will  require the  written approval  of
Hallmark or Acquisition Corp. as the surviving corporation.

    Failure  to follow any of the steps required  by Section 262 of the DGCL for
perfecting appraisal rights  may result  in the loss  of such  rights (in  which
event  a stockholder will  be entitled to receive  the merger consideration). In
view of the complexity of these provisions of the Delaware Law, stockholders who
are considering  dissenting  from  the  approval  and  adoption  of  the  Merger
Agreement  and exercising  their rights under  Section 262  should consult their
legal advisors.

    Holders of Community Common  Stock and Hallmark Common  Stock will not  have
appraisal rights in connection with the Merger.

                                       51
<PAGE>
COMPARISON OF RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF COMMUNITY COMMON STOCK AND
 HALLMARK COMMON STOCK

    COMPARISON OF THE RIGHTS OF HOLDERS

    The  following is  a summary of  material differences between  the rights of
holders of Community Common Stock and  the rights of holders of Hallmark  Common
Stock.  As  each  of Community  and  Hallmark  is organized  under  the  laws of
Delaware, these differences  arise from  various provisions of  the Amended  and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws of  Community and the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Hallmark.

    The following summary  does not purport  to be a  complete statement of  the
rights  of Community stockholders under the  Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of  Community as compared with  the rights of  Hallmark
stockholders  under the  Amended and  Restated Certificate  of Incorporation and
Bylaws of Hallmark. The identification of  specific differences is not meant  to
indicate  that other differences do  not exist. The summary  is qualified in its
entirety by reference  to the  above organizational documents  of Community  and
Hallmark and to the DGCL, to which both corporations are subject.

    VOTING RIGHTS GENERALLY

   
    The  Amended  and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation of  Community (the
"Community Certificate") provides  that each  holder of  Community Common  Stock
shall have one vote for each share of stock held.
    

   
    Pursuant  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation of
Hallmark (the "Hallmark Certificate"),  Hallmark Class A  Common Stock has  full
voting  powers and all  of the rights  and privileges of  common stock under the
DGCL; Hallmark Class  B Common Stock,  in contrast,  has all of  the rights  and
privileges of Hallmark Class A Common Stock, except the right to vote. Shares of
Hallmark Class B Common Stock are non-voting for so long as such shares are held
by  or for the benefit of an initial  holder of such stock. Otherwise, shares of
Hallmark Class  B Common  Stock automatically  convert into  shares of  Hallmark
Class  A Common Stock upon sale or  disposition. Each holder of Hallmark Class A
Common Stock has one vote for each share held.
    

    STOCKHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

    CERTAIN BUSINESS  COMBINATIONS.    The Community  Certificate  requires  the
affirmative  vote  of 75%  of the  voting  power of  the issued  and outstanding
capital stock of Community present in person or by proxy at the meeting at which
such matters  are  voted  upon  (excluding all  Voting  Securities  (as  defined
therein)  owned beneficially  by an Acquiring  Entity (as  defined therein)), to
approve any  Business Combination  (as defined  therein, which  term includes  a
merger  or consolidation,  or sale  of all  or substantially  all of Community's
assets, and similar extraordinary corporate transactions), between Community and
any entity which  is the  beneficial owner  of 10%  or more  of the  outstanding
Voting  Securities  of  Community,  unless (i)  Community's  Board  of Directors
unanimously approves the  Business Combination with  75% of the  members of  the
entire  Board of Directors voting in favor of such Business Combination; or (ii)
the Business  Combination: (a)  does  not change  any Voting  Security  holder's
percentage ownership of Voting Securities in any successor to Community from the
percentage  owned by such  holder in Community, (b)  provides for the provisions
related to a Business Combination in  the Community Certificate to apply to  any
successor  of Community, and (c)  does not transfer all  or substantially all of
Community's assets, other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Community.

                                       52
<PAGE>
    Hallmark's  Bylaws provide that Hallmark shall  be subject to the provisions
of Section 203 of the DGCL, which governs business combinations with  interested
stockholders.  As a  general matter,  Section 203  prohibits a  corporation from
engaging in any Business Combination (as defined therein, which term includes  a
merger  or consolidation, or a sale of  corporate assets which have an aggregate
market value equal to or greater than  10% of the aggregate market value of  all
the  assets  of the  corporation) with  any  Interested Stockholder  (as defined
therein, which term includes the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding  voting
stock  of the corporation) for  a period of three  years following the date that
such stockholder becomes  an Interested  Stockholder, unless (i)  prior to  such
date  the Board  of Directors  of the  corporation approved  either the Business
Combination or the  transaction which  resulted in the  stockholder becoming  an
Interested Stockholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted
in   the  stockholder   becoming  an  Interested   Stockholder,  the  Interested
Stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation
outstanding  at the  time the transaction  commenced, (iii) on  or subsequent to
such date the  Business Combination is  approved by the  Board of Directors  and
authorized  at an annual  or special meeting of  stockholders by the affirmative
vote of at least 66.67%  of the outstanding voting stock  which is not owned  by
the Interested Stockholder; or (iv) any of certain other limited exclusions from
coverage apply.

    REMOVAL  OF DIRECTORS.  The Community Certificate provides that any director
may be removed from office for cause  by the affirmative vote of the holders  of
75% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock
entitled  to vote generally in  the election of directors,  voting together as a
single class.

    The Hallmark  Certificate provides  that any  director may  be removed  from
office  only for "Cause"  and only by the  affirmative vote of  the holders of a
majority of the combined voting power  of the then outstanding shares of  Voting
Stock  (as  defined therein),  voting  together as  a  single class.  "Cause" is
defined as the  willful and continuous  failure of a  director to  substantially
perform  such  director's  duties  to  Hallmark  (other  than  any  such failure
resulting from incapacity  due to  physical or  mental illness)  or the  willful
engaging by a director in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious
to Hallmark.

    VACANCIES  ON THE BOARDS  OF DIRECTORS.   The Community Certificate provides
that: (i) newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the  number
of  directors; and (ii) any  vacancies on the Board  of Directors resulting from
death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, must be filled  by
the  affirmative vote of a  majority of the remaining  directors then in office,
even though  less  than  a quorum  of  the  Board of  Directors.  The  Community
Certificate  further provides that any director so elected shall hold office for
the remainder  of the  full term  of the  class of  directors in  which the  new
directorship  was created or the vacancy occurred, as applicable, and until such
director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

    The Hallmark Certificate  and Bylaws  similarly provide  that newly  created
directorships  resulting from  any increase  in the  number of  directors may be
filled by a majority vote  of the directors then in  office (though less than  a
quorum),  or by  a sole  remaining director. In  addition, any  vacancies on the
Board of Directors  resulting from  death, resignation, removal  or other  cause
shall  only be filled by  the affirmative vote of  the majority of the remaining
directors then in office  (though less than  a quorum), or  by a sole  remaining
director.  Any director so elected is required  to hold office for the remainder
of the full term  of the class  of directors in which  the new directorship  was
created  or  the  vacancy occurred,  as  applicable, and  until  such director's
successor shall have been elected and qualified.

    AMENDMENTS TO  CERTIFICATE  OF INCORPORATION.    Pursuant to  the  Community
Certificate,  Community reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any
provision  contained  therein  in  any  manner  prescribed  by  statute  or,  as
applicable, by the Community Certificate. The affirmative vote of the holders of
at  least 75% of the voting power of all shares of Community entitled to vote in
the election of  directors, voting together  as a single  class, is required  to
amend  certain  provisions in  the Community  Certificate regarding  the number,
election, terms  and  removal of  directors,  and actions  by  shareholders  and
special  stockholder meetings. In  addition, the affirmative vote  of 75% of the
voting

                                       53
<PAGE>
power of the issued  and outstanding capital stock  of Community (excluding  all
Voting  Securities owned  beneficially by any  Acquiring Entity)  is required to
amend  Article  IX  of  the   Community  Certificate,  which  governs   Business
Combinations.

    The  Hallmark Certificate and  Bylaws do not  contain any similar provisions
regarding amendments to the Hallmark Certificate.

    AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS.   The Community Certificate  provides that any  Bylaws
adopted  by Community's Board of Directors may  be amended or repealed by either
the directors or by  the stockholders. Provisions in  the Bylaws regulating  the
number, qualification and election of directors, newly created directorships and
vacancies, removal of directors, and election of directors may not be amended or
repealed,  and no provision inconsistent with provisions regulating such matters
may be adopted, without the affirmative vote  of the holders of at least 75%  of
the  voting power of all  the shares of Community  entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Additionally,  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  75% of the voting power of all the
shares of Community  entitled to vote  generally in the  election of  directors,
voting  together as a  single class, is  required to alter,  amend, or adopt any
provision inconsistent  with  Article  XII  of the  Bylaws,  which  governs  the
amendment of the Bylaws.

    Hallmark's  Bylaws may be  amended by the  vote of a  majority of the entire
Board of Directors, or, alternatively, by the affirmative vote of the holders of
80% or more of  the combined voting  power of the  outstanding shares of  Voting
Stock  (as  defined in  the Hallmark  Certificate) voting  together as  a single
class. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Article VI of  the Bylaws, which  governs
Business  Combinations with Interested Shareholders, may  be amended only by the
affirmative vote of a  majority of Hallmark's stockholders  entitled to vote  on
such matter, except as may otherwise be permitted by the DGCL.

    SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

    The   Community  Certificate  and  the  Hallmark  Certificate  provide  that
stockholder action may be taken only at a duly called annual or special  meeting
of  the stockholders and  may not be affected  by any consent  in writing by the
stockholders. Further, special meetings  of stockholders may  be called only  by
the  Board of Directors pursuant  to a resolution approved  by a majority of the
entire Board of Directors.

    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS

    Community's Bylaws provide that, with respect to nominations by stockholders
for the election of directors, timely advance notice must be given in writing to
the secretary  of  Community. To  be  timely,  a stockholder's  notice  must  be
delivered  to or mailed and received  at Community's principal executive offices
not less than 60 days, nor more than 90 days, prior to the stockholders' meeting
for the election of  directors; provided, however, that  in the event that  less
than  70 days' notice or  prior public disclosure of the  date of the meeting is
given or made to stockholders,  notice by the stockholder  to be timely must  be
received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day
on  which such  notice of  the date  of the  meeting was  mailed or  such public
disclosure was made. The  notice must contain:  (i) as to  each person whom  the
stockholder  proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: the
name, age,  business  address  and  residential  address  of  such  person,  the
principal  occupation  or employment  of such  person, the  class and  number of
shares of Community which are beneficially  owned by such person, and any  other
information  relating  to  such  person  that is  required  to  be  disclosed in
solicitations of proxies  for election  of directors, or  is otherwise  required
pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Exchange  Act;  and  (ii)  as  to the
stockholder giving the notice: the name and record address of such  stockholder,
and  the class and number of shares of Community which are beneficially owned by
such stockholder.

    Hallmark's  Bylaws  similarly  require  advance  notice  of  nominations  by
shareholders  for  the election  of  directors. Hallmark's  Bylaws  require that
written notice  of  a stockholder's  intention  to nominate  an  individual  for
election  to the  Board of  Directors be received  by the  secretary of Hallmark

                                       54
<PAGE>
not later than the later  of (i) the close of  business on the seventh  calendar
day  following the date on  which notice of the  meeting of stockholders for the
election of directors is first given to stockholders (which notice of meeting of
stockholders may not be given  earlier than the record  date for the meeting  of
stockholders) and (ii) a date 90 days prior to the meeting of stockholders. Each
such  notice is required to  include the following: (i)  the name and address of
both the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person(s)  to
be  nominated; (ii) a representation that the  stockholder is a holder of record
of stock of Hallmark entitled to vote at such meeting and that such  stockholder
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s)
specified   in  the  notice;   (iii)  a  description   of  all  arrangements  or
understandings between the stockholders and each nominee and any other person(s)
(naming such person(s)) pursuant to which  the nomination or nominations are  to
be  made by the stockholder; (iv)  such other information regarding each nominee
proposed by such stockholder  as would have  been required to  be included in  a
proxy  statement filed pursuant  to the proxy  rules of the  Commission had each
nominee been nominated by the  Board of Directors; and  (v) the consent of  each
nominee  to serve as a director of Hallmark if so elected. The notification must
be signed  by the  nominating  stockholder and  must  include a  signed  written
consent by each proposed nominee to be named for election as a director.

COMPARISON OF RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF COMMUNITY COMMON STOCK
 AND HALLMARK PREFERRED STOCK

    The  following is  a summary of  material differences between  the rights of
holders of  Community  Common  Stock  and the  rights  of  holders  of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock. These differences  arise primarily from  various provisions of
the Community Certificate  and the Bylaws  of Community and  the Certificate  of
Designation  related to the Hallmark  Preferred Stock (the "Hallmark Certificate
of Designation") and the Bylaws of Hallmark.

    The following summary  does not purport  to be a  complete statement of  the
rights  of Community stockholders under the  Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of Community as compared with the rights of holders  of
Hallmark  Preferred  Stock under  the  Hallmark Certificate  of  Designation and
Bylaws of Hallmark. The identification of  specific differences is not meant  to
indicate  that other differences do  not exist. The summary  is qualified in its
entirety by reference  to the  above organizational documents  of Community  and
Hallmark and to the DGCL, to which both corporations are subject.

    VOTING RIGHTS

    The  Community  Certificate provides  that each  holder of  Community Common
Stock shall have one vote for each share of stock held by them.

    The Hallmark Certificate  of Designation provides  that holders of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock are entitled to vote, one vote per share, with Hallmark Class A
Common Stock as a single class on all matters in which holders of Class A Common
Stock are  entitled  to  vote, other  than  the  election of  directors.  For  a
comparison  of  the  voting rights  of  holders  of Community  Common  Stock and
Hallmark Common Stock with respect  to certain transactions, see "Comparison  of
Rights of Holders of Community Common Stock and Holders of Hallmark Common Stock
- -- Stockholder Vote Required for Certain Transactions."

    In  addition, holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, with
one vote  per share,  as  a separate  class on  any  amendment to  the  Hallmark
Certificate   of  Designation.  Approval  of   any  amendment  to  the  Hallmark
Certificate of Designation requires  the vote of the  majority of the shares  of
Hallmark Preferred Stock outstanding, voting as a separate class.

    REDEMPTION

    The Community Certificate and Bylaws do not contain any provisions regarding
the redemption of Community Common Stock.

    The  Hallmark Certificate  of Designation  provides that  Hallmark Preferred
Stock is subject to both  optional and mandatory redemption. Hallmark  Preferred
Stock is redeemable at the option of

                                       55
<PAGE>
Hallmark, in whole or in part, upon not less than thirty days' notice; provided,
however,  that such redemption can only be made from funds legally available for
that purpose and to the extent then permitted by applicable restrictions in  any
of  Hallmark's  loan agreements  and indentures,  and in  the provisions  of the
Hallmark Certificate. Hallmark  is required  to redeem,  but only  out of  funds
legally  available for  that purpose  and only to  the extent  then permitted by
applicable restrictions in  any of its  loan agreements and  indentures and  the
provisions  of the Hallmark Certificate, the following amount of Preferred Stock
on the following  dates (expressed  in terms of  a percentage  of the  aggregate
liquidation preference of Hallmark Preferred Stock outstanding on the redemption
date):  (i) February 12, 1995  -- 13.33%; (ii) February  12, 1999 -- 53.33%; and
(iii) February 12, 2000 -- 100%. In the event that Hallmark does not have  funds
legally  available for, or  Hallmark is not  then permitted to  make, any of the
mandatory redemptions described  above, the  obligation is  carried forward  and
must  be fulfilled as soon as practicable after such funds are legally available
and Hallmark is permitted to do so.  The redemption price is $125.00 per  share,
reduced by the amount of certain dividends that have been paid.

    DIVIDEND PREFERENCE

    Holders  of  Community  Common  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  any  dividend
preference.

    Holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock  are entitled to aggregate dividends  in
an amount equal to the product of (i) Net Income (as defined below) and (ii) .25
multiplied  by a  fraction, the numerator  of which  is the number  of shares of
Hallmark Preferred Stock  outstanding and  the denominator of  which is  60,000.
"Net  Income" is defined as net income, after tax and after payment of dividends
on any senior series of preferred stock, determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting  principles. The  maximum dividend  payable in  any year  is
limited to 10% of the aggregate liquidation preference of the shares of Hallmark
Preferred  Stock outstanding. Unpaid  dividends on the  Hallmark Preferred Stock
are cumulative to a limited extent; such limit is expressed in terms of  certain
percentages of the aggregate liquidation preference of Hallmark Preferred Stock.
The  Hallmark  Certificate  of  Designation,  with  certain  limited exceptions,
prohibits the payment of dividends on, or any distributions with respect to,  or
any  purchase, redemption or other acquisition  of Hallmark Common Stock, if, at
the time of  such payment, distribution  or purchase, Hallmark  has not paid  or
declared  and set  apart for payment  all accumulated dividends  on the Hallmark
Preferred Stock.

    LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

    Holders of  Community  Common Stock  are  not entitled  to  any  liquidation
preference.

    Upon  any liquidation, dissolution or winding  up of Hallmark, after payment
of any Hallmark obligations ranking senior to the Hallmark Preferred Stock,  the
holders  of  Hallmark  Preferred Stock  are  entitled to  receive  a liquidation
preference of $125.00 per share, reduced by the amount of certain dividends paid
on the Hallmark  Preferred Stock, before  any payment or  other distribution  of
assets can be made to the holders of Hallmark Common Stock.

    CONVERSION

    Each  share of Hallmark Preferred Stock may be converted into five shares of
Hallmark Class A Common  Stock (or such  lesser or greater  number of shares  of
Hallmark  Class A  Common Stock as  may result  from adjustments to  the rate of
conversion as  provided  in the  Hallmark  Certificate of  Designation).  For  a
comparison  of  the rights  of holders  of Community  Common Stock  and Hallmark
Common Stock, see "-- Comparison of Rights of Holders of Community Common  Stock
and Holders of Hallmark Common Stock."

                                       56
<PAGE>
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                         COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
    The  following unaudited  pro forma condensed  combined financial statements
are presented  assuming  the  Merger will  be  accounted  for as  a  pooling  of
interests  and reflect the combination  of the historical consolidated financial
statements  of  Community  and  Hallmark.  The  pro  forma  condensed   combined
statements  of income  and balance  sheet assume  the Merger  was consummated at
January 1,  1991  and June  30,  1994,  respectively. The  unaudited  pro  forma
condensed  combined financial statements do not  reflect expenses expected to be
incurred by  Community  and  Hallmark  in connection  with  the  Merger  or  the
redemption  of Hallmark's  Senior Subordinated  Notes which  may be  tendered to
Community pursuant  to  the  indenture. In  addition,  the  following  financial
statements do not reflect any anticipated cost savings, which may be realized by
Community after consummation of the Merger.
    

    The pro forma information does not purport to represent what Community's and
Hallmark's combined results of operations actually would have been if the Merger
had occurred as of the date indicated or will be for any future periods. The pro
forma condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the  historical  financial statements  and the  notes  thereto of  Community and
Hallmark contained elsewhere or  incorporated by reference  in this Joint  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.

                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
                           STATEMENTS OF INCOME(1)(2)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 FOR THE
                                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                     1991         1992         1993         1993         1994
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net operating revenues..........................  $   299,361  $   346,783  $   425,198  $   205,662  $   233,857
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Costs and expenses:
  Salaries and benefits (3).....................      117,101      135,785      168,072       80,278       93,518
  Other operating expenses (3)..................      125,485      148,347      177,178       85,865       90,738
  Interest expense (4)..........................       19,397       17,152       19,182        7,997       11,892
  Amortization of deferred debt restructuring
   credits (4)..................................       (4,162)      (6,164)      (4,967)      (2,896)     --
  Depreciation and amortization.................       16,533       18,529       22,316       10,128       13,539
  Rent..........................................       10,165       11,098       12,549        6,330        6,806
  Credit from restructuring
   transactions.................................      --            (2,133)     --           --           --
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total costs and expenses....................      284,519      322,614      394,330      187,702      216,493
Gain from hospital sales........................        3,403          256      --           --           --
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from continuing operations before income
 taxes (5)......................................       18,245       24,425       30,868       17,960       17,364
Provision for income taxes......................        7,391        9,823       12,718        7,034        6,822
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from continuing operations (5)...........  $    10,854  $    14,602  $    18,150  $    10,926  $    10,542
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income per share from continuing operations
 (5)............................................  $      0.81  $      1.01  $      1.20  $      0.74  $      0.69
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average shares
 outstanding (6)................................       13,365       14,413       15,135       14,735       15,382
</TABLE>
    

                                       57
<PAGE>
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

   
                                 JUNE 30, 1994
    

                                     ASSETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                PRO FORMA
                                                                                        -------------------------
                                                               COMMUNITY    HALLMARK    ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $    35,094  $    19,757   $  --       $     54,851
  Patient accounts receivable, net of allowance.............       46,996       20,396      --             67,392
  Other current assets......................................       15,118       14,844      --             29,962
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
    Total current assets....................................       97,208       54,997      --            152,205
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Property and equipment......................................      236,539      166,242      --            402,781
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization.............      (43,495)     (62,222)     --           (105,717)
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
    Net property and equipment..............................      193,044      104,020      --            297,064
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Other assets................................................       19,517       14,003      --             33,520
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Total assets................................................  $   309,769  $   173,020   $  --       $    482,789
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------

                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................  $     4,191  $       247   $  --       $      4,438
  Accounts payable..........................................       11,327        9,634      --             20,961
  Accrued liabilities.......................................       16,805       15,575      --             32,380
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
    Total current liabilities...............................       32,323       25,456      --             57,779
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations................      164,419       87,574      --            251,993
Deferred income taxes (7)...................................       18,785        9,653      --             28,438
Deferred credits and other long-term liabilities............        6,622       17,448      --             24,070
Redeemable preferred stock..................................      --             1,303      (1,303)(8)      --
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock..............................................          114          152        (120)(8)          146
  Additional paid-in capital................................       48,375       54,469       1,423(8)      104,267
  Retained earnings (deficit)...............................       39,131      (23,035)     --             16,096
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity..............................       87,620       31,586       1,303        120,509
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................  $   309,769  $   173,020   $  --       $    482,789
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    

                                       58
<PAGE>
                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                    CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
    (1) Hallmark's statements of income for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1991
and 1992 were combined with Community's statements of income for the years ended
December  31,  1991  and  1992  to  prepare  the  pro  forma  condensed combined
statements  of  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1991  and   1992,
respectively. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for
the  year ended  December 31,  1993 was  prepared by  combining Community's 1993
operating results with Hallmark's 1993 operating results, which were restated to
a  calendar  year  basis  from   previously  reported  results  of   operations.
Accordingly,  Hallmark's historical operating  results for the  six months ended
December 31, 1992 were excluded from the unaudited pro forma combined statements
of income for  the periods presented.  Hallmark's net revenues  and income  from
continuing  operations for that six month  period were $85,153,000 and $784,000,
respectively.
    

   
    (2) The  table below  sets forth  a  detailed breakdown  by company  of  the
components of certain unaudited pro forma combined statements of income data for
the  years ended December 31, 1991, 1992, and 1993, and for the six months ended
June 30, 1993 and 1994. Such information is presented as if the Merger had taken
place at January 1, 1991.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,       ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                --------------------------------    --------------------
                                                                  1991        1992        1993        1993        1994
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net operating revenues:
  Community.................................................    $138,093    $176,778    $235,850    $111,578    $137,577
  Hallmark..................................................     161,268     170,005     189,348      94,084      96,280
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
    Pro forma combined......................................    $299,361    $346,783    $425,198    $205,662    $233,857
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income from continuing operations:
  Community.................................................    $  9,366    $ 10,597    $ 12,589    $  7,260    $  8,535
  Hallmark..................................................       1,488       4,005       5,561       3,666       2,007
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
    Pro forma combined......................................    $ 10,854    $ 14,602    $ 18,150    $ 10,926    $ 10,542
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income per share from continuing operations:
  Community.................................................    $   0.93    $   0.95    $   1.10    $   0.64    $   0.72
  Hallmark..................................................        0.44        1.19        1.48        1.06        0.54
  Pro forma combined........................................        0.81        1.01        1.20        0.74        0.69
Weighted average shares:
  Community.................................................      10,062      11,139      11,479      11,387      11,809
  Hallmark..................................................       3,387       3,358       3,756       3,452       3,684
  Pro forma combined........................................      13,365      14,413      15,135      14,735      15,382
</TABLE>
    

   
    (3) Significant nonrecurring charges resulting  from the Merger, which  will
be  included in Community's statement of income  for the year ended December 31,
1994, are estimated as follows:
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                 <C>
- --         Merger costs (including financial advisor, legal and accounting
           fees, severance costs, etc.)......................................  $ 13,500,000
- --         Premium costs on redemption of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated
           Notes, assuming 100% redemption...................................       800,000
- --         Write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the original
           issuance of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated Notes..................     2,600,000
- --         Tender offer costs associated with the redemption of Hallmark's
           Senior Subordinated Notes.........................................       200,000
- --         Income tax benefits related to the above transactions which would
           be deductible for tax purposes at the 35% federal statutory
           rate..............................................................    (4,050,000)
                                                                               ------------
Estimated after-tax nonrecurring charge resulting from the Merger............  $ 13,050,000
                                                                               ------------
                                                                               ------------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Of the $13,050,000 estimated charge to net income, or $0.85 per share  based
on  the pro forma combined number of weighted average shares outstanding for the
six months ended June 30, 1994,
    

                                       59
<PAGE>
   
$2,340,000, or $0.15 per share, will  be recorded as an extraordinary loss  from
early  extinguishment of debt. The foregoing  summary is based on the assumption
that all of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated Notes will be tendered to Community.
    

   
    If all  of  Hallmark's Senior  Subordinated  Notes are  redeemed  after  the
Merger,  Community will fund the total  cash outlay of $81,000,000 (comprised of
$80,000,000 in  principal, $800,000  in premium  and approximately  $200,000  in
tender  offer costs)  through existing  cash balances  and its  available credit
facilities. Full redemption of Hallmark's Senior Subordinated Notes would result
in an annual decrease in interest expense of approximately $2,500,000, or  $0.16
per share on a pro forma basis.
    

   
    Community  or Hallmark may also  be subject to an  additional cash outlay of
approximately $3,700,000 in respect of  approximately 32,301 shares of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock, assuming all  holders of such  shares exercise their appraisal
rights. The $3,700,000 cash outlay is estimated based on the assumption that all
holders of the 32,301 shares exercise their appraisal rights, and that the  fair
value  of a share of  Hallmark Preferred Stock is equal  to the closing price of
$21.125 of Community Common Stock on August 15, 1994, multiplied by the exchange
ratio of 5.4 for  each share of  Hallmark Preferred Stock.  The exact amount  of
this  cash outlay cannot be ascertained, and could be more than, the same as, or
less than  the  value of  the  merger  consideration such  holders  of  Hallmark
Preferred  Stock would otherwise  be entitled to receive  pursuant to the Merger
Agreement. Community  or Hallmark  will  fund such  payment from  existing  cash
balances  and/or its available credit facilities.  If payments in respect of the
Hallmark Preferred  Stock  are made  using  funds drawn  from  available  credit
facilities,  long-term debt  would increase by  approximately $3,700,000, common
stock and additional paid-in capital would decrease by approximately  $1,300,000
and  retained earnings would be reduced  by approximately $2,400,000. Net income
applicable to common stockholders would  be reduced by approximately  $2,400,000
which  would be a one-time  charge, and earnings per  share applicable to common
stockholders would be $0.16 lower.
    

   
    (4) For Hallmark's  fiscal years  ended June 30,  1991, 1992  and 1993,  the
long-term debt retirements in connection with Hallmark's financial restructuring
were accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15. The
unrecognized  gain from  such transactions  was deferred  and was  classified on
Hallmark's balance sheets as a deferred debt restructuring credit. In Hallmark's
historical financial statements,  amortization of  the deferred  credit had  the
effect  of reducing  reported interest expense.  For purposes of  this pro forma
presentation, interest expense is shown at the gross amount and the amortization
of the deferred credit is shown as a separate line item. In November 1993,  such
debt  was refinanced  and the unamortized  deferred credit was  recognized as an
extraordinary gain.  Accordingly, in  future periods,  no similar  reduction  of
interest  expense will  occur. See  Note 4  of Notes  to Hallmark's Consolidated
Financial Statements as of June 30, 1994 contained elsewhere in this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. The pro forma income and income per share from  continuing
operations  for the  years ended December  31, 1991,  1992 and 1993  and the six
months ended June 30, 1993 include after-tax credits of $2,497,000,  $3,698,000,
$2,980,000  and  $1,738,000,  or  $0.19,  $0.26,  $0.20  and  $0.12  per  share,
respectively, related to  the amortization  of the  deferred debt  restructuring
credit recognized during each of the periods.
    

   
    (5)  Includes nonrecurring items consisting of after-tax gains of $2,146,000
and $104,000, or  $0.16 and $0.01  per share, realized  by Community related  to
sales  of  hospitals in  1991 and  1992, respectively,  and after-tax  income of
$1,280,000 or $0.09 per share realized by Hallmark related to credits  resulting
from restructuring transactions in 1992.
    

   
    (6) The pro forma income per share from continuing operations is computed on
the  basis  of  the  combined  weighted  average  number  of  common  and common
equivalent shares of Community and Hallmark for each period presented based upon
the exchange ratios for Hallmark Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock.
    

    (7) As a  result of the  Merger, Community will  succeed to certain  federal
income  tax attributes of Hallmark, such as net operating loss carryforwards and
investment tax credit carryforwards, which

                                       60
<PAGE>
may be available to reduce future federal income taxes payable. The  utilization
of  these  tax carryforwards  is limited  to  the extent  of future  income from
Hallmark's operations. Additionally, due to the change in ownership of  Hallmark
resulting  from the Merger, there  will be annual limitations  on the amount, if
any, of the Hallmark tax carryforwards available to be utilized by Community.

   
    (8) Reflects the  issuance of  approximately 3,132,766  shares of  Community
Common  Stock in  exchange for 2,982,482,  64,102 and 32,885  shares of Hallmark
Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock outstanding as of
June 30, 1994, respectively,  based on the exchange  ratios for Hallmark  Common
Stock  and Hallmark  Preferred Stock.  The difference  between the  par value of
Community and Hallmark Common Stock  and the cancellation of Hallmark  Preferred
Stock are reflected as an increase in additional paid-in capital. In addition to
the  shares  outstanding  at June  30,  1994  as described  above,  Hallmark was
obligated to  issue approximately  176,000  shares of  common stock  to  various
officers  and employees pursuant to Hallmark's  Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan --
1990, as amended.
    

                                       61
<PAGE>
           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
       ADJUSTED FOR THE PURCHASE OF TWO HOSPITALS FROM GALEN HEALTH CARE

    The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for
the year ended December 31, 1993 reflects adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Statement  of Income  for such period  included elsewhere  in
this  Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, to  include actual operating results for
the two hospitals  purchased by  Community from  Galen Health  Care (the  "Galen
Hospitals")  in May 1993 for the 1993  period during which they were operated by
the predecessor owner. Information below should be read in conjunction with  the
Unaudited  Pro Forma Condensed Combined  Statements of Income included elsewhere
in this Joint  Proxy Statement/Prospectus and  the Current Report  on Form  8-K,
dated May 27, 1993, as previously filed by Community with the Commission.

    The pro forma information does not purport to represent what Community's and
Hallmark's combined results of operations actually would have been if the Merger
and  the purchase of the  Galen hospitals had occurred as  of January 1, 1993 or
will be for any future periods.

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                ADJUSTED FOR THE PURCHASE OF THE GALEN HOSPITALS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      ADJUSTMENTS FOR   ADJUSTED
                                                                          PRO FORMA     PURCHASE OF     PRO FORMA
                                                                          COMBINED    GALEN HOSPITALS   COMBINED
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNT)
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>              <C>
Net Operating Revenues.................................................  $   425,198   $   13,031      $   438,229
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
Costs and Expenses:
  Salaries and benefits................................................      168,072        5,235          173,307
  Other operating expenses.............................................      177,178        5,282          182,460
  Interest.............................................................       14,215          946(a)        15,161
  Depreciation and amortization........................................       22,316        1,086(b)        23,402
  Rent.................................................................       12,549          193           12,742
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total Costs and Expenses...........................................      394,330       12,742          407,072
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes..................       30,868          289           31,157
Provision for income taxes.............................................       12,718          114           12,832
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
Income from continuing operations......................................  $    18,150   $      175      $    18,325
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
Income per share from continuing operations............................  $      1.20                   $      1.21
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding....................................       15,135                        15,135
<FN>
- ------------------------
(a)  Includes interest expense incurred in association with amounts borrowed  by
     Community under its Revolving Credit Facility to finance the acquisition of
     the  Galen  Hospitals,  less  interest on  transactions  between  the Galen
     Hospitals and their former parent company.

(b)  Includes the  increase in  depreciation and  amortization expense  totaling
     $469,000  applicable to Community's recorded amount of the Galen Hospitals'
     assets and estimated additional capital expenditures associated with  these
     hospitals.
</TABLE>
    

                                       62
<PAGE>
                HALLMARK MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

    As  of  June 30,  1992,  Hallmark operated  18  hospitals with  an aggregate
capacity of 1,527  licensed beds. Hallmark  also operated one  nursing home  and
managed  one acute-care  hospital. During its  fiscal year ended  June 30, 1993,
Hallmark sold two hospitals  having an aggregate of  99 licensed beds.  Hallmark
recognized a gain of $752,000 from the sale of one of the facilities and no gain
or  loss on the other. For fiscal 1993,  the facilities that were sold had total
revenues of $974,000 and total expenses of $1,313,000 (excluding interest).  For
fiscal 1992, the facilities that were sold had total revenues of $12,646,000 and
total  expenses  of  $14,616,000  (excluding  interest).  As  a  result  of such
dispositions and the separate licensing as two hospitals of a facility  formerly
operated  as one hospital, the number of  hospitals operated by Hallmark at June
30, 1994 was 17.

    A substantial  portion of  Hallmark's revenue  is derived  from the  federal
Medicare  program  and state  Medicaid programs.  These programs  have undergone
changes in  recent  years designed  to  reduce healthcare  costs,  resulting  in
pressure  on hospitals and other healthcare  providers to reduce their costs and
limit the provision of services. These  changes have had, and future changes  in
such  statutes  and regulations  may have,  an adverse  effect on  Hallmark. For
information concerning the effect of  Medicare and Medicaid legislation  adopted
by  Congress in August 1993 on reimbursement under these programs, see "Business
- -- Reimbursement and Regulatory Matters -- Reimbursement."

    A number of Hallmark's  hospitals qualify for "geographic  reclassification"
or  have  been  qualified  as  "disproportionate  share"  or  "small  dependent"
hospitals  under  the  Medicare  and/or  Medicaid  programs.  See  "Business  --
Reimbursement  and Regulatory Matters." These hospitals are reimbursed at a more
favorable rate  than similar  hospitals not  receiving such  designations. On  a
periodic  basis,  federal and  state regulatory  authorities perform  reviews of
participating hospitals to ensure continued compliance with program requirements
and, therefore, qualification for these designations. There can be no  assurance
that  Hallmark will be able to retain these favorable designations in the future
for all, or any, of these hospitals,  that these programs will continue or  that
any   programs  intended  to  replace  such  programs  will  be  as  financially
advantageous to Hallmark as the existing programs. The loss of such designations
or programs could have a material adverse effect on Hallmark's operations.

    In late 1993, President Clinton submitted to Congress proposed comprehensive
healthcare reform legislation. Several other comprehensive reform proposals have
been  introduced  in  the  Congress,  and  comprehensive  alternatives  to   the
President's  proposal have recently been prepared and introduced by the majority
leaders in the House and Senate after  taking into account the terms of  several
bills  which passed various congressional committees. Debate and a vote on these
bills is scheduled for late summer 1994, and action on other reform proposals is
possible if neither of the major proposals passes.

    Certain aspects of each  proposal offered by the  majority leaders, such  as
reductions in Medicare and Medicaid payments, if adopted, could adversely affect
Hallmark's business. In fiscal 1993 and 1994, Hallmark obtained 61.6% and 62.4%,
respectively,  of its net patient service revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid
programs. Other  aspects of  the  proposals by  the  majority leaders,  such  as
universal  health insurance coverage, could have a positive impact on Hallmark's
business by reducing  the amount  of uncompensated care  provided by  Hallmark's
hospitals. No assurance can be given that any reform proposal will be adopted or
implemented  or that  any reform proposal  which is ultimately  adopted will not
have a material adverse effect on Hallmark's financial condition and results  of
operations.

    In  addition to the federal reform initiatives, state legislatures also have
undertaken healthcare  reform initiatives  independent  of federal  reform.  The
States  of  Maine, Florida,  Tennessee, California  and Washington  have adopted
various types of reform legislation. It is not possible at this time to  predict
what,  if any, reforms will be adopted by  the states, or when such reforms will
be adopted and implemented. No assurance can be given that any such reforms will
not have a material adverse effect upon Hallmark's revenues and earnings or upon
the demand for Hallmark's services.

                                       63
<PAGE>
    Hallmark's hospitals  have historically  operated  at low  occupancy  levels
relative  to  hospitals in  more urban  environments. Accordingly,  Hallmark has
sought to  manage its  operating expenses  in such  a way  as to  be a  low-cost
provider.  However,  low occupancy  levels  can significantly  impact Hallmark's
profitability due  to the  relatively high  fixed-cost component  of  Hallmark's
overall  cost structure. Hence, just as  the implementation of revenue enhancing
programs can  significantly  improve  profitability, any  event  that  decreases
revenue  can  significantly  erode  Hallmark's  financial  performance.  Despite
operating at low occupancy levels, all but one of Hallmark's hospitals generated
sufficient revenues to cover their  expenses (before interest and allocation  of
corporate   home  office  overhead)  in  fiscal  1994.  Hallmark's  hospital  in
Cleveland, Tennessee, which had an occupancy  rate of 26.7% in fiscal 1994,  did
not  generate sufficient  revenues to  cover its  expenses (before  interest and
allocation of  corporate  home  office overhead.)  Hallmark  believes  that  low
occupancy  levels  are  a  significant  factor  contributing  to  the  Cleveland
facility's results of operations and that a return to profitability will require
continued efforts  to minimize  operating costs  as well  as increase  occupancy
levels at the Cleveland facility.

    Over  the past three years, Hallmark has  sought to increase its revenues by
qualifying  for  additional  Medicaid  reimbursement  and  by  the  addition  of
inpatient  and  outpatient programs.  In fiscal  1992  and 1993,  Hallmark added
cardiac  catheterization  service  at   two  hospitals,  laparoscopic   surgical
procedures at seven hospitals, endoscopic carpal tunnel surgery at two hospitals
and  geriatric psychiatric programs at six of its hospitals. Hallmark also added
advanced diagnostic imaging procedures to its outpatient services at one or more
of its  hospitals in  fiscal 1992  and  1993. The  benefits of  such  additional
services may not be fully realized, if at all, until future periods.

    At  June 30, 1991,  Hallmark's long-term debt  and capital lease obligations
totalled approximately $104,168,000. At June 30, 1993, Hallmark's long-term debt
and capital lease obligations totalled  $80,487,000, a reduction of  $23,681,000
over  the course of two fiscal years. On November 15, 1993, Hallmark completed a
registered  offering  of  $80,000,000  principal   amount  of  10  5/8%   Senior
Subordinated   Notes  due  2003.  The  net   proceeds  from  the  offering  were
approximately $77,600,000, of which approximately $62,100,000 was used to  repay
Hallmark's  then outstanding senior subordinated indebtedness and $10,700,000 to
redeem all of Hallmark's outstanding senior subordinated indebtedness (such bank
debt and senior subordinated indebtedness are referred to herein collectively as
the "Refinanced Debt").  If the  Merger is  not consummated,  the remaining  net
proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes and to fund certain capital
expenditures.  At June  30, 1994,  Hallmark's long-term  debt and  capital lease
obligations totalled $87,821,000.

                                       64
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following  table  summarizes,  for the  periods  indicated,  changes  in
selected  operating  indicators.  During the  periods  indicated,  Hallmark sold
several hospitals, which  may have  contributed to the  percentage changes  from
period to period. The discussion that follows should be read in conjunction with
Hallmark's  Consolidated Financial  Statements and  the notes  thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 PERCENTAGE INCREASE
                                                                                                   (DECREASE) FROM
                                                            PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES              PRIOR YEAR
                                                        -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                           1992         1993         1994         1993         1994
                                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Total revenues........................................    100.0  %        100.0 %      100.0 %        5.4 %        6.8 %
Operating costs:
  Salaries and benefits...............................        42.9         42.2         43.6          3.7         10.3
  Supplies and other operating
   expenses...........................................        38.5         40.7         37.4         11.5         (1.8 )
  Provision for bad debts.............................         6.9          6.0          6.6         (8.3 )       17.8
                                                             -----        -----        -----
      Total operating costs...........................        88.3         88.9         87.6          6.1          5.3
                                                             -----        -----        -----
  Operating margin....................................        11.7         11.1         12.4       --             18.9
                                                             -----        -----        -----
Capital costs:
  Interest............................................         3.1          2.2          3.9        (27.4 )       93.8
  Depreciation and amortization.......................         5.6          5.0          5.0         (4.2 )        4.5
                                                             -----        -----        -----
      Total capital costs.............................         8.7          7.2          8.9        (12.6 )       31.3
                                                             -----        -----        -----
  Credit from restructuring transactions and sale of
   hospital...........................................         1.3          0.4       --            (64.7 )     (100.0 )
  Income before income taxes and extraordinary
   items..............................................         4.3          4.3          3.5          6.7        (13.2 )
  Provision for income taxes..........................         1.9          1.8          1.5          1.3        (14.4 )
                                                             -----        -----        -----
  Income before extraordinary items...................         2.4 %        2.5 %        2.0 %       11.1 %      (12.3 )%
                                                             -----        -----        -----
                                                             -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>

    The following table  sets forth  certain operating  data for  Hallmark on  a
same-hospital basis, for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                                           1992(1)      1993(1)      1994(1)
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Hospitals at year end (2)..............................................           16           17           17
Licensed beds at year end..............................................        1,428        1,405        1,405
Average beds in service................................................        1,229        1,217        1,205
Net patient services revenues:
  Inpatient............................................................  $   100,218  $   114,987  $   125,391
  Outpatient...........................................................       44,308       48,968       48,858
  Other................................................................        5,947        7,434        8,539
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total net patient services revenues..............................  $   150,473  $   171,389  $   182,788
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
EBITDA.................................................................  $    21,015  $    19,992  $    23,660
Patient days...........................................................      141,690      156,616      164,643
Occupancy rate (3).....................................................         31.6%        35.3%        37.4%
Equivalent patient days (4)............................................      204,188      225,356      235,698
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  Same  hospital results  exclude operating  data for  two hospitals  sold in
     1993.
(2)  The number of hospitals increased because of the separate licensing as  two
     hospitals of a facility formerly operated as one hospital.
</TABLE>

                                       65
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
(3)  Based on average beds in service.
(4)  Represents inpatient days adjusted to reflect outpatient utilization.
</TABLE>

    FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993

    Net  patient service revenues, which are total patient service revenues less
the provision for contractual and other allowances, increased from  $172,521,000
for  the year ended June  30, 1993, to $182,788,000 for  the year ended June 30,
1994, an increase of $10,267,000, or 6.0%,  primarily due to a 5.1% increase  in
admissions  from  27,502 to  28,911 and  a  5.1% increase  in patient  days from
156,689 to  164,643.  The  increased  admissions  resulted  primarily  from  the
addition of new or expanded services in 1993 including geriatric psychiatric and
specialty  Medicaid services. Net patient revenues  for the years ended June 30,
1993 and  1994  included credits  of  approximately $2,079,000  and  $2,308,000,
respectively,  from  reductions  in  the  provision  for  contractual allowances
primarily as a result of favorable  settlements of prior year cost reports  with
program  intermediaries. Other revenues increased from $6,716,000 in fiscal 1993
to $8,638,000  in fiscal  1994,  an increase  of 24.3%,  representing  primarily
increased  revenues  from  one of  Hallmark's  majority-owned  subsidiaries that
operates pain centers in hospitals owned by others.

    Salaries and  benefits increased  $7,826,000, or  10.3%, in  fiscal 1994  as
compared to fiscal 1993. Approximately 60% of the increase is due to an increase
in  wage rates  and benefits. Approximately  20% of  the increase is  due to the
replacement of contract  services with  full-time and  part-time employees.  The
remaining increase is due to volume increases at Hallmark's hospitals and at its
subsidiary which operates pain treatment centers.

    Interest  expense increased $3,631,000  in the year ended  June 30, 1994, to
$7,502,000. The increase was primarily due to Hallmark's refinancing of its bank
debt and subordinated debt in November 1993. Prior to the refinancing,  interest
expense on Hallmark's debt was significantly reduced by amortization of deferred
debt  restructuring credits. As  a result of the  refinancing, the deferred debt
restructuring credits  were eliminated  and  from the  date of  the  refinancing
forward,  interest expense was fully recognized  at the effective interest rates
of Hallmark's debt.  Interest expense  was reduced by  amortization of  deferred
debt  restructuring credits of $2,072,000 in the year ended June 30, 1994 and by
$6,034,000 for  the  year  ended  June 30,  1993.  Interest  expense,  excluding
amortization  of deferred debt restructuring credits, was $9,574,000 in the year
ended June 30, 1994 compared with $9,905,000 in 1993.

    The following  supplemental  information  represents pro  forma  results  of
operations  assuming  the refinancing  that occurred  in  the second  quarter of
fiscal 1994 had occurred on July 1, 1992.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                      ------------------------
                                                                                         1993         1994
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
                                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Total revenues......................................................................  $   179,237  $   191,544
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
Operating expenses..................................................................      159,338      167,886
Interest expense....................................................................       10,295        9,990
Depreciation expense................................................................        9,027        9,428
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
  Total expenses....................................................................      178,660      187,304
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
Income from operations..............................................................  $       577  $     4,240
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of accounting change........  $       724  $     2,459
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding....................        3,450        3,681
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
Earnings per share before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of accounting
 change.............................................................................  $      0.21  $      0.67
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

    Provision for bad debts increased from  $10,796,000 for the year ended  June
30,  1993  to $12,713,000  for  the year  ended June  30,  1994, an  increase of
$1,917,000, or 17.8%. The increase in the provision for bad debts was  primarily
due  to increased total revenues and  increased reserves compared to prior years
in self-

                                       66
<PAGE>
   
pay accounts  as  a  result  of  the volume  and  aging  of  self-pay  accounts.
Management maintains collection practices that recognize the aging and source of
payment   of  patient  accounts.  Management  believes  that  increased  volume,
especially as  it relates  to  self-pay accounts,  and slower  payment  patterns
generally lead to higher bad debt provisions.
    

    Other  operating expenses decreased $2,367,000, or  4.7%, for the year ended
June 30, 1994 to $47,564,000. The decrease was primarily the result of decreased
use of contract services in Hallmark's hospitals partially offset by an increase
in volume at Hallmark's hospitals. Other operating expenses for the years  ended
June  30,  1994  and 1993  were  net  of reductions  of  Hallmark's  general and
professional liability  reserves  of $1,323,000  and  $1,266,000,  respectively,
based  on  updated estimates  of  Hallmark's expected  general  and professional
liability losses.

    Hallmark reported net income of $24,491,000, or $6.65 per share, for  fiscal
1994, compared to net income of $10,381,000, or $3.01 per share, in fiscal 1993.
Net  income for the year  ended June 30, 1994 included  a credit of $805,000, or
$0.22 per share, related  to the cumulative effect  of adoption of Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS")  No. 109 "Accounting  for Income Taxes"
and an extraordinary gain  on restructure of debt  of $19,784,000, or $5.37  per
share  (net of  income tax  effect of  $2,170,000). Net  income for  fiscal 1993
included extraordinary  gains of  approximately $2,017,000  (net of  income  tax
effect  of  $1,344,000),  or $0.59  per  share,  from the  restructure  or other
retirement of $3,463,000 principal amount of the 14 1/2% Subordinated Debentures
(the "14 1/2% Debentures")  and $3,914,000, or $1.13  per share, resulting  from
the utilization of tax net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards.

    FISCAL 1993 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1992

    Net  patient service revenues, which are total patient service revenues less
the provision for contractual and other allowances, increased from  $164,605,000
in  fiscal 1992 to  $172,521,000 in fiscal  1993, an increase  of $7,916,000, or
4.8%. This  increase  was primarily  due  to the  addition  of new  or  expanded
services,  an  increase  in  outpatient  revenue  and  price  and  reimbursement
increases at Hallmark's operating hospitals. The increase was offset in part  by
the  sale  of  two facilities  in  fiscal  1993. Other  revenues  increased from
$5,400,000 in fiscal 1992  to $6,716,000 in fiscal  1993, an increase of  24.4%,
representing  primarily increased revenues from one of Hallmark's majority-owned
subsidiaries that operates pain centers in hospitals owned by others. Hallmark's
total revenues were $179,237,000  for the year ended  June 30, 1993 compared  to
$170,005,000  in fiscal 1992, or an increase  of 5.4%. On a same-hospital basis,
net patient service revenues increased  $20,916,000, or 13.9% over fiscal  1992.
This increase was due primarily to the addition of 95 geriatric psychiatric beds
in  fiscal 1992 and 1993, which  accounted for approximately $11,500,000 of this
increase, and a $4,700,000  increase in outpatient  revenues. The increase  also
included  $5,900,000 of disproportionate share  payments, which represented 3.4%
of fiscal 1993 net patient service revenues on a same-hospital basis.

    Salaries and benefits expense for fiscal 1993 increased $2,684,000, or 3.7%,
over fiscal 1992, primarily as a result of increased volume and wage  increases.
Excluding  the effect of the  two facilities sold during  the year, salaries and
benefits increased $8,627,000, or 13.0%, over fiscal 1992, due primarily to  the
introduction of new services at certain of Hallmark's hospitals and general wage
increases. However, salaries and benefits as a percentage of total revenues on a
same-hospital basis declined slightly in 1993.

    Other  operating expenses increased $7,383,000  during fiscal 1993, or 17.4%
over fiscal 1992, offset in  part by the sale  of two facilities. Excluding  the
effect  of the sold facilities,  other operating expenses increased $12,189,000,
or 32.7%.  This increase  was primarily  due to  higher utilization  of  outside
contract  services and increased  fees paid to  outside medical specialists. The
higher utilization of outside contract services and fees paid to outside medical
specialists was  primarily the  result of  an increase  in services  offered  at
Hallmark's hospitals and efforts to attract physicians.

    Interest  expense  decreased $1,463,000  in fiscal  1993 from  $5,334,000 in
fiscal 1992. Such decrease was primarily due to a reduction of bank indebtedness
during fiscal  1993 and  Hallmark's  restructuring or  other retirement  of  the
14  1/2%  Debentures.  Interest  expense was  also  reduced  by  amortization of
deferred debt restructuring credits of $6,034,000 in fiscal 1993 and  $6,164,000
in fiscal 1992.

                                       67
<PAGE>
    Provision  for bad  debts as a  percentage of total  revenues decreased from
6.9% in fiscal 1992 to 6.0% for  fiscal 1993 primarily as a result of  decreased
days  revenue in accounts  receivable and an  increase in the  percentage of net
patient service revenues attributable to Medicare and Medicaid patients.

    Depreciation and amortization decreased by $401,000 for fiscal 1993 compared
to fiscal 1992 primarily due to the sale of two facilities in fiscal 1993.

    Hallmark reported net income of $10,381,000, or $3.01 per share, for  fiscal
1993,  compared to net income of $6,769,000, or $2.02 per share, in fiscal 1992.
Net income  for  fiscal  1993  included  extraordinary  gains  of  approximately
$2,017,000  (net of income tax  effect of $1,344,000), or  $0.59 per share, from
the restructure  or  other retirement  of  $3,463,000 principal  amount  of  the
14  1/2%  Debentures and  $3,914,000,  or $1.13  per  share, resulting  from the
utilization of  NOL  carryforwards.  Net  income for  fiscal  1992  included  an
extraordinary  credit  of  $2,682,000, or  $.80  per share,  resulting  from the
utilization of the  NOL carryforwards.  Pretax net  income before  extraordinary
items  for fiscal  1993 was $7,753,000.  Pretax net  income before extraordinary
items for  fiscal  1992 was  $7,266,000,  including a  credit  of  approximately
$2,133,000  related to  certain reimbursement items  provided in  fiscal 1989 in
restructuring reserves.

TAX MATTERS

    At  June  30,  1994,  Hallmark   had  NOL  carryforwards  of   approximately
$24,000,000,  which expire in fiscal  years 2002 through 2006.  If the Merger is
not consummated,  such  NOL carryforwards  may  be available  to  offset  future
taxable income of Hallmark, if any.

    The  Merger will  result in an  "ownership change" with  respect to Hallmark
under Section  382 of  the  Code. As  a result,  after  the Merger,  income  tax
deductions  for Hallmark's NOL carryforwards existing  at the time of the Merger
will be subject to  an annual limitation  equal to the  pre-Merger value of  the
Hallmark  Common Stock and Hallmark Preferred Stock multiplied by the "long-term
tax-exempt rate" in effect  for the month in  which the ownership change  occurs
(6.01%  for  ownership changes  occurring in  June  1994), increased  by certain
"recognized built-in  gains" that  are recognized  within five  years after  the
Merger.

    During  1991,  Hallmark issued  390,298 shares  of Class  B common  stock in
exchange for $18,620,000 of previously outstanding bank debt. Hallmark believes,
based on consultation with outside tax and valuation advisors, that the exchange
qualified under the stock-for-debt exception  to the recognition of income  from
discharge  of indebtedness which  is available to  insolvent corporations. There
can be  no  assurance, however,  that  the  Internal Revenue  Service  will  not
challenge  Hallmark's position.  If any such  challenge by  the Internal Revenue
Service was sustained, Hallmark's current NOL carryforwards could be reduced  by
as much as $16,000,000.

    During  the fiscal year  1994, Hallmark adopted  SFAS No. 109.  SFAS No. 109
requires a  change in  accounting for  income taxes  to an  asset and  liability
approach under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
the  difference between  the financial  accounting and  tax accounting  basis of
assets and liabilities. Deferred  tax assets or liabilities  at the end of  each
period  are determined using the currently enacted tax rate expected to apply to
taxable income in the periods  in which the deferred  tax asset or liability  is
expected  to be realized. Hallmark recorded a  credit of $805,000 to reflect the
cumulative effect of adopting such standard.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    OPERATIONAL ACTIVITIES.  At present,  Hallmark satisfies all of its  working
capital  and capital expenditure requirements  from cash provided by operations.
Payments received  by  Hallmark from  the  Medicare and  Medicaid  programs  are
Hallmark's  single largest source  of cash from  operations. During fiscal 1994,
net revenue  derived  from  the  Medicare and  Medicaid  programs  increased  by
approximately  $8,198,000 or  7.9% from the  amount derived in  fiscal 1993, due
primarily to the introduction  of geriatric psychiatric  services at certain  of
Hallmark's hospitals in prior years.

                                       68
<PAGE>
    During  the year ended June 30,  1994, cash provided by operations increased
$4,465,000, compared  to  the same  period  a  year earlier,  primarily  due  to
increased  operating income (excluding interest  and depreciation) and decreased
interest paid during the period as a result of the semi-annual interest  payment
terms  of  the Senior  Subordinated  Notes, offset  in  part by  a  reduction of
accounts payable.

    INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.  Hallmark  expended approximately $4,586,000,  during
fiscal  1994 on capital expenditures. This represented a decrease of $1,789,000,
or 28.1%, from fiscal  1993. Capital expenditures  during fiscal 1994  consisted
primarily  of completion  of an  outpatient surgery  center at  one facility and
equipment purchases at various facilities. Hallmark anticipates that  internally
generated  cash flows  and the  remaining unused  proceeds from  the $80,000,000
senior  subordinated  note   offering  will  be   sufficient  to  fund   capital
expenditures and working capital requirements through fiscal 1995.

    FINANCING  ACTIVITIES.  In fiscal 1994, Hallmark completed the restructuring
of the  Refinanced Debt  upon the  issuance of  the Senior  Subordinated  Notes.
Hallmark believes that it increased its operational and financial flexibility by
refinancing  the Refinanced Debt with  the proceeds from the  sale of the Senior
Subordinated Notes. Hallmark's debt service requirements during fiscal 1994 were
reduced from $13,118,000 to $10,594,000. Furthermore, the covenants contained in
the indenture pursuant to  which the Senior Subordinated  Notes were issued  are
less  restrictive than  those previously  in effect  pursuant to  the Refinanced
Debt.

    During the  quarter ended  March 31,  1994, Hallmark  obtained a  letter  of
credit  with a commercial bank to secure  Hallmark's obligation under one of its
capital leases. The lease  had previously been secured  by a collateral  account
consisting  of approximately $4,100,000  in cash and  marketable securities. The
collateral account had previously been classified  as Funds held by trustees  in
the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Upon obtaining  this  letter  of  credit by
Hallmark, the collateral  account was  released as  security for  the lease  and
approximately  $4,100,000 in cash and marketable securities became available for
general corporate  purposes. In  addition  to this  letter of  credit,  Hallmark
obtained  three  letters  of credit  totalling  $2,883,000 in  order  to satisfy
certain security  requirements  of Hallmark's  workers'  compensation  insurance
carrier.  All letters of credit are secured by a security interest in Hallmark's
self-insurance trust funds in favor of the issuing bank.

    During the quarter ended December 31,  1993, Hallmark entered into a  credit
agreement  with a financial institution pursuant to which Hallmark may borrow up
to $15,000,000 under a working capital  facility and up to $10,000,000 under  an
acquisition  facility. Certain  conditions must  be satisfied  prior to Hallmark
borrowing under the credit agreement, some of which had not been satisfied as of
June  30,  1994.  Hallmark  anticipates  that  it  will  satisfy  the  remaining
conditions to funding under its new credit agreement.

    INFLATION.   The  healthcare industry  is labor  intensive. Wages  and other
expenses are subject to rapid escalation, especially during periods of inflation
and when shortages occur in the  marketplace. In addition, suppliers attempt  to
pass  along  increases in  their costs  by charging  Hallmark higher  prices. In
general, Hallmark's  revenue increases  through price  increases or  changes  in
reimbursement  levels have not kept up with the cost increases. In light of cost
containment measures imposed by government agencies, private insurance companies
and managed-care plans, Hallmark is unable  to predict its ability to offset  or
control future cost increases.

                                       69
<PAGE>
                              HALLMARK'S BUSINESS

GENERAL

   
    Hallmark  is  a  hospital  management company  engaged  in  the  business of
providing a  broad  range  of  healthcare  services  primarily  to  patients  in
non-urban communities. As of June 30, 1994, Hallmark operated 17 hospitals, with
an  aggregate capacity of 1,405 licensed beds, 200 of which were used to provide
psychiatric services. Hallmark's hospitals are located in non-urban  communities
in eight states, primarily in the southern United States. Hallmark believes that
it  is the sole provider of general acute-care hospital services in 10 of the 16
communities it serves, because its nearest competitor is at least fifteen  miles
away  or,  in one  case,  there is  no competing  hospital  located in  the area
Hallmark considers to be its primary market. Of Hallmark's 17 hospitals, 15  are
owned  and  two  are  leased. Hallmark  also  manages  one  acute-care hospital,
operates one nursing home  facility, owns another nursing  home, and, through  a
majority-owned  subsidiary manages pain treatment  centers in hospitals owned by
other companies.
    

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    The Healthcare  Financing  Administration  ("HCFA")  of  the  United  States
Department  of Health and Human  Services estimates that healthcare expenditures
in the United States  increased to 14%  of the gross  domestic product in  1992,
compared  to  13.2%  in  1991. Total  healthcare  expenditures  during  1992 are
estimated by  HCFA  at  $839  billion. Hospitals,  the  largest  sector  in  the
industry,  accounted in  1992 for  an estimated  $323 billion,  or 38.5%  of all
healthcare  expenditures.  Although   government  programs,  private   insurance
companies,  managed-care companies  and self-insured  employers have implemented
and will  continue to  implement various  cost-containment measures,  healthcare
expenditures  are expected to  continue to increase  at a rate  in excess of the
rate of increase in gross domestic product because of such factors as the  aging
of  the  population, increased  utilization as  health  coverage is  expanded to
include previously uninsured  populations, costs of  technological advances  and
general inflation.

    Cost-containment measures have, in recent years, together with technological
advances,  resulted  in a  significant  shift from  delivery  of services  on an
inpatient basis to outpatient care. Inpatient admissions have declined; and, due
to cost-containment pressures and technological  advances, lengths of stay  have
declined  even though the  typical inpatient is more  ill and, accordingly, uses
more services than in the past.

    Most  cost-containment  measures  implemented  in  recent  years  by   major
third-party  payors for  hospital services  include changes  in payment methods,
increased utilization review and  pre-admission certification requirements.  The
most significant of these is the change in payment methods. The Medicare program
has  initiated a  reimbursement system  for hospital  operating costs  whereby a
hospital receives a fixed payment for  an inpatient stay based on the  patient's
diagnosis,  without  regard to  the  actual cost  of  delivery of  care  to that
patient.  Certain  private  insurance  companies,  managed-care  companies   and
self-insured  employers  and state  Medicaid  programs have  implemented payment
method changes that  generally have the  same effect as  the Medicare  diagnosis
related groups ("DRG") system. Accordingly, hospitals increasingly bear the risk
of  not being fully reimbursed for their actual costs; and, in order to maintain
profitability, hospitals  need  to deliver  inpatient  care efficiently  and  to
control their costs of providing services.

   
    On  October  27,  1993,  President Clinton  submitted  to  Congress proposed
comprehensive healthcare reform legislation. Several other comprehensive  reform
proposals  have been  and are  expected to  be introduced  in the  Congress, and
comprehensive alternatives  to  the  Presidents'  proposal  have  recently  been
introduced  by  majority  leaders in  the  house and  senate.  Healthcare reform
legislation is also pending  in some state  legislatures. See "--  Reimbursement
and  Regulatory Matters."  Hallmark cannot predict  the effect  such reforms may
have on its business or its future operations.
    

                                       70
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY

    Hallmark's business  strategy is  to be  the sole  or dominant  provider  of
healthcare  services  in the  communities in  which  its hospitals  are located.
Hallmark believes this business strategy  provides the opportunity to  establish
and  maintain  profitable operations  in a  rapidly  changing industry  for four
reasons. First, its non-urban acute care hospitals face less direct  competition
from  other hospitals than do urban hospitals  and generally are the focal point
for  the  delivery  of  primary  and  specialty  healthcare  services  in  their
communities.  Furthermore,  Hallmark's  hospitals  generally  face  less  direct
competition from  specialty healthcare  providers,  such as  outpatient  surgery
centers,  diagnostic  centers and  rehabilitation,  mental health  and substance
abuse inpatient and outpatient programs. Second, Hallmark's hospitals  generally
provide  primary care services  and specialty care  services in conjunction with
family-practice, internal-medicine and general  practice physicians and  general
surgeons.   Hallmark  believes   the  role   of  physicians   and  hospitals  as
complementary providers of primary care services  is being and will continue  to
be  enhanced  as government,  private third-party  payors and  employers utilize
primary care  physicians  as  gatekeepers  for  specialized  healthcare.  Third,
Hallmark's   hospitals,  working  together  with   primary  care  and  specialty
physicians in the  community, may  reduce out-migration  of community  residents
seeking  primary inpatient and outpatient  hospital services and thereby improve
hospital operating  performance.  Fourth, Hallmark's  position  as the  sole  or
dominant  provider of community healthcare  services also lowers the competitive
pressure to provide  expensive but under-utilized  specialty services,  allowing
Hallmark to operate on a cost-effective basis.

    Hallmark  has  implemented  its  business strategy  by  (i)  introducing new
specialty services; (ii) emphasizing improved and expanded outpatient  services;
(iii) recruiting physicians to its communities, which generally have experienced
physician  shortages; and  (iv) assisting  physicians in  practice management so
they can  devote more  of their  efforts  to patient  care. Each  of  Hallmark's
hospitals  formulates  individual  business  objectives  designed  to  meet  the
healthcare needs  of the  community  it serves  and  to improve  the  hospital's
operating  performance.  In recent  years  Hallmark's ability  to  incur capital
expenditures to enhance inpatient and outpatient services has been limited,  due
to  restrictions  in  Hallmark's credit  agreements  and limited  access  to new
capital.

   
    New inpatient services that have  been established at Hallmark's  hospitals,
based  on  local needs,  include inpatient  psychiatric treatment  and substance
abuse  treatment  programs,  skilled  nursing  units,  specialized   psychiatric
treatment  programs for  geriatric patients, home  health services, laparoscopic
surgical procedures, and "swing bed" programs, which permit the use of  hospital
beds  as nursing home beds under certain  conditions. For example, since July 1,
1991, Hallmark has converted  95 of its licensed  beds to geriatric  psychiatric
services  and 23 of  its licensed beds  to skilled nursing  beds. Furthermore in
fiscal  1993,   one   of   Hallmark's  hospitals   qualified   as   a   Medicaid
disproportionate  share  hospital  and  received  significant  revenue  from the
program. Net inpatient revenues on  a same-hospital basis increased  $14,769,000
and $10,404,000 in 1993 and 1994, respectively, substantially as a result of the
addition   of   such  services   and  payments   received  under   the  Medicaid
disproportionate share program.
    

   
    Hallmark has  increased its  outpatient revenues  in recent  years with  the
introduction  of procedures that are the result of technological advances in the
industry,  including  mobile  magnetic  resonance  imaging  equipment,  advanced
diagnostic   imaging,  vascular  imaging  and  improvements  in  ultrasound  and
mammography. These procedures are designed to enable Hallmark to reduce the out-
migration of community residents to tertiary hospitals and, together with  other
factors,  have  increased  net  outpatient  revenues  on  a  same-hospital basis
approximately $7.2 million and $4.7 million in 1992 and 1993, respectively.  Net
outpatient revenues in fiscal 1994 was substantially unchanged from fiscal 1993.
    

   
    In fiscal 1994, Hallmark recruited 59 new physicians, including 46 specialty
physicians,  to 14 of its hospitals. To recruit and retain qualified physicians,
Hallmark generally  assists recruited  physicians in  establishing and  managing
their   private  practices   and  provides   office  space   proximate  to  most
    

                                       71
<PAGE>
of its hospitals to medical staff physicians. At most of its hospitals, Hallmark
is developing  affiliations  with  physicians  that  involve  offering  combined
physician   and  hospital  services  to   third-party  payors  and  self-insured
employers. Hallmark  also  seeks  to  maintain a  sound  relationship  with  its
physicians  through its Physician Leadership Council, established in April 1992.
The Physician Leadership  Council members meet  on a periodic  basis to  discuss
common issues with Hallmark's operations management.

    In   addition  to  recruiting  and   establishing  affiliations  with  local
physicians, some of Hallmark's hospitals seek to improve care and to reduce  the
extent  of patient  out-migration by establishing  relationships with physicians
affiliated with tertiary  care hospitals  in nearby  areas. These  relationships
enable  Hallmark's hospitals and local physicians to provide coordinated care to
community residents  before  and  after  their  treatment  at  a  tertiary  care
hospital.

PATIENT SERVICES

    Each  of Hallmark's  hospitals is operated  by a  wholly-owned subsidiary of
Hallmark and provides the inpatient and outpatient medical and surgical services
typically available  in  non-urban  hospitals  of small  to  medium  size.  Such
services,  which  vary by  hospital,  generally include  operating  and recovery
rooms,   intensive   care,   diagnostic   radiology   facilities,    pharmacies,
laboratories, outpatient facilities and emergency departments.

    Hallmark  devotes a total of 200 beds in ten of its hospitals to psychiatric
care and provides, in  connection with its  psychiatric services, inpatient  and
outpatient  treatment programs  which include individual  therapy, group therapy
and occupational and  other adjunctive  therapies to  psychiatric and  substance
abuse patients. At six of such hospitals, 95 of the psychiatric beds are used to
provide  psychiatric  services  to geriatric  mental  health  patients. Hallmark
believes that many of its geriatric  mental health patients would not  otherwise
receive  mental healthcare and  that, after treatment,  these patients generally
have an improved quality of life.

    Five of Hallmark's  hospitals provide  home health  services, including,  at
particular  locations,  physical therapy,  respiratory therapy,  medications and
other services to patients in their homes. One of Hallmark's hospitals  operates
a  108-bed nursing home  that adjoins the hospital.  Six of Hallmark's hospitals
have portions  of their  licensed bed  complements designated  as "swing  beds,"
which permits the use of these beds as skilled nursing home beds when needed.

   
    The  following table sets  forth certain operating data  and net revenues of
Hallmark on a same hospital basis, for all hospitals operated at June 30, 1994:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                    1992       1993       1994
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating Data:
  Hospitals at year-end (1).....................................         16         17         17
  Licensed beds at year-end.....................................      1,428      1,405      1,405
  Average beds in service.......................................      1,229      1,217      1,205
  Admissions....................................................     26,920     27,486     28,911
  Patient days..................................................    141,690    156,616    164,643
  Equivalent patient days (2)...................................    204,188    225,356    235,698
  Average length of stay (days).................................        5.3        5.7        5.7
  Occupancy rate (3)............................................       31.6%      35.3%      37.4%
Net patient service revenues:
  Inpatient Services............................................       66.6%      67.1%      68.6%
  Outpatient Services...........................................       29.4%      28.6%      26.7%
  Other Services................................................        4.0%       4.3%       4.7%
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total Services..............................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    

                                       72
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  The number of hospitals increased because of the separate licensing as  two
     hospitals of a facility formerly operated as one hospital.

(2)  Represents inpatient days adjusted to reflect outpatient utilization.
(3)  Based  on average  beds in  service. Occupancy  based on  licensed beds was
     27.2%, 30.5% and 32.1% for 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
</TABLE>
    

   
    Occupancy  rates  at  hospital  facilities  are  affected  by  many  factors
including, among others, the hospital's relationship with its medical staff, the
service  area,  population  size  and  general  economic  conditions  within the
hospital's service area,  the level  of medical and  surgical services  offered,
outpatient  use of hospital services,  marketing efforts, treatment availability
at competing  facilities  and  types  of payor  plans  available  in  the  area.
Generally,  Hallmark's  hospitals experience  a  seasonal increase  in occupancy
during the quarters  ending March  31. Declining  hospital admissions  generally
have been an industry-wide trend since the Federal Medicare program began basing
hospital  operating cost reimbursement on DRGs. This industry-wide trend has had
a significant effect on Hallmark's admissions, patient days and occupancy rates.
Hallmark believes the average occupancy rates for its hospital facilities in the
three-year  period  were  also  adversely  affected  by  payor  pressures  which
encourage  treatment other than inpatient treatment  and the residual effects of
the operational  and financial  difficulties experienced  by Hallmark.  See  "--
History."  Such industry-wide  trends and  payor pressures  were offset  to some
extent in  fiscal 1993  and 1994  by  the addition  of new  inpatient  programs,
principally  geriatric  psychiatric  Medicare  programs and  by  the  receipt of
disproportionate-share Medicaid revenue. The  addition of geriatric  psychiatric
programs  and the increased  number of patients under  the Medicaid program also
had the effect  of increasing the  average length  of stay for  fiscal 1993  and
fiscal  1994. Although outpatient volume has  increased over the period covered,
outpatient services as a percentage of net patient service revenues declined  in
fiscal 1993 and 1994 because inpatient revenue increased more rapidly, primarily
as   a  result  of  geriatric  psychiatric  Medicare  programs  and  receipt  of
disproportionate-share Medicaid revenue.
    

SOURCES OF REVENUE

    Hallmark receives payment  for services  rendered to patients  from (i)  the
federal  government under the Medicare program; (ii) each of the states in which
its facilities are  located under the  Medicaid or similar  programs; and  (iii)
private  insurers,  other contractual  arrangements  and self-pay  patients. The
following table sets forth, on a same-hospital basis, the approximate percentage
of net patient  service revenues  derived by Hallmark's  hospitals from  various
payment sources for the last three fiscal years:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                             ------------------------
                                                              1992     1993     1994
                                                             ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>      <C>
Medicare...................................................     44.6%    47.3%    48.7%
Medicaid...................................................     10.9%    14.3%    13.7%
Private and other (primarily commercial insurance).........     44.5%    38.4%    37.6%
                                                             ------   ------   ------
  Total....................................................    100.0%   100.0%   100.0%
                                                             ------   ------   ------
                                                             ------   ------   ------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Increases  in the percentage  of net patient  service revenues from Medicare
and Medicaid  generally  result  in  increased  contractual  adjustments  and  a
reduction  in net patient service revenues  per admission. As a result, Hallmark
has designated  case  managers to  maintain  efficient utilization  of  hospital
resources,  to maintain the delivery of appropriate patient care, to improve the
accuracy of diagnosis  coding, to  review the  progression of  treatment and  to
coordinate  the  education of  physicians in  coding  and billing.  In addition,
Hallmark seeks to control its operating costs by flexible staffing based on  the
volume  and acuity of patients, making available  to its hospitals the option of
participating in a  large purchasing group,  establishing wellness programs  for
its  employees,  and  continuous  evaluation of  the  cost/benefits  of contract
services.
    

                                       73
<PAGE>
    Hallmark believes the  decline in  the percentage of  revenues from  private
sources  for the three-year period is due  to (i) the aging population, which is
bringing  more   patients   under   the  Medicare   program,   (ii)   Hallmark's
implementation  of geriatric psychiatric Medicare programs, (iii) the receipt of
disproportionate share Medicaid revenue, (iv) the industry-wide trend toward the
increased use of less expensive outpatient treatment for many services which, in
general, are more likely to be used by non-Medicare patients, and (v)  increased
competition for private patients. See "-- Reimbursement and Regulatory Matters."

MANAGED CARE AND MARKETING

    In  the markets  in which Hallmark's  hospitals are  located, "managed care"
most often  involves  negotiated  discounts and  utilization  review  procedures
between  a  hospital and  self-insured or  partially self-insured  employers and
insurance companies and Medicare  and Medicaid cost-containment and  utilization
review   measures.   Health   maintenance   organizations,   preferred  provider
organizations and similar managed care programs, which often establish capitated
payment arrangements, have not  to date been  significant factors in  Hallmark's
markets. Hallmark believes its hospitals can compete effectively for the type of
managed  care business that exists in Hallmark's markets by being cost-efficient
providers of quality  primary care services.  As part of  Hallmark's efforts  to
obtain  additional  managed  care  revenues, Hallmark  intends  to  make certain
capital expenditures to enhance its ability to offer the mix of services desired
by these payors.

    Each  hospital  has   a  marketing   program  based  on   local  needs   and
opportunities.  The programs are designed to establish and enhance relationships
with medical staff physicians, with employers and other third-party payors,  and
with physicians associated with tertiary care hospitals in nearby areas that are
utilized by local residents. Physician relationships include recruiting, leasing
of  medical  office  building  space, practice  management  and,  more recently,
affiliating with  physicians  in offering  hospital  and physician  services  to
employers  and other third-party payors. Relationships with specialty physicians
affiliated with  tertiary  hospitals  provide  for  coordinated  care  of  local
residents  who are treated both in the  community and at a tertiary hospital and
are designed to reduce the extent  of out-migration of patients from  Hallmark's
service area.

FACILITIES

   
    The  following table sets forth the name, location, type, number of licensed
beds and number of beds in service in the hospitals operated by Hallmark at June
30, 1994. The number of licensed beds represent the number of beds permitted  in
the  facility  under its  state  license. The  number of  beds  in service  in a
hospital is generally less than the number of licensed beds for various reasons,
including removal  of  beds  from  service  due  to  low  occupancy,  to  permit
alternative use of such space, and to permit renovation.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            BEDS IN SERVICE
                                                                                            LICENSED   --------------------------
HOSPITAL                                                                                      BEDS     ACUTE  PSYCHIATRIC   TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------   -----  -----------   -----
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>    <C>           <C>
Woodland Community Hospital (1)
  Cullman, Alabama                                                                             100        80       20         100
Parkway Medical Center
  Decatur, Alabama                                                                             120        94    --             94
L.V. Stabler Memorial Hospital
  Greenville, Alabama                                                                           74        74    --             74
Hartselle Medical Center
  Hartselle, Alabama                                                                           150       119    --            119
Harris Hospital (1)
  Newport, Arkansas                                                                            132        79       17          96
Randolph County Medical Center (1)(2)
  Pocahontas, Arkansas                                                                          50        40       10          50
</TABLE>

                                       74
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            BEDS IN SERVICE
                                                                                            LICENSED   --------------------------
HOSPITAL                                                                                      BEDS     ACUTE  PSYCHIATRIC   TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------   -----  -----------   -----
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>    <C>           <C>
Doctors Memorial Hospital (2)
  Bonifay, Florida                                                                              34        34    --             34
Berrien County Hospital (3)
  Nashville, Georgia                                                                            71        61    --             61
Crossroads Community Hospital (1)
  Mt. Vernon, Illinois                                                                          55        55    --             55
Byrd Regional Hospital (1)
  Leesville, Louisiana                                                                          70        43       22          65
NorthGate Hospital -- Many Campus
  Many, Louisiana                                                                               68        52    --             52
NorthGate Hospital -- Pineville Campus (4)
  Pineville, Louisiana                                                                          33        14       19          33
RiverNorth Treatment Center (4)
  Pineville, Louisiana                                                                          66      --         35          35
Cleveland Community Hospital (1)
  Cleveland, Tennessee                                                                         100        55       30          85
White County Community Hospital
  Sparta, Tennessee                                                                             60        50       10          60
Hill Regional Hospital
  Hillsboro, Texas                                                                              69        47       17          64
Scenic Mountain Medical Center
  Big Spring, Texas                                                                            153       108       20         128
                                                                                            --------   -----      ---       -----
    Total                                                                                    1,405     1,005      200       1,205
                                                                                            --------   -----      ---       -----
                                                                                            --------   -----      ---       -----
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  The  number of licensed beds in  these facilities includes swing beds which
     are hospital beds  licensed to  serve as  nursing home  beds under  certain
     conditions.
(2)  These facilities are operated under long-term capitalized leases.
(3)  Hallmark  also operates a 108-bed nursing  home that adjoins this hospital.
     The nursing home is leased under a long-term capitalized lease.
(4)  These hospitals  are  separately licensed  hospitals  located in  the  same
     building.
</TABLE>
    

   
    Hallmark  owns 15 and  leases 12 medical office  and clinic buildings. These
buildings are generally located adjacent to or proximate to a Hallmark hospital,
have an aggregate of approximately 138,000  square feet, and house an  aggregate
of approximately 200 physicians and other healthcare professionals.
    

    Hallmark's  corporate  offices occupy  approximately  15,000 square  feet of
office space at 300  Galleria Parkway, Suite 650,  Atlanta, Georgia. The  office
space is leased by Hallmark for a term which expires in September, 1996.

COMPETITION

   
    In  ten  of  the  communities in  which  Hallmark's  hospitals  are located,
comprising 58.7% of its  available beds, the nearest  competitor hospital is  at
least fifteen miles away or, in one case, there is no competitor hospital in the
area  Hallmark considers to be its primary  market. In such communities, as well
as in communities with direct  competition, however, Hallmark's facilities  face
competition  from  larger  regional hospitals  or  medical centers  in  the same
geographic area to which  patients may be referred  for treatment of  conditions
requiring    specialized   treatment    or   care    or   which    patients   or
    

                                       75
<PAGE>
physicians  may  prefer  for  elective  admissions.  As  a  response  to   these
competitive  pressures,  certain of  Hallmark's  hospitals have  agreements with
physicians at larger regional hospitals to provide services on a periodic  basis
to patients in the local community.

   
    Seven  of Hallmark's hospitals, which represent 41.3% of its available beds,
face direct  competition  from  one  or  more  general  hospitals  in  the  same
community.  The competing facilities  are operated by  major hospital management
companies, by government  entities supported  by tax revenues,  or by  nonprofit
corporations  which may be supported by endowments and charitable contributions.
Forms of support such as  tax revenues, endowments and charitable  contributions
are  generally  not  available  to  Hallmark's  hospitals.  Some  of  Hallmark's
hospitals also face direct competition from specialized facilities (for example,
substance abuse, psychiatric or  freestanding surgery facilities) or  facilities
exclusively devoted to specialized populations (for example, military hospitals)
in the same or a nearby community.
    

    All  of Hallmark's hospitals  may face competition in  the future from newly
constructed facilities, particularly in those  states not having certificate  of
need laws as well as from alternative methods of delivering healthcare services.

    Hallmark's   management   believes  that   Hallmark's  ability   to  compete
successfully with other  hospital facilities  is influenced  principally by  the
number  and  quality of  physicians  on the  hospitals'  medical staffs  and the
hospitals' ability to participate  in reimbursement, insurance and  managed-care
programs. Staff physicians initiate virtually all admissions and many outpatient
referrals  to  acute-care  facilities.  Although a  physician  may  at  any time
terminate his or her affiliation with a hospital, Hallmark seeks to attract  and
retain  qualified  doctors of  varied  specializations on  its  hospital staffs.
Hospitals also compete through rate  structures and services. Hallmark seeks  to
encourage  its  hospital  managing  directors and  facility  staffs  to evaluate
periodically rates and  services and to  structure charges and  services in  its
facilities  to be competitive with those  of other local or regional facilities.
Hallmark's ability to add services is  limited by certificate of need laws,  its
financial condition and its physicians and employees.

EMPLOYEES AND MEDICAL STAFFS

   
    As  of June  30, 1994,  Hallmark had  approximately 2,100  full-time and 200
part-time employees,  including  32  corporate  staff  employees  whose  primary
purpose  is to  assist the administrative  staffs of  the individual facilities.
Approximately 44.8% of  these employees  were nursing  personnel (registered  or
licensed  vocational nurses).  Hallmark's employees  are not  represented by any
labor union. Hallmark believes  its relations with  its employees are  generally
satisfactory.
    

   
    As  of  June 30,  1994,  approximately 680  physicians  were members  of the
medical staffs of Hallmark's hospitals, of whom fewer than ten were employees of
Hallmark.
    

    Competition in the recruitment  of personnel in  the healthcare industry  is
substantial.   Many  hospital  markets  are  facing  shortages  of  nursing  and
professional medical  personnel and  it  is expected  that such  shortages  will
continue.

REIMBURSEMENT AND REGULATORY MATTERS

    REIMBURSEMENT.  A significant portion of Hallmark's revenues is derived from
patients covered by government and private contractual health programs. Payments
under  these  programs  are made  based  on cost,  a  negotiated rate,  or  at a
predetermined rate based upon the  patient's diagnosis, plus, in some  programs,
capital  costs and  other factors.  Revenues from  such government  programs are
recorded based  on  established  billing rates  less  allowances  and  estimated
adjustments  for patients covered by such programs  and are subject to audit and
final settlement.

    The principal  sources  of  Hallmark's contractual  payments  are  Medicare,
Medicaid,   Blue  Cross   and  private  insurance   programs  (including  health
maintenance organizations). Medicare is a federal program that provides  certain
hospital  and medical insurance benefits to persons  age 65 and over and to some
disabled  persons.  Medicaid  is  a  federal-state  medical  assistance  program
administered by the

                                       76
<PAGE>
states  and  provides  hospital  assistance to  certain  individuals  defined as
"medically indigent." Blue Cross is  a private healthcare program that  provides
hospital  benefits to subscribers through  numerous independent plans varying by
state. All of Hallmark's  hospitals are certified as  providers of Medicare  and
Medicaid and participate to varying degrees in other reimbursement programs.

    Amounts  received under Medicare, Medicaid,  Blue Cross programs and various
health  maintenance  organizations  are  generally  less  than  the   hospital's
customary   charges  for  the  services  covered.  Patients  are  generally  not
responsible for any  difference between customary  hospital charges and  amounts
reimbursed  under  Medicare,  Medicaid  and Blue  Cross  programs  or  by health
maintenance organizations for such services,  but are responsible to the  extent
of any noncovered services, deductibles or co-insurance.

    Under the Prospective Payment System ("PPS"), Medicare payment for operating
costs  is made  at a  predetermined, specific  rate for  each hospital inpatient
based on the patient's diagnosis under the DRG classification system. Currently,
all of Hallmark's hospitals  are reimbursed through the  PPS system for  general
acute   care  services.  Hallmark's  inpatient   psychiatric  services  are  not
reimbursed through the PPS system. The Medicare program reimburses Hallmark  for
psychiatric  services on a  reasonable cost basis, subject  to the provisions of
the  Tax  Equity   and  Fiscal  Responsibility   Act  ("TEFRA").  Under   TEFRA,
reimbursement  for reasonable costs  is limited by a  hospital's base year costs
per discharge, as updated by the Medicare program.

   
    In fiscal 1992 to 1994,  four of Hallmark's hospitals received  supplemental
Medicare  reimbursement for  operating costs due  to geographic reclassification
adjustments relating to the salaries and  wages component of PPS payments.  This
adjustment is available to certain non-urban hospitals that are located close to
urban  areas  and reflects  the  effect on  such  hospitals' salaries  and wages
expense of proximity to an urban area. In fiscal 1992 to 1994, one of Hallmark's
hospitals received supplemental Medicare  reimbursement for operating costs  due
to  its qualification as a Medicare  dependent hospital. This supplement is paid
by Medicare to rural hospitals having less than 100 beds that provide a specific
volume of services to Medicare  patients. Hallmark cannot predict whether  these
types  of  supplemental Medicare  reimbursement will  be available  to hospitals
after fiscal 1994.
    

    In addition to  the Medicare  PPS payment described  above, certain  capital
related   costs   (e.g.,   interest   associated   with   capital  expenditures,
depreciation, property taxes and  rental payments) were historically  reimbursed
on  a reasonable cost basis subject  to certain limitations. Federal legislation
reduced reimbursement of such costs to 85% effective October 1, 1988, subject to
certain adjustments. In  1991 HCFA  issued final  regulations that  incorporated
capital  costs into PPS effective for  Medicare cost reporting periods beginning
on or after October 1, 1991. The  incorporation of capital cost into PPS,  which
does  not  affect  Hallmark's  freestanding  psychiatric  hospital,  includes  a
ten-year  transition  period.  Hallmark  has  determined  that  the  change   in
reimbursement  method should not have a  materially adverse effect on Hallmark's
existing operations in  the early years.  If Hallmark replaces  or rebuilds  any
hospital,  such  hospital would  be subject  to limitations  in the  PPS capital
reimbursement methodology, which  would result in  reimbursement limitations  on
certain new capital invested in such new or replacement facility. In addition to
hospital inpatient and ancillary service payments, the Medicare program provides
reimbursement  to hospitals  for outpatient services.  Previously, such services
were reimbursed on  the basis  of 100% of  reasonable cost.  For cost  reporting
periods  beginning  October 1,  1987, Medicare  payments for  certain outpatient
surgery services  were reduced  to the  lower of  (i) a  percentage of  hospital
costs,  (ii) a percentage  of customary charges, or  (iii) a prospective payment
rate based upon the hospital's historical  costs and the rates paid by  Medicare
for  similar  procedures  performed in  freestanding  surgical  centers. Further
limits of Medicare payments for  outpatient radiology services became  effective
October  1, 1988. Radiology  and imaging services  are paid at  the lower of (i)
reasonable costs, (ii) customary charges or (iii) a blend of costs and  adjusted
physician charges. Hallmark's level of reimbursement for outpatient services has
decreased  as a result of  these changes and Hallmark  expects its percentage of
reimbursed cost  for such  services  to further  decrease.  The extent  of  such
decrease  will be dependent upon the volume of such outpatient services rendered
to Medicare program patients.

                                       77
<PAGE>
   
    A number  of  states also  utilize  a  prospective payment  system  or  have
established  a program to  negotiate payment levels  at individual hospitals for
their state  Medicaid  programs.  Additionally, many  states  have  become  more
aggressive  in  obtaining federal  matching funds  for their  Medicaid programs,
particularly for "disproportionate share" hospitals.  A hospital qualifies as  a
"disproportionate share" hospital on the basis of the percentage of its patients
who  are Medicaid or other indigent patients  and so qualifies if its percentage
of such  patients exceeds  a  percentage level  fixed  by the  applicable  state
Medicaid program. Eleven of Hallmark's hospitals received
"disproportionate-share" revenue in fiscal 1994. Several states have enacted, or
plan  to enact, a service  tax based on a  percentage of hospitals' net revenue.
Historically, such taxes collected by the states have been subsequently remitted
to hospitals through various reimbursement  methodologies; however, there is  no
assurance  any such  state program  will continue to  remit such  tax revenue to
hospitals or that the amounts remitted will approximate the tax paid.
    

   
    In 1991, Congress adopted a law that limits the amounts that state  Medicaid
programs  can  pay to  "disproportionate-share" hospitals  in excess  of amounts
payable to other hospitals for services to Medicaid patients. Subject to certain
exceptions, no more than 12% of total  Medicaid spending can be used to  provide
"disproportionate-share"  additional  payments to  hospitals.  These limitations
expire in 1996, if Congress adopts certain new maximum Medicaid payment rules by
that time. Subject  to certain exceptions,  the 1991 law  also limits a  state's
share of Medicaid funds that may come from provider taxes.
    

    In August 1993, HCFA published final regulations which loosened national and
state limits on disproportionate share payments to hospitals by interpreting the
statute  as  setting target  percentage goals,  rather  than as  establishing an
absolute cap  on  disproportionate  share  expenditures.  The  effect  of  these
regulations  was to increase  the percentage of  the federal government's fiscal
year ("FY") 1993 Medicaid expenditures for disproportionate share hospitals from
12% to 13.7%.

   
    In recent years, Congress has attempted  to control the rising costs of  the
Medicare  and Medicaid programs by a variety of means, including limitations and
reductions of payments  that otherwise  would have  been made  to providers.  In
August  1993, Congress  enacted the  Omnibus Reconciliation  Act of  1993 ("OBRA
'93") which included reductions in updates to prospective payments to  hospitals
which  would reduce total  Medicare payments to hospitals  by $21.1 billion from
the federal government's FY 1994 through  FY 1998 budgets. Reductions in  update
factors  contained  in  OBRA '93  are:  for  FY 1995,  market  basket  minus 2.5
percentage points (urban hospitals) and market basket minus one percentage point
(rural hospitals); for FY 1995, market basket minus 2.5 percentage points (urban
hospitals) and  the amount  necessary  to equalize  the  rural and  other  urban
standardized  amounts (rural hospitals); for FY  1996, for all hospitals, market
basket minus two percentage points; for  1997, for all hospitals, market  basket
minus  0.5 percentage  points; for  FY 1998,  for all  hospitals, the percentage
increase in the hospital market basket. The hospital market basket is an  annual
estimate  of the increase in price of goods and services purchased by hospitals.
For FY  1994,  the  hospital market  basket  is  4.3%. Under  OBRA  '93,  13  of
Hallmark's  acute-care hospitals are classified as rural hospitals and three are
classified as urban hospitals.
    

    In addition, OBRA '93 reduced the federal rate for hospital capital expenses
by 7.4% for discharges occurring after FY 1993. Outpatient capital reimbursement
was reduced by 10% from FY 1996 through 1998.

    OBRA '93 requires that, in order to qualify for Medicaid reimbursement as  a
disproportionate  share  hospital, a  hospital  must have  a  Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate of at  least one percent. For  state fiscal years beginning  in
1995,  disproportionate share hospital payment  adjustments to private hospitals
are limited to  no more  than the costs  of providing  inpatient and  outpatient
services  to  Medicaid  and  uninsured  patients,  less  payments  received from
Medicaid (other than disproportionate share adjustments) and uninsured patients.

   
    OBRA '93 did not  have a material adverse  effect on Hallmark's fiscal  1994
revenue  from the Medicare and Medicaid  programs; and Hallmark does not believe
that OBRA '93 will have a material
    

                                       78
<PAGE>
   
adverse effect  on its  fiscal 1995  revenue from  such programs.  The OBRA  '93
limitation  on  Medicaid disproportionate  share reimbursement  has not  to date
significantly affected  Hallmark's hospitals;  and the  combined effect  of  the
limited  increase  in Medicare  prospective payments  and  the reduction  in the
reimbursement rate for capital expenses has resulted in a small increase in  the
level of Medicare reimbursement.
    

    The  Medicare and Medicaid programs are  subject to statutory and regulatory
changes. Also, there  are substantial areas  subject to administrative  rulings,
interpretation,   governmental   funding  restrictions   and   requirements  for
utilization and quality review. Such  matters may significantly reduce  payments
made  under either or both federal programs to Hallmark's hospitals. Because the
requirements  for   certification   under   Medicare,   Medicaid   and   similar
reimbursement  programs are subject to change,  it may be necessary for Hallmark
to make changes in its services,  equipment, facilities and personnel to  remain
qualified  for such programs. Although management intends to take all reasonable
steps necessary  to  maintain Hallmark's  ability  to participate  in  available
reimbursement programs, there can be no assurance that Hallmark will continue to
be  able to qualify for participation in such programs. Furthermore, annual cost
reports required under these programs are  subject to audit which may result  in
significant  downward adjustments to the amounts  originally estimated to be due
Hallmark under these reimbursement programs. These audits often require  several
years  to reach  the final determination  of amounts earned  under the programs.
Management believes  that  adequate  provision has  been  made  for  retroactive
adjustments that might result from such audits.

    In  all states in  which Hallmark has facilities,  Blue Cross pays hospitals
for covered  services at  their established  hospital charges,  at a  percentage
thereof  at  rates  negotiated between  Blue  Cross  and the  hospital  or  at a
combination thereof.  Other  private  insurance carriers  also  reimburse  their
policyholders or make direct payments to hospitals for covered hospital services
at  established hospital  charges or a  percentage thereof.  Private payors have
increased and  are  increasing  their  cost  containment  measures  through  the
implementation  of various procedures including but not limited to pre-admission
qualification and utilization review. The privately-insured patient is generally
responsible to the hospital  for any difference  between the insurance  proceeds
and the total charges.

   
    In late 1993, President Clinton submitted to Congress proposed comprehensive
healthcare reform legislation. Several other comprehensive reform proposals have
been   introduced  in  the  Congress,  and  comprehensive  alternatives  to  the
President's proposal have recently been prepared and introduced by the  majority
leaders  in the House and Senate after  taking into account the terms of several
bills which passed various congressional committees. Debate and a vote on  these
bills  is scheduled  for the month  of August  1994, and action  on other reform
proposals is possible if neither of the major proposals passes.
    

   
    Certain aspects of each  proposal offered by the  majority leaders, such  as
reductions in Medicare and Medicaid payments, if adopted, could adversely affect
Hallmark's business. In fiscal 1993 and 1994, Hallmark obtained 61.6% and 62.4%,
respectively,  of its net patient service revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid
programs. Other  aspects of  the  proposals by  the  majority leaders,  such  as
universal  health insurance coverage, could have a positive impact on Hallmark's
business by reducing  the amount  of uncompensated care  provided by  Hallmark's
hospitals. No assurance can be given that any reform proposal will be adopted or
implemented  or that  any reform proposal  which is ultimately  adopted will not
have a material adverse effect on Hallmark's financial condition and results  of
operations.
    

   
    In  addition to the federal reform initiatives, state legislatures also have
undertaken healthcare  reform initiatives  independent  of federal  reform.  The
States  of  Maine, Florida,  Tennessee, California  and Washington  have adopted
various types of reform legislation. It is not possible at this time to  predict
what,  if any, reforms will be adopted by  the states, or when such reforms will
be adopted and implemented. No assurance can be given that any such reforms will
not have a material adverse effect upon Hallmark's revenues and earnings or upon
the demand for Hallmark's services.
    

                                       79
<PAGE>
    REGULATION.  Hallmark's hospitals and the healthcare industry generally  are
subject  to extensive federal, state  and local governmental regulation relating
to licensure, conduct of operations,  construction of new facilities,  expansion
of  existing facilities and the offering of new services. Failure to comply with
applicable laws  and  regulations  could  result in,  among  other  things,  the
imposition  of fines, temporary  suspension of admission of  new patients to the
facility  or,  in  extreme   circumstances,  exclusion  from  participation   in
government  healthcare reimbursement programs  such as Medicare  and Medicaid or
the revocation  of facility  licenses. There  can be  no assurance  that  future
regulatory changes will not have an adverse impact on Hallmark.

   
    The  federal Anti-Kickback  Law prohibits  the knowing  and willful payment,
receipt or offer of remuneration by healthcare providers, such as Hallmark, with
respect to any person, including a physician, to induce referrals of patients or
in exchange for such referrals. In addition to or in lieu of criminal penalties,
an individual or entity can be  excluded from participation in the Medicare  and
Medicaid  programs  for violation  of the  Anti-Kickback Law.  Hallmark recruits
physicians to  become members  of the  medical staffs  of its  hospitals and  to
establish private practices in the communities in which Hallmark's hospitals are
located.  A limited  number of the  physicians who admit  patients to Hallmark's
hospitals  are  employed  by  Hallmark.   Hallmark  has  entered  into   various
relationships   and  compensation  arrangements  in  connection  with  physician
recruitment which may  be subject  to the Anti-Kickback  Law. Although  Hallmark
believes  that these arrangements are lawful,  no "safe harbor" provisions apply
to physician recruitment  arrangements not involving  physician employment,  and
evolving interpretations of the Anti-Kickback Law or the adoption of new federal
or state laws or regulations could make it necessary for Hallmark to restructure
certain  of its arrangements. The Office  of Inspector General of the Department
of  Health  and  Human  Services  has   proposed  a  "safe  harbor"  under   the
Anti-Kickback Law that, if adopted, would provide a "safe harbor" from violation
of  such law  for many  of Hallmark's  recruiting arrangements  with physicians.
Hallmark's operations are  also subject  to a  number of  state laws  regulating
relationships and compensation arrangements among healthcare providers.
    

    Healthcare facilities must comply with federal, state and local laws related
to,  among others, the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating
policies and  procedures,  fire prevention,  rate  setting, building  codes  and
environmental  protection.  Facilities  are subject  to  periodic  inspection by
governmental and  other  authorities to  assure  continued compliance  with  the
various  standards  necessary to  maintain  licensure and  participation  in the
Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Management believes that Hallmark's  facilities
are  in  substantial  compliance  with  applicable  federal,  state,  local  and
independent review body regulations and  standards necessary for the  operations
of such facilities as conducted.

    In  certain  instances,  governmental  or other  inspections  may  result in
notification to  a facility  of certain  deficiencies. Failure  to correct  such
deficiencies  can result  in termination of  a facility's  Medicare and Medicaid
program certification  or its  operating license.  In such  instances,  Hallmark
initiates   steps  to  correct  cited  deficiencies   and  to  comply  with  the
requirements for maintaining such agreements and licenses.

    Most of  Hallmark's hospitals  are  accredited by  the Joint  Commission  on
Accreditation  of Healthcare  Organizations. The  Joint Commission  is a private
organization  that  establishes  standards  relating  to  the  physical   plant,
administration, quality of care, and medical staffs of hospitals.

    Because  regulations and standards are subject to interpretation and change,
there can be no  assurance that Hallmark's facilities  will be able to  maintain
their  licenses, certification or  accreditation status. Future  changes in such
legal, regulatory  and independent  review body  requirements could  necessitate
substantial  capital expenditures in order to  comply with such requirements and
there is no assurance that, if called upon  to do so, Hallmark would be able  to
fund such capital expenditures.

    Federal  law contains numerous  provisions designed to  insure that services
rendered by hospitals to Medicare and Medicaid patients are medically  necessary
and are of quality which meets professionally recognized standards and to insure
that    claims   for    reimbursement   under   the    Medicare   and   Medicaid

                                       80
<PAGE>
programs are properly filed. Among other things, services provided at Hallmark's
hospitals are subject to periodic review by Peer Review Organizations ("PRO's").
All hospitals which participate in the Medicare program are subject to review by
PRO's. PRO activities include reviews of (i) selected elective admissions,  (ii)
admissions which occur within seven days of a discharge from a general hospital,
(iii)  certain transfers of patients from one hospital to another, (iv) validity
of diagnostic  related group  classifications of  patients, (v)  admissions  and
services  to determine  medical necessity  and (vi)  admissions and  services to
determine whether  quality of  care meets  professionally recognized  standards.
PRO's have the authority to recommend to the U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services  that a provider  who is in substantial  noncompliance with the medical
necessity and  quality  of care  standards  of a  PRO  or who  has  grossly  and
flagrantly  violated  an  obligation to  render  quality care  be  excluded from
participation in the Medicare  program or be required  to reimburse the  federal
government  for  certain  payments previously  made  to the  provider  under the
Medicare program.

    A hospital is  subject to civil  monetary penalties if  it makes claims  for
payment  for services which  were not rendered  or were rendered  by a person or
entity not properly licensed under state law.

    Except for  Louisiana and  Texas,  all of  the  states in  which  Hallmark's
healthcare  facilities  are  located  have  in  effect  certificate  of  need or
equivalent laws  which  generally  require that  the  appropriate  state  agency
approve  certain acquisitions and determine that a need for additional beds, new
services and certain capital  expenditures exists prior  to additional beds  and
new services being added, or the proposed capital expenditure (above a specified
level)  being spent. State approvals often are  issued for a specified period of
time. Failure to obtain necessary state approval can result in the inability  to
complete  an acquisition, addition or renovation, the imposition of civil or, in
some cases, criminal sanctions and the revocation of the facility's license.

    From time to  time, federal and  state governments as  well as insurers  and
others   have  conducted  and  may  conduct  inquiries  or  investigations  into
businesses in the healthcare industry. Hallmark cannot predict the occurrence or
outcome of any such investigations or whether any such investigations would lead
to sanctions  under  existing  laws  or  regulations,  changes  in,  or  in  the
interpretation   of,  existing  laws  or  regulations  or  legislation  imposing
additional regulations  on  healthcare  providers.  Hallmark  believes  that  it
conducts its business in compliance with applicable laws.

LIABILITY INSURANCE

    Hallmark  maintains hospital  professional and  commercial general liability
insurance coverage for occurrences after June 30, 1992 with maximum coverage  of
$25,000,000,  subject to a  self-insured retention of  $2,000,000 per occurrence
and  $6,000,000  annual  aggregate  for  hospital  professional  liability   and
$1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 annual aggregate for commercial general
liability.  Hallmark maintained  professional malpractice  insurance for certain
occurrences prior  to February  1988  but is  self-insured for  all  occurrences
between  February 1988  and June 1992.  The liability Hallmark  has recorded for
losses incurred and  claims made  is based  upon individual  case estimates  for
losses reported, and upon estimates on the basis of past experience for incurred
but not reported losses. These estimates are based on actuarial reports obtained
annually by Hallmark. Although Hallmark believes that its insurance policies and
reserves  are adequate, there  can be no  assurance that its  insurance and loss
reserves will cover all potential claims that may be asserted against  Hallmark.
Hallmark  is subject to claims  and legal actions by  patients and others in the
ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, the ultimate resolution of
such claims will not have a material effect on Hallmark's financial position  or
results of operations.

HISTORY OF HALLMARK

    Hallmark  was incorporated in 1981 under the  laws of the State of Delaware.
Hallmark began doing business  under its present name  in fiscal 1992. Prior  to
that  time, it  did business under  the name National  Healthcare, Inc. Hallmark
experienced rapid  growth  from 1981  through  late 1986.  During  this  period,
Hallmark  acquired 32 hospitals  having an aggregate of  2,495 licensed beds and
eight nursing homes having an aggregate of 515 licensed beds. The expansion  was
funded  primarily with the  proceeds of public  debt (approximately $28,000,000)
and equity offerings (approximately  $42,000,000) and borrowings  (approximately
$120,000,000)   from  certain   banks  (the   "Banks")  totalling  approximately
$190,000,000.

                                       81
<PAGE>
   
    Hallmark experienced financial difficulties as a result of its rapid growth.
In January 1987, Hallmark was named as  a defendant in a purported class  action
lawsuit  on  behalf of  certain purchasers  of Hallmark's  common stock  and the
14 1/2%  Debentures. In  November 1987,  Hallmark defaulted  in the  payment  of
interest  on the  14 1/2%  Debentures and,  in December  1987, defaulted  in the
payment of principal and interest on its bank credit facility.
    

    Hallmark commenced restructuring negotiations with the Banks and  settlement
negotiations  with the plaintiffs in the purported class-action lawsuit in 1987.
In December 1987, Hallmark entered into a settlement with the plaintiffs in  the
class-action  lawsuit  pursuant to  which  defendants other  than  Hallmark paid
members of the settlement  class approximately $9,925,000  in cash and  Hallmark
issued approximately 60,000 shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock to members of the
settlement  class. In January 1989, Hallmark and the Banks entered into a credit
agreement, pursuant to which $112.4  million of principal outstanding under  the
previous  credit facility, together  with approximately $21.1  million of unpaid
interest and fees,  was converted into  three series of  notes totalling  $133.5
million.  Also in January 1989, Hallmark's  Common Stock was declared ineligible
for trading on the NASDAQ automated quotation system.

   
    In December 1989, Hallmark consummated a cash tender offer for a portion  of
the  14 1/2% Debentures. As a result of the tender offer and a private purchase,
Hallmark purchased $10,441,000 principal  amount of the  14 1/2% Debentures  for
approximately  $902,000. Hallmark consummated an exchange offer for a portion of
the remaining 14 1/2% Debentures in  June 1990. In the exchange offer,  Hallmark
exchanged  $9,795,000  principal amount  of  14 1/2%  Debentures  for $9,795,000
aggregate principal  amount of  a new  series of  debentures, plus  cash in  the
amount  of  approximately  $294,000.  During fiscal  1993,  Hallmark  retired or
restructured the balance of the 14 1/2% Debentures.
    

    Since June 30, 1987, Hallmark has sold or otherwise disposed of 15 hospitals
and six nursing homes. Hallmark applied the cash received from such dispositions
to retire  or  refinance  certain indebtedness,  including  the  application  of
approximately  $34.9 million to reduce  indebtedness, including $26.1 million of
prepayments pursuant to the credit agreement included in the Refinanced Debt. In
May 1991,  the  Banks agreed  to  exchange  $18.6 million  principal  amount  of
indebtedness  outstanding pursuant  to such  credit agreement  for approximately
390,000 shares of Hallmark's Class B Common Stock. In May 1993, Hallmark Class A
Common Stock was  listed for trading  on The  Nasdaq Stock Market.  By June  30,
1993,  Hallmark had reduced  the principal amount of  such indebtedness to $64.2
million.

   
    During fiscal 1994, Hallmark completed its financial restructuring with  the
issuance of its Senior Subordinated Notes. The net proceeds of the offering were
used  to repay  in full the  indebtedness outstanding  under Hallmark's formerly
outstanding bank  credit agreement  as well  as all  of Hallmark's  subordinated
indebtedness.
    

    Hallmark  experienced  certain operational  difficulties during  fiscal 1987
through fiscal  1989 as  a  result of  its  financial difficulties  during  such
period.  The operational difficulties included (i) focus of management attention
on the  restructuring; (ii)  reduction of  management and  employee morale;  and
(iii)  erosion of support  for Hallmark's hospitals by  members of their medical
staffs. Hallmark  believes that  its  competitors sought  to use  its  financial
difficulties  as  means of  attracting  physicians and  other  referral sources.
Furthermore, Hallmark  believes certain  third-party  payors were  reluctant  to
enter  into agreements with Hallmark's hospitals  or otherwise refer patients to
Hallmark's hospitals during this period.  Hallmark believes that its process  of
financial restructuring is complete.

OTHER

    Hallmark manages a 230-bed general acute-care hospital owned by an unrelated
party  under a management  agreement that expires in  February 1995. Hallmark is
also the majority owner of Pain Care, Inc. Pain Care, Inc. operates and develops
centers for  the  treatment  of pain.  Pain  Care,  Inc. does  not  operate  any
treatment  centers  in  hospitals operated  by  Hallmark. This  business  is not
material to Hallmark's revenues or earnings.

                                       82
<PAGE>
                   STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
                           AND MANAGEMENT OF HALLMARK

   
    The  following table sets  forth as of August  15, 1994, certain information
with respect to ownership of the  outstanding Hallmark Class A Common Stock,  by
(i)  all  persons known  by Hallmark  to own  beneficially more  than 5%  of the
outstanding Hallmark Class A  Common Stock, (ii) each  director of Hallmark  and
(iii) all directors and executive officers of Hallmark, as a group.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES OF HALLMARK
                                                     COMMON STOCK        PERCENT
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                        BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)   OF CLASS
- ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------   --------
<S>                                             <C>                      <C>
James T. McAfee, Jr. (2)                               381,891               11.7
Robert M. Thornton, Jr. (3)                             78,488                2.5
Kay W. Slayden (4)(5)                                   14,000             *
Rolland A. Maxwell (5)                                   4,000             *
James E. Martin (5)(6)                                   5,100             *
J. Randolph Seckman (5)                                 11,000             *
All executive officers and directors as a
 group (6 persons) (7)                                 494,479               15.0
<FN>
- ------------------------
 *   less than 1%

(1)  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  named individual  has  sole  voting and
     investment power with respect  to all shares  and the information  pertains
     only  to  Hallmark Class  A Common  Stock. For  each beneficial  owner, the
     number of shares outstanding and the percentage of stock ownership includes
     the number of common  and all common  equivalent shares (including  options
     exercisable within 60 days) owned by such individual at August 15, 1994.
(2)  Includes  84,296 shares which Mr. McAfee  has the right to acquire pursuant
     to options exercisable within 60 days.

(3)  Includes 1,000 shares owned by Mr. Thornton's spouse, of which Mr. Thornton
     disclaims beneficial ownership.

(4)  Based on 2,000  shares of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock owned  by Mr.  Slayden
     which  are convertible at a ratio of  one share of Hallmark Preferred Stock
     into five shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock at any time.

(5)  Includes 4,000 shares  which the named  director has the  right to  acquire
     pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days.

(6)  Includes 200 shares owned by Dr. Martin's spouse.

(7)  Includes  100,296 shares which the  members of the group  have the right to
     acquire pursuant  to options  exercisable  within 60  days and  takes  into
     account  2,000 shares  of Hallmark  Preferred Stock  owned by  Mr. Slayden,
     which are convertible at a ratio  of one share of Hallmark Preferred  Stock
     into five shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock at any time.
</TABLE>
    

   
    As of August 15, 1994 all persons known by Hallmark to own beneficially more
than 5% of the outstanding shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock were: (i) Alliance
Capital  Management Corporation, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York
10105-0099, which is  the owner  of 3,424  shares of  Hallmark Preferred  Stock,
representing 10.6% of the voting power of the Hallmark Preferred Stock; (ii) Kay
W.  Slayden, a  director of  the Company, who  is the  owner of  2,000 shares of
Hallmark Preferred  Stock, representing  6.2% of  the voting  power of  Hallmark
Preferred Stock and (iii) Executive Life Insurance, 11444 W. Olympic Blvd., West
Los  Angeles, California 90064, which  is the owner of  1,925 shares of Hallmark
Preferred Stock, representing  6.0% of  the voting power  of Hallmark  Preferred
Stock. Each of the above holders of Hallmark Preferred Stock holds less than one
half  of one percent of the combined voting power of the Hallmark Class A Common
Stock and the Hallmark Preferred Stock.
    

                                       83
<PAGE>
                      DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF
                HALLMARK WHO WILL BECOME DIRECTORS OF COMMUNITY

GENERAL

    Community has agreed that, if the Merger is consummated, it will cause James
T. McAfee,  Jr.,  the Chairman  of  the Board  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of
Hallmark, and Kay W. Slayden, a Hallmark Director, to be elected to the Board of
Directors  of  Community. The  following  table sets  forth  certain information
regarding the  directors and  executive  officers of  Hallmark who  will  become
directors of Community:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              AGE                   CURRENT POSITION WITH HALLMARK
                              ---      --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>
James T. McAfee, Jr.              55   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Kay W. Slayden                    59   Director
</TABLE>

    James  T. McAfee, Jr. was elected a  Director of Hallmark in September 1987,
has been Chief Executive Officer of Hallmark since September 1987, and has  been
Chairman  of  the Board  since  October 1987.  Mr.  McAfee's current  term  as a
Director of Hallmark expires  in 1995. From 1980  to September 1987, Mr.  McAfee
served  as Executive Vice  President, Hospital Operations, and  as a Director of
Charter Medical Corporation.  Prior to 1980,  Mr. McAfee served  as Senior  Vice
President of Hospital Affiliates International.

    Kay  W.  Slayden was  elected  a Director  of  Hallmark in  March  1989. Mr.
Slayden's current term as a Director of Hallmark expires in 1995. Mr. Slayden is
the Vice Chairman of Jackson & Coker, a physician recruiting company in Atlanta,
Georgia. From  1986 to  1990,  Mr. Slayden  was  President and  Chief  Operating
Officer  of Norrell Healthcare and a member of the Board of Directors of Norrell
Corporation. From 1982 to  1985, Mr. Slayden was  President and Chief  Executive
Officer  of PGA Tour Properties, Inc., and  from 1978 to 1980, he was President,
Chief Operating  Officer  and  a member  of  the  Board of  Directors  of  Fuqua
Industries.  From 1980 to 1988,  Mr. Slayden served as a  member of the Board of
Directors of Charter Medical Corporation.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation  paid
to  James T.  McAfee, Jr., the  Chief Executive Officer  of Hallmark, Hallmark's
only executive officer who will become a director of Community:

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                                           COMPENSATION
                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION   -------------    ALL OTHER
                                                     --------------------      LTIP       COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                 YEAR     SALARY($)  BONUS($)   PAYOUTS($)(1)     ($)(2)
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
James T. McAfee, Jr.                           1992    405,000    227,813       445,085        --
 Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of       1993    450,000    392,175       153,830        13,102
 the Board                                     1994    500,000    468,752       --             13,406
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  Represents payments under Hallmark's 1990 Milestone Bonus Plan, pursuant to
     which Mr. McAfee was eligible for a cash bonus upon Hallmark's  achievement
     of  certain  elements of  its  financial restructuring.  The  conditions to
     payment of such bonuses were satisfied in fiscal 1991, and the bonuses were
     paid in fiscal 1992 and 1993.

(2)  Represents term-life insurance premiums paid by Hallmark.
</TABLE>
    

                                       84
<PAGE>
   
OPTION GRANTS DURING FISCAL 1994
    
   
    The following table  shows all grants  of stock options  made to Mr.  McAfee
during the last fiscal year:
    

   
                              OPTION GRANTS TABLE
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                   ------------------------------------------           POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                    NUMBER OF                                             AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
                                    SECURITIES                                          OF STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                                    UNDERLYING     % OF TOTAL                                 FOR OPTION TERM
                                     OPTIONS     OPTIONS GRANTED  EXERCISE OR  ---------------------------------------------
                                     GRANTED     TO EMPLOYEES IN  BASE PRICE         EXPIRATION
NAME                                   (#)         FISCAL YEAR     ($/SHARE)            DATE             5% ($)     10% ($)
- ---------------------------------  ------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>                      <C>        <C>
James T. McAfee, Jr.                  22,606(1)         17.5%      $   13.00      November 23, 2003       478,795    762,274
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  The  options granted above vest  and are exercisable at  the rate of 25% of
     the shares covered  by the  option on each  of the  first four  anniversary
     dates of the grant of the option (November 23, 1993).
</TABLE>
    

   
OPTION EXERCISES DURING, AND VALUE OF OPTIONS AT END OF, FISCAL 1994
    
   
    Mr.  McAfee  did not  exercise  any stock  options  during fiscal  1994. The
following table sets forth certain information regarding the number and value of
the unexercised stock options held by Mr. McAfee at June 30, 1994:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                          NUMBER OF SHARES UNDERLYING        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                              UNEXERCISED OPTIONS            AT JUNE 30, 1994(1)
                                                AT JUNE 30, 1994        ------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------    VALUE OF        VALUE OF
                                            NUMBER         NUMBER        EXERCISABLE   NON-EXERCISABLE
NAME                                      EXERCISABLE  NON-EXERCISABLE     OPTIONS         OPTIONS
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
James T. McAfee, Jr.                          84,296         22,606     $   1,542,617   $     135,636
- ------------------------
(1)  The value for the in-the-money options was calculated based on the positive
     spread between the  exercise price of  such options and  the last  reported
     sale  price of Hallmark  Class A Common  Stock on June  30, 1994, which was
     $19.
</TABLE>
    

   
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS DURING FISCAL 1994
    
   
    The following table shows  all long-term incentive plan  awards made to  Mr.
McAfee during the last fiscal year:
    

   
            LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS -- AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     ESTIMATED FUTURE
                                                                                      PAYOUTS UNDER
                                                                                        NON-STOCK
                                                      NUMBER OF      PERFORMANCE    PRICE-BASED PLANS
                                                       SHARES,        OR OTHER            (3)(4)
                                                      UNITS OR      PERIOD UNTIL   --------------------
                                                    OTHER RIGHTS     MATURATION    THRESHOLD   MAXIMUM
NAME                                                   (#)(1)       OR PAYOUT(2)      ($)        ($)
- -------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>            <C>        <C>
James T. McAfee, Jr.                                     --            3 Years       250,000    500,000
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  Participants  are  not  awarded  a  number  of  units.  Rather,  awards are
     expressed as a percentage of base salary.
(2)  The performance period until payout of the  award began to run on the  date
     that  the long-term incentive plan award  was granted. In fiscal year 1994,
     the named executive officer received his  award on July 1, 1993 subject  to
     stockholder approval, which was obtained on November 23, 1993.
(3)  Awards  under  the  LTIP are  based  upon  two factors,  including  (i) the
     achievment of a target debt to total capitalization ratio and (ii) a target
     return on assets,  both as approved  by the Compensation  Committee and  as
     defined in the plan.
</TABLE>
    

                                       85
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
(4)  In  the discretion of the Compensation  Committee, payment of vested awards
     shall be  in  shares  of  Hallmark's  Class  A  Common  Stock,  cash  or  a
     combination  of cash and shares of Class  A Common Stock, provided that, if
     any portion of a payment  is in cash, cash  shall constitute not less  than
     35% of such payment.
</TABLE>
    

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

    Hallmark entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. James T. McAfee, Jr.,
in  1989, which was  subsequently amended in  1994 and expires  on September 30,
1996 (the  "Employment Agreement").  Pursuant  to the  terms of  the  Employment
Agreement,  the employment of Mr. McAfee is  terminable by either party upon six
months' prior  written  notice,  provided  that such  notice  is  given  in  the
designated  notice period. Unless  notice is given, the  terms of the Employment
Agreement automatically extend at the end  of their term for an additional  term
of  one year. The Employment Agreement also provides that Hallmark may terminate
the Employment Agreement for "just  and substantial cause," as defined  therein,
but  only after Hallmark provides Mr.  McAfee with written notice specifying the
cause of such action and grants Mr. McAfee the opportunity to appear before  the
Board of Directors.

    Under  the  terms of  the Employment  Agreement, Mr.  McAfee is  entitled to
receive a base salary of not  less than $500,000. The Employment Agreement  also
provides  Mr. McAfee with  health, accident and dental  insurance for Mr. McAfee
and his dependents; long-term  disability insurance; term  life insurance in  an
amount  equal to four times his base annual salary up to $1,500,000 in coverage;
an annual  executive  allowance  fund  of  $20,000;  and  an  annual  automobile
allowance  of $20,000. The Employment Agreement also provides for the payment of
reasonable initiation  fees for  business  and/ or  social organizations  up  to
$35,000.

    Under  the terms  of the Employment  Agreement, Hallmark  will indemnify Mr.
McAfee from  all  liability  and  costs incurred  as  a  consequence  of  claims
resulting  from or growing  out of his status  as, or as a  result of his having
been,  a  Director  and/or  officer  of  Hallmark.  The  terms,  provisions  and
conditions  of  the indemnity  are  the same  as  those provided  for  under the
Hallmark Certificate and the  Bylaws of Hallmark and  cannot be changed  without
the  consent of Mr. McAfee  regardless of any future  amendments to the Hallmark
Certificate or Bylaws. Hallmark's agreement to indemnify Mr. McAfee will survive
the termination  of the  employment contract,  regardless of  the cause  of  the
termination.  The Employment  Agreement also  provides for  the reimbursement of
reasonable legal fees  and disbursements  incurred by Mr.  McAfee in  connection
with  enforcement  of the  Employment Agreement,  provided  he prevails  in such
enforcement proceeding.

    In addition  to  the termination  provisions  outlined above,  Hallmark  may
terminate  the Employment Agreement with Mr. McAfee for any reason upon 90 days'
written notice.  Mr. McAfee  also  has the  right  to terminate  the  Employment
Agreement  upon  90 days'  written notice  if  the Board  of Directors  fails to
reappoint him as Chief Executive Officer  or Chairman of the Board of  Hallmark,
or  materially  changes his  duties  and responsibilities  under  the Employment
Agreement. In  each case,  Hallmark  will provide  a  severance package  to  Mr.
McAfee,  consisting of monthly severance  pay for a period  of three years, each
payment equal to the highest monthly rate  of base salary paid to Mr. McAfee  at
any  time under the Employment Agreement;  all unpaid bonuses which have vested,
together with that prorated  portion of any bonus  for the current fiscal  year;
restricted  shares  and  stock options  which  have vested;  and  other benefits
payable thereunder. In the event Mr. McAfee terminates the Employment  Agreement
during  the designated notice period, he shall be entitled to receive all vested
bonuses, stock options and restricted stock.

    Further, the Employment Agreement provides that upon a "Change of  Control,"
as  defined below, that occurs  prior to September 30,  1996, Mr. McAfee has the
right to  terminate  his  employment  under  his  employment  agreement  (i)  by
resignation  on not less than ninety days' prior written notice given within six
calendar months  after the  occurrence of  such  Change of  Control or  (ii)  by
resignation  on not  less than  ninety days'  prior written  notice given within
eighteen calendar months  after such Change  of Control, and  within six  months
after   the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  following:  (a)  failure  to  appoint

                                       86
<PAGE>
Mr. McAfee as Chairman of  the Board, (b) the making  of any material change  by
Hallmark  in  Mr. McAfee's  function, duties  or responsibilities  with Hallmark
which  would  cause   Mr.  McAfee's   position  to  become   of  less   dignity,
responsibility, importance or scope or (c) any material breach of the Employment
Agreement.

    For  the purposes of the Employment Agreement, a "Change of Control" will be
deemed to have occurred if  (a) any "Person" (as  defined in Sections 13(d)  and
14(d)(2)  of  the  Exchange  Act),  either  alone  or  in  conjunction  with its
"affiliates" (as defined in Rule 405 of the General Rules and Regulations  under
the  Securities Act), or  other group of  persons, corporations, partnerships or
other entities who are  not affiliates but  who are acting  in concert with  any
person,  acquire ownership, whether of record or beneficially, of that number of
shares of outstanding stock of Hallmark which would allow such person or  entity
and/or  its affiliates, or others acting in  concert, to elect a majority of the
Board of Directors of Hallmark.

    A Change of Control does not include  any acquisition of control (i) by  any
of  Hallmark's then  five most  senior officers (as  of the  date the Employment
Agreement was entered into) whether acting alone or in concert with each  other,
or  (ii) pursuant  to which such  executive officer or  former executive officer
accepts equity securities of Hallmark or any entity with or into which  Hallmark
is merged or consolidated, or which controls or is controlled by Hallmark or any
such  entity except  for equity  securities received by  such person  (a) in his
capacity as a stockholder and (b)  pursuant to stock options and other  benefits
not  materially  in excess  of those  typically available  to officers  of other
publicly held  for-profit  healthcare  companies  not subject  to  a  Change  of
Control.

    Upon  the occurrence of a Change of Control and an election by Mr. McAfee to
terminate his  employment,  Hallmark  shall  pay  Mr.  McAfee  or  his  designee
severance  pay equal  to the  highest monthly  rate of  base salary  paid to Mr.
McAfee at any time under the Employment Agreement, but not more than  $34,166.66
per month for a period of four years or, at the election of Mr. McAfee, Hallmark
shall  fund a trust by cash or annuity in form and substance satisfactory to Mr.
McAfee in an amount sufficient to permit the trust to make the monthly  payments
over  the prescribed period or any unpaid portion thereof or Hallmark shall make
a lump sum cash  payment equal to  the sum of  the monthly installments  without
discount  to present value,  provided, however, such lump  sum payment shall not
exceed $1,640,000. Mr. McAfee shall also  be entitled to (i) vesting of  options
to  acquire 22,606 shares of Hallmark Class  A Common Stock at an exercise price
of $13.00 per share  pursuant to the  1993 Stock Option Plan,  (ii) a pro  rated
bonus  of $93,750 under Hallmark's annual bonus plan for the period from July 1,
1994 through  September 30,  1994, (iii)  a pro  rated bonus  of $125,000  under
Hallmark's  1993  Long-Term Incentive  Plan  for the  period  from July  1, 1994
through September 30, 1994, (iv) such  bonus which is due under Hallmark's  1993
Long-Term  Incentive Plan for the year ended  June 30, 1994 based on the audited
financial  statements  of  Hallmark   without  regard  to  non-recurring   costs
associated  with the proposed merger of Hallmark with a subsidiary of Community,
and (v) a payment  of $233,570 in  lieu of continuance in  any benefit plans  of
Hallmark.  Payments of base salary shall be offset by any payments made pursuant
to any other Hallmark  paid disability or salary  continuance program. All  such
payments  and  amounts  to which  Mr.  McAfee  is entitled  are  subject  to the
limitation set forth in Section 280G of  the Code, and will be reduced (but  not
below zero) until no portion of such payments would be subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

    Under  the  terms of  the  Change of  Control  Provisions of  the Employment
Agreement, approximately $2,593,000 will be payable to Mr. McAfee, including the
value of Mr. McAfee's salary, bonus and employment benefits.

DIRECTORS' FEES AND COMPENSATION

    Each Director  who  is not  an  employee  of Hallmark,  which  includes  Mr.
Slayden,  is paid for his services on the  Board of Directors: (i) a retainer at
the rate of $18,000 per annum; (ii) an additional $1,200 for each Board  meeting
attended;  and (iii) $1,200 per committee meeting attended if not connected with
a concurrent Board meeting or $1,000 per committee meeting attended if connected
with a concurrent Board Meeting. Hallmark also reimburses all of the  Directors'
company-related and

                                       87
<PAGE>
company-approved  travel and entertainment expenses, including their expenses in
attending meetings of the  Board or its Committees.  Under the Directors'  Stock
Option  Plan established in 1991, as amended in 1993, each non-employee Director
was granted an option in fiscal 1992 to purchase 10,000 shares of Hallmark Class
A Common Stock  and an option  in fiscal  1994 to purchase  an additional  6,250
shares of Hallmark Class A Common Stock.

   
    In  addition to the above compensation, non-employee members of the Board of
Directors of  Hallmark  are entitled  to  receive stipends  under  the  Hallmark
Healthcare  Corporation Emeritus  Director Stipend Plan  (the "Emeritus Director
Plan") upon retirement from the Board  if such persons have served as  directors
at  least 60 months or, in  any event, on termination of  service as a member of
the Board of Directors within one year  after a "Change of Control" of  Hallmark
(such  term, as defined in the Emeritus Director Plan, includes the Merger). The
monthly stipends  payable under  the Emeritus  Director Plan  are equal  to  the
highest  monthly base director's fee paid  by Hallmark to non-employee directors
during such former director's period of service as a non-employee director. Such
directors are entitled to one monthly  payment under the Emeritus Director  Plan
for  each complete  month of service  as a member  of the Board  of Directors of
Hallmark. As a result of the Emeritus Director Plan, four directors of  Hallmark
(including  Mr. Slayden) will be entitled  to receive monthly payments of $1,500
per director for varying periods. Aggregate payments to the four directors total
$303,000.
    

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

   
    Since November 23, 1993, Hallmark's executive compensation program has  been
administered  by  the Compensation  Committee of  the  Board of  Directors. Such
committee consists of Messrs. Slayden, James E. Martin and J. Randolph  Seckman.
Prior  to  November 23,  1993, the  program  was administered  by the  Audit and
Compensation Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs. Slayden,  Martin,  Seckman  and
Rolland A. Maxwell. See "-- Certain Transactions."
    

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   
    In  fiscal 1994, Hallmark paid Jackson & Coker, of which Mr. Slayden is Vice
Chairman of  the Board  of  Directors, fees  and reimbursed  expenses  totalling
approximately  $227,000 for services rendered  in the recruitment of physicians,
including approximately $89,000 for the recruitment of six physicians to four of
Hallmark's hospitals,  approximately $1,000  for the  services of  locum  tenens
physicians,  which included compensation  to the physicians  and brokerage fees,
and approximately $137,000  for services in  connection with physician  searches
for  which no  recruitment has  yet occurred.  Hallmark believes  that Jackson &
Coker is one of the nation's leading physician search firms. The amounts paid to
Jackson & Coker during fiscal 1994 by Hallmark, which were computed at Jackson &
Coker's customary rates,  were comparable to  the rates Hallmark  paid to  other
physician search firms for similar services during fiscal 1994.
    

                                    EXPERTS

    The audited financial statements and schedules of Community, incorporated by
reference  in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, have been audited by Arthur
Andersen & Co., independent  public accountants, as  indicated in their  reports
with  respect thereto, and are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon
the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

   
    The audited financial statements  of Hallmark included  in this Joint  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  have been  audited by  Arthur Andersen  & Co., independent
public accountants, as indicated in their  report with respect thereto, and  are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving
said report.
    

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

    The  legality of the shares of Community  Common Stock to be issued pursuant
to the terms of the Merger Agreement and certain federal tax consequences of the
Merger will be passed upon for

                                       88
<PAGE>
Community by McGlinchey Stafford Lang, A Law Corporation, Dallas, Texas. Certain
federal tax  consequences of  the  Merger and  certain  other legal  matters  in
connection  with the Merger will be passed upon for Hallmark by King & Spalding,
Atlanta, Georgia.

                 DATES FOR SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

    As described  in Community's  proxy statement  relating to  its 1994  Annual
Meeting  of Stockholders, any proposals that stockholders of Community intend to
have presented at the  1995 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders must be received  by
Community  at its principal executive offices no  later than December 2, 1994 to
be considered for inclusion in the  proxy statement relating to the 1995  Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.

    As  described  in Hallmark's  proxy statement  relating  to its  1993 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders, in order for proposals of stockholders to be considered
for inclusion in the proxy statement for the 1994 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
of Hallmark (if the  Merger is not consummated),  such proposals must have  been
received  by the Secretary of  Hallmark by July 2,  1994. No such proposals were
received by Hallmark's Secretary by such date.

                                       89
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                            -----------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
Report of independent public accountants..................................................................         F-2
Consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 1993 and 1994.....................................................         F-3
Consolidated statements of income for the years ended June 30, 1992, 1993 and 1994........................         F-4
Consolidated statements of redeemable preferred stock and common stockholders' equity for the years ended
 June 30, 1992, 1993 and 1994.............................................................................         F-5
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended June 30, 1992, 1993 and 1994....................         F-6
Notes to consolidated financial statements................................................................         F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders
of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation:

    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of Hallmark
Healthcare Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of June  30,
1993  and 1994,  and the related  consolidated statements  of income, redeemable
preferred stock and common stockholders' equity  and cash flows for each of  the
three  years in the period  ended June 30, 1994.  These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Hallmark  Healthcare
Corporation and subsidiaries as of  June 30, 1993 and  1994, and the results  of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  June  30,  1994,  in   conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.

    As  discussed in  Note 9,  effective July 1,  1993, the  Company changed its
method of accounting for income taxes.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.

Atlanta, Georgia
August 12, 1994

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   JUNE 30,
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                               1993        1994
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................  $    4,899  $   19,757
  Patient accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,135 and $4,083
   at June 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively................................................      19,767      20,396
  Other accounts receivable (net).........................................................       2,212       3,502
  Inventories.............................................................................       4,103       4,212
  Other current assets....................................................................       2,301       2,373
  Deferred tax asset......................................................................          --       4,757
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total current assets................................................................      33,282      54,997
Property and equipment:
  Land and improvements...................................................................       7,277       7,555
  Buildings and improvements..............................................................      98,887     101,798
  Equipment...............................................................................      53,296      56,202
  Construction in progress................................................................       2,227         687
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                               161,687     166,242
  Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................................     (53,452)    (62,222)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Net property and equipment............................................................     108,235     104,020
Funds held by trustees....................................................................      13,308       8,172
Other assets..............................................................................       5,052       5,831
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total assets........................................................................  $  159,877  $  173,020
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable........................................................................  $   11,819  $    9,634
  Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations.........................       5,306         247
  Accrued payroll, vacation and related taxes.............................................       4,056       3,651
  Other accrued liabilities...............................................................      10,718      11,924
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total current liabilities...........................................................      31,899      25,456
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations..............................................      75,181      87,574
Long-term portion of accrued general and professional liability risks.....................      10,795      10,549
Other long-term liabilities...............................................................       6,853       6,899
Deferred income taxes.....................................................................       2,060       9,653
Deferred debt restructuring credits.......................................................      27,041      --
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total liabilities...................................................................     153,829     140,131
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable preferred stock................................................................       1,095       1,303
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Common stockholders' equity:
  Common stock:
    Class A, $.05 par value, authorized 25,000,000 shares;
     issued and outstanding 2,585,457 and 2,982,482 shares at
     June 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively.................................................         129         149
    Class B, $.05 par value, authorized 2,500,000 shares;
     issued and outstanding 390,298 and 64,102 shares at June 30, 1993
     and 1994, respectively...............................................................          19           3
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................      52,331      54,469
  Accumulated deficit.....................................................................     (47,526)    (23,035)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total common stockholders' equity...................................................       4,953      31,586
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..........................................  $  159,877  $  173,020
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                       -------------------------------------------
                                                                           1992           1993           1994
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Net patient service revenues.........................................  $     164,605  $     172,521  $     182,788
Other revenues.......................................................          5,400          6,716          8,756
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total revenues.................................................        170,005        179,237        191,544
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Expenses:
  Salaries and benefits..............................................         72,957         75,641         83,467
  Supplies...........................................................         22,832         22,970         24,022
  Provision for bad debts............................................         11,775         10,796         12,713
  Other operating expenses...........................................         42,548         49,931         47,684
  Interest...........................................................          5,334          3,871          7,502
  Depreciation and amortization......................................          9,426          9,027          9,428
  Credit from restructuring transactions.............................         (2,133)      --             --
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total expenses.................................................        162,739        172,236        184,816
  Income from operations.............................................          7,266          7,001          6,728
  Gain on sale of healthcare facility................................       --                  752       --
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
  Income before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative
   effect of accounting change.......................................          7,266          7,753          6,728
Provision for income taxes...........................................          3,261          3,303          2,826
      Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of
       accounting change.............................................          4,005          4,450          3,902
Extraordinary items:
  Gain on restructure of debt, net of income tax effect of $42,
   $1,344 and $2,170 at June 30, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively...             82          2,017         19,784
  Credit resulting from utilization of net operating loss
   carryforwards.....................................................          2,682          3,914       --
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
  Income before cumulative effect of accounting change...............  $       6,769  $      10,381  $      23,686
  Cumulative effect of accounting change.............................       --             --                  805
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income...........................................................  $       6,769  $      10,381  $      24,491
Accretion of preferred stock redemption requirement..................            244            329            413
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income applicable to common stock................................  $       6,525  $      10,052  $      24,078
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding.....      3,358,491      3,449,752      3,681,410
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income per common and common equivalent share:
  Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of
   accounting change.................................................  $        1.19  $        1.29  $        1.06
  Extraordinary items:
    Gain on restructure of debt, net of income tax effect............            .03            .59           5.37
    Credit resulting from utilization of net operating loss
     carryforwards...................................................            .80           1.13             --
    Cumulative effect of accounting change...........................             --             --           0.22
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income per common and common equivalent share....................  $        2.02  $        3.01  $        6.65
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                        AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              REDEEMABLE           CLASS A              CLASS B
                                           PREFERRED STOCK      COMMON STOCK         COMMON STOCK
                                          ------------------  -----------------   -------------------   ADDITIONAL
                                          NUMBER OF           NUMBER OF           NUMBER OF              PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED
                                           SHARES     AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT    SHARES      AMOUNT    CAPITAL       DEFICIT
                                          ---------   ------  ---------  ------   ---------    ------   ----------   -----------
Balance June 30, 1991...................    45,720    $  672  2,478,072   $124     390,298      $19      $52,694      $(64,676)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>
Issuance of common stock under employee
 stock option plans.....................     --         --       20,150      1       --         --            18        --
Issuance of common stock in exchange for
 preferred stock........................    (3,739)      (95)    18,697      1       --         --            94        --
Accretion of preferred stock redemption
 requirement............................     --          244     --       --         --         --          (244)       --
Net income..............................     --         --       --       --         --         --         --            6,769
                                          ---------   ------  ---------  ------   ---------    ------   ----------   -----------
Balance June 30, 1992...................    41,981       821  2,516,919    126     390,298       19       52,562       (57,907)
Issuance of common stock under employee
 stock option plans.....................     --         --       56,479      2       --         --            44        --
Issuance of common stock in exchange for
 preferred stock........................    (2,412)      (55)    12,059      1       --         --            54        --
Accretion of preferred stock redemption
 requirement............................     --          329     --       --         --         --          (329)       --
Net income..............................     --         --       --       --         --         --         --           10,381
                                          ---------   ------  ---------  ------   ---------    ------   ----------   -----------
Balance June 30, 1993...................    39,569     1,095  2,585,457    129     390,298       19       52,331       (47,526)
Issuance of common stock under employee
 stock option plans.....................     --         --       38,950      2       --         --           114        --
Issuance of common stock in exchange for
 preferred stock........................    (6,382)     (204)    31,910      2       --         --           202        --
Issuance of Class A common stock in
 exchange for Class B common stock......     --         --      326,191     16    (326,191)     (16)       --           --
Accretion of preferred stock redemption
 requirement............................     --          413     --       --         --         --          (413)       --
Accrual for the issuance of Class A
 common stock under a long-term
 incentive plan.........................     --         --       --       --         --         --         1,341        --
Fractional shares retired pursuant to
 reverse stock split....................      (302)       (1)       (26)  --            (5)     --         --           --
Income tax effect of employee stock
 options and long-term incentive plan...     --         --       --       --         --         --           894        --
Net income..............................     --         --       --       --         --         --         --           24,491
                                          ---------   ------  ---------  ------   ---------    ------   ----------   -----------
Balance June 30, 1994...................    32,885    $1,303  2,982,482   $149      64,102      $ 3      $54,469      $(23,035)
                                          ---------   ------  ---------  ------   ---------    ------   ----------   -----------
                                          ---------   ------  ---------  ------   ---------    ------   ----------   -----------
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                                 1992        1993        1994
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.................................................................  $   6,769  $   10,381  $   24,491
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
    Extraordinary items:
      Gain on restructure of debt............................................        (82)     (2,017)    (19,784)
      Credit resulting from utilization of net operating loss
       carryforwards.........................................................     (2,682)     (3,914)     --
    Cumulative effect of accounting change...................................     --          --            (805)
    Depreciation and amortization............................................      9,426       9,027       9,428
    Provision for deferred taxes.............................................        480         345       2,238
    Gain on sale of healthcare facility......................................     --            (752)     --
    Amortization of deferred debt restructuring credits......................     (6,164)     (6,034)     (2,072)
    Change in allowance for doubtful accounts................................       (388)       (188)        (52)
    Credit from restructuring transactions...................................     (2,133)     --          --
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of healthcare facilities
 sold:
    Patient accounts receivable..............................................      4,272      (1,797)     (1,177)
    Other accounts receivable................................................       (527)        189         233
    Other assets.............................................................      1,351          15         593
    Accounts payable.........................................................        153       1,987      (2,185)
    Accrued interest.........................................................        938      (2,335)        651
    Other liabilities........................................................      3,993       4,492       2,305
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
          Total adjustments..................................................      8,637        (982)    (10,627)
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
    Net cash provided by operating activities................................     15,406       9,399      13,864
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from sales of healthcare facilities.............................     --           9,336      --
    Purchases of property and equipment, net.................................     (7,230)     (6,375)     (4,586)
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
    Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities......................     (7,230)      2,961      (4,586)
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.................................     --          --          80,000
    Costs of issuance of long-term debt......................................     --          --          (2,400)
    Principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.......     (8,278)    (15,210)    (75,980)
    Release of funds held by trustees........................................     --          --           3,960
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities......................     (8,278)    (15,210)      5,580
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
(Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents.............................       (102)     (2,850)     14,858
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year...............................      7,851       7,749       4,899
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.....................................  $   7,749  $    4,899  $   19,757
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 1. -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
    Hallmark  Healthcare Corporation  (the "Company") is  a Delaware corporation
which began doing business  under its present name  during the first quarter  of
fiscal  1992. The Company is engaged  primarily in the ownership and management,
through subsidiaries, of hospitals and other healthcare related enterprises.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    The consolidated financial  statements include the  accounts of the  Company
and   its   wholly-owned  and   majority-owned  subsidiaries.   All  significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

    For purposes of  the statements  of cash  flows, the  Company considers  all
highly  liquid debt  instruments purchased  with an  original maturity  of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.

INVENTORIES

    Inventories consist primarily  of medical supplies  and pharmaceuticals  and
are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property  and equipment are recorded  at historical cost. Expenditures which
increase capacity or  extend the  useful life of  an asset  are capitalized  and
depreciated over the remaining estimated useful life of such asset. Maintenance,
repairs,  and  minor replacements  are  expensed as  incurred.  Depreciation and
amortization are computed at rates estimated by management to amortize the  cost
of  the various  assets over  the periods  of expected  use or,  in the  case of
capital leases, over  the lives  of such  leases, if  shorter. Depreciation  and
amortization  have been provided on the  straight-line method using useful lives
ranging from 20 to 45 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 20 years for
equipment.

GOODWILL

    At June  30, 1993  and 1994,  the net  unamortized balance  of  consolidated
goodwill  was  $1,262,000 and  $865,000, respectively,  and  is included  in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption "Other assets". These
costs are amortized on a straight-line basis  over periods ranging from 5 to  40
years.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The  Company's  financial instruments  consist  primarily of  cash  and cash
equivalents, patient accounts receivable, other accounts receivable, funds  held
by  trustees, accounts payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations and
redeemable preferred stock. The carrying  amounts of cash and cash  equivalents,
patient  accounts receivable,  other accounts  receivable, and  accounts payable
approximate  their  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturities  of   those
instruments.  The  carrying  amount of  funds  held by  trustees,  which consist
primarily of short term governmental securities and investment grade  commercial
paper, approximates the fair value of such funds because of the short maturities
of  the  securities.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  Company's  10  5/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2003  (the "Notes") is $80,000,000.  The market value  of
such  Notes is approximately $77,100,000 based  on the last reported sales price
of the Notes on June 30, 1994. The carrying amounts of capital lease obligations
approximate their  fair  value  because in  management's  opinion  the  carrying
amounts   of  these  instruments  reflect   terms  substantially  equivalent  to
prevailing market terms. The carrying

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 1. -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (CONTINUED)
value of the  Company's redeemable  preferred stock  is $1,303,000  at June  30,
1994.  The market value of such instruments is $3,124,000 based on quoted market
prices of  the  Company's  common  stock  into  which  the  preferred  stock  is
convertible at the holder's option.

GENERAL AND PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY

    The   Company  is  self-insured  against  a   portion  of  its  general  and
professional liability risks.  The reserves for  losses within its  self-insured
retention  limits, including  loss adjustment  expenses, are  based on actuarial
estimates using the Company's historical claims experience adjusted for  current
industry  trends.  The reserve  for unpaid  claims is  adjusted, as  such claims
mature, to reflect revised  actuarial estimates based  on actual experience.  Of
such   reserves,  $1,300,000  and   $1,350,000  at  June   30,  1993  and  1994,
respectively, are included  in the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets  in
"Other  accrued liabilities"  and represent the  estimated amount  of claims and
loss adjustment expenses  to be  paid within  the following  twelve months.  The
balance  of such reserves is classified as "Long-term portion of accrued general
and professional liability  risks." For the  fiscal years ended  June 30,  1992,
1993  and 1994, the  Company recorded as an  expense for self-insurance reserves
$896,000, $1,401,000 and $1,197,000, respectively. The Company does not discount
its reserves for losses and related expenses to their present value.

OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

    Other  accrued  liabilities  includes  amounts  related  to  the   Company's
self-insured  employee group  medical coverage  of $1,583,000  and $1,472,000 at
June 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively.

NET PATIENT SERVICE REVENUES

    The Company's  hospitals  serve  a  significant  number  of  patients  under
government  and privately sponsored insurance programs for which payment is made
(i) based on cost  as defined under  the program, (ii)  at a predetermined  rate
based  upon  the diagnosis,  plus,  in certain  cases,  capital costs  and other
adjustments or (iii) at negotiated rates based on a discount from the  Company's
usual charges.

    Net  patient  service revenues  are presented  based on  established billing
rates less allowances and discounts  for patients covered by Medicare,  Medicaid
and  other  contractual programs.  Payments  received under  these  programs are
generally less than the  established billing rates  of the Company's  hospitals,
and  the differences are  recorded as contractual  allowances or discounts. Such
allowances have been deducted from  accounts receivable pending final audit  and
settlement.  Provision for contractual  allowances and discounts  for the fiscal
years ended  June 30,  1992, 1993  and 1994  were $86,935,000,  $94,212,000  and
$104,360,000, respectively. In management's opinion, the allowances provided are
adequate to cover any liabilities that may result from final settlements.

    It  is  the  Company's  policy  to  collect  compensation  for  all services
performed; however,  in the  ordinary course  of business,  the Company  renders
certain services in its facilities to patients who are financially unable to pay
for  hospital care, without the expectation of payment and for which the Company
does not pursue collection  (charity care). The amount  of such charity care  is
not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations.

OTHER REVENUES

    Other  revenues include income from  non-patient hospital activities such as
cafeteria sales, interest income,  rental income and  other related services  as
well  as revenues  from one  of the  Company's majority-owned  subsidiaries that
operates pain centers in hospitals owned by others.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 1. -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES

    Income taxes are provided by  applying the applicable statutory federal  and
state  tax  rates to  book income  before income  taxes, adjusted  for permanent
differences between book and tax income.  Deferred income taxes are provided  at
the enacted marginal rates on the difference between the financial statement and
income  tax bases of  assets and liabilities. Deferred  income tax provisions or
benefits are based on the change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities from
period to period.

NOTE 2. -- PROPOSED MERGER
    On June 10,  1994, the Company  entered into a  definitive merger  agreement
with  Community Health  Systems, Inc.  ("Community") under  which Community will
acquire all of  the outstanding shares  of the Company's  Class A common  stock,
Class  B common stock,  and Redeemable preferred stock.  The agreement calls for
Community to exchange  0.97 shares of  its common  stock for each  share of  the
Company's  Class A and Class  B common stock and 5.4  shares of its common stock
for each  share of  the  Company's Redeemable  preferred  stock. The  merger  is
subject  to  conditions including,  but  not limited  to,  the approval  of both
companies' stockholders and  all appropriate regulatory  approvals. The  Company
anticipates  that the  merger, subject  to the  satisfaction of  those and other
conditions, will be consummated in the Company's fiscal year 1995.

NOTE 3. -- CHANGE IN OPERATIONS
    During 1993, the  Company divested substantially  all of the  assets of  two
subsidiaries  that operated a 63 bed hospital in McMinnville, Tennessee and a 36
bed hospital  in Cumming,  Georgia  for approximately  $9,400,000 in  cash.  The
Company  recognized a gain of $752,000 from the sale of the McMinnville hospital
in the quarter ended September 30, 1992.  No gain or loss was recognized on  the
sale  of the Cumming hospital. Of  the net proceeds of approximately $8,500,000,
approximately $7,000,000 was applied as prepayments on amounts outstanding under
the former Bank Credit Agreement. The Company utilized the remaining  $1,500,000
of  the proceeds  to acquire  a portion  of the  Company's 14  1/2% Subordinated
Debentures (the "14 1/2% Debentures"). The accompanying consolidated  statements
of income include no revenues and expenses for the McMinnville facility for 1993
and  include revenues and expenses for the Cumming facility through November 30,
1992. For the year  ended June 30,  1992, the facilities  had total revenues  of
$12,646,000 and total expenses of $14,616,000 (excluding interest). For the year
ended  June 30, 1993,  the facilities had  total revenues of  $974,000 and total
expenses of $1,313,000.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 4. -- LONG-TERM DEBT
    Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JUNE 30, 1993  JUNE 30, 1994
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Senior Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2003, interest at 10 5/8% per annum
 payable semi-annually beginning May 15, 1994, redeemable at the Company's option at
 a redemption price of 105.3125% of principal on or after November 15, 1998,
 declining to 102.6563% on November 15, 1999 and 100% on November 15, 2000..........   $   --         $    80,000
Amended and Restated Bank Credit Agreement dated as of January 1, 1989, as amended,
 ("Bank Credit Agreement")..........................................................        64,244        --
Senior Subordinated Debentures due 1999, interest at 7%.............................         6,238        --
Senior Subordinated Notes due 1999, interest at 7%..................................         1,098        --
Senior Subordinated Notes due 1993 through 1995, interest at 8% or 9%...............           959        --
Notes collateralized by property and equipment and other indebtedness at various
 interest rates ranging from 8% to 9% per annum, payable in various amounts through
 1999...............................................................................           547            454
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                            73,086         80,454
Less current portion................................................................        (5,206)           (97)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Long-term debt......................................................................   $    67,880    $    80,357
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

    On November 15, 1993, the Company completed a public offering of $80,000,000
principal amount of 10  5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes  due 2003. The Notes  are
senior  subordinated obligations of the Company,  and, as such, are subordinated
to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company. The net  proceeds
from  the  offering  were  approximately  $77,600,000,  of  which  approximately
$62,100,000 was used  to repay in  full the indebtedness  outstanding under  the
Bank  Credit Agreement and  approximately $10,700,000 was used  to redeem all of
the Company's outstanding subordinated  indebtedness. The remaining proceeds  of
approximately $4,800,000 will be used for general corporate purposes.

    The  indenture  contains certain  covenants which  limit or  restrict, among
other items,  (i) additional  indebtedness,  including subordinated  debt;  (ii)
liens;  (iii) issuance  of preferred stock  by the  Company's subsidiaries; (iv)
transactions with  affiliates;  (v)  restricted  payments,  including,  but  not
limited  to, cash dividends on the Company's equity securities; (vi) investments
and loans; (vii) application of the proceeds of certain asset sales; and  (viii)
mergers,  consolidations and the transfer of  substantially all of the assets of
the Company to another person, all as defined in the indenture. The Company  was
in compliance with these covenants at June 30, 1994. The indenture also contains
a  provision that in the  event of a change of  control, as defined, the Company
shall make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest through the repurchase date.
The proposed merger with Community (Note 2), if consummated, would constitute  a
change  of control  under the indenture  and could  result in up  to $800,000 in
premium payments and the write-off of up to $2,600,000 in deferred loan costs.

    During the  quarter ended  December 31,  1993, the  Company entered  into  a
credit  agreement  with a  financial  institution (the  "New  Credit Agreement")
pursuant to which the Company may borrow up

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 4. -- LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
to $25,000,000.  The New  Credit Agreement  consists of  (i) a  working  capital
facility  in the principal amount  of up to $15,000,000  and (ii) an acquisition
facility in  the  principal  amount  of up  to  $10,000,000  (collectively,  the
"Facilities").  Borrowings under the working capital  facility are secured by an
assignment by the Company of its patient accounts receivable to the lender.  The
Company  may  not  borrow  pursuant  to the  acquisition  facility  until  it is
activated by mutual agreement of  the Company and the  lender, which must be  no
later than December 31, 1994; the acquisition facility had not been activated as
of June 30, 1994. Borrowing capacity under the working capital facility is based
on  a  percentage  of the  Company's  eligible patient  accounts  receivable, as
defined. Certain conditions  must be  satisfied prior to  the Company  borrowing
under  the Facilities, some of  which have not yet  been satisfied. There was no
borrowing availability at June 30, 1994.

    Interest on the Facilities is payable monthly at a variable rate selected by
the Company, which will be either a published rate for thirty day  dealer-placed
commercial  paper, plus  3% or reserve-adjusted  one, two or  three month LIBOR,
plus 3%. The working capital facility terminates on December 31, 1998, at  which
time  the entire  unpaid balance  under the  facility is  due. Principal  on the
acquisition facility  is  due  in  twelve  monthly  installments  commencing  on
December  31, 1997. The Facilities bear  an unused line fee of  1/2 of 1% of the
average daily unused availability  under the Facilities. No  unused line fee  is
charged for the acquisition facility until such line is activated.

    Under the terms of the New Credit Agreement, the Company is required to meet
certain  financial covenants, including,  among others, a  fixed charge coverage
ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio, a minimum net worth level, an accounts
receivable turnover ratio and a minimum  EBITDA level, as defined. In  addition,
the   New  Credit   Agreement  contains   limitations  and/or   restrictions  on
acquisitions, investments,  capital  expenditures, dividends  on  the  Company's
equity  securities and incurrence of additional indebtedness. The Company was in
compliance with these covenants at June 30, 1994.

    At June  30,  1994, the  Company  had  four outstanding  letters  of  credit
totalling  $6,858,000 which  were issued  by a commercial  bank and  are used to
satisfy certain  security requirements  of the  Company's workers'  compensation
insurance  carrier  and  a  lease  agreement related  to  one  of  the Company's
hospitals. To date, there have been no drawings under these letters of credit.

    During Fiscal years  1990 through  1993, the  Company, through  a series  of
transactions,   underwent  a   restructuring  of  certain   of  its  outstanding
indebtedness. The restructuring included  modifications to its then  outstanding
bank  debt and the issuance  of several series of  senior subordinated notes and
debentures and  payments  of  cash  in  exchange for  certain  of  its  14  1/2%
Debentures.  Pursuant  to the  provisions of  Statement of  Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No.  15, "Accounting  by Debtors and  Creditors for  Troubled
Debt   Restructuring",  the  Company  did  not   recognize  any  gain  from  the
modification of  its bank  debt or  from  certain transactions  in the  14  1/2%
Debentures.  The  unrecognized  gain  from such  transactions  was  deferred and
classified  in  the  accompanying  condensed  consolidated  balance  sheets   as
"Deferred  debt  restructuring  credits".  Such  credits  were  amortized  as  a
reduction of  interest expense  during  the period  that the  restructured  debt
remained  outstanding. During  the years  ended June  30, 1992,  1993, and 1994,
interest  expense  was  reduced   by  $6,164,000,  $6,034,000  and   $2,072,000,
respectively,  as a result  of amortization of the  deferred credits. During the
year ended June 30,  1994, the Company retired  all remaining restructured  debt
and  recognized an extraordinary gain of $19,784,000(net of income tax effect of
$2,170,000) primarily  from  the  write-off  of the  remaining  balance  of  the
deferred credits.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 4. -- LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    In  the course of  restructuring its 14 1/2%  Debentures, the Company issued
$9,895,000 principal  amount  of 7%  Senior  Subordinated Debentures  due  1999,
$1,718,000  principal amount of 9% Senior  Subordinated Notes due 1993, $800,000
principal amount of 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1995, $1,193,000  principal
amount  of 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1999, and paid cash of $8,156,000 in
exchange for  $30,000,000  of  its  14 1/2%  Debentures  including  all  accrued
interest  thereon.  Pursuant  to such  restructuring  transactions,  the Company
recognized an extraordinary  gain of  approximately $82,000 (net  of income  tax
effect  of  $42,000)  in  1992  and $2,017,000  (net  of  income  tax  effect of
$1,344,000) in 1993.

    The following table  sets forth  the calculation of  the extraordinary  gain
recognized in 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1992       1993       1994
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Principal and accrued interest retired....................................  $     129  $   7,600  $  70,416
Deferred credits retired..................................................         57      2,312     24,969
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total restructured amounts............................................        186      9,912     95,385
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash payments.............................................................         62      5,683     72,831
New debt issued...........................................................     --            800     --
Future interest on new debt issued........................................     --             68     --
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total consideration...................................................         62      6,551     72,831
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
Other costs of restructuring..............................................     --         --            600
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
Pre-tax gain on debt restructuring........................................  $     124  $   3,361  $  21,954
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    The  following table sets forth the changes  in the balances of the Deferred
Debt Restructuring Credits for  the fiscal years ended  June 30, 1992, 1993  and
1994 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1992       1993       1994
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>
Beginning Balance...................................................  $   41,498  $  35,298  $  27,041
Additions resulting from debt restructuring transactions............      --             68     --
Additions pursuant to issuance of payment-in-kind
 notes..............................................................          21         21     --
Reductions resulting from extinguishment of debt....................         (57)    (2,312)   (24,969)
Amortization credited to interest expense...........................      (6,164)    (6,034)    (2,072)
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------
Ending Balance......................................................  $   35,298  $  27,041  $  --
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Scheduled  long-term debt principal payments at June 30, 1994 are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
1995...............................................................................  $      97
1996...............................................................................          0
1997...............................................................................          0
1998...............................................................................        179
1999...............................................................................        178
Thereafter.........................................................................     80,000
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     $  80,454
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 5. -- LEASES
    The Company  leases certain  facilities and  equipment under  operating  and
capital  lease agreements which expire on  various dates and require the Company
to pay all maintenance and insurance costs. Rent expense under operating  leases
was  $4,887,000, $4,874,000 and $5,174,000 in fiscal years 1992, 1993, and 1994,
respectively.

    Commitments for  property  and  equipment  subject  to  capital  leases  and
noncancellable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             JUNE 30, 1994
                                                                         ----------------------
FISCAL YEAR                                                               OPERATING    CAPITAL
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
1995...................................................................   $   1,126   $   1,220
1996...................................................................         693       1,140
1997...................................................................         330       1,130
1998...................................................................         231       1,130
1999...................................................................         103       1,130
Thereafter.............................................................          45      16,689
                                                                         -----------  ---------
    Total minimum future lease payments................................   $   2,528      22,439
                                                                         -----------
                                                                         -----------
    Less amount representing interest..................................                  15,072
                                                                                      ---------
Present value of obligations under capital leases (interest rates range
 from 9.2% to 15.9%)...................................................                   7,367
Less current portion...................................................                     150
                                                                                      ---------
Long-term capital lease obligations....................................               $   7,217
                                                                                      ---------
                                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>

    Funds  held by trustees include $4,035,000 as of June 30, 1993 of restricted
cash held  by a  trustee as  collateral  for the  Company's obligation  under  a
capital  lease for one hospital facility.  During 1994, the Company replaced the
collateral with a letter of credit issued by a commercial bank in the amount  of
$3,975,000.

    Assets capitalized under the above capital leases follow (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1993       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Buildings and improvements..............................................  $   7,815  $   7,815
Equipment...............................................................        799        921
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                              8,614      8,736
Less accumulated amortization...........................................     (2,229)    (2,638)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Net assets capitalized under capital leases.........................  $   6,385  $   6,098
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

NOTE 6. -- 25% REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
    The  Company  is authorized  to issue  2,500,000  shares of  preferred stock
(issuable in series)  of which it  had outstanding  at June 30,  1993 and  1994,
39,569  and  32,885  shares, respectively,  of  $5 par  value  25% Participating
Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "25% Preferred"). The 25%
Preferred  has  a  preference  over  common  stockholders  upon  liquidation  or
dissolution  of  the  Company of  $125  per  share, minus  certain  dividends if
previously paid. Each 25% Preferred share is convertible, at any time, into five
shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment under certain  conditions,
and  is entitled to annual dividends equal to 25% of defined net income, if any,
subject to a

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 6. -- 25% REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
maximum annual payment of 10% of liquidation preference, when and if declared by
the Board of Directors of  the Company out of  funds legally available for  such
dividends. Such dividends are cumulative and subject to certain maximums, limits
and  other conditions.  As of  June 30,  1994, the  maximum dividend  payable to
preferred  stockholders  for  fiscal  1994  was  $411,000  (10%  of  liquidation
preference).  If such dividend is not declared  by the Board of Directors of the
Company, and it is probable it will  not be, then the dividend is cumulative  to
the  extent  of  5% of  liquidation  value  ($206,000). The  Company's  Board of
Directors did not declare a dividend at December 31, 1993 (the dividend  payment
date  for fiscal 1993) and therefore such  1993 dividends were cumulative to the
extent of 5% of liquidation value  ($206,000). In addition, 1990, 1991 and  1992
dividends  are cumulative to the extent  of 12% of liquidation value ($493,000).
To date, dividends are  cumulative to the  extent of an amount  equal to 17%  of
liquidation preference or $699,000. The holders of the 25% Preferred have voting
rights  on all matters  other than election  of Directors. The  25% Preferred is
redeemable at any time prior to the required redemption at the Company's option.
Based on  the  current  number of  shares  outstanding,  the terms  of  the  25%
Preferred  require  redemption  at a  price  of  $125 per  share,  minus certain
dividends if previously paid, on February 12, 1995 of $548,000, on February  12,
1999  of $2,192,000, and on  February 12, 2000 of  $1,370,000 (for the remaining
shares). No accrual has been made for dividends on the 25% Preferred.

    The 25% Preferred was recorded at issuance  at $9.35 per share and is  being
accreted  to a redemption price  of $125 per share  through the redemption dates
utilizing the interest method. The accretion is charged to retained earnings, if
available, or additional paid-in capital.

    During fiscal 1994,  6,382 shares  of the  25% Preferred  were converted  to
31,910 shares of the Company's Class A common stock.

NOTE 7. -- EARNINGS PER SHARE
    Earnings  per  share for  the  years ended  June  30, 1992,  1993  and 1994,
respectively, are based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock
outstanding, adjusted to give effect  to common stock equivalents consisting  of
shares  issuable upon  conversion of  the 25%  Preferred (209,905,  197,845, and
164,425 shares, respectively),  shares of  Class B  common stock  issued to  the
Company's  Bank  Debt Holders  pursuant to  the  Bank Credit  Agreement (390,298
shares for each of the two years ended June 30, 1992 and 1993 and 64,102 shares,
for the year ended June 30,  1994) and contingently issuable shares pursuant  to
stock  option plans and  other contracts (250,951,  294,146, and 489,365 shares,
respectively). The  number of  shares  used in  the computation  was  3,358,491,
3,449,752,  and  3,681,410 for  1992, 1993  and  1994, respectively.  Net income
available to common  stockholders has  been adjusted  for the  accretion of  the
preferred stock redemption requirement applicable to the 25% Preferred.

NOTE 8. -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
    In  November 1992, the Company amended  its Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation to  effect a  recapitalization through  a one-for-five  reverse
stock  split (the "Reverse Stock Split") pursuant  to which on November 10, 1992
(the "Effective  Date") every  five shares  of the  Company's 25%  Participating
Cumulative  Convertible Redeemable Preferred  Stock, par value  $1.00 per share,
outstanding on the Effective Date became and are exchangeable for one new  share
of 25% Preferred and pursuant to which every five shares of the Company's Common
Stock,  par value $.01 per  share, outstanding on the  Effective Date became and
are exchangeable for one new share of Common Stock

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 8. -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
with par value  of $.05 per  share. The accompanying  financial statements,  and
management's  discussion  and analysis  of results  of operations  and financial
condition, including  all  share  and  per  share  amounts  (including,  without
limitation,  all amounts stated as of a specific historical date) and par values
have been adjusted to reflect this transaction.

    In May 1991,  the Class  B common  stock was issued  to the  holders of  the
Company's  formerly outstanding bank debt  in exchange for $18,620,000 principal
amount of outstanding bank debt. The  Class B stock is non-voting and  generally
is  automatically  converted  into  Class  A  common  stock  upon  its  sale  or
disposition.

    The terms  of the  Company's note  indenture and  the New  Credit  Agreement
contain   certain  covenants  which  significantly  limit  and/or  restrict  the
Company's ability to declare and pay dividends on its common stock.

    Under the  Long-Term Stock  Incentive Plan  -- 1989  (the "1989  Plan"),  as
amended,  approximately 708,200 shares of Class A common stock were reserved for
issuance from which 195,735 options were outstanding at June 30, 1994.  Exercise
prices  of options outstanding are equal to  fair market value of such shares on
the dates the options  were granted. Options granted  to executive officers  are
fully  vested and exercisable at June 30, 1994. Options issued to grantees other
than executive officers are exercisable at  the rate of 25% per year  commencing
on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

    The  table below summarizes the activity in  the Company's 1989 Plan for the
years ended June 30, 1992, 1993 and 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1992       1993       1994
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Options outstanding at beginning of period...........................    321,816    237,754    224,325
Granted ($3.10 per share in 1992 and prices ranging from $3.73 to
 $7.00 per share in 1993)............................................      1,000     60,600     --
Exercised ($0.90 in 1992; $.70 and $.90 per share in 1993; and $.90
 to $5.26 per share in 1994).........................................    (20,150)   (56,479)   (18,390)
Canceled.............................................................    (64,912)   (17,550)   (10,200)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Outstanding at end of period.........................................    237,754    224,325    195,735
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Exercisable at end of period.........................................    175,604    146,925    155,375
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Under the Stock Incentive Performance Plan -- 1991 (the "Performance Plan"),
which was instituted in fiscal 1992, 200,000 shares of Class A common stock were
reserved for issuance at June 30, 1994.  Options for the purchase of 159,525  of
such  shares were outstanding  at June 30,  1994. The exercise  price of options
outstanding equals fair market value of such shares on the date the options were
granted. Options were issued to  certain grantees other than executive  officers
and  are exercisable at  the rate of 20%  per year commencing  one year from the
date of grant. Such options expire ten years from the date of grant.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 8. -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The table below  summarizes the  activity in  the Performance  Plan for  the
years ended June 30, 1992 and 1993, and 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1992       1993       1994
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning of period...................................     --        165,605    194,605
Granted (prices ranging from $5.40 to $9.70 per share in 1992; $3.15
 to $4.58 per share in 1993 and $8.50 to $16.75 per share in 1994)...    197,205    106,400     40,800
Exercised ($3.15 to $5.40 per share in 1994).........................     --         --        (20,560)
Canceled.............................................................    (31,600)   (77,400)   (55,320)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Outstanding at end of period.........................................    165,605    194,605    159,525
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Exercisable at end of period.........................................     --         21,321     35,242
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Under  the  1993 Stock  Option Plan,  which was  instituted in  fiscal 1994,
200,000 shares of Class A  common stock were reserved  for issuance at June  30,
1994. Options for the purchase of 82,939 of such shares were outstanding at June
30,  1994. The exercise price of options outstanding equals fair market value of
such shares  on  the date  the  options were  granted.  Options were  issued  to
executive   officers  and  certain  other  employees  of  the  Company  and  are
exercisable at the rate  of 25% per  year commencing one year  from the date  of
grant. Such options expire ten years from the date of grant.

    The  table below summarizes the  activity in the 1993  Stock Option Plan for
the year ended June 30, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  1994
                                                                                                ---------
<S>                                                                                             <C>
Granted (prices ranging from $12.13 to $13.00 per share)......................................     88,500
Canceled......................................................................................     (5,561)
                                                                                                ---------
Outstanding at end of period..................................................................     82,939
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                                ---------
Exercisable at end of period..................................................................     --
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>

    At June 30,  1994, the Company  had outstanding options  to purchase  25,000
shares  at $13.63 per share  and 40,000 shares at  $5.40 per share. Such options
were granted to non-employee  directors under the  1991 Directors' Stock  Option
Plan. The exercise price of options outstanding equals fair market value of such
shares  on the date the options were  granted and the options are exercisable at
the rate  of 20%  per year  commencing one  year from  the date  of grant.  Such
options  expire ten years  from the date of  grant. At June  30, 1994, 16,000 of
such options were exercisable.

    At June 30,  1994, the Company  had outstanding options  to purchase  20,000
shares  of Class A  common stock at  $7.50 per share.  Such options were granted
pursuant to  a termination  agreement with  a former  executive officer  of  the
Company and expire in August, 1996.

    The  Company has a  Long-Term Cash Incentive  Plan -- 1990,  as amended, for
certain executive officers  and employees  which provided  for a  cash bonus  of
approximately $2,036,000 vesting in fiscal 1994 and 1995. During fiscal 1994 the
Board  of Directors amended the plan providing for a cash bonus of approximately
$582,000 and a  stock bonus  of approximately  176,000 shares  of the  Company's
Class A Common Stock vesting in fiscal 1994 and payable in fiscal 1995. Pursuant
to  such amendment, an accrual  of $1,341,000 for shares  to be issued under the
amended plan has been credited to Additional paid-in-capital in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1994.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 8. -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
    During fiscal 1994, the  Company adopted the  1993 Long-Term Incentive  Plan
for  certain executive officers and employees  which provides for the payment of
certain bonuses in cash  or a combination  of cash and  stock in future  periods
conditional  upon  the  attainment  of  certain  financial  goals  and continued
employment through June  30, 1996.  At June 30,  1994, the  Company had  accrued
$1,273,000 under such incentive plan.

NOTE 9. -- INCOME TAXES
    The components of the provision for income taxes follow (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                           1992       1993       1994
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Current: Federal.......................................................  $   2,559  $   2,567  $     193
        State..........................................................        222        391        395
Deferred: Federal......................................................     --         --          1,969
         State.........................................................        480        345        269
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Provision for income taxes before extraordinary items..................      3,261      3,303      2,826
Extraordinary items:
  Federal and state....................................................         42      1,344      2,170
Credit resulting from utilization of net operating loss
 carryforwards.........................................................     (2,682)    (3,914)    --
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total tax provision................................................  $     621  $     733  $   4,996
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    A  reconciliation  between  the  tax provision  computed  using  the Federal
statutory rate and the total tax provision follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                      ---------------------------------
                                                                         1992        1993       1994
                                                                      ----------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
Federal income tax provision at statutory rate......................  $    2,470  $    2,636  $   2,288
State income taxes, net of federal benefit..........................         515         548        438
Recognition of differences in the book and tax basis of assets......         245         216     --
Goodwill amortization...............................................          84          85         85
Other...............................................................         (53)       (182)        15
                                                                      ----------  ----------  ---------
Provision for income taxes before extraordinary items...............       3,261       3,303      2,826
Extraordinary items:
  Gain on restructure of debt.......................................          42       1,344      2,170
  Credit from utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.......      (2,682)     (3,914)    --
                                                                      ----------  ----------  ---------
    Total tax provision.............................................  $      621  $      733  $   4,996
                                                                      ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                      ----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>

    During the fiscal year 1994, the  Company adopted SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting
for Income Taxes". SFAS No. 109 requires a change in accounting for income taxes
to  an  asset  and  liability  approach  under  which  deferred  tax  assets and
liabilities are  determined  based  on  the  difference  between  the  financial
accounting  and tax  accounting bases  of assets  and liabilities.  Deferred tax
assets or liabilities

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 9. -- INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
at the end of each  period are determined using  the currently enacted tax  rate
expected  to apply to  taxable income in  the periods in  which the deferred tax
asset or liability is expected to be realized. The Company recorded a credit  of
$805,000 to reflect the cumulative effect of adopting such standard.

    The tax effects of temporary differences and loss carryforwards representing
deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  at June  30,  1994 were  as  follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
    Operating loss carryforwards.................................................  $  13,899
    General and professional liability risks.....................................      4,168
    Accrued expenses.............................................................      2,521
    Long-term liabilities........................................................      2,802
    Other........................................................................      2,267
                                                                                   ---------
    Total deferred tax assets....................................................     25,657
    Valuation allowance..........................................................    (11,019)
                                                                                   ---------
    Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance................................     14,638
                                                                                   ---------

<CAPTION>

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
    Property and depreciation....................................................    (13,459)
    Long-term debt and interest..................................................     (6,075)
                                                                                   ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities...............................................    (19,534)
                                                                                   ---------
    Net deferred tax liabilities.................................................  $  (4,896)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>

    The net deferred tax liability is classified as follows in the  accompanying
June 30, 1994 consolidated balance sheet (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
    Current assets...............................................................  $   4,757
    Long-term liability..........................................................     (9,653)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   $  (4,896)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>

    At  June 30,  1994, the Company  had tax NOL  carryforwards of approximately
$24,000,000  which  expire  in  fiscal   years  2002  through  2006.  Such   NOL
carryforwards  may be available to offset  future taxable income of the Company,
if any.

    During 1991, the Company  issued 390,298 shares of  Class B common stock  in
exchange  for $18,620,000 of bank debt.  The Company, based on consultation with
outside tax and valuation advisors,  believes that the exchange qualified  under
the  stock-for-debt exception  to the  recognition of  income from  discharge of
indebtedness, which was  available to  insolvent corporations. There  can be  no
assurance,  however, that  the Internal Revenue  Service will  not challenge the
Company's position. If any such challenge  by the Internal Revenue Service  were
sustained,  the Company's current NOL carryforwards  could be reduced by as much
as $16,000,000.

    The Internal Revenue Code (the  "Code") contains provisions which limit  the
use  of  NOL  carryforwards  following significant  changes  in  ownership  of a
corporation's stock. A  significant change  in ownership  generally occurs  when
persons  holding  5%  or more  of  the corporation's  stock  ("5% shareholders")
increase their percentage  ownership of such  stock, in the  aggregate, by  more
than  50% during any three year period. The Company believes that no significant
change in ownership has

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 9. -- INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
occurred that would limit the Company's  use of the NOL carryforwards  described
above.  However, use of such NOL carryforwards could be limited in the future as
a result of, among other things, future  purchases of the Company's stock by  5%
shareholders  or the  issuance of  additional stock  (including the  issuance of
options under the Company's  employee benefit plans).  The proposed merger  with
Community  (Note 2), if consummated, would  constitute a change of control under
the Code.

NOTE 10. -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION

    The Company is subject to claims and legal actions by patients and others in
the ordinary course of business. The Company believes that such claims will  not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.  The Company  is self-insured against  a portion of  its general and
professional liability risks.  The liability  recorded for  losses incurred  and
claims made is based upon individual case estimates for losses reported and upon
estimates  on the basis of past experience for incurred but not reported losses.
The Company  has established  and funded  a trust  fund to  pay certain  of  its
general  and professional liability  losses. The balance of  such trust fund was
$10,573,000 and $9,522,000  at June  30, 1993  and 1994,  respectively. Of  such
amounts,  $1,300,000 and $1,350,000 at June  30, 1993 and 1994, respectively, is
classified in the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  under the  caption
"Other  current assets" and represents the  amount of claims and loss adjustment
expenses expected to be paid within  the following twelve months. The  remaining
balance  in such  trust fund  is classified  as "Funds  held by  trustees". Such
self-insurance funds have been pledged as collateral for four letters of  credit
issued by a commercial bank totalling $6,858,000.

OTHER CONTINGENCIES

    The  Company  has employment  agreements with  two executive  officers which
provide for  certain payments  and benefits,  including accelerated  vesting  of
unvested stock options and bonus payments, in the event of a "change in control"
of  the  Company, as  defined. Change  in  control is  generally defined  as the
acquisition of that number of shares of the outstanding stock which would  allow
such  acquiring entity or a  concerted group of entities  to elect a majority of
the Company's Board of  Directors. The employment  agreements for two  executive
officers  were  approved by  the  Board of  Directors  in 1989  and subsequently
amended in 1994. Pursuant to their terms, the agreements currently are for terms
which expire on  September 30,  1996. Absent notice  within designated  periods,
such  agreements automatically renew for additional  one year terms. The maximum
contingent liability  under  the  agreements is  approximately  $2,700,000.  The
proposed  merger with  Community (Note  2), if  consummated, would  constitute a
change of control under the employment agreements.

NOTE 11. -- SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO CONSOLIDATED
           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    The Company  paid $9,796,000,  $10,691,000, and  $7,923,000 in  interest  on
various  obligations in the  fiscal years ended  June 30, 1992,  1993, and 1994,
respectively.

    The Company paid $458,000,  $458,000, and $620,000, in  income taxes in  the
fiscal years ended June 30, 1992, 1993, and 1994, respectively.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 12. -- QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL 1994 QUARTERS ENDED
                                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30  DECEMBER 31   MARCH 31    JUNE 30
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>
Total revenues................................................   $   47,328    $   47,936   $  48,805  $  47,475
Income before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative
 effect of accounting change..................................        2,168         1,100       2,649        811
Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of
 accounting change............................................        1,257           638       1,536        471
Extraordinary gain on restructure of debt, net of income tax
 effect of $2,170.............................................       --            19,784      --         --
Cumulative effect of accounting change........................          805        --          --         --
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
    Net income................................................   $    2,062    $   20,422   $   1,536  $     471
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Net income per common and common equivalent share (1)
Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of
 accounting change............................................  $      0.34   $      0.17   $    0.42  $    0.13
Extraordinary gain on restructure of debt, net of income tax
 effect.......................................................      --               5.26      --         --
Cumulative effect of accounting change........................         0.21       --           --         --
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
    Net income per common and common equivalent share.........  $      0.55   $      5.43   $    0.42  $    0.13
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
 outstanding..................................................        3,728         3,760       3,676      3,684
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  The sum of per share amounts does not equal the annual per share amount due
     to  quarterly fluctuations in weighted average common and common equivalent
     shares outstanding.
</TABLE>

    During the quarters ended September 30,  1993, December 31, 1993, March  31,
1994,  and June 30,  1994, the Company recognized  credits of $65,000, $347,000,
$549,000, and $1,347,000, respectively, from reductions to contractual  reserves
primarily  as a  result of estimate  changes and favorable  settlements of prior
year cost reports with program intermediaries. Such amounts are reflected in the
accompanying consolidated statements  of income  as adjustments  to net  patient
service revenues.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                    FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994

NOTE 12. -- QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
    During  the third quarter of fiscal 1994, the Company recognized a credit of
$1,323,000 due  to  a  reduction  in  the  Company's  general  and  professional
liability  reserves based on updated estimates of the Company's expected general
and professional liability losses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL 1993 QUARTERS ENDED
                                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30  DECEMBER 31   MARCH 31    JUNE 30
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>
Total revenues................................................   $   41,581    $   43,572   $  47,216  $  46,868
Income before income taxes and extraordinary
 items........................................................          544         1,159       3,826      2,224
Income before extraordinary items.............................          211           573       2,341      1,325
Extraordinary items:
  Gain on restructure of debt, net of income tax effect of
   $253, $549 and $542, respectively..........................       --               490       1,066        461
  Credit resulting from utilization of net operating loss
   carryforward...............................................          243           646       1,826      1,199
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
    Net income................................................   $      454    $    1,709   $   5,233  $   2,985
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Net income per common and common equivalent share (1)
Income before extraordinary items.............................  $       .07   $       .17   $     .70  $     .38
Extraordinary items:
  Gain on restructure of debt, net of income tax effect.......      --                .15         .32        .13
  Credit resulting from utilization of net operating loss
   carryforward...............................................          .07           .19         .54        .35
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
    Net income per common and common equivalent share.........  $       .14   $       .51   $    1.56  $     .86
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
 outstanding..................................................        3,343         3,346       3,350      3,453
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  The sum of per share amounts does not equal the annual per share amount due
     to quarterly fluctuations in weighted average common and common  equivalent
     shares outstanding.
</TABLE>

    During  the quarters ended September 30,  1992, December 31, 1992, March 31,
1993, and June 30, 1993, the  Company recognized credits (charges) of  $458,000,
$499,000, $1,135,000, and ($13,000), respectively, from reductions to (increases
in) contractual reserves primarily as a result of estimate changes and favorable
settlements of prior year cost reports with program intermediaries. Such amounts
are   reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income  as
adjustments to net patient service revenues.

    During the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company recognized a credit  of
$1,266,000  due  to  a  reduction  in  the  Company's  general  and professional
liability reserves based on updated estimates of the Company's expected  general
and professional liability losses.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                                   APPENDIX A
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
    
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

    AMENDED  AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this "Agreement"), dated
as of June 10,  1994, by and  among COMMUNITY HEALTH  SYSTEMS, INC., a  Delaware
corporation  ("CHS"), COMMUNITY ACQUISITION CORP.,  a Delaware corporation and a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  CHS   ("Merger  Sub"),  and  HALLMARK   HEALTHCARE
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Hallmark").

                                    RECITALS

    A.   CHS, Merger Sub and Hallmark  are parties to that certain Agreement and
Plan of Merger, dated as  of June 10, 1994, and  desire to amend such  Agreement
and Plan of Merger, and to restate such agreement in its entirety as amended.

    B.   The Boards of Directors of CHS and Hallmark each have determined that a
business combination between CHS and Hallmark is in the best interests of  their
respective  companies and stockholders  and, accordingly, have  agreed to effect
the merger provided for herein upon the terms and subject to the conditions  set
forth herein.

    C.  For federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the merger provided
for  herein shall qualify as a reorganization  within the meaning of Section 368
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended (the  "Code"),  and,  for
financial  accounting  purposes,  shall  be  accounted  for  as  a  "pooling  of
interests."

    D.  CHS and  Hallmark have each  received a fairness  opinion as more  fully
described herein.

    E.   CHS,  Merger Sub and  Hallmark desire to  make certain representations,
warranties and agreements in connection with the merger.

    NOW  THEREFORE,   in   consideration   of  the   foregoing,   and   of   the
representations,  warranties,  covenants  and agreements  contained  herein, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

    1.  THE MERGER.

    1.1.  THE MERGER.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at
the Effective Time (as  defined in Section 1.3),  Hallmark shall be merged  with
and  into Merger Sub  (the "Merger") in  accordance with this  Agreement and the
separate corporate existence of Hallmark shall thereupon cease. Merger Sub shall
be the surviving corporation in the Merger (sometimes hereinafter referred to as
the "Surviving Corporation"). The Merger shall have the effects specified in the
Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL").

    1.2.  THE CLOSING.  Subject to  the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,
the closing of the Merger (the "Closing") shall take place (a) at the offices of
McGlinchey  Stafford Lang, A Law Corporation,  643 Magazine Street, New Orleans,
Louisiana, at 10:00  a.m., local  time, on  the first  business day  immediately
following  the day on which the last to be fulfilled or waived of the conditions
set forth in Article 8  shall be fulfilled or  waived in accordance herewith  or
(b) at such other time, date or place as CHS and Hallmark may agree. The date on
which the Closing occurs is hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date."

    1.3.   EFFECTIVE  TIME.  If  all the conditions  to the Merger  set forth in
Article 8 shall have  been fulfilled or waived  in accordance herewith and  this
Agreement  shall not have been terminated as  provided in Article 9, the parties
hereto shall cause a Certificate of  Merger meeting the requirements of  Section
251  of  the DGCL  to be  properly executed  and filed  in accordance  with such
Section on the

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
Closing Date. The Merger  shall become effective  at the time  of filing of  the
Certificate  of Merger with the  Secretary of State of  the State of Delaware in
accordance with the DGCL or  at such later time  which the parties hereto  shall
have  agreed upon  and designated in  such filing  as the effective  time of the
Merger (the "Effective Time").

                                   ARTICLE 2

    2.  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION.

    2.1.  CERTIFICATE  OF INCORPORATION.   The Certificate  of Incorporation  of
Merger  Sub  in effect  immediately prior  to  the Effective  Time shall  be the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, until duly amended in
accordance with applicable law.

    2.2.  BYLAWS.  The Bylaws of  Merger Sub in effect immediately prior to  the
Effective  Time shall  be the  Bylaws of  the Surviving  Corporation, until duly
amended in accordance with applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE 3

    3.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION.

    3.1.   DIRECTORS.   The directors  of Merger  Sub immediately  prior to  the
Effective  Time shall be  the directors of  the Surviving Corporation  as of the
Effective Time.

    3.2.   OFFICERS.   The  officers  of Merger  Sub  immediately prior  to  the
Effective  Time shall  be the  officers of the  Surviving Corporation  as of the
Effective Time.

                                   ARTICLE 4

    4.  CONVERSION OF HALLMARK STOCK.

    4.1.  CONVERSION OF HALLMARK STOCK.

    (a) At the Effective Time, each share  of the Common Stock, $.01 par  value,
of  Merger Sub outstanding immediately prior  to the Effective Time shall remain
outstanding and shall represent  one share of Common  Stock, $.01 par value,  of
the Surviving Corporation.

    (b)  At the  Effective Time, each  share of  Class A Common  Stock, $.05 par
value, of Hallmark and each  share of Class B Common  Stock, $.05 par value,  of
Hallmark   (collectively,  "Hallmark  Common  Stock"),  issued  and  outstanding
immediately prior  to the  Effective Time  shall, by  virtue of  the Merger  and
without  any action  on the part  of the  holder thereof, be  converted into the
right to  receive  .97 shares  of  Common Stock,  $.01  par value  ("CHS  Common
Stock"), of CHS (the "Exchange Ratio").

    (c)  At  the  Effective Time,  each  share of  25%  Participating Cumulative
Convertible Redeemable  Preferred Stock,  $5  par value  ("Redeemable  Preferred
Stock"),  of Hallmark issued and outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective
Time (other than those  with respect to which  the holder thereof has  perfected
appraisal  rights under  the DGCL  and has  not subsequently  lost, withdrawn or
forfeited such rights) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action  on
the  part of  the holder  thereof, be  converted into  the right  to receive 5.4
shares of CHS Common Stock (the "Preferred Exchange Ratio").

    (d) As a  result of the  Merger and without  any action on  the part of  the
holder thereof, all shares of Hallmark Common Stock and all shares of Redeemable
Preferred  Stock shall cease to be outstanding and shall be canceled and retired
and shall cease  to exist, and  each holder of  a certificate (a  "Certificate")
representing  any shares  of Hallmark Common  Stock or any  shares of Redeemable
Preferred Stock shall thereafter cease to  have any rights with respect to  such
shares  of Hallmark Common Stock or Redeemable Preferred Stock, except the right
to receive,  without interest,  the CHS  Common Stock  and cash  for  fractional
shares of CHS Common Stock in accordance with Sections 4.1(b), 4.1(c) and 4.2(e)
upon the surrender of such Certificate.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
    (e)  Each  share of  Hallmark Common  Stock  and Redeemable  Preferred Stock
issued and held in Hallmark's treasury at the Effective Time shall, by virtue of
the Merger, cease to  be outstanding and shall  be canceled and retired  without
payment of any consideration therefor.

    (f)  All options  (individually, a  "Hallmark Option"  and collectively, the
"Hallmark Options") outstanding  immediately prior to  the Effective Time  under
Hallmark's 1993 Stock Option Plan, Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan -- 1989, Stock
Incentive  Performance Plan  -- 1991 and  1991 Directors' Stock  Option Plan, as
amended (collectively, the "Hallmark Stock Option Plans"), and options set forth
in the  Hallmark  Disclosure  Letter  shall  remain  outstanding  following  the
Effective Time. At the Effective Time, such Hallmark Options shall, by virtue of
the  Merger and without any further action on the part of Hallmark or the holder
of any such Hallmark Options, be assumed by CHS in such manner that CHS (i) is a
corporation "assuming a stock  option in a transaction  to which Section  424(a)
applied" within the meaning of Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), or (ii) to the extent that Section 424 of the Code does
not apply to any such Hallmark Options, would be such a corporation were Section
424  applicable to  such option.  Each Hallmark Option  assumed by  CHS shall be
exercisable upon the same terms and conditions as under the applicable  Hallmark
Stock  Option Plan and the applicable option agreement issued thereunder, except
that (i) each such Hallmark Option shall be exercisable for that whole number of
shares of CHS Common Stock (to the nearest whole share) into which the number of
shares of  Hallmark Common  Stock subject  to such  Hallmark Option  immediately
prior  to the Effective Time would be converted under this Section 4.1, and (ii)
the option price per share of CHS Common  Stock shall be an amount equal to  the
option  price per share of Hallmark Common Stock subject to such Hallmark Option
in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Exchange  Ratio
(the  price per share, as so determined,  being rounded down to the nearest full
cent). Within ten days after the Closing  Date, CHS shall notify each holder  of
an  option  under the  Hallmark Stock  Option  Plans of  the assumption  of such
options by CHS  and the revisions  to the options  effected thereby. No  payment
shall  be  made  for fractional  interests.  From  and after  the  date  of this
Agreement,  no  additional  options  shall   be  granted  by  Hallmark  or   its
Subsidiaries under the Hallmark Stock Option Plans or otherwise.

    4.2.  EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING HALLMARK COMMON STOCK
        AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK.

    (a)  As  of the  Effective Time,  CHS shall  deposit, or  shall cause  to be
deposited, with CHS's Transfer Agent, as exchange agent (the "Exchange  Agent"),
for the benefit of the holders of shares of Hallmark Common Stock and Redeemable
Preferred  Stock, for exchange  in accordance with  this Article 4, certificates
representing the  shares of  CHS Common  Stock and  cash in  lieu of  fractional
shares  (such  cash  and  certificates  for shares  of  CHS  Common  Stock being
hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Fund") to be issued pursuant to Section
4.1 and paid pursuant to this Section 4.2 in exchange for outstanding shares  of
Hallmark Common Stock and Redeemable Preferred Stock.

    (b) Promptly after the Effective Time, CHS shall cause the Exchange Agent to
mail to each holder of record of a Certificate or Certificates (other than those
representing Redeemable Preferred Stock with respect to which the holder thereof
has  perfected appraisal  rights under the  DGCL and has  not subsequently lost,
withdrawn or forfeited  such rights)  (i) a  letter of  transmittal which  shall
specify  that delivery  shall be  effected, and  risk of  loss and  title to the
Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of the Certificates to the  Exchange
Agent  and shall  be in  such form  and have  such other  provisions as  CHS may
reasonably specify and (ii) instructions for  use in effecting the surrender  of
the  Certificates in exchange for certificates representing shares of CHS Common
Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares. Upon surrender of a Certificate for
cancellation to the  Exchange Agent  together with such  letter of  transmittal,
duly  executed and  completed in accordance  with the  instructions thereto, the
holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor (x)
a certificate representing that number of  whole shares of CHS Common Stock  and
(y)  a check representing  the amount of  cash in lieu  of fractional shares, if
any, which such holder has  the right to receive  in respect of the  Certificate
surrendered pursuant to Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c), after giving effect to
any required withholding tax, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith
be canceled. No interest will be

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
paid  or accrued on the value of any CHS Common Stock or cash payable to holders
of Certificates. In  the event  of a transfer  of ownership  of Hallmark  Common
Stock  or Redeemable  Preferred Stock  which is  not registered  in the transfer
records of Hallmark, a certificate representing  the proper number of shares  of
CHS  Common Stock,  together with a  check for  the cash to  be paid  in lieu of
fractional shares,  may  be issued  to  such  a transferee  if  the  Certificate
representing  such  Hallmark  Common  Stock  or  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock is
presented to  the  Exchange Agent,  accompanied  by all  documents  required  to
evidence  and effect  such transfer  and to  evidence that  any applicable stock
transfer taxes have been paid.

    (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, no dividends  on
CHS  Common Stock shall  be paid with  respect to any  shares of Hallmark Common
Stock or  Redeemable Preferred  Stock represented  by a  Certificate until  such
Certificate  is  surrendered for  exchange as  provided  herein. Subject  to the
effect of applicable laws,  following surrender of  any such Certificate,  there
shall be paid to the holder of the certificates representing whole shares of CHS
Common  Stock issued in exchange therefor, without  interest, (i) at the time of
such surrender, the  amount of dividends  or other distributions  with a  record
date  after the  Effective Time theretofore  payable with respect  to such whole
shares of CHS  Common Stock and  not paid,  less the amount  of any  withholding
taxes  which may be required thereon, and  (ii) at the appropriate payment date,
the amount of  dividends or  other distributions with  a record  date after  the
Effective Time but prior to surrender and a payment date subsequent to surrender
payable  with respect to such whole shares  of CHS Common Stock, less the amount
of any withholding taxes which may be required thereon.

    (d) At or after the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the stock
transfer books of Hallmark of the shares of Hallmark Common Stock or  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.
If, after  the  Effective Time,  Certificates  are presented  to  the  Surviving
Corporation, they shall be canceled and exchanged for certificates for shares of
CHS  Common Stock and cash in lieu  of fractional shares, if any, deliverable in
respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this  Article 4. Certificates  surrendered for exchange  by any  person
constituting  an "affiliate" of  Hallmark for purposes of  Rule 145(c) under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities  Act") shall not be exchanged until  CHS
has received a written agreement from such person as provided in Section 7.10.

    (e)  No  fractional shares  of  CHS Common  Stock  shall be  issued pursuant
hereto. In lieu  of the issuance  of any  fractional share of  CHS Common  Stock
pursuant  to Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c),  cash adjustments will be paid to
holders in  respect of  any fractional  share  of CHS  Common Stock  that  would
otherwise  be issuable, and the amount of such cash adjustment shall be equal to
such fractional  proportion of  the "Average  Price" of  a share  of CHS  Common
Stock.  The "Average Price" of a share of  CHS Common Stock shall be the average
of the  closing sales  prices thereof  as reported  on The  NASDAQ Stock  Market
("NASDAQ")  or on such other principal exchange on which the CHS Common Stock is
listed (as reported by The Wall Street  Journal or, if not reported thereby,  by
another  authoritative source) over the  ten business days immediately preceding
the Closing Date.

    (f) Any  portion  of  the  Exchange Fund  (including  the  proceeds  of  any
investments  thereof and any shares of  CHS Common Stock) that remains unclaimed
by the former stockholders of Hallmark  one year after the Effective Time  shall
be  delivered to the Surviving Corporation.  Any former stockholders of Hallmark
who have not theretofore complied with this Article 4 shall thereafter look only
to the Surviving  Corporation for  payment in respect  of their  shares, in  any
event without any interest thereon.

    (g)  None of CHS, Hallmark, the Exchange  Agent or any other person shall be
liable to any  former holder of  shares of Hallmark  Common Stock or  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock for any amount properly delivered to a public official pursuant
to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.

    (h) In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or  destroyed,
upon  the  making of  an  affidavit of  that fact  by  the person  claiming such
Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
required by the Surviving Corporation, the posting  by such person of a bond  in
such  reasonable amount  as the  Surviving Corporation  may direct  as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such  Certificate,
the  Exchange Agent will  issue in exchange  for such lost,  stolen or destroyed
Certificate the  shares of  CHS Common  Stock  and cash  in lieu  of  fractional
shares,  and unpaid dividends and distributions on shares of CHS Common Stock as
provided in  Section 4.2(c),  deliverable in  respect thereof  pursuant to  this
Agreement.

    4.3.   ADJUSTMENT OF EXCHANGE  RATIO.  In the  event that, subsequent to the
date of this Agreement but prior to the Effective Time, Hallmark or CHS  changes
the number of shares of Hallmark Common Stock, Redeemable Preferred Stock or CHS
Common Stock, respectively, issued and outstanding as a result of a stock split,
reverse   stock  split,  stock  dividend,   recapitalization  or  other  similar
transaction, the Exchange Ratio or the Preferred Exchange Ratio, as the case may
be, shall be appropriately adjusted.

                                   ARTICLE 5

    5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HALLMARK.  Except as set forth in  the
disclosure  letter delivered  at or  prior to the  execution hereof  to CHS (the
"Hallmark Disclosure Letter"), Hallmark represents and warrants to CHS as of the
date of this Agreement as follows:

    5.1.    EXISTENCE;  GOOD  STANDING;  CORPORATE  AUTHORITY;  COMPLIANCE  WITH
LAW.   Hallmark is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction of incorporation. Hallmark is  duly
licensed  or qualified to  do business as  a foreign corporation  and is in good
standing under the laws  of any other  state of the United  States in which  the
character  of  the properties  owned or  leased by  it therein  or in  which the
transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the
failure to be  so qualified  would not  have a  material adverse  effect on  the
business,  results  of operations  or financial  condition  of Hallmark  and its
Subsidiaries (as  defined  in Section  10.14)  taken  as a  whole  (a  "Hallmark
Material  Adverse  Effect").  Hallmark  has all  requisite  corporate  power and
authority to own, operate and lease its properties and carry on its business  as
now  conducted.  Each  of  Hallmark's Significant  Subsidiaries  (as  defined in
Section 10.14 hereof) is  a corporation or  partnership duly organized,  validly
existing   and  in  good  standing  under   the  laws  of  its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation or  organization,  has  the corporate  or  partnership  power  and
authority  to own its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being
conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in  each
jurisdiction  in  which the  ownership of  its  property or  the conduct  of its
business requires such  qualification, except  for jurisdictions  in which  such
failure  to be so qualified or to be  in good standing would not have a Hallmark
Material Adverse Effect.  Neither Hallmark  nor any  of its  Subsidiaries is  in
violation of any order of any court, governmental authority or arbitration board
or  tribunal, or  any law, ordinance,  governmental rule or  regulation to which
Hallmark or any  Hallmark Subsidiary or  any of their  respective properties  or
assets  is subject, where such violation  would have a Hallmark Material Adverse
Effect. Hallmark and its  Subsidiaries have obtained  all licenses, permits  and
other  authorizations and  have taken all  action required by  applicable law or
governmental regulations in  connection with  their business  as now  conducted,
where  the failure to obtain any such item or to take any such action would have
a Hallmark  Material Adverse  Effect. The  copies of  Hallmark's Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws previously delivered to CHS are true and correct.

    5.2.   AUTHORIZATION, VALIDITY  AND EFFECT OF AGREEMENTS.   Hallmark has the
requisite corporate power and  authority to execute  and deliver this  Agreement
and  all  agreements  and documents  contemplated  hereby. Subject  only  to the
approval of  this Agreement  and  the transactions  contemplated hereby  by  the
holders  of a  majority of  the combined  voting power  of the  then outstanding
shares of Hallmark Common Stock  and Redeemable Preferred Stock voting  together
as  a  single class  (the "Requisite  Hallmark  Approval"), the  consummation by
Hallmark of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by all
requisite corporate action. Subject to obtaining the

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
Requisite Hallmark Approval, this Agreement constitutes, and all agreements  and
documents contemplated hereby (when executed and delivered pursuant hereto) will
constitute, the valid and legally binding obligations of Hallmark, to the extent
it  is a party  thereto, enforceable in accordance  with their respective terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  moratorium or other similar  laws
relating to creditors' rights and general principles of equity.

    5.3.   CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of Hallmark consists of
25,000,000 shares of Hallmark Common Stock, which may be issued and  outstanding
as  either Class A Common Stock or Class  B Common Stock and 2,500,000 shares of
Preferred Stock,  of which  60,000  shares have  been designated  as  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock and 2,440,000 shares of Preferred Stock are authorized having a
par value of $1.00 per share. As of June 10, 1994 there were 2,982,178 shares of
Class A Common  Stock issued and  outstanding, 64,102 shares  of Class B  Common
Stock  issued and outstanding,  and 32,966 shares  of Redeemable Preferred Stock
issued and outstanding. Since such date,  no additional shares of capital  stock
of  Hallmark have been  issued, except (i) upon  exercise of options outstanding
pursuant to the  Hallmark Stock Option  Plans, (ii) upon  conversion of Class  B
Common  Stock into Class A Common Stock  and (iii) upon conversion of Redeemable
Preferred Stock into Class  A Common Stock. Hallmark  has no outstanding  bonds,
debentures,  notes or other obligations  the holders of which  have the right to
vote (or which  are convertible into  or exercisable for  securities having  the
right to vote) with the stockholders of Hallmark on any matters. All such issued
and  outstanding shares of Hallmark Common  Stock and Redeemable Preferred Stock
are duly  authorized, validly  issued,  fully paid,  nonassessable and  free  of
preemptive  rights. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth
above, and except for the issuance by Hallmark prior to the Effective Time of up
to 176,000  shares of  Hallmark Common  Stock  pursuant to  the Long  Term  Cash
Incentive  Plan-1990, there are not  at the date of  this Agreement any existing
options,  warrants,  calls,  subscriptions,  convertible  securities,  or  other
rights,  agreements  or  commitments  which  obligate  Hallmark  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any shares of capital stock of  Hallmark
or  any of its Subsidiaries. After the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation
will have no obligation to issue, transfer  or sell any shares of capital  stock
of  Hallmark or the Surviving Corporation  pursuant to any Hallmark Benefit Plan
(as defined in Section 5.11).

    5.4.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Each of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each
of Hallmark's Subsidiaries is  duly authorized, validly  issued, fully paid  and
nonassessable,  and is owned, directly or indirectly, by Hallmark free and clear
of all liens, pledges,  security interests, claims  or other encumbrances  other
than  liens imposed by local law which are not material. The Hallmark Disclosure
Letter includes the following information  for each Subsidiary of Hallmark:  (i)
its  name and jurisdiction of incorporation or organization; (ii) its authorized
capital stock  or share  capital; (iii)  the number  of issued  and  outstanding
shares  of capital stock or share capital; and (iv) the number of shares of such
capital stock owned by Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries.

    5.5.  OTHER INTERESTS.  Except  for interests in the Hallmark  Subsidiaries,
neither  Hallmark nor  any Hallmark Subsidiary  owns directly  or indirectly any
interest or investment (whether equity or debt) in any corporation, partnership,
joint venture, business, trust or  entity (other than investments in  short-term
investment securities).

    5.6.   NO VIOLATION.  Neither the execution and delivery by Hallmark of this
Agreement nor  the consummation  by Hallmark  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  in accordance with the terms hereof, will (i) conflict with or result in
a breach of  any provisions  of the Certificate  of Incorporation  or Bylaws  of
Hallmark;  (ii)  except as  disclosed  in the  Hallmark  Reports (as  defined in
Section 5.7)  result in  a  breach or  violation of,  a  default under,  or  the
triggering  of  any  payment  or  other  material  obligations  pursuant  to, or
accelerate vesting under, any  of its existing Hallmark  Stock Option Plans,  or
any  grant  or award  made under  any  of the  foregoing other  than accelerated
vesting of  outstanding options  under stock  option agreements  and  employment
agreements,  in existence on the date hereof, with certain employees of Hallmark
by reason  of, in  whole  or in  part, the  consummation  of the  Merger,  (iii)
violate,  or  conflict with,  or  result in  a breach  of  any provision  of, or
constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse of time or  both,
would constitute a default) under, or result in the

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
termination  or in a right of termination  or cancellation of, or accelerate the
performance required  by,  or result  in  the  creation of  any  lien,  security
interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of the material properties of Hallmark
or its  Subsidiaries under,  or  result in  being  declared void,  voidable,  or
without  further binding effect,  any of the terms,  conditions or provisions of
any note, bond,  mortgage, indenture,  deed of  trust or  any material  license,
franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument, commitment or
obligation  to which Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or by which
Hallmark or any  of its  Subsidiaries or  any of  their properties  is bound  or
affected,  except  for any  of  the foregoing  matters  which would  not  have a
Hallmark Material Adverse Effect; or (iv) other than the filings provided for in
Article 1, certain federal, state and local regulatory filings, filings required
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR  Act"),
the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the "Exchange  Act"), the
Securities Act or applicable state securities and "Blue Sky" laws or filings  in
connection  with  the  maintenance  of qualification  to  do  business  in other
jurisdictions (collectively,  the "Regulatory  Filings"), require  any  material
consent,  approval or authorization  of, or declaration,  filing or registration
with, any domestic governmental or  regulatory authority, the failure to  obtain
or make which would have a Hallmark Material Adverse Effect.

    5.7.    SEC DOCUMENTS.    Hallmark has  delivered  to CHS  each registration
statement, report, proxy statement or information statement prepared by it since
December 31, 1991, including, without limitation, (i) its Annual Report on  Form
10-K  for the year ended June 30, 1993,  (ii) its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
for the periods ended September  30 and December 31,  1993, and March 31,  1994,
and  (iii)  its Proxy  Statement  for the  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders held
November 23,  1993, each  in the  form (including  exhibits and  any  amendments
thereto)   filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC")
(collectively, the  "Hallmark  Reports").  As of  their  respective  dates,  the
Hallmark  Reports (i) were prepared in  all material respects in accordance with
the applicable requirements  of the Securities  Act, the Exchange  Act, and  the
rules  and regulations thereunder and (ii)  did not contain any untrue statement
of a  material fact  or omit  to state  a material  fact required  to be  stated
therein  or necessary to make  the statements made therein,  in the light of the
circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading.  Each  of   the
consolidated balance sheets of Hallmark included in or incorporated by reference
into  the Hallmark  Reports (including the  related notes  and schedules) fairly
presents the  consolidated  financial  position of  Hallmark  and  the  Hallmark
Subsidiaries  as of its date and each  of the consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows of  Hallmark included in or incorporated  by
reference  into the Hallmark Reports (including any related notes and schedules)
fairly presents the results of  operations, shareholders' equity or cash  flows,
as  the case may be, of Hallmark  and the Hallmark Subsidiaries, for the periods
set forth therein (subject, in the  case of unaudited statements, to  exceptions
to  generally  accepted accounting  principles as  permitted  by SEC  rules with
respect to unaudited quarterly financial statements) in each case in  accordance
with  generally accepted  accounting principles consistently  applied during the
periods involved, except as may  be noted therein. Except  as and to the  extent
set  forth  on  the consolidated  balance  sheet  of Hallmark  and  the Hallmark
Subsidiaries at March 31, 1994, including all notes thereto, or as set forth  in
the  Hallmark Reports, neither Hallmark nor any of the Hallmark Subsidiaries has
any  material  liabilities  or  obligations  of  any  nature  (whether  accrued,
absolute, contingent or otherwise) that would be required to be reflected on, or
reserved  against  in, a  balance sheet  of  Hallmark or  in the  notes thereto,
prepared  in   accordance   with  generally   accepted   accounting   principles
consistently  applied,  except liabilities  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business since such date.

    5.8.  LITIGATION.   Except as disclosed in  the Hallmark Reports filed  with
the  SEC  prior  to  the  date hereof,  there  are  no  claims,  actions, suits,
proceedings, arbitrations  or investigations  pending  against Hallmark  or  the
Hallmark  Subsidiaries or, to the actual  knowledge of the executive officers of
Hallmark, threatened against Hallmark or the Hallmark Subsidiaries, at law or in
equity, or before or by any  federal or state commission, board, bureau,  agency
or  instrumentality,  that are  reasonably likely  to  have a  Hallmark Material
Adverse Effect, nor does any executive officer of Hallmark have actual knowledge
of any facts  or circumstances  that such  executive officer  believes would  be
likely  to  form the  basis for  any such  claims, actions,  suits, proceedings,
arbitrations or investigations.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
    5.9.   ABSENCE OF  CERTAIN CHANGES.   Except  as disclosed  in the  Hallmark
Reports  filed  with the  SEC prior  to the  date hereof,  since June  30, 1993,
Hallmark has conducted its business only in the ordinary course of such business
and there  has not  been (i)  any  Hallmark Material  Adverse Effect;  (ii)  any
declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution with
respect  to its capital  stock; or (iii)  any material change  in its accounting
principles, practices or methods.

    5.10.  TAXES.  Hallmark and each  of its Subsidiaries (i) have timely  filed
all  material federal, state and foreign tax returns required to be filed by any
of them prior to the date of this Agreement or requests for extension have  been
timely  filed and any such  request shall have been  granted and not expired and
all such  returns are  complete in  all  material respects,  (ii) have  paid  or
accrued  all taxes shown to  be due and payable on  such returns, and (iii) have
properly accrued  all such  taxes for  such periods  subsequent to  the  periods
covered  by such returns, and  (iv) have not had  any federal income tax returns
audited by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").

    5.11.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  All employee benefit plans and other benefit
arrangements covering employees of Hallmark  and the Hallmark Subsidiaries  (the
"Hallmark  Benefit Plans") are listed in  the Hallmark Disclosure Letter, except
Hallmark Benefit Plans which are not  material. True and complete copies of  the
Hallmark  Benefit  Plans  have  been  made  available  to  CHS.  To  the  extent
applicable, the Hallmark Benefit  Plans comply, in  all material respects,  with
the  requirements of  the Employee  Retirement Income  Security Act  of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), and the  Code, and any Hallmark  Benefit Plan intended to  be
qualified  under Section 401(a) of the Code has been determined by the IRS to be
so qualified. No Hallmark employee benefit plan covered by Title IV of ERISA  or
Section  412 of the  Code is now,  or ever was,  to the actual  knowledge of the
executive  officers  of  Hallmark,  maintained  by  Hallmark  or  any   Hallmark
Subsidiary,  or any predecessors thereof. No  Hallmark Benefit Plan nor Hallmark
has incurred any liability or penalty under Section 4975 of the Code or Sections
502(i) or 502(l) of  ERISA. Each Hallmark Benefit  Plan has been maintained  and
administered  in all  material respects  in compliance  with its  terms and with
ERISA and the Code to the extent applicable thereto. The Hallmark Benefit  Plans
are,  except by reason of possible  non-compliance with Section 402(b) of ERISA,
terminable by Hallmark.  To the actual  knowledge of the  executive officers  of
Hallmark,  there  are  no  pending or  anticipated  material  claims  against or
otherwise involving any  of the Hallmark  Benefit Plans and  no suit, action  or
other  litigation (excluding claims for benefits incurred in the ordinary course
of Hallmark Benefit Plan activities) has been brought against or with respect to
any such Hallmark Benefit Plan, except for any of the foregoing which would  not
have  a Hallmark Material Adverse Effect.  All contributions required to be made
as of the date hereof to the  Hallmark Benefit Plans have been made or  provided
for.  Since September  25, 1980, neither  Hallmark nor any  entity under "common
control" with Hallmark within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001 has  contributed
to,  or been required to contribute to, any "multi-employer plan" (as defined in
Section 3(37) and 4001(a)(3) of ERISA). Hallmark does not maintain or contribute
to any plan or arrangement which provides or has any liability (except as may be
required by law) to  provide life insurance, medical  or other employee  welfare
benefits  to any employee or former  employee upon his retirement or termination
of employment  and  Hallmark  has  never  represented,  promised  or  contracted
(whether  in oral or  written form) to  or with any  employee or former employee
that such  benefits would  be  provided. Except  as  disclosed in  the  Hallmark
Reports,  the execution of, and performance of the transactions contemplated in,
this Agreement will not (either alone  or upon the occurrence of any  additional
or  subsequent  events)  constitute an  event  under any  benefit  plan, policy,
arrangement or agreement or  any trust or  loan that will or  may result in  any
payment  (whether of severance  pay or otherwise),  acceleration, forgiveness of
indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligations to fund
benefits with respect to any employee.

    5.12.  LABOR MATTERS.   Neither Hallmark  nor any of  its Subsidiaries is  a
party  to, or bound  by, any collective bargaining  agreement, contract or other
agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization. There is no
unfair labor practice or labor arbitration proceeding pending or, to the  actual
knowledge  of the executive officers of Hallmark, threatened against Hallmark or
its Subsidiaries  relating to  their business,  except for  any such  proceeding
which would not have a

                                      A-8
<PAGE>
Hallmark  Material  Adverse Effect.  To the  actual  knowledge of  the executive
officers of Hallmark, there  are no organizational efforts  with respect to  the
formation  of a  collective bargaining unit  presently being  made or threatened
involving employees of Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries.

    5.13.   POOLING OF  INTERESTS.   To the  actual knowledge  of the  executive
officers  of Hallmark, Hallmark has not taken or failed to take any action which
would prevent  the  accounting for  the  Merger as  a  pooling of  interests  in
accordance  with Accounting Principles Board  Opinion No. 16, the interpretative
releases issued pursuant thereto, and the pronouncements of the SEC.

    5.14.  NO BROKERS.  Hallmark has not entered into any contract,  arrangement
or  understanding with any person or firm  which may result in the obligation of
Hallmark or CHS  to pay any  finder's fees, brokerage  or agent's commission  or
other  like  payments  in  connection  with  the  negotiations  leading  to this
Agreement or the  consummation of the  transactions contemplated hereby,  except
that  Hallmark has retained Mabon Securities Corp. as its financial advisor, the
arrangements with which have been disclosed in writing to CHS prior to the  date
hereof.  Other than  the foregoing  arrangements, Hallmark  is not  aware of any
claim for payment  of any  finder's fees,  brokerage or  agent's commissions  or
other  like  payments  in  connection  with  the  negotiations  leading  to this
Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

    5.15.  CHS STOCK  OWNERSHIP.  Neither Hallmark  nor any of its  Subsidiaries
owns  any shares of  CHS Common Stock  or other securities  convertible into CHS
Common Stock.

    5.16.  AGREEMENTS.  (a)  Neither Hallmark nor any  of its Subsidiaries is  a
party to:

        (i)  any  agreement,  contract  or  commitment  containing  any covenant
    limiting the freedom of Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any
    line of business  or to  compete with  any person  in any  line of  business
    permitted by its or their Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law;

        (ii)  any written agreement, order  or decree of or  with any federal or
    state regulatory  agency  except those  listed  in the  Hallmark  Disclosure
    Letter; or

       (iii)  any obligation  of guaranty  or indemnity,  except as  provided in
    Section 5.11, obligations of Subsidiaries guaranteed by Hallmark, and income
    guarantees provided to recruit healthcare professionals.

    (b) All material agreements, contracts or commitments (except those  entered
into  in  the ordinary  course  of business)  to which  Hallmark  or any  of its
Subsidiaries is a party  or which affects its  or their business, operations  or
assets  are listed  in the  Hallmark Reports.  Neither Hallmark  nor any  of its
Subsidiaries has in any material respect  breached, nor is there any pending  or
threatened claim that it or any of its Subsidiaries has materially breached, any
of the terms or conditions of any such agreements, contracts or commitments.

    5.17.   TITLE TO  ASSETS.  (a) On  March 31, 1994, Hallmark  and each of its
Subsidiaries had and,  except with respect  to assets disposed  of for  adequate
consideration  in the ordinary course of business since such date, now has, good
and merchantable title to all real  property and good and merchantable title  to
all  other material properties and assets  reflected on the consolidated balance
sheet of Hallmark as of  such date, and has good  and merchantable title to  all
real  property and good and merchantable  title to all other material properties
and assets  acquired  since such  date,  in each  case  free and  clear  of  all
mortgages,   liens,  pledges,  restrictions,  security  interests,  charges  and
encumbrances of  any nature  except  for (i)  mortgages and  encumbrances  which
secure  indebtedness which is properly reflected in the aforesaid balance sheet;
(ii) liens for  taxes accrued  but not  yet payable;  (iii) liens  arising as  a
matter  of law in  the ordinary course  of business with  respect to obligations
incurred after  the date  of  the aforesaid  balance  sheet, provided  that  the
obligations  secured by such liens are not  delinquent or are being contested in
good faith; (iv) such imperfections of title and encumbrances, if any, as do not
materially detract from the value or  materially interfere with the present  use
of  any of such  properties or assets or  the pending sale of  any of such owned
properties or assets; and (v) capital leases, if any,

                                      A-9
<PAGE>
with third parties for fair and adequate consideration. Hallmark and each of its
Subsidiaries own, or have valid leasehold interests in, all material  properties
and  assets used in the  conduct of their business.  Any real property and other
material assets held under lease by Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries are held
under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases  with such exceptions as are  not
material  and do  not interfere  with the  use made  or proposed  to be  made by
Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries of such property.

    (b) With respect to each lease of any real property or a material amount  of
personal  property to which Hallmark or any  of its Subsidiaries is a party, and
except for leases as lessor or  sublessor to healthcare professionals, (i)  such
lease  is in full force and effect in  accordance with its terms; (ii) all rents
and other monetary amounts that have become due and payable thereunder have been
paid; (iii) there  exists no default,  or event, occurrence,  condition or  act,
which  with the  giving of  notice, the lapse  of time  or the  happening of any
further event, occurrence, condition  or act would become  a default under  such
lease;  and  (iv) the  Merger will  not constitute  a breach  under, or  cause a
termination of, such  lease. Notwithstanding  anything to  the contrary  herein,
Hallmark shall have the right to supplement the Hallmark Disclosure Letter on or
before  5:00  p.m., Eastern  Daylight  Time, Monday,  June  13, 1994,  to report
exceptions  to  the  representation  and  warranty  contained  in  this  Section
5.17(b)(iv).

    (c)  Neither Hallmark nor any of  its Subsidiaries has any legal obligation,
absolute or contingent, to any other person to sell or otherwise dispose of  any
substantial  part of  its assets;  or to sell  or dispose  of any  of its assets
except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

    5.18.  INSURANCE POLICIES.  Hallmark  and each of its Subsidiaries  maintain
in  force  insurance  policies  and  bonds  in  such  amounts  and  against such
liabilities and hazards  as are considered  by it to  be reasonable. A  complete
list  of all  such insurance  policies is  contained in  the Hallmark Disclosure
Letter. Neither Hallmark nor any of its Subsidiaries is now liable, nor will  it
or  any of them  become liable, for any  material retroactive premium adjustment
not recorded on its books or otherwise provided for. All policies are valid  and
enforceable  and in full force  and effect, and neither  Hallmark nor any of its
Subsidiaries  has  received  any  notice  of  a  material  premium  increase  or
cancellation  with respect to any of its insurance policies or bonds. Within the
last three years, neither Hallmark nor any of its Subsidiaries has been  refused
any  basic insurance coverage sought or applied  for, and Hallmark has no reason
to believe that its  existing insurance coverage cannot  be renewed as and  when
same  shall expire, upon terms and conditions standard in the market at the time
renewal is sought.

    5.19.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

    (a) (i)  Hallmark  and each of its  Subsidiaries have obtained all  material
permits,  licenses and other authorizations that  are required to be obtained by
it in  connection with  the operation  of its  businesses and  ownership of  its
properties   (collectively,  the   "Hallmark  Subject   Properties")  under  any
applicable Environmental Law  Requirements, as hereinafter  defined, except  for
such matters as would not have a Hallmark Material Adverse Effect;

        (ii)  Hallmark and  each of  its Subsidiaries  are in  compliance in all
    respects with  all  terms  and  conditions of  such  permits,  licenses  and
    authorizations  and  with  all  applicable  Environmental  Law Requirements,
    except for  such matters  as  would not  have  a Hallmark  Material  Adverse
    Effect;

       (iii)  There are  no past  or present  events, conditions, circumstances,
    activities or plans by  Hallmark or any of  its Subsidiaries related in  any
    manner  to  Hallmark or  any  of its  Subsidiaries  or the  Hallmark Subject
    Properties that  did or  would violate  or prevent  compliance or  continued
    compliance  with any of  the Environmental Law Requirements  or give rise to
    any Environmental Liability, as hereinafter defined, except for such matters
    as would not have a Hallmark Material Adverse Effect;

       (iv) There is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit,  demand,
    claim,  order,  judgment,  hearing,  notice  or  demand  letter,  notice  of
    violation,   investigation    or    proceeding    pending    or    to    the

                                      A-10
<PAGE>
    actual  knowledge of  any executive  officer of  Hallmark threatened  by any
    person against Hallmark or  any of its Subsidiaries,  or any prior owner  of
    any  of the Hallmark Subject Properties and  relating to any of the Hallmark
    Subject Properties,  and  relating  in  any way  to  any  Environmental  Law
    Requirement  or seeking  to impose  any Environmental  Liability, except for
    such matters as would not have a Hallmark Material Adverse Effect; and

        (v) Neither  Hallmark nor  any  of its  Subsidiaries  is subject  to  or
    responsible  for  any Environmental  Liability which  is  not set  forth and
    adequately reserved against on the March 31, 1994 consolidated balance sheet
    of Hallmark.

    (b) "Environmental Law Requirement" shall mean any court order or decree  or
current  law or  current ordinance, rule  or regulation, notice,  plan or demand
letter relating to pollution or  protection of the environment, including  those
relating   to  emissions,  discharges,  releases,   or  threatened  releases  of
pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances
or wastes  into  the environment  (including  without limitation,  ambient  air,
surface  water, ground water or land)  or otherwise relating to the manufacture,
processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transport  or
handling  of  pollutants,  contaminants,  chemicals,  or  industrial,  toxic  or
hazardous substances or wastes.

    (c) "Environmental Liability"  shall mean  (i) any  liability or  obligation
arising  under  any Environmental  Law Requirement  that has  resulted in  or is
reasonably likely to result in a  Hallmark Material Adverse Effect, or (ii)  any
liability  or  obligation  under  any  other current  theory  of  law  or equity
(including, without  limitation, any  liability  for personal  injury,  property
damage  or remediation) that results  from, or is based  upon or related to, the
manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,   disposal,
transport or handling, or the emission, discharge, release or threatened release
into  the environment, of  any pollutant, contaminant,  chemical, or industrial,
toxic or  hazardous  substance  or  waste, which  liability  or  obligation  has
resulted  in or is  reasonably likely to  result in a  Hallmark Material Adverse
Effect.

    5.20.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  Hallmark and each of its Subsidiaries owns or
has the legal right to use all trademarks, trade names, service marks,  software
and  other intellectual property that is material to the conduct of its or their
respective business.

    5.21.  OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR.   Hallmark has received the opinion  of
Mabon  Securities  Corp.,  to  the  effect that,  as  of  the  date  hereof, the
consideration to be received by the holders of Hallmark Common Stock pursuant to
Section 4.1(b) is fair from a financial point of view.

    5.22.  LICENSES AND PERMITS.   All of Hallmark's hospitals and other  health
care  facilities  have  all  necessary  licenses,  permits,  and  authorizations
required to lawfully conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted,
including but  not  limited to  all  material licenses,  certificates  of  need,
permits,  certifications,  provider and  other  third-party payor  contracts and
regulatory  authorizations  required  for  the  hospitals  to  operate  as  they
currently   operate  and  in   accordance  with  all   applicable  laws,  rules,
regulations, ordinances, or  orders of  any governmental authority,  and (a)  no
such license, permit, or authorization is subject to revocation or forfeiture by
virtue  of  any existing  circumstance, (b)  there is  no pending  or threatened
proceeding to modify  in any material  respect or revoke  any material  license,
permit,  or authorization, and (c) no  such license, permit, or authorization is
subject to  any  outstanding  order, decree,  judgment,  stipulation,  or  known
investigation   that   would  materially   affect   such  license,   permit,  or
authorization. All of Hallmark's hospitals and other health care facilities have
obtained accreditation by  the Joint Commission  on Accreditation of  Healthcare
Organizations for the Hospital.

    5.23.   MEDICARE/MEDICAID  COST REPORTS.   Neither  Hallmark nor  any of its
Subsidiaries has  filed any  required terminating  Medicare cost  report on  any
facility  which  Hallmark or  any  of its  Subsidiaries  has sold  or  no longer
operates, for  which it  has not  received a  Notice of  Program  Reimbursement.
Neither  Hallmark nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any Notice of Program
Reimbursement (or  similar  document for  Medicaid)  with respect  to  any  such
facility's cost reports, including cost reports

                                      A-11
<PAGE>
for  those  facilities it  has  sold or  no  longer operates,  which  requires a
material refund  to  the  government  agency responsible  for  the  Medicare  or
Medicaid  program and which either (a) has not been paid or (b) is not reflected
as  a  liability  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Hallmark  and   its
Subsidiaries at March 31, 1994.

    5.24.    COMPLIANCE  WITH  MEDICARE/MEDICAID  PROGRAMS.    Hallmark  and its
Subsidiaries have  filed all  cost and  other reports  required to  be filed  in
connection  with all state and federal Medicare  and Medicaid programs due on or
before the date hereof, which are complete and correct in all material respects,
subject to adjustment upon audit. There are no claims, actions, payment  reviews
or  appeals  pending  or  threatened before  any  commission,  board  or agency,
including, without limitation, any intermediary or carrier, the Administrator of
the Health Care Financing Administration, or  any state agency, with respect  to
any  Medicare or Medicaid claims filed by Hallmark or any of its Subsidiaries on
or before the date hereof, which  would have a Hallmark Material Adverse  Effect
or  materially adversely affect  any of its hospitals,  the operation or utility
thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except  as
set  forth on the  Hallmark Disclosure Letter  (and except for  appeals of items
that are fully  reserved in the  Hallmark Reports) and  no validation review  or
program  integrity  review  related to  Hallmark,  or  any of  its  hospitals or
Subsidiaries has been conducted since January  1, 1991 by any commission,  board
or agency in connection with the Medicare or Medicaid program, and to the actual
knowledge  of the executive officers of Hallmark, no such reviews are scheduled,
pending or threatened  against or affecting  Hallmark, any of  its hospitals  or
Subsidiaries.

                                   ARTICLE 6

    6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND  WARRANTIES OF CHS  AND MERGER SUB.   Except as set
forth in the disclosure letter delivered at or prior to the execution hereof  to
Hallmark (the "CHS Disclosure Letter"), CHS and Merger Sub represent and warrant
to Hallmark as of the date of this Agreement as follows:

    6.1.    EXISTENCE;  GOOD  STANDING;  CORPORATE  AUTHORITY;  COMPLIANCE  WITH
LAW.  Each of  CHS and Merger  Sub is a  corporation duly incorporated,  validly
existing   and  in  good  standing  under   the  laws  of  its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation. CHS is  duly licensed or  qualified to do  business as a  foreign
corporation  and is in  good standing under the  laws of any  other state of the
United States in which  the character of  the properties owned  or leased by  it
therein  or in  which the transaction  of its business  makes such qualification
necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material
adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition  of
CHS and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "CHS Material Adverse Effect"). CHS
has  all requisite corporate power  and authority to own,  operate and lease its
properties and carry on its business as now conducted. Each of CHS's Significant
Subsidiaries is  a corporation  duly  organized, validly  existing and  in  good
standing  under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, has the corporate
power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as it  is
now  being  conducted, and  is  duly qualified  to do  business  and is  in good
standing in each  jurisdiction in  which the ownership  of its  property or  the
conduct of its business requires such qualification, except for jurisdictions in
which such failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not have a
CHS  Material Adverse Effect. Neither CHS nor any CHS Subsidiary or any of their
respective properties  or assets  is in  violation of  any order  of any  court,
governmental  authority or arbitration board or tribunal, or any law, ordinance,
governmental rule  or regulation  to which  CHS or  any of  its Subsidiaries  is
subject,  where such violation would have a CHS Material Adverse Effect. CHS and
its Subsidiaries have  obtained all licenses,  permits and other  authorizations
and   have  taken  all  actions  required  by  applicable  law  or  governmental
regulations in  connection  with their  business  as now  conducted,  where  the
failure  to obtain any  such item or  to take any  such action would  have a CHS
Material Adverse Effect. The  copies of CHS's  Certificate of Incorporation  and
Bylaws previously delivered to Hallmark are true and correct.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>
    6.2.   AUTHORIZATION, VALIDITY  AND EFFECT OF  AGREEMENTS.  Each  of CHS and
Merger Sub  has the  requisite  corporate power  and  authority to  execute  and
deliver  this Agreement  and all  agreements and  documents contemplated hereby.
Subject only to the approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby by the  holders of a  majority of  the outstanding shares  of CHS  Common
Stock  and by  the holders  of a  majority of  the outstanding  shares of Common
Stock, $.01  par  value, of  Merger  Sub  (the "Requisite  CHS  Approval"),  the
consummation  by CHS and Merger Sub  of the transactions contemplated hereby has
been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. Subject to obtaining the
Requisite CHS  Approval,  this Agreement  constitutes,  and all  agreements  and
documents contemplated hereby (when executed and delivered pursuant hereto) will
constitute,  the valid and legally binding obligations of each of CHS and Merger
Sub, to the extent it is a  party thereto, enforceable in accordance with  their
respective  terms, subject  to applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency, moratorium or
other similar  laws relating  to  creditors' rights  and general  principles  of
equity.

    6.3.    CAPITALIZATION.   The authorized  capital stock  of CHS  consists of
30,000,000 shares of CHS Common Stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred  stock,
$.01  par  value (the  "CHS Preferred  Stock"). As  of May  31, 1994  there were
11,436,496 shares of CHS Common Stock  issued and outstanding, and no shares  of
CHS  Preferred  Stock issued  and outstanding.  Since  such date,  no additional
shares of capital stock of CHS have been issued, except pursuant to the exercise
of options outstanding under CHS stock option and employee stock purchase  plans
(collectively,  the "CHS  Stock Option  Plans"). CHS  has no  outstanding bonds,
debentures, notes or other  obligations the holders of  which have the right  to
vote  (or which  are convertible into  or exercisable for  securities having the
right to vote) with the stockholders of  CHS on any matter. All such issued  and
outstanding  shares  of  CHS  Common  Stock and  CHS  Preferred  Stock  are duly
authorized, validly issued,  fully paid,  nonassessable and  free of  preemptive
rights.  Other than as  contemplated by this  Agreement or set  forth in the CHS
Disclosure Letter, there  are not  at the date  of this  Agreement any  existing
options,  warrants,  calls,  subscriptions,  convertible  securities,  or  other
rights, agreements or commitments which obligate CHS or any of its  Subsidiaries
to  issue, transfer or  sell any shares  of capital stock  of CHS or  any of its
Subsidiaries.

    6.4.  SUBSIDIARIES.  (a) Each of the outstanding shares of capital stock  of
each  of CHS's Subsidiaries  is duly authorized, validly  issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and is owned,  directly or indirectly, by  CHS free and clear  of
all  liens, pledges, security interests, claims or other encumbrances other than
liens imposed by local law which are not material. The following information for
each Subsidiary of CHS  has been previously provided  to Hallmark: (i) its  name
and  jurisdiction of incorporation or  organization; (ii) its authorized capital
stock or share  capital; (iii) the  number of issued  and outstanding shares  of
capital  stock or share capital;  and (iv) the number  of shares of such capital
stock owned by CHS or any of its Subsidiaries.

    (b) The authorized  capital stock of  Merger Sub consists,  or will  consist
prior  to the Closing, of 10,000 shares of  Common Stock, $.01 par value, all of
which shares are, or will  be prior to the  Closing, issued and outstanding  and
owned  by  CHS. Merger  Sub  has not  engaged in  any  activities other  than in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

    6.5.   OTHER INTERESTS.    Except for  interests  in the  CHS  Subsidiaries,
neither  CHS nor any CHS Subsidiary owns  directly or indirectly any interest or
investment (whether  equity  or debt)  in  any corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture,  business,  trust  or  entity  (other  than  investments  in short-term
investment securities).

    6.6.  NO VIOLATION.   Neither the execution and  delivery by CHS and  Merger
Sub  of  this  Agreement nor  the  consummation by  CHS  and Merger  Sub  of the
transactions contemplated hereby in accordance  with the terms hereof, will  (i)
conflict  with or  result in a  breach of  any provisions of  the Certificate of
Incorporation or Bylaws of CHS  or Merger Sub; (ii)  except as disclosed in  the
CHS  Reports,  result in  a  breach or  violation of,  a  default under,  or the
triggering of  any  payment  or  other  material  obligations  pursuant  to,  or
accelerate  vesting under, any  of the CHS  Stock Option Plans,  or any grant or
award made  under any  of the  foregoing, (iii)  violate, or  conflict with,  or
result  in a breach  of any provision of,  or constitute a  default (or an event
which, with notice or lapse of time or both,

                                      A-13
<PAGE>
would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination or in a right of
termination or cancellation of,  or accelerate the  performance required by,  or
result  in the  creation of any  lien, security interest,  charge or encumbrance
upon any of the material properties of CHS or its Subsidiaries under, or  result
in  being declared void, voidable, or without further binding effect, any of the
terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed  of
trust  or any material license, franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or
other  instrument,  commitment  or  obligation  to  which  CHS  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is a party, or by  which CHS or any of  its Subsidiaries or any of
their properties is bound or affected,  except for any of the foregoing  matters
which  would not  have a  CHS Material  Adverse Effect;  or (iv)  other than the
Regulatory Filings, require any material consent, approval or authorization  of,
or  declaration,  filing  or  registration with,  any  domestic  governmental or
regulatory authority,  the failure  to obtain  or make  which would  have a  CHS
Material Adverse Effect.

    6.7.    SEC DOCUMENTS.    CHS has  delivered  to Hallmark  each registration
statement, report, proxy statement or information statement prepared by it since
December 31, 1991, including, without limitation, (i) its Annual Report on  Form
10-K  for the year  ended December 31,  1993, (ii) its  Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994, and (iii) its Proxy Statement for  the
Annual  Meeting of Stockholders held April 28, 1994, each in the form (including
exhibits and any amendments thereto) filed with the SEC (collectively, the  "CHS
Reports").  As of their respective  dates, the CHS Reports  (i) were prepared in
all material  respects in  accordance with  the applicable  requirements of  the
Securities  Act, the Exchange Act, and  the rules and regulations thereunder and
(ii) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state  a
material  fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,  not
misleading.  Each  of the  consolidated  balance sheets  of  CHS included  in or
incorporated by reference into the CHS Reports (including the related notes  and
schedules)  fairly presents the  consolidated financial position  of CHS and the
CHS Subsidiaries  as of  its date  and each  of the  consolidated statements  of
income,  retained  earnings  and  cash  flows  included  in  or  incorporated by
reference into  the CHS  Reports  (including any  related notes  and  schedules)
fairly  presents the results of operations,  retained earnings or cash flows, as
the case may  be, of CHS  and the CHS  Subsidiaries, for the  periods set  forth
therein  (subject,  in  the  case  of  unaudited  statements,  to  exceptions to
generally accepted accounting principles as permitted by SEC rules with  respect
to  unaudited quarterly financial  statements), in each  case in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied during the periods
involved, except as may be noted therein. Except as and to the extent set  forth
on  the consolidated balance sheet of CHS  and the CHS Subsidiaries at March 31,
1994, including all notes thereto, or as  set forth in the CHS Reports,  neither
CHS  nor any of the CHS Subsidiaries has any material liabilities or obligations
of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) that would be
required to be reflected on, or reserved  against in, a balance sheet of CHS  or
in  the notes thereto, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently  applied, except  liabilities  arising in  the  ordinary
course of business since such respective dates.

    6.8.  LITIGATION.  Except as disclosed in the CHS Reports filed with the SEC
prior  to the  date hereof,  there are  no claims,  actions, suits, proceedings,
arbitrations or investigations pending against  CHS or the CHS Subsidiaries  or,
to the actual knowledge of the executive officers of CHS, threatened against CHS
or  the CHS Subsidiaries,  at law or in  equity, or before or  by any federal or
state commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, that are  reasonably
likely  to have a CHS Material Adverse Effect, nor does any executive officer of
CHS have actual  knowledge of  any facts  or circumstances  that such  executive
officer believes would be likely to form the basis for any such claims, actions,
suits, proceedings, arbitrations or investigations.

    6.9.   ABSENCE OF CERTAIN  CHANGES.  Except as  disclosed in the CHS Reports
filed with the SEC prior  to the date hereof, since  December 31, 1993, CHS  has
conducted  its business only in  the ordinary course of  such business and there
has not been (i) any CHS Material Adverse Effect; (ii) any declaration,  setting
aside  or payment  of any  dividend or  other distribution  with respect  to its
capital stock;  or  (iii) any  material  change in  its  accounting  principles,
practices or methods.

                                      A-14
<PAGE>
    6.10.   POOLING  OF INTERESTS.   To  the actual  knowledge of  the executive
officers of CHS,  CHS has not  taken or failed  to take any  action which  would
prevent  the accounting for the  Merger as a pooling  of interests in accordance
with Accounting Principles  Board Opinion  No. 16,  the interpretative  releases
issued pursuant thereto, and the pronouncements of the SEC.

    6.11.   NO BROKERS.   CHS has not entered  into any contract, arrangement or
understanding with any  person or  firm which may  result in  the obligation  of
Hallmark  or CHS to pay  any finder's fees, brokerage  or agent's commissions or
other like  payments  in  connection  with  the  negotiations  leading  to  this
Agreement  or the consummation  of the transactions  contemplated hereby, except
that CHS has retained Lehman Brothers as its financial advisor, the arrangements
with which have been disclosed in writing to Hallmark prior to the date  hereof.
Other than the foregoing arrangements, CHS is not aware of any claim for payment
of any finder's fees, brokerage or agent's commissions or other like payments in
connection  with the negotiations leading to  this Agreement or the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby.

    6.12.  CHS COMMON STOCK.  The issuance and delivery by CHS of shares of  CHS
Common Stock in connection with the Merger and this Agreement have been duly and
validly  authorized by all necessary corporate action  on the part of CHS except
for the approval of its stockholders contemplated by this Agreement. The  shares
of  CHS  Common  Stock to  be  issued in  connection  with the  Merger  and this
Agreement, when issued in accordance with  the terms of this Agreement, will  be
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

    6.13.  OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR.  CHS has received the opinion of Lehman
Brothers,  to the effect  that, as of  the date hereof,  the consideration to be
paid by  CHS in  the Merger  to the  holders of  Hallmark Common  Stock and  the
holders  of Redeemable  Preferred Stock pursuant  to Section  4.1(b) and Section
4.1(c), respectively, is fair to CHS from a financial point of view.

    6.14.  TAXES.  CHS  and each of its Subsidiaries  (i) have timely filed  all
material  federal, state and foreign tax returns  required to be filed by any of
them prior to the  date of this  Agreement or requests  for extension have  been
timely  filed and any such  request shall have been  granted and not expired and
all such  returns are  complete in  all  material respects,  (ii) have  paid  or
accrued  all taxes shown to  be due and payable on  such returns, and (iii) have
properly accrued  all such  taxes for  such periods  subsequent to  the  periods
covered  by such  returns, and  (iv) have  "open" years  for federal  income tax
returns only as set forth in the CHS Disclosure Letter.

    6.15.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  All employee benefit plans and other benefit
arrangements covering  employees  of CHS  and  the CHS  Subsidiaries  (the  "CHS
Benefit  Plans") are  listed in  the CHS  Disclosure Letter,  except CHS Benefit
Plans which are not material. True and complete copies of the CHS Benefit  Plans
have  been made available to Hallmark. To the extent applicable, the CHS Benefit
Plans comply, in all material respects, with the requirements of ERISA, and  the
Code,  and any CHS Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Code has  been determined by  the IRS to  be so qualified.  No CHS  employee
benefit  plan covered by Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code is now, or
ever was, to the actual knowledge  of the executive officers of CHS,  maintained
by  CHS or any CHS Subsidiary, or  any predecessors thereof. No CHS Benefit Plan
nor CHS has incurred any liability or penalty under Section 4975 of the Code  or
Sections  502(i) or 502(l) of  ERISA. Each CHS Benefit  Plan has been maintained
and administered in all material respects in compliance with its terms and  with
ERISA  and the Code to the extent applicable thereto. The CHS Benefit Plans are,
except by  reason  of possible  non-compliance  with Section  402(b)  of  ERISA,
terminable  by CHS. To  the actual knowledge  of the executive  officers of CHS,
there are  no  pending  or  anticipated material  claims  against  or  otherwise
involving  any of the CHS Benefit Plans  and no suit, action or other litigation
(excluding claims for benefits  incurred in the ordinary  course of CHS  Benefit
Plan  activities)  has been  brought against  or  with respect  to any  such CHS
Benefit Plan,  except for  any  of the  foregoing which  would  not have  a  CHS
Material  Adverse Effect. All contributions  required to be made  as of the date
hereof to the CHS Benefit Plans have been made or provided for. Since  September
25,  1980, neither CHS nor any entity under "common control" with CHS within the
meaning of ERISA Section 4001

                                      A-15
<PAGE>
has contributed  to, or  been  required to  contribute to,  any  "multi-employer
plan".  CHS does  not maintain  or contribute to  any plan  or arrangement which
provides or has any liability (except as may be required by law) to provide life
insurance, medical or other employee welfare benefits to any employee or  former
employee  upon his  retirement or  termination of  employment and  CHS has never
represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to or with
any employee or former employee that such benefits would be provided. Except  as
disclosed  in  the  CHS  Reports,  the  execution  of,  and  performance  of the
transactions contemplated in, this Agreement will not (either alone or upon  the
occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any
benefit plan, policy, arrangement or agreement or any trust or loan that will or
may result in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration,
forgiveness  of  indebtedness, vesting,  distribution,  increase in  benefits or
obligations to fund benefits with respect to any employee.

    6.16.  LABOR MATTERS.   Neither CHS nor any of  its Subsidiaries is a  party
to,  or  bound  by,  any  collective  bargaining  agreement,  contract  or other
agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization. There is no
unfair labor practice or labor arbitration proceeding pending or, to the  actual
knowledge  of  the executive  officers  of CHS,  threatened  against CHS  or its
Subsidiaries relating to their  business, except for  any such proceeding  which
would  not have a  CHS Material Adverse  Effect. To the  actual knowledge of the
executive officers of CHS, there are  no organizational efforts with respect  to
the formation of a collective bargaining unit presently being made or threatened
involving employees of CHS or any of its Subsidiaries.

    6.17.   AGREEMENTS.  (a) Neither CHS nor  any of its Subsidiaries is a party
to:

        (i) any  agreement,  contract  or  commitment  containing  any  covenant
    limiting the freedom of CHS or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line
    of  business or to compete with any person in any line of business permitted
    by its or their Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law;

        (ii) any written agreement,  order or decree of  or with any federal  or
    state regulatory agency except those listed in the CHS Disclosure Letter; or

       (iii)  any obligation  of guaranty  or indemnity,  except as  provided in
    Section 6.15,  obligations of  Subsidiaries guaranteed  by CHS,  and  income
    guarantees provided to recruit healthcare professionals.

    (b)  All material agreements, contracts or commitments (except those entered
into in the ordinary course of business) to which CHS or any of its Subsidiaries
is a party  or which affects  its or  their business, operations  or assets  are
listed  in the CHS Reports.  Neither CHS nor any of  its Subsidiaries has in any
material respect breached, nor is there any pending or threatened claim that  it
or  any  of  its Subsidiaries  has  materially  breached, any  of  the  terms or
conditions of any such agreements, contracts or commitments.

    6.18.   TITLE TO  ASSETS.   (a)  On March  31,  1994, CHS  and each  of  its
Subsidiaries  had and,  except with respect  to assets disposed  of for adequate
consideration in the ordinary course of business since such date, now has,  good
and  merchantable title to all real property  and good and merchantable title to
all other material properties and  assets reflected on the consolidated  balance
sheet  of CHS as of such  date, and has good and  merchantable title to all real
property and good and  merchantable title to all  other material properties  and
assets  acquired since such date, in each  case free and clear of all mortgages,
liens, pledges, restrictions,  security interests, charges  and encumbrances  of
any  nature except for (i) mortgages  and encumbrances which secure indebtedness
which is properly reflected in the aforesaid balance sheet; (ii) liens for taxes
accrued but not  yet payable;  (iii) liens  arising as a  matter of  law in  the
ordinary  course of business with respect to obligations incurred after the date
of the aforesaid balance  sheet, provided that the  obligations secured by  such
liens  are  not delinquent  or  are being  contested  in good  faith;  (iv) such
imperfections of title and  encumbrances, if any, as  do not materially  detract
from  the value  or materially  interfere with  the present  use of  any of such
properties or assets  or the pending  sale of  any of such  owned properties  or
assets; and (v) capital leases, if any, with third parties for fair and adequate
consideration.    CHS   and   each   of    its   Subsidiaries   own,   or   have

                                      A-16
<PAGE>
valid leasehold interests  in, all material  properties and assets  used in  the
conduct  of their  business. Any  real property  and other  material assets held
under lease by CHS or any of  its Subsidiaries are held under valid,  subsisting
and  enforceable leases  with such  exceptions as  are not  material and  do not
interfere with  the use  made  or proposed  to be  made  by CHS  or any  of  its
Subsidiaries of such property.

    (b)  With respect to each lease of any real property or a material amount of
personal property to which CHS or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, and except
for leases as lessor or sublessor to healthcare professionals, (i) such lease is
in full force and effect in accordance with its terms; (ii) all rents and  other
monetary  amounts that  have become due  and payable thereunder  have been paid;
(iii) there exists  no default, or  event, occurrence, condition  or act,  which
with  the giving of  notice, the lapse of  time or the  happening of any further
event, occurrence, condition or act would become a default under such lease; and
(iv) the Merger will not constitute a  breach under, or cause a termination  of,
such lease.

    (c)  Neither  CHS nor  any  of its  Subsidiaries  has any  legal obligation,
absolute or contingent, to any other person to sell or otherwise dispose of  any
substantial  part of  its assets;  or to sell  or dispose  of any  of its assets
except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

    6.19.  INSURANCE  POLICIES.  CHS  and each of  its Subsidiaries maintain  in
force  insurance policies and bonds in such amounts and against such liabilities
and hazards as are  considered by it  to be reasonable. A  complete list of  all
such  insurance policies is contained in  the CHS Disclosure Letter. Neither CHS
nor any of its  Subsidiaries is now liable,  nor will it or  any of them  become
liable,  for any  material retroactive  premium adjustment  not recorded  on its
books or otherwise provided for. All  policies are valid and enforceable and  in
full  force and effect, and neither CHS nor any of its Subsidiaries has received
any notice of a material premium increase or cancellation with respect to any of
its insurance policies or  bonds. Within the last  three years, neither CHS  nor
any  of its Subsidiaries has been refused any basic insurance coverage sought or
applied for,  and CHS  has no  reason  to believe  that its  existing  insurance
coverage  cannot  be renewed  as  and when  same  shall expire,  upon  terms and
conditions standard in the market at the time renewal is sought.

    6.20.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

    (a) CHS and  each of its  Subsidiaries have obtained  all material  permits,
licenses  and other  authorizations that  are required to  be obtained  by it in
connection with the operation of its businesses and ownership of its  properties
(collectively,  the "CHS Subject Properties") under any applicable Environmental
Law Requirements,  except for  such matters  as would  not have  a CHS  Material
Adverse Effect;

    (b)  CHS and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all respects with
all terms and conditions of such  permits, licenses and authorizations and  with
all  applicable Environmental Law Requirements, except for such matters as would
not have a CHS Material Adverse Effect;

    (c)  There  are  no  past  or  present  events,  conditions,  circumstances,
activities  or plans by CHS or any of  its Subsidiaries related in any manner to
CHS or any of its Subsidiaries or the CHS Subject Properties that did or  would,
in  any respect, violate or prevent  compliance or continued compliance with any
of the  Environmental  Law  Requirements  or  give  rise  to  any  Environmental
Liability,  except for  such matters  as would not  have a  CHS Material Adverse
Effect;

    (d) There  is no  civil, criminal  or administrative  action, suit,  demand,
claim,  order, judgment, hearing, notice or  demand letter, notice of violation,
investigation or proceeding pending or to the actual knowledge of any  executive
officer  of CHS or any of its Subsidiaries threatened by any person against CHS,
or any prior owner of any of the  CHS Subject Properties and relating to any  of
the  CHS Subject Properties,  and relating in  any way to  any Environmental Law
Requirement or seeking to  impose any Environmental  Liability, except for  such
matters as would not have a CHS Material Adverse Effect; and

                                      A-17
<PAGE>
    (e) Neither CHS nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to or responsible for
any  Environmental  Liability which  is not  set  forth and  adequately reserved
against on the March 31, 1994 consolidated balance sheet of CHS.

    6.21.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  CHS and each of its Subsidiaries owns or  has
the  legal right to use all trademarks, trade names, service marks, software and
other intellectual property  that is  material to the  conduct of  its or  their
respective business.

    6.22.   LICENSES AND PERMITS.  All  of CHS's hospitals and other health care
facilities have all necessary licenses, permits, and authorizations required  to
lawfully  conduct their respective businesses  as presently conducted, including
but not  limited  to  all  material licenses,  certificates  of  need,  permits,
certifications,  provider and  other third-party payor  contracts and regulatory
authorizations required for the hospitals  to operate as they currently  operate
and  in accordance with all applicable  laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, or
orders of  any governmental  authority,  and (a)  no  such license,  permit,  or
authorization  is subject to revocation or  forfeiture by virtue of any existing
circumstance, (b) there is no pending or threatened proceeding to modify in  any
material  respect or revoke any material  license, permit, or authorization, and
(c) no such  license, permit,  or authorization  is subject  to any  outstanding
order,   decree,  judgment,  stipulation,  or  known  investigation  that  would
materially affect such license, permit, or authorization. All of CHS's hospitals
and other  health  care facilities  have  obtained accreditation  by  the  Joint
Commission  on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations for the Hospital, other
than Pinellas Community Hospital.

    6.23.   MEDICARE/MEDICAID  COST  REPORTS.    Neither  CHS  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  has filed  any required  terminating Medicare  cost report  on any
facility which CHS or any  of its Subsidiaries has  sold or no longer  operates,
for which it has not received a Notice of Program Reimbursement. Neither CHS nor
any  of its  Subsidiaries has received  any Notice of  Program Reimbursement (or
similar document  for Medicaid)  with  respect to  any  of its  facility's  cost
reports,  including cost reports for  those facilities it has  sold or no longer
operates, which requires a material refund to the government agency  responsible
for  the Medicare or Medicaid program and which  either (a) has not been paid or
(b) is not reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet of CHS and
its Subsidiaries at March 31, 1994.

    6.24.  COMPLIANCE WITH MEDICARE/MEDICAID PROGRAMS.  CHS and its Subsidiaries
have filed all cost and  other reports required to  be filed in connection  with
all  state and federal Medicare and Medicaid  programs due on or before the date
hereof, which are  complete and  correct in  all material  respects, subject  to
adjustment  upon audit. There are no claims, actions, payment reviews or appeals
pending or threatened before any commission, board or agency, including, without
limitation, any intermediary or  carrier, the Administrator  of the Health  Care
Financing  Administration, or any state agency,  with respect to any Medicare or
Medicaid claims filed by CHS  or any of its Subsidiaries  on or before the  date
hereof,  which would have a CHS  Material Adverse Effect or materially adversely
effect, any  of  its  hospitals,  the  operation  or  utility  thereof,  or  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except as set forth on the
CHS  Disclosure Letter (and except for appeals  of items that are fully reserved
in the CHS Reports) and no validation review or program integrity review related
to CHS, or any of its hospitals or Subsidiaries has been conducted since January
1, 1991 by any commission,  board or agency in  connection with the Medicare  or
Medicaid  program, and to the actual knowledge of the executive officers of CHS,
no such reviews are scheduled, pending  or threatened against or affecting  CHS,
any of its hospitals or Subsidiaries.

                                   ARTICLE 7

    7.  COVENANTS.

    7.1.   ACQUISITION PROPOSALS.  Prior  to the Effective Time, Hallmark agrees
(a) that neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, and Hallmark shall direct
and use its best efforts to cause its respective officers, directors, employees,
agents  and  representatives  (including,  without  limitation,  any  investment
banker,  attorney or accountant retained  by it or any  of its Subsidiaries) not
to, initiate, solicit or encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries or the
making or implementation of any proposal or

                                      A-18
<PAGE>
offer (including, without limitation, any proposal or offer to its stockholders)
with respect  to a  merger, acquisition,  consolidation or  similar  transaction
involving,  or any purchase of  all or any significant  portion of the assets or
equity securities of, Hallmark or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (any  such
proposal or offer being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquisition Proposal") or
engage  in any negotiations concerning,  or provide any confidential information
or data to, or have any discussions with, any person relating to an  Acquisition
Proposal,  or otherwise facilitate any effort or attempt to make or implement an
Acquisition Proposal;  (b)  that it  will  immediately  cease and  cause  to  be
terminated any existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties
conducted heretofore with respect to any of the foregoing and Hallmark will take
the  necessary steps to inform the individuals  or entities referred to above of
the obligations undertaken in this Section 7.1; and (c) that it will notify  CHS
immediately  of the  identity of  the potential acquiror  and the  terms of such
person's or entity's proposal  if any such inquiries  or proposals are  received
by,  any  such  information  is  requested from,  or  any  such  negotiations or
discussions are sought to be initiated or continued with, it; provided, however,
that nothing contained in this Section 7.1 shall prohibit the Board of Directors
of Hallmark from (i) furnishing information  to or entering into discussions  or
negotiations  with,  any  person or  entity  that makes  an  unsolicited written
proposal  to  acquire  Hallmark  pursuant  to  a  merger,  consolidation,  share
exchange,  purchase of a substantial portion of the assets, business combination
or other similar transaction, if, and only to the extent that, (A) the Board  of
Directors  of Hallmark determines in good faith that such action is required for
the Board of Directors to comply  with its fiduciary duties to stockholders  (B)
prior  to  furnishing  such  information to,  or  entering  into  discussions or
negotiations with, such person  or entity, Hallmark  provides written notice  to
CHS  to  the effect  that  it is  furnishing  information to,  or  entering into
discussions or negotiations with, such person or entity, and (C) subject to  any
confidentiality  agreement with such person or entity (which Hallmark determined
in good faith was required to be executed in order for the Board of Directors to
comply with its fiduciary duties  to stockholders), Hallmark keeps CHS  informed
of  the status of any  such discussions or negotiations;  and (ii) to the extent
applicable, complying with Rule  14e-2 promulgated under  the Exchange Act  with
regard  to an Acquisition Proposal. Nothing in this Section 7.1 shall (x) permit
Hallmark to terminate this Agreement (except as specifically provided in Article
9 hereof), (y) permit Hallmark  to enter into any  agreement with respect to  an
Acquisition  Proposal during  the term of  this Agreement (it  being agreed that
during the term of this Agreement,  Hallmark shall not enter into any  agreement
with  any person that  provides for, or  in any way  facilitates, an Acquisition
Proposal (other than  a confidentiality  agreement in customary  form)), or  (z)
affect any other obligation of any party under this Agreement.

    7.2.   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  (a) Prior  to the Effective Time, except as set
forth in  the  Hallmark  Disclosure  Letter or  as  contemplated  by  any  other
provision  of  this  Agreement, unless  CHS  has consented  in  writing thereto,
Hallmark:

        (i) Shall, and  shall cause  each of  its Subsidiaries  to, conduct  its
    operations   according  to  its  usual,   regular  and  ordinary  course  in
    substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted;

        (ii)  Shall  use  its  best  efforts,  and  shall  cause  each  of   its
    Subsidiaries  to  use  its best  efforts,  to preserve  intact  its business
    organizations and goodwill, keep available the services of its officers  and
    employees  and maintain satisfactory relationships with those persons having
    business relationships with it;

       (iii) Shall confer on a bi-weekly basis with one or more  representatives
    of CHS to report on operational matters and performance, and any proposal to
    acquire any business, hospital, physician practice or other material assets,
    or to engage in any other material transaction;

       (iv) Shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

        (v)  Shall  promptly  notify  CHS of  any  material  emergency  or other
    material  change  in  the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  business,
    properties,  assets,  liabilities, prospects  or  the normal  course  of its
    businesses or in the operation of its properties, any material litigation or
    material   governmental   complaints,   investigations   or   hearings   (or
    communications indicating that the

                                      A-19
<PAGE>
    same  may be contemplated), or the  occurrence of any event, circumstance or
    transaction that would constitute a breach of any representation or warranty
    contained herein as if such representation or warranty was being made as  of
    the date of such event, circumstance or transaction;

       (vi) Shall promptly deliver to CHS true and correct copies of any report,
    statement  or schedule  filed with  the SEC subsequent  to the  date of this
    Agreement,  any  internal  monthly  operating  report(s)  prepared  for   or
    delivered  to Hallmark's  Board of  Directors and  the monthly consolidating
    financial statements for Hallmark  and its Subsidiaries for  and as of  each
    month end subsequent to the date of this Agreement;

       (vii) Shall not (A) except pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants,
    conversion  rights and other contractual rights  existing on the date hereof
    and disclosed pursuant to  this Agreement, issue any  shares of its  capital
    stock,  effect any stock split or  otherwise change its capitalization as it
    existed on the date hereof, (B) grant, confer or award any option,  warrant,
    conversion  right or other right not existing  on the date hereof to acquire
    any shares of its capital stock, (C) increase any compensation or enter into
    or amend any employment agreement with any of its present or future officers
    or directors, except for normal increases consistent with past practices and
    the payment of  cash bonuses  to officers  pursuant to  and consistent  with
    existing  plans  or programs,  or (D)  adopt any  new employee  benefit plan
    (including any stock option, stock benefit or stock purchase plan) or  amend
    any existing employee benefit plan in any material respect;

      (viii)  Shall not (A) declare,  set aside or pay  any dividend or make any
    other distribution or  payment with  respect to  any shares  of its  capital
    stock or (B) except in connection with the use of shares of capital stock to
    pay  the exercise  price or tax  withholding in  connection with stock-based
    employee benefit plans of Hallmark, directly or indirectly redeem,  purchase
    or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or capital stock of any
    of its Subsidiaries, or make any commitment for any such action; and

       (ix)  Shall not, and  shall not permit  any of its  Subsidiaries to sell,
    lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets (including capital stock  of
    Subsidiaries)  which are material, individually  or in the aggregate, except
    in the ordinary course of business.

    (b) Prior to the Effective Time, except  as set forth in the CHS  Disclosure
Letter  or  as contemplated  by any  other provision  of this  Agreement, unless
Hallmark has consented in writing thereto, CHS:

        (i) Shall, and  shall cause  each of  its Subsidiaries  to, conduct  its
    operations   according  to  its  usual,   regular  and  ordinary  course  in
    substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted;

        (ii)  Shall  use  its  best  efforts,  and  shall  cause  each  of   its
    Subsidiaries  to  use  its best  efforts,  to preserve  intact  its business
    organizations and goodwill, keep available the services of its officers  and
    employees  and maintain satisfactory relationships with those persons having
    business relationships with it;

       (iii) Shall  promptly  notify CHS  of  any material  emergency  or  other
    material  change  in  the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  business,
    properties, assets,  liabilities,  prospects or  the  normal course  of  its
    businesses or in the operation of its properties, any material litigation or
    material   governmental   complaints,   investigations   or   hearings   (or
    communications indicating  that  the  same  may  be  contemplated),  or  the
    occurrence of any event, circumstance or transaction that would constitute a
    breach  of  any  representation  or warranty  contained  herein  as  if such
    representation or warranty  was being  made as of  the date  of such  event,
    circumstance or transaction;

       (iv)  Shall  not amend  its Certificate  of  Incorporation to  affect its
    capitalization;

        (v) Shall promptly deliver to CHS true and correct copies of any report,
    statement or schedule  filed with  the SEC subsequent  to the  date of  this
    Agreement  and its  internal consolidated  monthly operating  statements for
    each month end subsequent to the date of this Agreement;

                                      A-20
<PAGE>
       (vi) Shall not declare, set aside or  pay any dividend or make any  other
    distribution or payment with respect to any shares of its capital stock; and

       (vii)  Shall not, and shall  not permit any of  its Subsidiaries to sell,
    lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets (including capital stock  of
    Subsidiaries)  which are material, individually  or in the aggregate, except
    in the ordinary course of business.

    7.3.  MEETINGS  OF STOCKHOLDERS.   Each of  CHS and Hallmark  will take  all
action  necessary  in  accordance with  applicable  law and  its  Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws to convene a meeting of its stockholders as promptly as
practicable to consider  and vote upon  the approval of  this Agreement and  the
transactions  contemplated hereby.  The Board  of Directors  of each  of CHS and
Hallmark shall recommend such approval and CHS and Hallmark shall each take  all
lawful  action to solicit  such approval; including,  without limitation, timely
mailing the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus (as defined  in Section 7.7);  provided,
however, that such recommendation or solicitation is subject to any action taken
by, or upon authority of, the Board of Directors of CHS or Hallmark, as the case
may be, in the exercise of its good faith judgment as to its fiduciary duties to
its  stockholders. CHS and Hallmark shall  coordinate and cooperate with respect
to the timing of  such meetings and  shall use their best  efforts to hold  such
meetings  on the same day.  It shall be a condition  to CHS's obligation to mail
the Proxy Statement/ Prospectus that CHS  shall have received (a) an opinion  of
Lehman Brothers, dated the date of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, to the effect
that,  as of the date  thereof, the consideration to be  paid by CHS pursuant to
the Merger is fair  to CHS from a  financial point of view  and (b) a  "comfort"
letter  from Arthur Andersen & Co., independent public accountants for Hallmark,
dated the date of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, with respect to the  financial
statements of Hallmark included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, substantially
in  the form described in Section 8.3(c).  It shall be a condition to Hallmark's
obligation to  mail  the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  that Hallmark  shall  have
received  (a) an opinion of Mabon Securities  Corp., dated the date of the Proxy
Statement/ Prospectus,  to  the  effect  that,  as  of  the  date  thereof,  the
consideration  to be received  by the holders  of Hallmark Common  Stock and the
holders of Redeemable  Preferred Stock  pursuant to Section  4.1(b) and  Section
4.1(c),  respectively, is  fair to such  stockholders from a  financial point of
view and (b) a "comfort" letter  from Arthur Andersen & Co., independent  public
accountants  for CHS,  dated the  date of  the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus, with
respect  to   the  financial   statements   of  CHS   included  in   the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, substantially in the form described in Section 8.2(c).

    7.4.   FILINGS; OTHER  ACTION.  Subject  to the terms  and conditions herein
provided, Hallmark and CHS shall: (a) promptly make their respective filings and
thereafter make any other required submissions under the HSR Act with respect to
the Merger; (b)  use their best  efforts to  cooperate with one  another in  (i)
determining  which filings are required  to be made prior  to the Effective Time
with, and which consents, approvals,  permits or authorizations are required  to
be  obtained  prior  to  the Effective  Time  from,  governmental  or regulatory
authorities of the United States,  the several states and foreign  jurisdictions
in  connection  with  the  execution  and delivery  of  this  Agreement  and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) timely making  all
such  filings  and  timely  seeking all  such  consents,  approvals,  permits or
authorizations; and (c) use their  best efforts to take,  or cause to be  taken,
all other action and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper
or appropriate to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by
this  Agreement. If at any time after  the Effective Time, any further action is
necessary or desirable to  carry out the purpose  of this Agreement, the  proper
officers and directors of CHS and Hallmark shall take all such necessary action.

    7.5.   INSPECTION OF RECORDS.   From the date  hereof to the Effective Time,
each party hereto  shall allow all  designated officers, attorneys,  accountants
and other representatives of the other parties access at all reasonable times to
the  records (except patient medical  records) and files, correspondence, audits
and  properties,  as  well  as  to  all  information  relating  to  commitments,
contracts,  titles  and  financial  position,  or  otherwise  pertaining  to the
business and affairs, of such party and its Subsidiaries.

                                      A-21
<PAGE>
    7.6.  PUBLICITY.  The initial press release relating to this Agreement shall
be a joint press release and thereafter Hallmark and CHS shall, subject to their
respective legal  obligations (including  requirements  of stock  exchanges  and
other  similar regulatory bodies),  consult with each  other, and use reasonable
efforts to agree upon  the text of  any press release,  before issuing any  such
press  release  or  otherwise  making  public  statements  with  respect  to the
transactions contemplated hereby and in making  any filings with any federal  or
state governmental or regulatory agency or with any national securities exchange
with respect thereto.

    7.7.  REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  CHS and Hallmark shall cooperate and promptly
prepare  and CHS shall file  with the SEC as  soon as practicable a Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (the "Form S-4") under the Securities Act, with respect to
the CHS Common  Stock issuable in  the Merger, a  portion of which  Registration
Statement  shall also  serve as  the joint proxy  statement with  respect to the
meetings of  the stockholders  of Hallmark  and of  CHS in  connection with  the
Merger (the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus"). The respective parties will cause the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the Form S-4 to comply as to form in all material
respects  with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder. CHS shall use all reasonable  efforts,
and Hallmark will cooperate with CHS, to have the Form S-4 declared effective by
the  SEC as promptly as  practicable. CHS shall use  its best efforts to obtain,
prior to the effective date of the Form S-4, all necessary state securities  law
or  "Blue  Sky" permits  or  approvals required  to  carry out  the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. CHS  agrees that the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus
and  each amendment or supplement thereto at  the time of mailing thereof and at
the time of the respective meetings of stockholders of CHS and Hallmark, or,  in
the  case of the Form S-4 and each  amendment or supplement thereto, at the time
it is filed  or becomes effective,  will not  include an untrue  statement of  a
material  fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the  statements therein, in light  of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading; provided, however that the foregoing shall
not  apply to the  extent that any such  untrue statement of  a material fact or
omission to  state a  material fact  was made  by CHS  in reliance  upon and  in
conformity  with information concerning Hallmark furnished to CHS by Hallmark or
its officers, directors, or other agents  or affiliates specifically for use  in
the  Proxy Statement/ Prospectus. Hallmark  agrees that the information provided
by it for  inclusion in  the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus and  each amendment  or
supplement  thereto,  at the  time of  mailing thereof  and at  the time  of the
respective meetings of  stockholders of  CHS and Hallmark,  or, in  the case  of
information  provided by Hallmark for inclusion in the Form S-4 or any amendment
or supplement thereto, at the  time it is filed  or becomes effective, will  not
include  an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to  make the statements therein,  in
light  of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. CHS will
advise Hallmark, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when the
Form S-4 has become effective or any supplement or amendment has been filed, the
issuance of  any stop  order, the  suspension of  the qualification  of the  CHS
Common  Stock issuable in connection with the Merger for offering or sale in any
jurisdiction,  or  any  request   by  the  SEC  for   amendment  of  the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  or the Form S-4 or  comments thereon and responses thereto
or requests by the SEC for additional information.

    7.8.  LISTING APPLICATION.  CHS shall promptly prepare and submit to  NASDAQ
or  such other  national securities  exchange on which  the CHS  Common Stock is
listed a listing application covering the shares of CHS Common Stock issuable in
the Merger, and shall  use its best  efforts to obtain,  prior to the  Effective
Time,  approval for  the listing  of such  CHS Common  Stock for  trading on its
National Market System.

    7.9.  FURTHER ACTION.  Each  party hereto shall, subject to the  fulfillment
at  or before the  Effective Time of  each of the  conditions of performance set
forth herein or the waiver thereof,  perform such further acts and execute  such
documents as may be reasonably required to effect the Merger.

                                      A-22
<PAGE>
    7.10.  AGREEMENTS BY AFFILIATED STOCKHOLDERS.

    (a)  At least 30 days  prior to the Closing  Date, Hallmark shall deliver to
CHS a list of names and addresses  of those persons who were or are  anticipated
to be, in Hallmark's reasonable judgment, at the time the Merger is submitted to
a  vote  of the  stockholders of  Hallmark, "affiliates"  (each such  person, an
"Affiliate") of  Hallmark  within the  meaning  of Rule  145  of the  rules  and
regulations  promulgated under the  Securities Act ("Rule  145"). Hallmark shall
provide CHS such information and documents  as CHS shall reasonably request  for
purposes  of reviewing such  list. Hallmark shall use  all reasonable efforts to
deliver or cause to be delivered to CHS, prior to the Closing Date, from each of
the Affiliates of Hallmark identified in the foregoing list, an Affiliate Letter
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. CHS shall be entitled to place legends
as specified in such  Affiliate Letters on the  certificates evidencing any  CHS
Common  Stock to be  received by such  Affiliates pursuant to  the terms of this
Agreement, and to issue appropriate stock transfer instructions to the  transfer
agent for the CHS Common Stock, consistent with the terms of such Letters.

    (b)  At  least 30  days  prior to  the Closing  Date,  CHS shall  deliver to
Hallmark a  list  of names  and  addresses of  those  persons who  were  or  are
anticipated  to be,  in CHS's  reasonable judgment,  at the  time the  Merger is
submitted to a vote  of the stockholders  of CHS, Affiliates  of CHS within  the
meaning  of Rule 145. CHS shall  provide Hallmark such information and documents
as Hallmark shall reasonably  request for purposes of  reviewing such list.  CHS
shall use all reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to Hallmark
prior  to the Closing Date, from each of the Affiliates of CHS identified in the
foregoing list, an Affiliate Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

    7.11.  EXPENSES.  Whether  or not the Merger  is consummated, all costs  and
expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  and  the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses except as
set forth in Section 9.5 hereof and except that (a) the filing fee in connection
with the HSR Act filing, (b) the filing fee in connection with the filing of the
Form S-4 or  Proxy Statement/Prospectus with  the SEC, (c)  the filing fees  and
counsel  fees  and expenses  incurred by  CHS in  connection with  obtaining the
necessary state securities  or "Blue  Sky" law  permits and  approvals, (d)  the
expenses  incurred in connection with printing and  mailing the Form S-4 and the
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus,   and  (e)   any  expenses   incurred  to   perform
environmental  assessments  or  surveys  of real  property  owned  or  leased by
Hallmark, shall be shared equally by Hallmark and CHS.

    7.12.  INDEMNIFICATION  AND INSURANCE.   (a)  From and  after the  Effective
Time,  Surviving Corporation  shall indemnify, defend  and hold  harmless to the
same extent provided under the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of CHS
as such documents were in effect on the date of this Agreement, each person  who
as  of  the date  immediately  prior to  the Effective  Time  was an  officer or
director of Hallmark  or any Subsidiary  thereof (individually, an  "Indemnified
Party" and collectively, the "Indemnified Parties"), against all losses, claims,
damages,  liabilities, costs or expenses  (including reasonable attorneys' fees)
based upon or arising from  his acts or omissions as  an officer or director  of
Hallmark;  provided, however, that the indemnification provided herein shall not
apply to any claim against an Indemnified Person if such Indemnified Person  had
actual  knowledge of the existence of the claim  and failed to make a good faith
effort to  require  Hallmark  to  notify its  existing  directors  and  officers
liability insurance carriers of the existence of such claim prior to the Closing
Date;  provided,  however,  that  the  immediately  preceding  clause  shall not
preclude the  advancement of  expenses  in accordance  with the  Certificate  of
Incorporation and/or Bylaws of CHS, subject to an Indemnified Party's obligation
to  repay such  advances if  it shall  ultimately be  determined that  he is not
entitled to be indemnified by CHS.

    (b) For  a period  of five  years after  the Effective  Time, the  Surviving
Corporation  shall not amend the provisions  of its Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws  providing for  exculpation  of director  and officer  liability  and
indemnification, as such documents were in effect on the date of this Agreement,
in  any  respect that  would diminish  or  otherwise jeopardize  the Indemnified
Parties' rights of indemnification thereunder, unless required by law or by  the
Surviving Corporation's then existing directors and officers liability insurance
carriers.

                                      A-23
<PAGE>
    (c)  For a period of five years after the Effective Time, CHS shall cause to
be maintained director and officer liability insurance in an amount equal to  or
greater than $15,000,000 covering any of the Indemnified Parties.

    (d)  CHS shall pay all expenses,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, that
may be incurred by any Indemnified Parties in enforcing the indemnity and  other
obligations provided for in this Section 7.12.

    (e)  Each Indemnified Party hereby releases, effective at the Effective Time
of the Merger, CHS and the Surviving Corporation from any obligation that either
of them  may  have  (including  any obligation  as  successor  to  Hallmark)  to
indemnify  such Indemnified Party for acts taken by such Indemnified Party as an
officer  and/or  director  and/or  employee  of  Hallmark  and/or  any  of   its
Subsidiaries, except to the extent set forth in this Section 7.12.

    7.13.  CERTAIN BENEFITS.

    (a) From and after the Effective Time, subject to applicable law, and except
as  contemplated hereby with respect to the  Hallmark Stock Option Plans and the
termination of Hallmark's 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 1990 Long-Term  Cash
Incentive  Plan for Non-Executive Officers and  Other Key Employees (Fiscal 1993
Awards), CHS and its Subsidiaries will honor in accordance with their terms, all
Hallmark Benefit  Plans  listed in  the  Hallmark Disclosure  Letter;  provided,
however, that nothing herein shall preclude any change effected on a prospective
basis  in  any such  Hallmark Benefit  Plan  that is  permitted pursuant  to the
following sentence of this Section 7.13. For a period of not less than one  year
following   the  Effective  Time,  subject  to   applicable  law,  CHS  and  its
Subsidiaries will  provide  benefits  (or  cash compensation  in  lieu  of  such
benefits),  other than severance arrangements,  to Hallmark employees who become
employees of CHS and  its Subsidiaries which will  under the aforesaid  Hallmark
Benefit  Plans or  under the  CHS Benefit Plans  or any  combination thereof (it
being expressly acknowledged  that different Hallmark  employees may be  covered
under  different combinations  of benefit  plans and  arrangements at  any given
time); provided that CHS shall have the  right to revise coverage under the  CHS
Benefit  Plans during the one-year period as long as such revisions do not cause
a material reduction in the Hallmark employees' overall benefits packages on  an
aggregate  basis as compared  to coverage provided  under the aforesaid Hallmark
Benefit Plans on the Closing  Date. With respect to  the CHS Benefit Plans,  CHS
and  the Surviving Corporation shall grant all Hallmark employees from and after
the Effective Time credit for all  service with Hallmark and its affiliates  and
predecessors prior to the Effective Time for all purposes for which such service
was  recognized by Hallmark. To the extent  CHS Benefit Plans provide medical or
dental welfare  benefits after  the Effective  Time, such  plans shall  allow  a
credit  for  all  employee  service  for Hallmark  and  its  affiliates  for any
preexisting conditions and shall provide that any expenses incurred on or before
the Effective  Time shall  be taken  into account  under CHS  Benefit Plans  for
purposes   of   satisfying  applicable   deductible,  coinsurance   and  maximum
out-of-pocket provisions.

    (b) CHS agrees to employ at the Effective Time all employees of Hallmark and
its Subsidiaries who are employed on  the Closing Date on terms consistent  with
Hallmark's current employment practices and at comparable levels of compensation
and  positions.  Such employment  shall be  at will  and CHS  shall be  under no
obligation to continue to employ any individuals.

    (c) For purposes of this Section  7.13, the term "employees" shall mean  all
current  employees of Hallmark and its Subsidiaries (including those on lay-off,
disability or leave of absence, paid or unpaid).

    7.14.  POOLING; REORGANIZATION.   From and after  the date hereof and  until
the  Effective  Time,  neither CHS  nor  Hallmark  nor any  of  their respective
subsidiaries or  other  affiliates  shall  (i) knowingly  take  any  action,  or
knowingly  fail to take any  action, that would jeopardize  the treatment of the
Merger as a "pooling of interests" for accounting purposes; (ii) knowingly  take
any  action,  or  knowingly  fail  to take  any  action,  that  would jeopardize
qualification of the Merger  as a reorganization within  the meaning of  Section
368(a)  of the Code; or (iii) enter  into any contract, agreement, commitment or
arrangement with respect  to either  of the foregoing.  Following the  Effective
Time,

                                      A-24
<PAGE>
CHS  shall use its best  efforts to conduct its business  in a manner that would
not jeopardize the characterization  of the Merger as  a "pooling of  interests"
for  accounting purposes and  as a reorganization within  the meaning of Section
368(a) of the Code.

    7.15.  GOVERNANCE.  CHS's Board of Directors shall take all action necessary
to cause the  directors comprising the  full Board  of Directors of  CHS at  the
Effective  Time to  be comprised  of eight directors,  consisting of  all of the
current directors of CHS (the "CHS Designees") and Messrs. James McAfee and  Kay
Sladen  (the "Hallmark Designees"). If, prior to  the Effective Time, any of the
CHS Designees or the Hallmark Designees shall decline or be unable to serve as a
director, Hallmark (if  such person  was a Hallmark  Designee) or  CHS (if  such
person  was a  CHS Designee)  shall designate  another person  to serve  in such
person's  stead,   which  person   shall  be   reasonably  acceptable   to   the
non-designating party.

    7.16.   STOCKHOLDER COMMITMENTS.  Simultaneously  with the execution of this
Agreement, each  of  the executive  officers  and directors  of  Hallmark  shall
execute  and  deliver to  CHS a  Stockholder's Commitment  in the  form attached
hereto as Exhibit C.

    7.17.   RESTRUCTURING OF  MERGER.   Upon  the mutual  agreement of  CHS  and
Hallmark,  the Merger shall be restructured in  the form of a reverse triangular
merger  of  Merger  Sub  into  Hallmark,  with  Hallmark  being  the   surviving
corporation.  In  such  event,  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed appropriately
modified to reflect such form of merger.

                                   ARTICLE 8

    8.  CONDITIONS.

    8.1.   CONDITIONS TO  EACH PARTY'S  OBLIGATION TO  EFFECT THE  MERGER.   The
respective obligation of each party to effect the Merger shall be subject to the
fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

        (a)  This Agreement and the  transactions contemplated hereby shall have
    been approved in  the manner  required by  applicable law  or by  applicable
    regulations of any stock exchange or other regulatory body by the holders of
    the  issued  and outstanding  shares of  capital stock  of Hallmark  and CHS
    entitled to vote thereon.

        (b) The  waiting period  applicable to  the consummation  of the  Merger
    under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated.

        (c)  Neither of  the parties  hereto shall  be subject  to any  order or
    injunction  of  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  which  prohibits  the
    consummation  of  the transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement.  In the
    event any such order or injunction shall have been issued, each party agrees
    to use its reasonable efforts to have any such injunction lifted.

        (d) The Form  S-4 shall  have become effective  and no  stop order  with
    respect thereto shall be in effect.

        (e)  CHS and Hallmark shall have received  from Arthur Andersen & Co. an
    opinion that the Merger  will be treated as  a "pooling of interests"  under
    applicable accounting standards.

        (f) All consents, authorizations, orders and approvals of (or filings or
    registrations  with) any governmental commission,  board or other regulatory
    body required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance  of
    this  Agreement  shall have  been obtained  or made,  except for  filings in
    connection with the  Merger and  any other  documents required  to be  filed
    after  the Effective Time and  except where the failure  to have obtained or
    made  any   such  consent,   authorization,  order,   approval,  filing   or
    registration would not have a material adverse effect on the business of CHS
    and  Hallmark  (and  their  respective  Subsidiaries),  taken  as  a  whole,
    following the Effective Time.

                                      A-25
<PAGE>
    8.2.    CONDITIONS TO  OBLIGATION OF  HALLMARK  TO EFFECT  THE MERGER.   The
obligation of Hallmark to effect the Merger shall be subject to the  fulfillment
at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

        (a)  CHS shall have performed its agreements contained in this Agreement
    required  to  be  performed  on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  and  the
    representations  and  warranties of  CHS and  Merger  Sub contained  in this
    Agreement and in any document delivered in connection herewith shall be true
    and correct  as of  the Closing  Date, and  Hallmark shall  have received  a
    certificate  of the Chairman  and President of CHS,  dated the Closing Date,
    certifying to such effect;  provided however, that notwithstanding  anything
    herein  to the contrary,  this Section 8.2(a)  shall be deemed  to have been
    satisfied even  if  such representations  or  warranties are  not  true  and
    correct,  unless the failure of any  of the representations or warranties to
    be so true and correct  would have or would be  reasonably likely to have  a
    CHS Material Adverse Effect.

        (b) Hallmark shall have received the opinion of King and Spalding, dated
    the  Closing Date, to the effect that the Merger will be treated for Federal
    income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)
    of the Code, and that the conversion in the Merger of Hallmark Common  Stock
    and Redeemable Preferred Stock into CHS Common Stock will not result in gain
    or loss to the holders thereof.

        (c) Hallmark shall have received a "comfort" letter from Arthur Andersen
    &  Co., of the kind contemplated by the Statement of Auditing Standards with
    respect to Letters to Underwriters promulgated by the American Institute  of
    Certified  Public  Accountants (the  "AICPA  Statement"), dated  the Closing
    Date,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Hallmark,  in
    connection  with  the  procedures undertaken  by  them with  respect  to the
    financial statements of CHS and its Subsidiaries contained in the Form  S-4,
    and  the other matters  contemplated by the  AICPA Statement and customarily
    included in comfort letters relating to transactions similar to the Merger.

        (d) From the date  of this Agreement through  the Effective Time,  there
    shall  not have occurred any change  in the financial condition, business or
    operations of CHS and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would have or
    would be reasonably likely to have a CHS Material Adverse Effect other  than
    any  such  change that  affects  both Hallmark  and  CHS in  a substantially
    similar manner; provided,  however, that any  determination with respect  to
    the  occurrence of a CHS Material Adverse Effect shall exclude the effect of
    expenses incurred by CHS in connection with this Agreement.

        (e) Hallmark shall  have received  an opinion  from McGlinchey  Stafford
    Lang,  A Law Corporation,  special counsel to  CHS, dated as  of the Closing
    Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Hallmark.

    8.3.   CONDITIONS  TO  OBLIGATION  OF  CHS AND  MERGER  SUB  TO  EFFECT  THE
MERGER.   The obligations  of CHS and Merger  Sub to effect  the Merger shall be
subject to the  fulfillment at or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions:

        (a)  Hallmark  shall have  performed  its agreements  contained  in this
    Agreement required to be performed on or  prior to the Closing Date and  the
    representations  and warranties of Hallmark  contained in this Agreement and
    in any document delivered in connection  herewith shall be true and  correct
    as  of the Closing  Date, and CHS  shall have received  a certificate of the
    Chairman and President of  Hallmark, dated the  Closing Date, certifying  to
    such  effect; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the
    contrary, this Section 8.3(a) shall be deemed to have been satisfied even if
    such representations  or warranties  are not  true and  correct, unless  the
    failure  of  any of  the representations  or  warranties to  be so  true and
    correct would have or would be reasonably likely to have a Hallmark Material
    Adverse Effect.

        (b) CHS shall have received the  opinion of McGlinchey Stafford Lang,  A
    Law  Corporation, special  counsel to  CHS, dated  the Closing  Date, to the
    effect that the Merger will be treated for

                                      A-26
<PAGE>
    Federal income  tax  purposes as  a  reorganization within  the  meaning  of
    Section  368(a) of the Code, and that CHS  and Hallmark will each be a party
    to that reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.

        (c) CHS shall have  received a "comfort" letter  from Arthur Andersen  &
    Co.,  of the  kind contemplated  by the  AICPA Statement,  dated the Closing
    Date, in form and  substance reasonably satisfactory  to CHS, in  connection
    with  the  procedures  undertaken  by them  with  respect  to  the financial
    statements and other financial information of Hallmark and its  Subsidiaries
    contained  in the Form S-4  and the other matters  contemplated by the AICPA
    Statement  and  customarily   included  in  comfort   letters  relating   to
    transactions similar to the Merger.

        (d)  From the date  of this Agreement through  the Effective Time, there
    shall not have occurred any change  in the financial condition, business  or
    operations of Hallmark and its Subsidiaries, taken as whole, that would have
    or  would be reasonably  likely to have a  Hallmark Material Adverse Effect,
    other than  any  such  change  that  affects both  Hallmark  and  CHS  in  a
    substantially similar manner; provided, however, that any determination with
    respect  to  the  occurrence of  a  Hallmark Material  Adverse  Effect shall
    exclude the effect of expenses incurred by Hallmark in connection with  this
    Agreement.

        (e)  CHS  and Merger  Sub shall  have  received an  opinion from  King &
    Spalding, special counsel to Hallmark, dated as of the Closing Date, in form
    and substance reasonably satisfactory to CHS and Merger Sub.

        (f) CHS shall  have received  from not  less than  75% by  value of  the
    participants in Hallmark's 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan an executed Consent
    to the termination of such plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

                                   ARTICLE 9

    9.  TERMINATION.

    9.1.   TERMINATION BY MUTUAL CONSENT.   This Agreement may be terminated and
the Merger may be abandoned at any  time prior to the Effective Time, before  or
after  the approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of Hallmark or CHS, by
the mutual consent of CHS and Hallmark.

    9.2.   TERMINATION  BY  EITHER CHS  OR  HALLMARK.   This  Agreement  may  be
terminated  and the Merger may be abandoned  by action of the Board of Directors
of either CHS or Hallmark if (a)  the Merger shall not have been consummated  by
December  31, 1994, or  (b) the approval of  Hallmark's stockholders required by
Section 8.1(a) shall not have been obtained at a meeting duly convened  therefor
or at any adjournment thereof, or (c) the approval of CHS' stockholders required
by  Section  8.1(a) shall  not have  been  obtained at  a meeting  duly convened
therefor or at any adjournment thereof, or (d) a United States federal or  state
court  of competent jurisdiction or United States federal or state governmental,
regulatory or administrative agency  or commission shall  have issued an  order,
decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or
otherwise  prohibiting the transactions contemplated  by this Agreement and such
order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;
provided, that the party  seeking to terminate this  Agreement pursuant to  this
clause  (d) shall  have used all  reasonable efforts to  remove such injunction,
order or decree; and further provided, in the case of a termination pursuant  to
clause  (a) above,  that the  terminating party shall  not have  breached in any
material respect its  obligations under this  Agreement in a  manner that  shall
have  proximately contributed  to the occurrence  of the failure  referred to in
said clause.

    9.3.  TERMINATION  BY HALLMARK.   This Agreement may  be terminated and  the
Merger may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, before or after
the adoption and approval by the stockholders of Hallmark referred to in Section
8.1(a),  by action of the Board of Directors of Hallmark, if (a) in the exercise
of its good faith judgment  as to its fiduciary  duties to its stockholders  the
Board  of Directors  of Hallmark  shall have failed  to recommend  or shall have
withdrawn or modified its

                                      A-27
<PAGE>
recommendation or approval of the  transactions contemplated by this  Agreement,
or  (b) there has  been a breach by  CHS or Merger Sub  of any representation or
warranty contained in  this Agreement which  would have or  would be  reasonably
likely  to have a CHS Material Adverse Effect,  or (c) there has been a material
breach of any of the covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement on  the
part  of CHS, which breach is not curable or, if curable, is not cured within 30
days after written  notice of such  breach is given  by Hallmark to  CHS or  (d)
there  has  been a  breach  by CHS  of  its covenant  in  Section 7.3  hereof to
recommend approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

    9.4.  TERMINATION BY CHS.  This  Agreement may be terminated and the  Merger
may  be abandoned at any  time prior to the Effective  Time, before or after the
adoption and approval by the stockholders of CHS referred to in Section  8.1(a),
by  action of the Board of  Directors of CHS, if (a)  there has been a breach by
Hallmark of any  representation or  warranty contained in  this Agreement  which
would  have or would  be reasonably likely  to have a  Hallmark Material Adverse
Effect; or (b)  there has  been a  material breach of  any of  the covenants  or
agreements  set forth in this Agreement on the part of Hallmark, which breach is
not curable or, if curable, is not cured within 30 days after written notice  of
such breach is given by CHS to Hallmark; or (c) another entity, person, or group
(as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) commences a public offer to
acquire at least 990,136 shares of Hallmark Common Stock at a price per share in
excess  of $23.00  per share and,  in fact,  acquires pursuant to  said offer or
otherwise at least 990,136 shares of Hallmark Common Stock or it shall have been
publicly disclosed or CHS shall have  learned that any entity, person, or  group
shall  have acquired at least 990,136 shares  of Hallmark Common Stock, or shall
have been granted any option or  right, conditional or otherwise, to acquire  at
least  990,136 shares of Hallmark  Common Stock; or (d)  Hallmark enters into an
agreement providing for  a business  combination whereby Hallmark,  or at  least
990,136  shares  of  Hallmark  Common  Stock, or  all  or  substantially  all of
Hallmark's assets are to be acquired by, or Hallmark is to be consolidated with,
a person or entity other  than CHS or a Subsidiary  or affiliate of CHS; or  (e)
there  has been a material breach by  Hallmark of any of the covenants contained
in Section 7.1 hereof or  a breach of such  Section resulting in an  Acquisition
Proposal,  or  a breach  of  its covenant  in  Section 7.3  hereof  to recommend
approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

    9.5.  EFFECT OF TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT.

    (a) If (i) Hallmark terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.3(a), or
(ii) CHS  terminates this  Agreement  pursuant to  Sections 9.4(c),  9.4(d),  or
9.4(e),  and as of the date of such termination, (x) there has been no breach by
CHS of a  representation or  warranty which would  have or  would be  reasonably
likely  to have a CHS Material Adverse Effect, or (y) there has been no material
breach of any of the covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement on  the
part  of CHS, then  immediately, but in  any event not  later than five business
days after such termination, Hallmark shall pay  to CHS an amount in cash  equal
to $8,000,000, plus actual out of pocket expenses incurred by CHS and Merger Sub
in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated hereby  (including  but not
limited to fees and  disbursements of counsel, fees  and expenses of  investment
bankers, accountants and lenders, and printing costs) in an amount not exceeding
$1,500,000 (collectively, the "CHS Fee").

    (b) If (i) Hallmark terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.3(b), or
(ii) CHS terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.4(a), then immediately,
but  in any event not later than  five business days after such termination, the
non-terminating party shall pay to the terminating party an amount equal to such
terminating party's actual out  of pocket expenses  incurred by the  terminating
party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including but not
limited  to fees and  disbursements of counsel, fees  and expenses of investment
bankers, accountants and lenders, and printing costs) in an amount not exceeding
$2,000,000 (the "Termination Fee"); provided, however, that the Termination  Fee
shall  not be payable if, as of the date of such termination, (x) there has been
a breach by the  terminating party of a  representation or warranty which  would
have or would be

                                      A-28
<PAGE>
reasonably  likely to have,  a CHS Material Adverse  Effect or Hallmark Material
Adverse Effect, as the case may be, or  (y) there has been a material breach  of
any  of the covenants or  agreements set forth in this  Agreement on the part of
the terminating party.

    (c) In the event of termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the
Merger pursuant to this Article 9,  all obligations of the parties hereto  shall
terminate,  except the obligations  of the parties pursuant  to this Section 9.5
and Section 7.11  and except for  the provisions of  Sections 10.3, 10.4,  10.6,
10.8,  10.9,  10.12,  10.13 and  10.14.  In  the event  of  termination  of this
Agreement pursuant to Sections  9.3 or 9.4, nothing  herein shall prejudice  the
ability of the non-breaching party from seeking damages from any other party for
any  breach of this Agreement, including without limitation, attorneys' fees and
the right to pursue  any remedy at  law or in  equity unless such  non-breaching
party  has  received  the  Termination  Fee,  in  which  event,  such  fee shall
constitute liquidated damages and the non-breaching party shall have no right to
pursue any  other  remedy; and  provided  further, that  in  the event  CHS  has
received  the CHS Fee, it shall not (i) assert or pursue in any manner, directly
or indirectly, any  claim or  cause of  action based in  whole or  in part  upon
alleged  tortious or other interference with rights under this Agreement against
any entity or person submitting an Acquisition Proposal or (ii) assert or pursue
in any manner,  directly or  indirectly, any claim  or cause  of action  against
Hallmark  or any of its officers or directors based in whole or in part upon its
or their receipt, consideration, recommendation,  or approval of an  Acquisition
Proposal  or  Hallmark's  exercise of  its  right of  termination  under Section
9.3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event either party is required  to
file  suit to seek  any such fee, and  it ultimately succeeds  on the merits, it
shall be  entitled to  all expenses,  including attorneys'  fees, which  it  has
incurred in enforcing its rights hereunder.

    9.6.  EXTENSION; WAIVER.  At any time prior to the Effective Time, any party
hereto,  by action taken by  its Board of Directors,  may, to the extent legally
allowed, (a) extend the time  for the performance of  any of the obligations  or
other  acts  of the  other parties  hereto,  (b) waive  any inaccuracies  in the
representations and warranties  made to such  party contained herein  or in  any
document  delivered pursuant  hereto and  (c) waive  compliance with  any of the
agreements or conditions  for the benefit  of such party  contained herein.  Any
agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be
valid  only if set  forth in an instrument  in writing signed  on behalf of such
party.

                                   ARTICLE 10

    10.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    10.1.   NONSURVIVAL  OF REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES  AND AGREEMENTS.    All
representations,   warranties  and  agreements  in  this  Agreement  or  in  any
instrument delivered pursuant to  this Agreement shall be  deemed to the  extent
expressly  provided herein to be conditions to  the Merger and shall not survive
the Merger, provided, however, that the agreements contained in Article 4 and in
Sections 7.12,  7.13, 7.14  and 7.15  and this  Article 10,  and the  agreements
delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Merger.

    10.2.    NOTICES.   Any  notice  required  to be  given  hereunder  shall be
sufficient if in  writing, and  sent by  facsimile transmission  and by  courier
service  (with proof of service), hand  delivery or certified or registered mail
(return  receipt  requested  and  first-class  postage  prepaid),  addressed  as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
If to CHS or Merger Sub:              If to Hallmark:
  3707 FM 1960 West, Suite 500          300 Galleria Parkway, Suite 650
  Houston, TX 77068                     Atlanta, GA 30339
  Attn: E. Thomas Chaney                Attn: Robert M. Thornton, Jr.
        President                             President
</TABLE>

                                      A-29
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
With a copy to:                       With a copy to:
  McGlinchey Stafford Lang              King & Spalding
  2777 Stemmons Freeway, Ste. 925       191 Peachtree Street
  Dallas, Texas 75207                   Atlanta, Georgia 30303
  Attn: Alan Jacobs, Esq.               Attn: Robert Miller, Esq.
</TABLE>

or  to such other address as any party shall specify by written notice so given,
and such  notice shall  be deemed  to  have been  delivered as  of the  date  so
telecommunicated, personally delivered or mailed.

    10.3.   ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT; BENEFIT.  Neither this Agreement nor any
of the rights, interests  or obligations hereunder shall  be assigned by any  of
the  parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior
written consent of the  other parties. Subject to  the preceding sentence,  this
Agreement  shall be binding upon  and shall inure to  the benefit of the parties
hereto and  their respective  successors and  assigns. Notwithstanding  anything
contained  in  this Agreement  to  the contrary,  except  for the  provisions of
Article 4 and Sections  7.12 and 7.13, nothing  in this Agreement, expressed  or
implied,  is intended to confer  on any person other  than the parties hereto or
their respective heirs,  successors, executors, administrators  and assigns  any
rights,  remedies,  obligations  or  liabilities  under  or  by  reason  of this
Agreement.

    10.4.   ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.    This Agreement,  the  Exhibits,  the  Hallmark
Disclosure  Letter, the  CHS Disclosure  Letter, the  Confidentiality Agreement,
dated April 12, 1994,  between Hallmark and CHS  and any documents delivered  by
the  parties in  connection herewith constitute  the entire  agreement among the
parties with  respect to  the  subject matter  hereof  and supersede  all  prior
agreements and understandings among the parties with respect hereto. No addition
to  or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon any
party hereto unless made in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

    10.5.  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may  be amended by the parties hereto,  by
action  taken by  their respective  Boards of Directors,  at any  time before or
after approval  of  matters presented  in  connection  with the  Merger  by  the
stockholders  of Hallmark and  CHS, but after any  such stockholder approval, no
amendment  shall  be  made  which  by  law  requires  the  further  approval  of
stockholders  without obtaining such further approval. This Agreement may not be
amended except by  an instrument  in writing  signed on  behalf of  each of  the
parties hereto.

    10.6.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its rules of
conflict  of   laws.  Each   of  Hallmark   and  CHS   hereby  irrevocably   and
unconditionally  consents to submit to the  exclusive jurisdiction of the courts
of the State  of Delaware and  of the United  States of America  located in  the
State  of Delaware (the "Delaware Courts") for  any litigation arising out of or
relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and  agrees
not  to commence any litigation relating  thereto except in such courts), waives
any objection to  the laying of  venue of  any such litigation  in the  Delaware
Courts  and  agrees  not to  plead  or claim  in  any Delaware  Court  that such
litigation brought therein has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

    10.7.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement  may be executed by the parties  hereto
in  separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
an original, but  all such counterparts  shall together constitute  one and  the
same  instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each
signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto.

    10.8.  HEADINGS.   Headings of the Articles  and Sections of this  Agreement
are  for the convenience of the parties  only, and shall be given no substantive
or interpretive effect whatsoever.

    10.9.   INTERPRETATION.   In this  Agreement, unless  the context  otherwise
requires, words describing the singular number shall include the plural and vice
versa,  and  words  denoting any  gender  shall  include all  genders  and words
denoting natural persons  shall include corporations  and partnerships and  vice
versa.

                                      A-30
<PAGE>
    10.10.   WAIVERS.   Except  as provided in  this Agreement,  no action taken
pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation  by
or  on behalf of any party, shall be  deemed to constitute a waiver by the party
taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants
or agreements contained in this Agreement. The  waiver by any party hereto of  a
breach  of any provision hereunder shall not operate or be construed as a waiver
of any prior or subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereunder.

    10.11.  INCORPORATION OF EXHIBITS.  The Hallmark Disclosure Letter, the  CHS
Disclosure  Letter and all  Exhibits attached hereto and  referred to herein are
hereby incorporated herein and made a part  hereof for all purposes as if  fully
set forth herein.

    10.12.   SEVERABILITY.   Any  term or provision  of this  Agreement which is
invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction,  be
ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  invalidity  or  unenforceability without
rendering invalid or unenforceable  the remaining terms  and provisions of  this
Agreement  or affecting the  validity or enforceability  of any of  the terms or
provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this
Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted
to be only so broad as is enforceable.

    10.13.  ENFORCEMENT OF AGREEMENT.  The parties hereto agree that irreparable
damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement was
not performed in accordance with its  specific terms or was otherwise  breached.
It  is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or
injunctions to prevent breaches  of this Agreement  and to enforce  specifically
the terms and provisions hereof in any Delaware Court, this being in addition to
any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

    10.14.  SUBSIDIARIES.  As used in this Agreement, the word "Subsidiary" when
used  with respect  to any  party means  any corporation  or other organization,
whether  incorporated  or  unincorporated,  of  which  such  party  directly  or
indirectly  owns or  controls at  least a  majority of  the securities  or other
interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
board of directors or others performing  similar functions with respect to  such
corporation  or other organization, or any organization of which such party is a
general partner.  When a  reference is  made in  this Agreement  to  Significant
Subsidiaries,  the words "Significant Subsidiaries"  shall refer to Subsidiaries
(as defined above)  which constitute "significant  subsidiaries" under Rule  405
promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

    10.15.    MATERIALITY.   (a)    Without  limiting what  may  constitute, for
purposes of this Agreement, a Hallmark Material Adverse Effect, any single event
or series of related events that exceeds,  or the effect or result of which  can
reasonably  be expected to exceed, individually  or in the aggregate, $8,000,000
shall be  deemed to  be material.  In determining  whether a  representation  or
warranty  of  Hallmark  is  true  and  correct  in  all  material  respects, all
references to  the word  "material" shall  be disregarded,  and any  untruth  or
incorrectness  shall be measured, if measurable  as a dollar amount, against the
definition of materiality in the  preceding sentence or any other  determination
of materiality.

    (b)  Without limiting what may constitute, for purposes of this Agreement, a
CHS Material Adverse Effect, any single  event or series of related events  that
exceeds,  or the effect or result of which can reasonably be expected to exceed,
individually or in the aggregate, $8,000,000 shall be deemed to be material.  In
determining  whether a representation or  warranty of CHS or  Merger Sub is true
and correct in  all material  respects, all  references to  the word  "material"
shall  be disregarded,  and any untruth  or incorrectness shall  be measured, if
measurable as a  dollar amount,  against the  definition of  materiality in  the
preceding sentence or any other determination of materiality.

                                      A-31
<PAGE>
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement and caused the
same to be  duly delivered on  their behalf on  the day and  year first  written
above.

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
                                              COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

ATTEST:

By: /s/TYREE G. WILBURN                       By: /s/E. THOMAS CHANEY
    TYREE G. WILBURN                              E. THOMAS CHANEY

                                              COMMUNITY ACQUISITION CORP.

ATTEST:

By: /s/TYREE G. WILBURN                       By: /s/E. THOMAS CHANEY
    TYREE G. WILBURN                              E. THOMAS CHANEY

                                              HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

ATTEST:

By: /s/PETER J. PIZZO, III                    By: /s/ROBERT M. THORNTON, JR.
    PETER J. PIZZO, III                           ROBERT M. THORNTON, JR.
</TABLE>

                                      A-32
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            FORM OF AFFILIATE LETTER

                                           , 1994

Community Health Systems, Inc.
3707 FM 1960 West
Suite 500
Houston, TX 77068
Attn: E. Thomas Chaney, President

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    I have been advised that as of the date of this letter I may be deemed to be
an  "affiliate"  of  Hallmark  Healthcare  Corporation,  a  Delaware corporation
("Hallmark"), as the term "affiliate" is (i) defined for purposes of  paragraphs
(c)  and  (d)  of  Rule  145  of  the  rules  and  regulations  (the  "Rules and
Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under
the Securities Act  of 1933, as  amended (the "Act"),  or (ii) used  in and  for
purposes  of  Accounting  Series  Releases  130  and  135,  as  amended,  of the
Commission. Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan
of Merger, dated as of June 10, 1994 (the "Agreement"), between Community Health
Systems, Inc., a  Delaware corporation ("CHS"),  Community Acquisition Corp.,  a
Delaware  corporation and a  wholly-owned subsidiary of  CHS ("Merger Sub"), and
Hallmark, Hallmark will be merged with and into Merger Sub (the "Merger").

    As a result of the  Merger, I may receive shares  of Common Stock, $.01  par
value,  of CHS,  (the "CHS Securities")  in exchange  for shares owned  by me of
Common Stock, $.05 par value, of Hallmark.

    I represent, warrant and covenant to CHS that in the event I receive any CHS
Securities as a result of the Merger:

         A. I shall not make any sale, transfer or other disposition of the  CHS
    Securities in violation of the Act or the Rules and Regulations.

         B.  I have carefully  read this letter and  the Agreement and discussed
    the requirements of such documents and other applicable limitations upon  my
    ability  to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the CHS Securities to the
    extent I felt necessary, with my counsel or counsel for Hallmark.

         C. I  have been  advised that  the  issuance of  CHS Securities  to  me
    pursuant to the Merger has been registered with the Commission under the Act
    on  a Registration Statement on Form S-4.  However, I have also been advised
    that, since  at  the  time the  Merger  was  submitted for  a  vote  of  the
    stockholders  of Hallmark,  I may  be deemed  to have  been an  affiliate of
    Hallmark and  the distribution  by me  of the  CHS Securities  has not  been
    registered  under the Act, I may not  sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of
    the CHS Securities issued to me in the Merger unless (i) such sale, transfer
    or other disposition  has been  registered under  the Act,  (ii) such  sale,
    transfer   or  other  disposition  is  made  in  conformity  with  Rule  145
    promulgated by the  Commission under  the Act, or  (iii) in  the opinion  of
    counsel  reasonably acceptable to  CHS, or a "no  action" letter obtained by
    the undersigned from the  Staff of the Commission,  to the effect that  such
    sale,  transfer or other  disposition is otherwise  exempt from registration
    under the Act.

         D. I understand that CHS is  under no obligation to register the  sale,
    transfer  or other disposition of  the CHS Securities by  me or on my behalf
    under the  Act or  to  take any  other action  necessary  in order  to  make
    compliance with an exemption from such registration available.

                                      A-33
<PAGE>
         E.  I also understand that stop  transfer instructions will be given to
    CHS' transfer agent with respect to  the CHS Securities and that there  will
    be  placed on the certificates  for the CHS Securities  issued to me, or any
    substitutions therefor, a legend stating in substance:

       "THE  SHARES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  WERE  ISSUED  IN  A
       TRANSACTION TO WHICH RULE 145 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
       1933  APPLIES. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY ONLY BE
       TRANSFERRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF
       JUNE 10, 1994, BETWEEN THE REGISTERED  HOLDER HEREOF AND CHS, A  COPY
       OF  WHICH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE  AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF COMMUNITY
       HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC."

         F. I  also  understand  that  unless  the transfer  by  me  of  my  CHS
    Securities has been registered under the Act or is a sale made in conformity
    with the provisions of Rule 145, CHS reserves the right to put the following
    legend on the certificates issued to my transferee:

       "THE  SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
       UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND WERE ACQUIRED FROM A PERSON  WHO
       RECEIVED  SUCH SHARES IN A TRANSACTION  TO WHICH RULE 145 PROMULGATED
       UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933  APPLIES. THE  SHARES  HAVE  BEEN
       ACQUIRED  BY  THE  HOLDER  NOT  WITH A  VIEW  TO,  OR  FOR  RESALE IN
       CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF  WITHIN THE MEANING OF  THE
       SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933 AND  MAY NOT  BE SOLD,  PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
       TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  IN  ACCORDANCE   WITH  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM   THE
       REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933."

    It is understood and agreed that the legends set forth in paragraphs E and F
above  shall  be removed  by delivery  of  substitute certificates  without such
legend if such legend is not required for purposes of the Act or this Agreement.
It is understood and agreed  that such legends and  the stop orders referred  to
above  will be  removed if (i)  two years shall  have elapsed from  the date the
undersigned  acquired  the  CHS  Securities  received  in  the  Merger  and  the
provisions  of Rule 145(d)(2) are then  available to the undersigned, (ii) three
years shall  have  elapsed  from  the date  the  undersigned  acquired  the  CHS
Securities  received in the Merger and the  provision of Rule 145(d)(3) are then
applicable to the undersigned,  or (iii) CHS has  received either an opinion  of
counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to CHS, or a
"no action" letter obtained by the undersigned from the staff of the Commission,
to  the effect that the restrictions imposed by Rule 145 under the Act no longer
apply to the undersigned.

    I further represent to and covenant with CHS that I will not sell,  transfer
or  otherwise dispose of any CHS Securities received  by me in the Merger or any
other shares  of the  capital stock  of CHS  until after  such time  as  results
covering  at least 30 days of combined  operations of Hallmark and CHS have been
published by  CHS, in  the form  of a  quarterly earnings  report, an  effective
registration  statement filed with the Commission, a report to the Commission on
Form 10-K, Form 10-Q  or Form 8-K,  or any other  public filing or  announcement
which  includes  such  combined  results of  operations.  CHS  shall  notify the
"affiliates" of the publication of such results. Notwithstanding the  foregoing,
I  understand that I  will not be prohibited  from selling up to  10% of the CHS
Securities received by me in the Merger during the aforementioned period.

                                      A-34
<PAGE>
    Execution of this letter  should not be considered  an admission on my  part
that I am an "affiliate" of Hallmark as described in the first paragraph of this
letter  or as a waiver of any rights I may have to object to any claim that I am
such an affiliate on or after the date of this letter.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          Name:

Accepted this    day of
            , 1994 by
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

By:
    Name:
    Title:

                                      A-35
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                            FORM OF AFFILIATE LETTER

                                           , 1994

Hallmark Healthcare Corporation
300 Galleria Parkway
Suite 650
Atlanta, GA 30339
Attn: Robert M. Thornton, Jr., President

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    I have been advised that as of the date of this letter I may be deemed to be
an  "affiliate"  of  Community  Health  Systems,  Inc.,  a  Delaware corporation
("CHS"), as the term "affiliate" is  (i) defined for purposes of paragraphs  (c)
and  (d) of Rule 145 of the  rules and regulations (the "Rules and Regulations")
of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  under   the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), or (ii) used in and for purposes
of  Accounting  Series Releases  130  and 135,  as  amended, of  the Commission.
Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of  Merger,
dated  as  of  June  10, 1994  (the  "Agreement"),  between  Hallmark Healthcare
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Hallmark"), Community Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation and a  wholly owned subsidiary of  CHS ("Merger Sub"),  and
CHS, Hallmark will be merged with and into Merger Sub (the "Merger").

    I  represent to and covenant with Hallmark that I will not sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any shares  of common stock, par  value $.01 per share,  of
CHS  that I may hold until after such  time as results covering at least 30 days
of combined operations of Hallmark  and CHS have been  published by CHS, in  the
form  of a quarterly earnings report,  an effective registration statement filed
with the Commission, a report to the Commission on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or  Form
8-K,  or any  other public filing  or announcement which  includes such combined
results of operations.

    Execution of this letter  should not be considered  an admission on my  part
that  I am  an "affiliate" of  CHS as described  in the first  paragraph of this
letter or as a waiver of any rights I may have to object to any claim that I  am
such an affiliate on or after the date of this letter.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          Name:

Accepted this    day of
            , 1994 by
HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

By:
    Name:
    Title:

                                      A-36
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                            STOCKHOLDER'S COMMITMENT

    The undersigned stockholder of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation ("Hallmark"),
in  consideration of the benefits to be derived by Hallmark and its stockholders
pursuant to an Amended and  Restated Agreement and Plan  of Merger, dated as  of
June  10, 1994 (the "Agreement"), among Hallmark, Community Health Systems, Inc.
("CHS") and Community  Acquisition Corp. (the  defined terms in  which are  used
herein  as defined therein) and the expenses to be incurred by CHS in connection
therewith, hereby agrees with CHS as follows:

        (1) Such stockholder,  acting solely in  such stockholder's capacity  as
    such,  agrees and  undertakes to  vote or  cause to  be voted  all shares of
    Hallmark Common  Stock  and Redeemable  Preferred  Stock as  to  which  such
    stockholder  has voting power at any  meeting or meetings (including any and
    all adjournments thereof) before which  the Agreement or any related  matter
    may  come for consideration by stockholders, in favor of the approval of the
    Agreement and the Merger and against  any similar agreement, unless (a)  CHS
    or  Merger Sub  then is in  breach or  default in any  material respect with
    respect to any covenant,  representation or warranty as  to it contained  in
    the  Agreement, or (b) the Board of  Directors of Hallmark shall have failed
    to recommend  or shall  have  withdrawn or  modified its  recommendation  or
    approval  of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement following a good
    faith determination by such Board that such action is required for the Board
    of Directors  to  comply  with  its fiduciary  duty  to  stockholders.  Such
    stockholder  further agrees  not to transfer  any of the  shares of Hallmark
    Common Stock or Redeemable Preferred  Stock over which such stockholder  has
    dispositive  power  or  grant any  proxy  with respect  thereto  (except any
    revocable proxy solicited by the Board  of Directors of Hallmark) until  the
    earlier  of  the Effective  Date or  the  date that  the Agreement  has been
    terminated pursuant to its provisions, except (i) for transfers by operation
    of law and (ii) for transfers in connection with which the transferee  shall
    agree  in writing with CHS  to be bound by  this Stockholder's Commitment as
    fully as the undersigned. In the case  of any transfer by operation of  law,
    the  provisions of this Stockholder's Commitment  are intended to be binding
    upon and to  inure to the  benefit of such  transferee, and such  transferee
    shall be bound thereby.

        (2)  Such  stockholder  will  not,  and  will  cause  such stockholder's
    affiliates not  to, until  the Effective  Time of  the Merger  or until  the
    Agreement has been terminated, whichever shall first occur, purchase or sell
    or  otherwise deal in CHS Common Stock or other securities of CHS unless CHS
    shall have otherwise consented in writing.

        (3) Such stockholder hereby releases, effective at the Effective Time of
    the Merger,  CHS and  the  Surviving Corporation  from any  obligation  that
    either  of them may have (including any obligation as successor to Hallmark)
    to indemnify  such stockholder  for acts  taken by  such stockholder  as  an
    officer  and/or  director  and/or employee  of  Hallmark and/or  any  of its
    Subsidiaries, except  to  the  extent  set forth  in  Section  7.12  of  the
    Agreement.

        (4) The provisions of this Stockholder's Commitment shall be enforceable
    through  an  action  by  CHS for  damages  at  law or  a  suit  for specific
    performance  or  other  appropriate  extraordinary  relief,  the   signatory
    stockholder  acknowledging that remedies at law  for breach or default under
    this Stockholder's Commitment might be or become inadequate.

        (5) All  provisions  hereof shall  survive  the Effective  Date  of  the
    Merger.

    This Stockholder's Commitment is dated             , 1994.

                                      A-37
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                                [CHS letterhead]

                                           , 1994

Dear Participant:

    Community  Health Systems, Inc. (the "Company") has recently entered into an
Amended and  Restated Agreement  and  Plan of  Merger with  Hallmark  Healthcare
Corporation  ("Hallmark")  and  Community  Acquisition  Corp.  ("Merger  Sub."),
whereby Hallmark would be  merged with and into  Merger Sub. (the "Merger")  and
holders  of the common and preferred shares  of Hallmark would receive shares of
Company Common  Stock.  As  a  result of  the  Merger,  the  separate  corporate
existence  of  Hallmark would  cease and  its business  and operations  would be
conducted through Merger Sub. as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

    In order to facilitate the proposed  Merger and in consideration of  amounts
paid to you under Hallmark's home office employee retention program, the Company
requests  that  you  agree  and  consent  that,  in  the  event  the  Merger  is
consummated, (i) the aggregate amount of all awards, whether vested or unvested,
under the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "1993 Incentive Plan") made to  you
(the  "Awards") will  be cancelled and  terminated; and (ii)  the 1993 Incentive
Plan and the 1995 Annual Plan will each be terminated and be of no further force
and effect. If the Merger is  not consummated, the Awards previously granted  to
you  under the  1993 Incentive Plan  will not be  affected and will  vest and be
payable as provided for therein.

    By  signing  this  letter  below  and  returning  it  to  the  Company,  you
acknowledge,  consent and agree,  in consideration of amounts  paid to you under
Hallmark's home office employee retention program,  that (i) the Awards will  be
cancelled  and terminated; and (ii) the 1993  Incentive Plan and the 1995 Annual
Plan will each be terminated and be of no further force and effect.

    Please acknowledge your agreement  and consent to  the foregoing by  signing
the  enclosed copy of this letter and  returning it to Community Health Systems,
Inc., 3707 FM 1960 West, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77068, Attn: Deborah G. Moffett,
Vice President, so that it is received by her on or before             , 1994.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                      A-38
<PAGE>
                     ACKNOWLEDGMENT, CONSENT AND AGREEMENT

    I hereby acknowledge, consent and agree to the cancellation and  termination
of  the aggregate amount of all Awards  previously granted to me, whether vested
or unvested, under the 1993 Incentive Plan and the termination of such plan  and
the  1995 Annual Plan on the terms and conditions and subject to the payments to
me provided in the above letter.
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Please print name

            , 1994

                                      A-39
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
              SECTION 262 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

Section 262.  Appraisal rights

   
    (a)   Any  stockholder of a  corporation of  this State who  holds shares of
stock on  the date  of the  making of  a demand  pursuant to  the provisions  of
subsection  (d) of  this section with  respect to such  shares, who continuously
holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who
has otherwise complied with the provisions of subsection (d) of this section and
who has neither  voted in  favor of the  merger or  consolidation nor  consented
thereto in writing pursuant to Section 228 of this title shall be entitled to an
appraisal  by the  Court of Chancery  of the fair  value of his  shares of stock
under the circumstances described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section. As
used in this section, the word "stockholder"  means a holder of record of  stock
in  a stock corporation and also a  member of record of a non-stock corporation;
the words "stock" and "share" mean and include what is ordinarily meant by those
words and also  membership or membership  interest of  a member of  a non  stock
corporation  and  the  words  "depositary  receipt"  mean  a  receipt  or  other
instrument issued  by a  depository  representing an  interest  in one  or  more
shares,  or fractions thereof, solely of stock  of a corporation, which stock is
deposited with the depository.
    

    (b)  Appraisal  rights shall be  available for  the shares of  any class  or
series  of stock of a constituent corporation in a merger or consolidation to be
effected pursuant to sections 251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 or 264 of this title;

   
    (1)  Provided, however, that no appraisal rights under this section shall be
available for  the shares  of any  class or  series of  stock, which  stock,  or
depositary  receipts in respect  thereof, at the record  date fixed to determine
the stockholders entitled to  receive notice of  and to vote  at the meeting  of
stockholders  to act upon the agreement  of merger or consolidation, were either
(i) listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national  market
system  security on an interdealer quotation  system by the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. or (ii) held  of record by more than 2,000  holders;
and  further provided that no appraisal rights shall be available for any shares
of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not
require for  its  approval  the  vote  of  the  stockholders  of  the  surviving
corporation as provided in subsection (f) of section 251 of this title.
    

   
    (2)   Notwithstanding the  provisions of subsection  (b)(1) of this section,
appraisal rights under  this section shall  be available for  the shares of  any
class or series of stock of a constituent corporation if the holders thereof are
required  by the terms  of an agreement  of merger or  consolidation pursuant to
sections 251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 and  264 of this title to accept for  such
stock  anything  except (i)  shares  of stock  of  the corporation  surviving or
resulting from such merger or  consolidation, or depositary receipts in  respect
thereof; (ii) shares of stock of any other corporation or depositary receipts in
respect  thereof, which shares of stock  or depositary receipts at the effective
date of  the  merger  or consolidation  will  be  either listed  on  a  national
securities  exchange or  designated as a  national market system  security or an
interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  or  held of  record by  more than  2,000  holders; (iii)  cash in  lieu of
fractional shares or fractional depositary  receipts described in the  foregoing
clauses (i) and (ii); or (iv) any combination of the shares of stock, depositary
receipts and cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depositary receipts
described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this subsection.
    

    (c)   Any corporation  may provide in its  certificate of incorporation that
appraisal rights under  this section shall  be available for  the shares of  any
class  or series of its stock as a  result of an amendment to its certificate of
incorporation, any  merger  or  consolidation  in which  the  corporation  is  a
constituent corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of
the  corporation. If the certificate of incorporation contains such a provision,
the procedures of this section, including those set forth in subsections (d) and
(e), shall apply as nearly as is practicable.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
    (d)  Appraisal rights shall be perfected as follows:

    (1)  If a  proposed merger or consolidation  for which appraisal rights  are
provided  under this  section is to  be submitted  for approval at  a meeting of
stockholders, the corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the meeting, shall
notify each of its stockholders who was such on the record date for such meeting
with respect to  shares for  which appraisal  rights are  available pursuant  to
subsections (b) or (c) hereof that appraisal rights are available for any or all
of  the shares of the constituent corporations, and shall include in such notice
a copy of this section. Each stockholder electing to demand the appraisal of his
shares shall deliver to the  corporation, before the taking  of the vote on  the
merger  or consolidation,  a written  demand for  appraisal of  his shares. Such
demand will  be sufficient  if  it reasonably  informs  the corporation  of  the
identity  of the stockholder and that  the stockholder intends thereby to demand
the appraisal of his shares. A proxy or vote against the merger or consolidation
shall not constitute such a demand.  A stockholder electing to take such  action
must do so by a separate written demand as herein provided. Within 10 days after
the  effective date of such merger  or consolidation, the surviving or resulting
corporation shall notify  each stockholder of  each constituent corporation  who
has  complied with the provisions of this  subsection and has not voted in favor
of or consented to the  merger or consolidation of the  date that the merger  or
consolidation has become effective; or

    (2)   If the merger or consolidation was approved pursuant to section 228 or
section 253 of this title, the surviving or resulting corporation, either before
the effective date of the merger or consolidation or within 10 days  thereafter,
shall  notify  each of  the  stockholders entitled  to  appraisal rights  of the
effective date of  the merger  or consolidation  and that  appraisal rights  are
available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporation, and shall
include  in such  notice a  copy of this  section. The  notice shall  be sent by
certified or  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  addressed  to  the
stockholder  at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Any
stockholder entitled to appraisal rights may,  within 20 days after the date  of
mailing  of  the  notice, demand  in  writing  from the  surviving  or resulting
corporation the appraisal of  his shares. Such demand  will be sufficient if  it
reasonably  informs the corporation of the  identity of the stockholder and that
the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of his shares.

    (e)    Within  120  days  after   the  effective  date  of  the  merger   or
consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation or any stockholder who has
complied  with  the provisions  of subsections  (a)  and (d)  hereof and  who is
otherwise entitled to  appraisal rights,  may file a  petition in  the Court  of
Chancery  demanding  a determination  of  the value  of  the stock  of  all such
stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  at any time  within 60 days  after
the  effective date of  the merger or consolidation,  any stockholder shall have
the right to withdraw his demand for  appraisal and to accept the terms  offered
upon  the merger or consolidation.  Within 120 days after  the effective date of
the  merger  or  consolidation,  any  stockholder  who  has  complied  with  the
requirements  of subsections (a) and (d)  hereof, upon written request, shall be
entitled to receive from the corporation surviving the merger or resulting  from
the  consolidation a statement setting forth  the aggregate number of shares not
voted in favor of the merger or consolidation and with respect to which  demands
for  appraisal have been  received and the  aggregate number of  holders of such
shares. Such written statement shall be mailed to the stockholder within 10 days
after his written request for such a  statement is received by the surviving  or
resulting  corporation  or within  10 days  after expiration  of the  period for
delivery of  demands for  appraisal under  subsection (d)  hereof, whichever  is
later.

    (f)   Upon the  filing of any such  petition by a  stockholder, service of a
copy thereof shall be  made upon the surviving  or resulting corporation,  which
shall  within 20 days after  such service file in the  office of the Register in
Chancery in which  the petition was  filed a duly  verified list containing  the
names  and addresses  of all  stockholders who  have demanded  payment for their
shares and with whom agreements  as to the value of  their shares have not  been
reached  by the  surviving or  resulting corporation.  If the  petition shall be
filed  by  the  surviving  or  resulting  corporation,  the  petition  shall  be
accompanied  by  such a  duly verified  list.  The Register  in Chancery,  if so
ordered by the  Court, shall give  notice of the  time and place  fixed for  the
hearing    of   such   petition    by   registered   or    certified   mail   to

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
the surviving or resulting corporation and to the stockholders shown on the list
at the addresses therein stated. Such notice shall also be given by one or  more
publications  at least one week before the day of the hearing, in a newspaper of
general circulation as the  Court deems advisable. The  forms of the notices  by
mail  and by publication shall  be approved by the  Court, and the costs thereof
shall be borne by the surviving or resulting corporation.

    (g)   At  the  hearing on  such  petition,  the Court  shall  determine  the
stockholders  who have complied with the provisions of this section and who have
become entitled to appraisal rights. The Court may require the stockholders  who
have  demanded an appraisal for  their shares and who  hold stock represented by
certificates to submit their certificates of  stock to the Register in  Chancery
for  notation thereon of the  pendency of the appraisal  proceedings; and if any
stockholder fails  to comply  with such  direction, the  Court may  dismiss  the
proceedings as to such stockholder.

    (h)   After determining the stockholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court
shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any element
of value  arising  from the  accomplishment  or  expectation of  the  merger  or
consolidation,  together with a fair  rate of interest, if  any, to be paid upon
the amount determined to be the fair value. In determining such fair value,  the
Court shall take into account all relevant factors. In determining the fair rate
of  interest, the Court may consider all relevant factors, including the rate of
interest which the surviving or resulting  corporation would have had to pay  to
borrow  money during  the pendency  of the  proceeding. Upon  application by the
surviving or resulting corporation or by any stockholder entitled to participate
in the appraisal proceeding, the Court may, in its discretion, permit  discovery
or  other pretrial proceedings and may proceed to trial upon the appraisal prior
to the final  determination of  the stockholder  entitled to  an appraisal.  Any
stockholder  whose name appears on the list  filed by the surviving or resulting
corporation pursuant to subsection (f) of this section and who has submitted his
certificates of stock  to the  Register in Chancery,  if such  is required,  may
participate  fully in all proceedings until it  is finally determined that he is
not entitled to appraisal rights under this section.

    (i)  The Court  shall direct the  payment of the fair  value of the  shares,
together with interest, if any, by the surviving or resulting corporation to the
stockholders  entitled thereto. Interest may be simple or compound, as the Court
may direct. Payment shall be  so made to each such  stockholder, in the case  of
holders  of uncertificated stock forthwith, and in the case of holders of shares
represented by  certificates  upon  the  surrender to  the  corporation  of  the
certificates  representing such  stock. The  Court's decree  may be  enforced as
other decrees in the Court of  Chancery may be enforced, whether such  surviving
or resulting corporation be a corporation of this State or of any other state.

    (j)   The costs of  the proceeding may be determined  by the Court and taxed
upon the  parties  as the  Court  deems  equitable in  the  circumstances.  Upon
application  of  a stockholder,  the Court  may order  all or  a portion  of the
expenses  incurred  by  any  stockholder   in  connection  with  the   appraisal
proceeding,  including, without  limitation, reasonable attorney's  fees and the
fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all of
the shares entitled to an appraisal.

    (k)  From and after  the effective date of  the merger or consolidation,  no
stockholder  who has demanded his appraisal rights as provided in subsection (d)
of this section  shall be  entitled to  vote such stock  for any  purpose or  to
receive  payment  of  dividends  or other  distributions  on  the  stock (except
dividends or other  distributions payable to  stockholders of record  at a  date
which  is prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation); provided,
however, that if no  petition for an  appraisal shall be  filed within the  time
provided in subsection (e) of this section, or if such stockholder shall deliver
to the surviving or resulting corporation a written withdrawal of his demand for
an  appraisal and an  acceptance of the  merger or consolidation  as provided in
subsection (e) of this  section or thereafter with  the written approval of  the
corporation,  then the  right of such  stockholder to an  appraisal shall cease.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no appraisal proceeding in the Court of  Chancery
shall  be dismissed as to any stockholder without the approval of the Court, and
such approval may be conditioned upon such terms as the Court deems just.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
    (l)  The  shares of the  surviving or resulting  corporation into which  the
shares  of  such  objecting  stockholders would  have  been  converted  had they
assented to the merger or consolidation shall have the status of authorized  and
unissued shares of the surviving or resulting corporation.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C
                      FAIRNESS OPINION OF LEHMAN BROTHERS

                        [Letterhead of Lehman Brothers]

                                 June 10, 1994

Board of Directors
Community Health Systems, Inc.
3707 FM 1960 West, Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77068

Members of the Board:

    We understand that Community Health Systems, Inc. (the "Company"), Community
Acquisition  Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("Merger Sub"), and
Hallmark Healthcare Corporation ("Hallmark") have entered into an Agreement  and
Plan  of Merger dated  as of June  10, 1994 (the  "Agreement") pursuant to which
Hallmark will be merged with  and into Merger Sub and  each share of common  and
preferred  shares issued and outstanding of  Hallmark will be converted into the
right to receive shares of common stock of the Company ("the Merger"). The terms
and conditions of the Merger are set forth in more detail in the Agreement.

    We have been requested by the Company to render our opinion with respect  to
the   fairness,  from  a  financial  point  of  view,  to  the  Company  of  the
consideration to  be  paid by  the  Company in  the  Merger. We  have  not  been
requested  to opine as to,  and our opinion does not  in any manner address, the
Company's underlying business decision to proceed with or effect the Merger.

    In arriving  at our  opinion, we  reviewed and  analyzed the  Agreement  and
certain  other information concerning Hallmark and  the Company. We reviewed and
analyzed  the  following  items  concerning  Hallmark:  (1)  publicly  avaliable
information concerning Hallmark which we believed to be relevant to our inquiry,
including  its Annual Report on Form 10-K for  the year ended June 30, 1993, its
Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q for the  period ended March  31, 1994, its  Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held November 23, 1993, and its
Prospectus  dated November 5, 1993 related to the public offering of $80,000,000
principal amount of 10  5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes  due 2003; (2) a  trading
history  of  Hallmark's  common  stock  from June  1991  to  the  present  and a
comparison of that trading history with those of other companies which we deemed
relevant; (3)  a comparison  of  the historical  financial results  and  present
financial  condition  of Hallmark  with those  other  companies which  we deemed
relevant; and (4) a  comparison of the  financial terms of  the Merger with  the
financial  terms  of certain  other transactions  which  we deemed  relevant. In
addition, we have had discussions with the management of Hallmark concerning its
business, operations, assets,  financial condition and  prospects and  undertook
such other studies, analyses and investigations as we deemed appropriate.

    We  reviewed and  analyzed the following  items concerning  the Company: (1)
publicly available information concerning  the Company which  we believed to  be
relevant  to our inquiry, including its Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1993, its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period  ended
March  31, 1994, and its  Prospectus dated August 4,  1993 related to the public
offering of  $100,000,000  principal  amount  of  10  1/4%  Senior  Subordinated
Debentures due 2003; (2) financial and operating information with respect to the
business,  operations  and  prospects of  the  Company  furnished to  us  by the
Company; (3) a trading history of the  Company's common stock from June 1991  to
the  present  and a  comparison  of that  trading  history with  those  of other
companies

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
which we deemed relevant; (4) a  comparison of the historical financial  results
and  present financial  condition of the  Company with those  of other companies
which we deemed  relevant; and (5)  the pro forma  effect of the  Merger on  the
financial  statements of the Company. In  addition, we have had discussions with
the management  of  the Company  concerning  its business,  operations,  assets,
financial condition and prospects and undertook such other studies, analyses and
investigations as we deemed appropriate.

    We  have  assumed  and relied  upon  the  accuracy and  completeness  of the
financial and other information  used by us in  arriving at our opinion  without
independent  verification (including  the information provided  by Hallmark) and
have further relied upon  the assurances of the  management of the Company  that
they  are not aware of any facts  that would make such information inaccurate or
misleading. With respect to the financial projections of the Company,  including
those  relating  to a  range of  potential  synergies that  may result  from the
Merger, upon advice of  the Company we have  assumed that such projections  have
been  reasonably prepared  on a  basis reflecting  the best  currently available
estimates and  judgments of  the management  of  the Company  as to  the  future
financial  performance of the Company, and we have relied on such projections in
arriving at our opinion. However, in connection with our review and analysis  of
Hallmark,  we have  not had any  access to Hallmark's  financial projections and
strategic plans for 1994  and subsequent years. In  arriving at our opinion,  we
have  not conducted  a physical inspection  of the properties  and facilities of
Hallmark or  the Company  and have  not  made nor  obtained any  evaluations  or
appraisals  of the assets or liabilities of Hallmark or the Company. Our opinion
is necessarily based upon  market, economic, legislative, regulatory  (including
current  reimbursement practices under Medicare and Medicaid programs) and other
conditions as  they exist  on, and  can be  evaluated as  of, the  date of  this
letter.  Upon advice of the Company and its accounting advisors, we have assumed
that the merger will qualify for pooling-of-interests accounting treatment.

    We have acted  as financial advisor  to the Company  in connection with  the
Merger and will receive a fee for our services, a portion of which is contingent
upon  the consummation  of the  Merger. In addition,  the Company  has agreed to
indemnify us  for certain  liabilities  arising out  of  the rendering  of  this
opinion.  We also  have performed  various investment  banking services  for the
Company in the  past (including  as lead  underwriter for  the Company's  public
offering  of  $100,000,000  principal  amount  of  10  1/4%  Senior Subordinated
Debentures due 2003) and have received  customary fee for such services. In  the
ordinary  course of our business, we may trade in the debt and equity securities
of the Company  and Hallmark for  our own account  and for the  accounts of  our
customers  and, accordingly, may  at any time  hold a long  or short position in
such securities.

    Based upon and subject  to the foregoing,  we are of the  opinion as of  the
date  hereof that, from a financial point  of view, the consideration to be paid
by the Company in the Merger is fair to the Company.

    This opinion is solely for the use and benefit of the Board of Directors  of
the  Company and shall not be disclosed publicly or made available to, or relied
upon by, any third party without our prior approval; provided, however, that the
Company may reproduce this opinion in  full in any disclosure document or  proxy
statement relating to the Merger that the Company must file under the Securities
Act of 1993 and distributed to its shareholders. This opinion is not intended to
be and does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of the Company as
to how such stockholder should vote with respect to the Merger.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          LEHMAN BROTHERS

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX D
                   FAIRNESS OPINION OF MABON SECURITIES CORP.

                     [Letterhead of Mabon Securities Corp.]

                                 June 10, 1994

Board of Directors
Hallmark Healthcare Corporation
300 Galleria Parkway
Suite 650
Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Gentlemen:

    We  understand that Hallmark Healthcare  Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("HALLMARK" or the  "COMPANY"), intends,  subject to  approval by  its Board  of
Directors,  to enter into an  Agreement and Plan of  Merger substantially in the
form delivered to us on  June 9, 1994 (the "AGREEMENT  OF MERGER") with a  newly
formed  acquisition  corporation,  a  Delaware corporation  (the  "SUB"),  and a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of   Community  Health  Systems,   Inc.,  a   Delaware
corporation  ("COMMUNITY"), relating to the proposed  merger of the Company with
and into  Sub (which  will be  the  surviving corporation  in the  merger)  (the
"MERGER")  pursuant to  which, among  other things:  (a) each  share of  Class A
Common Stock, $.05  par value,  of Hallmark  and each  share of  Class B  Common
Stock,  $.05 par value, of Hallmark  (collectively, the "HALLMARK COMMON STOCK")
issued and outstanding  immediately prior to  the effective time  of the  Merger
shall  be converted into the  right to receive .97  shares of Common Stock, $.01
par value (the "COMMUNITY COMMON  STOCK"), of Community (the "EXCHANGE  RATIO");
(b)  each share of 25% Participating Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred
Stock, $5.00 par value, of Hallmark issued and outstanding immediately prior  to
the  effective time of the  Merger shall be converted  into the right to receive
5.4 shares of  Community Common Stock,  and (c) all  vested options to  purchase
Hallmark  Common Stock then outstanding under Hallmark's 1993 Stock Option Plan,
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan -- 1989, Stock Incentive Performance Plan -- 1991
and 1991 Directors' Stock Option Plan (as amended) shall be assumed by Community
as provided in the Agreement of Merger.

    The Merger is expected to be  considered by the stockholders of the  Company
at  a special meeting of stockholders and  to be consummated on or shortly after
the date of such meeting.

    You have asked for our opinion as  to whether the Exchange Ratio is fair  to
the holders of Hallmark Common Stock from a financial point of view.

    Mabon  Securities  Corp., as  part of  its  investment banking  business, is
regularly engaged  in  the  valuation  of businesses  and  their  securities  in
connection  with mergers  and acquisitions,  negotiated underwritings, secondary
distributions  of  listed  and  unlisted  securities,  private  placements   and
valuations for estate, corporate and other purposes.

    We  are familiar with the Company as  a result of having provided investment
banking services to  the Company  since 1993. We  have also  acted as  financial
advisor  to the Company in connection with,  and have participated in certain of
the negotiations leading to, the Agreement of Merger for which we will receive a
fee upon the consummation of the Merger, which fee is in addition to the fee  to
be paid to us for our services in rendering this opinion.

    In  arriving at the  opinion set forth  below, we have,  among other things,
with respect to  Hallmark: (a)  reviewed, from a  financial point  of view,  the
Agreement  of Merger and the annexes thereto,  (b) studied the Annual Reports to
Stockholders and Annual Reports on Form 10-K  for the years ended June 30,  1991
through  1993 and its interim reports on Form  10-Q and 8-K filed since June 30,
1993;

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
(c) reviewed  certain  financial  and  operating  data  relating  to  Hallmark's
business  and prospects, which  information and data  management of Hallmark has
represented to  us as  being accurate  and,  with respect  to the  prospects  of
Hallmark, as being reasonable evaluations of Hallmark's prospects; (d) discussed
certain  financial information and  the business and  prospects of Hallmark with
its senior management; (e) reviewed  financial information (both historical  and
forecast), certain contracts and agreements relating to the business of Hallmark
and  discussed  such financial  information and  the  business and  prospects of
Hallmark with management of Hallmark;  (f) reviewed the reported historical  and
recent  market  prices and  trading volumes  of the  Hallmark Common  Stock; (g)
compared the financial, operating and  stock price performance of Hallmark  with
certain  other companies deemed comparable; (h) reviewed the financial terms, to
the extent publicly available, of certain other acquisition transactions  deemed
comparable;  and  (i) made  such other  analyses and  examinations as  we deemed
necessary or  appropriate.  With respect  to  Community, we  have,  among  other
things:  (1) studied  the Annual Reports  to Stockholders and  Annual Reports on
Form 10-K for the  years ended December  31, 1991 through  1993 and its  interim
reports on Form 10-Q and 8-K filed since December 31, 1993; (2) reviewed certain
financial  and operating  data relating  to Community's  business and prospects,
which information and  data management  of Community  has represented  to us  as
being  accurate  and,  with respect  to  the  prospects of  Community,  as being
reasonable evaluations of Community's prospects; (3) discussed certain financial
information and  the  business  and  prospects  of  Community  with  its  senior
management; (4) reviewed historical financial information, certain contracts and
agreements  relating to the  business of Community  and discussed such financial
information and  the business  and  prospects of  Community with  management  of
Community;  (5) reviewed  the reported historical  and recent  market prices and
trading volumes  of the  Community  Common Stock;  (6) compared  the  financial,
operating  and stock price performance of Community with certain other companies
deemed comparable;  and (7)  made such  other analyses  and examinations  as  we
deemed necessary or appropriate.

    We  have  also taken  into account  our assessment  of economic,  market and
financial conditions generally  and within  the industry in  which Hallmark  and
Community are engaged.

    We  have not independently verified  the information concerning Hallmark and
Community or other data which we have considered in our review, and for purposes
of the opinion set forth below, we have assumed and relied upon the accuracy and
completeness of  all  such information  and  data.  We have  not  undertaken  an
independent  appraisal of any  of Hallmark's assets or  those of Community. With
respect to  the  financial forecasts  and  prospects  of each  of  Hallmark  and
Community,  we have  relied on the  assurances of the  respective managements of
Hallmark and Community  that certain publicly  available forecasts are  accurate
and  that (i) as to the respective forecast,  they are unaware of any facts that
would make such information incomplete or misleading and (ii) there have been no
material adverse developments in the business condition (financial or otherwise)
or prospects of Hallmark or  Community, respectively, since each company's  most
recent fiscal year end.

    Our opinion is necessarily based on economic, market and other conditions as
they  exist, and the information made available to us, as of the date hereof. We
disclaim any undertaking or obligation to advise any person of any change in any
fact or  matter affecting  our  opinion which  may come  or  be brought  to  our
attention after the date of this opinion.

    Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Merger is fair to the
holders of Common Stock of Hallmark from a financial point of view.

                                          Sincerely yours,
                                          MABON SECURITIES CORP.

                                          By: /s/ PETER H. BLUM

                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name: Peter H. Blum
                                             Title: Managing Director

                                      D-2
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Section  145 of the DGCL gives  corporations the power to indemnify officers
and directors under certain circumstances.

    Article VIII  of  Community's  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and
Article  X of  Community's By-Laws provide  for indemnification  of officers and
directors to  the extent  permitted by  the DGCL.  Community also  has  policies
insuring  its  officers and  directors against  certain liabilities  for actions
taken in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

    Article XI of Community's Restated Certificate of Incorporation adopted  the
provision  of  Delaware  law  limiting  or  eliminating  the  potential monetary
liability of  directors to  Community  or its  stockholders  for breaches  of  a
director's  fiduciary duty  of care.  However, the  provision does  not limit or
eliminate the  liability  of a  director  for  disloyalty to  Community  or  its
stockholders,  failing to act in good  faith, engaging in intentional misconduct
or a knowing  violation of the  law, obtaining an  improper personal benefit  or
paying a dividend or approving a stock repurchase that was illegal under section
174 of the DGCL.

    Reference is made to Section 7.12 of the Merger Agreement in which Community
has agreed, under certain circumstances, to indemnify the directors and officers
of Hallmark against certain liabilities.

ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    A.  EXHIBITS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                                          EXHIBIT
- -------------             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <C>        <S>
   2.1            --      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 10, 1994, by and among Community,
                          Acquisition Corp. and Hallmark included in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as
                          Appendix A.
   3.1(a)         --      Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
   3.2(a)         --      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
 4(a)             --      Specimen certificate of Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value, and portion of Certificate of
                          Incorporation defining rights of holders.
   5.1            --      Opinion of McGlinchey Stafford Lang re legality of shares to be issued.
   8.1            --      Opinion of McGlinchey Stafford Lang re certain tax matters.
   8.2            --      Opinion of King & Spalding re certain tax matters.
  10.4(a)         --      Hospital Authority of Fannin County, Georgia Revenue Anticipation Certificates, Series
                          1982.
  10.10(a)        --      Hospital Management Agreement dated December 31, 1988 between the Company and the Hospital
                          Authority of Fannin County.
  10.11(a)        --      Option Agreement dated December 31, 1988 between the Company and the Hospital Authority of
                          Fannin County.
  10.13(a)        --      Lease dated November 1, 1987 between the Company and Enid Memorial Hospital, as amended.
  10.14(a)        --      Management Agreement dated November 1, 1987 between the Company and Enid Memorial
                          Hospital.
  10.15(a)        --      Scott County Hospital Operating Agreement dated November 1, 1989.
  10.16(l)        --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the Company and
                          David L. Steffy.
</TABLE>

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                                          EXHIBIT
- -------------             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <C>        <S>
  10.17.1(l)      --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the Company and
                          Richard E. Ragsdale.
  10.18.1(h)      --      Restated Consulting Agreement dated July 1, 1992 between the Company and Thomas P. Cooper,
                          M.D.
  10.19(l)        --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the Company and
                          E. Thomas Chaney.
  10.20.5(l)      --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the Company and
                          Tyree G. Wilburn.
  10.20.6(l)      --      Employment Agreement dated March 1, 1994 between the Company and Martin S. Rash.
  10.22(c)        --      Second Amended and Restated 1986 General Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.
  10.23(h)        --      Third Amended and Restated 1986 Executive Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.
  10.23.1(a)      --      Stock Option Agreement dated July 1, 1988 between the Company and Thomas P. Cooper, M.D.,
                          as amended.
  10.24(l)        --      Description of Incentive Compensation Program for executive officers not under employment
                          agreements with the Company.
  10.26(b)        --      Trust Indenture dated as of October 29, 1991 between Community Health Systems, Inc. and
                          Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as Trustee.
  10.28(d)        --      Transition Service Agreement dated September 30, 1991 by and between Community Health
                          Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries and EPIC Healthcare Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries.
  10.29(f)        --      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992 between Community Health
                          Systems, Inc. and the lenders named in the Credit Agreement and First Union National Bank
                          of North Carolina as the Issuing Bank and as the Agent.
  10.29.1(h)      --      First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.2(h)      --      Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.3(h)      --      Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.4(i)      --      Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.5(j)      --      Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.6(l)      --      Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.7(m)      --      Amended and Restated Seventh Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated
                          as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.8(m)      --      Eighth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.30           --      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 1994 among Community Health
                          Systems, Inc., the lenders named therein, NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A., as
                          Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank of North Carolina, as Co-Agent and
                          Issuing Bank.
</TABLE>

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                                          EXHIBIT
- -------------             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <C>        <S>
  10.30.1*        --      Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 1994 among Community Health Systems, Inc., the
                          lenders named therein, NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and First
                          Union National Bank of North Carolina as Co-Agent.
  10.31(g)        --      Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 20, 1992 between Park Healthcare and certain of its
                          subsidiaries as Sellers, and Community Health Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned
                          subsidiary Community Health Investment Corporation, as Buyers, relating to the stock
                          purchase of Parkwood and Parkway Regional Hospitals.
  10.32(h)        --      Lease dated January 13, 1993 between the City of Barstow, California and Hospital of
                          Barstow, Inc.
  10.32.1(l)      --      First Amendment to Hospital Lease Agreement between the City of Barstow, California and
                          Hospital of Barstow, Inc.
  10.32(k)        --      Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 27, 1993 between Galen Health Care, Inc. and certain of
                          its subsidiaries, as Sellers, and Community Health Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned
                          subsidiary, Community Health Investment Corporation, as Buyers, relating to the stock
                          purchase of Three Rivers Medical Center and Lakeway Regional Hospital.
  10.34(l)        --      Amended Community Health Systems Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 10, 1993.
  10.35(l)        --      Description of Community Health Systems Supplemental Survivor Accumulation Plan.
  10.33(j)        --      Trust Indenture dated as of August 11, 1993 between Community Health Systems, Inc. and
                          NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A., Trustee.
  11.1(n)         --      Computation of net income per share.
  12.1            --      Statements re computation of ratios.
21(l)             --      List of subsidiaries of Community.
  23.1            --      Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co. (relating to Community Health Systems, Inc.).
  23.2            --      Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co. (relating to Hallmark Healthcare Corporation).
  23.3            --      Consent of McGlinchey Stafford Lang (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
  23.4            --      Consent of King & Spalding (included in Exhibit 8.2).
  23.5            --      Consent of Lehman Brothers.
  23.6            --      Consent of Mabon Securities Corp.
  23.7            --      Consent of James T. McAfee, Jr.
  23.8            --      Consent of Kay W. Slayden.
  24.1            --      Power of attorney of each director and officer of Community whose name appears on the
                          signature page and followed by an asterisk (contained on page II-6).
  99.1            --      Form of Proxy of Community.
  99.2            --      Form of Proxy of Hallmark.
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
(a) Incorporated  by reference  from exhibit of  the same  number to Community's
    Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 33-36010.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
(b) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991.

(c) Incorporated  by reference from  Community's Amendment No. 1  to Form S-8 as
    filed on December 20, 1991, Commission  File No. 33-39526 (Exhibits 4.3  and
    4.4).

(d) Incorporated by reference from Community's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
    September 30, 1991 (Exhibits 2.1 and 2.2).

(e) Reserved.

(f) Incorporated  by reference  from exhibit of  the same  number to Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1992.

(g) Incorporated by reference from Community's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
    May 20, 1992 (Exhibit 2.3).

(h) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.

(i) Incorporated  by reference  from Community's Registration  Statement on Form
    S-3, Commission File No. 33-64534 (Exhibit 4.3).

(j) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993.

(k) Incorporated  by reference from Community's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
    May 27, 1993 (Exhibit 2.4).

(l) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.

(m) Incorporated  by reference  from exhibit of  the same  number to Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994.

(n) Incorporated by  reference from  exhibit of  the same  number to  Hallmark's
    Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for three  years  ended  June  30,  1993 and
    Hallmark's Quarterly Report  on Form 10-Q  for the quarter  ended March  31,
    1994.
- ------------------------
   
* To be filed by amendment.
    

    B.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    None required.

    C.  REPORTS, OPINIONS OR APPRAISALS.

    Information requested hereunder is furnished as Appendices as Exhibits C and
D to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS

    (a)   The  undersigned registrant  hereby undertakes  that, for  purposes of
determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  each  filing  of  the
registrant's  annual report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section  15(d) of the
Exchange Act  (and each  filing  of an  employee  benefit plan's  annual  report
pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference
in  this  Registration  Statement  shall  be deemed  to  be  a  new registration
statement relating to the securities offered  therein, and the offering of  such
securities  at that time  shall be deemed  to be the  initial bona fide offering
thereof.

    (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior  to
any  public reoffering of  the securities registered hereunder  through use of a
prospectus which is a part of this Registration

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
Statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within  the
meaning  of Rule 145(c),  the issuer undertakes  that such reoffering prospectus
will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with
respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to
the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

    (c)   The registrant  undertakes that  every prospectus  (i) that  is  filed
pursuant  to paragraph (b) immediately preceding,  or (ii) that purports to meet
the requirements  of Section  10(a)(3) of  the  Securities Act  and is  used  in
connection  with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as
a part of an amendment to this Registration Statement and will not be used until
such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed  to
be  a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that  time shall be deemed to be the  initial
bona fide offering thereof.

    (d)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has  been advised that in the opinion  of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy  as expressed  in the  Securities Act  and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against such
liabilities (other than the  payment by the registrant  of expenses incurred  or
paid  by a  director, officer  or controlling  person of  the registrant  in the
successful defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by  such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the question whether such indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed  in the Securities  Act and  will be governed  by the  final
adjudication of such issue.

    (e)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information  that is incorporated  by reference into  the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form within one business day of receipt of such
request, and to  send the incorporated  documents by first  class mail or  other
equally  prompt means.  This includes  information contained  in documents filed
subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement through the date
of responding to the request.

    (f)  The undersigned  registrant hereby undertakes to  supply by means of  a
post-effective  amendment  all  information concerning  a  transaction,  and the
company being  acquired  involved therein,  that  was  not the  subject  of  and
included in this Registration Statement when it became effective.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURE

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration  Statement to be signed  on its behalf by  the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on August 24, 1994.
    

                                          COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

                                          By         /s/ E. THOMAS CHANEY

                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      E. Thomas Chaney
                                                        PRESIDENT AND
                                                   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOW ALL MEN  BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person  whose signature  appears
below  constitutes  and appoints  Deborah G.  Moffett, T.  Mark Buford  and Alan
Jacobs, and each or any  one of them, his  true and lawful attorney-in-fact  and
agent,  with full power of  substitution and resubstitution, for  him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective  amendments) to  this Registration  Statement, and  to
file  the  same, with  all exhibits  thereto and  other documents  in connection
therewith, with  the  Securities and  Exchange  Commission, granting  unto  said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents, and each of them,  full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and  thing requisite and necessary to be done  in
and  about the  premises, as fully  to all intents  and purposes as  he might or
could  do   in  person,   hereby  ratifying   and  confirming   all  that   said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or  any of them,  or their or  his substitutes or
substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of   the  Securities  Act  of  1933,   this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the date or dates indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                       CAPACITY                       DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------  -------------------

<C>                                                     <S>                                   <C>
                     /s/ E. THOMAS CHANEY               President and Chief Executive
     -------------------------------------------         Officer and Director
                   E. Thomas Chaney                      (Principal executive officer)

                    /s/ DEBORAH G. MOFFETT
     -------------------------------------------        Vice President -- Finance
                  Deborah G. Moffett                     (Principal financial officer)

                       /s/ T. MARK BUFORD               Vice President and Corporate
     -------------------------------------------         Controller (Principal accounting
                    T. Mark Buford                       officer)

                   /s/ RICHARD E. RAGSDALE
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Richard E. Ragsdale
                                                                                              August 24, 1994
                 /s/ THOMAS P. COOPER, M.D.
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                Thomas P. Cooper, M.D.

                      /s/ M. RAY FERGUSON
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   M. Ray Ferguson

               /s/ GEORGE O. JOHNSON, Ph.D.
     -------------------------------------------        Director
               George O. Johnson, Ph.D.

                       /s/ DAVID L. STEFFY
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   David L. Steffy
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                TOTAL OF
                                                                                                              SEQUENTIALLY
   EXHIBIT                                                                                                      NUMBERED
   NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                   PAGES
- -------------             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>            <C>        <S>                                                                                 <C>
   2.1            --      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 10, 1994, by and among Community,
                          Acquisition Corp. and Hallmark included in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as
                          Appendix A.
   3.1(a)         --      Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
   3.2(a)         --      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
 4(a)             --      Specimen certificate of Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value, and portion of Certificate
                          of Incorporation defining rights of holders.
   5.1            --      Opinion of McGlinchey Stafford Lang re legality of shares to be issued.
   8.1            --      Opinion of McGlinchey Stafford Lang re certain tax matters.
   8.2            --      Opinion of King & Spalding re certain tax matters.
  10.4(a)         --      Hospital Authority of Fannin County, Georgia Revenue Anticipation Certificates,
                          Series 1982.
  10.10(a)        --      Hospital Management Agreement dated December 31, 1988 between the Company and the
                          Hospital Authority of Fannin County.
  10.11(a)        --      Option Agreement dated December 31, 1988 between the Company and the Hospital
                          Authority of Fannin County.
  10.13(a)        --      Lease dated November 1, 1987 between the Company and Enid Memorial Hospital, as
                          amended.
  10.14(a)        --      Management Agreement dated November 1, 1987 between the Company and Enid Memorial
                          Hospital.
  10.15(a)        --      Scott County Hospital Operating Agreement dated November 1, 1989.
  10.16(l)        --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the
                          Company and David L. Steffy.
  10.17.1(l)      --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the
                          Company and Richard E. Ragsdale.
  10.18.1(h)      --      Restated Consulting Agreement dated July 1, 1992 between the Company and Thomas P.
                          Cooper, M.D.
  10.19(l)        --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the
                          Company and E. Thomas Chaney.
  10.20.5(l)      --      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 1993 between the
                          Company and Tyree G. Wilburn.
  10.20.6(l)      --      Employment Agreement dated March 1, 1994 between the Company and Martin S. Rash.
  10.22(c)        --      Second Amended and Restated 1986 General Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.
  10.23(h)        --      Third Amended and Restated 1986 Executive Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.
  10.23.1(a)      --      Stock Option Agreement dated July 1, 1988 between the Company and Thomas P.
                          Cooper, M.D., as amended.
  10.24(l)        --      Description of Incentive Compensation Program for executive officers not under
                          employment agreements with the Company.
  10.26(b)        --      Trust Indenture dated as of October 29, 1991 between Community Health Systems,
                          Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as Trustee.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                TOTAL OF
                                                                                                              SEQUENTIALLY
   EXHIBIT                                                                                                      NUMBERED
   NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                   PAGES
- -------------             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>            <C>        <S>                                                                                 <C>
  10.28(d)        --      Transition Service Agreement dated September 30, 1991 by and between Community
                          Health Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries and EPIC Healthcare Group, Inc. and
                          Subsidiaries.
  10.29(f)        --      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992 between
                          Community Health Systems, Inc. and the lenders named in the Credit Agreement and
                          First Union National Bank of North Carolina as the Issuing Bank and as the Agent.
  10.29.1(h)      --      First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.29.2(h)      --      Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.29.3(h)      --      Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.29.4(i)      --      Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.29.5(j)      --      Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.29.6(l)      --      Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.29.7(m)      --      Amended and Restated Seventh Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit
                          Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992.
  10.29.8(m)      --      Eighth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August
                          14, 1992.
  10.30           --      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 1994 among Community
                          Health Systems, Inc., the lenders named therein, NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A.,
                          as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank of North Carolina, as
                          Co-Agent and Issuing Bank.
  10.30.1*        --      Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 1994 among Community Health Systems, Inc.,
                          the lenders named therein, NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A., as Administrative
                          Agent, and First Union National Bank of North Carolina as Co-Agent.
  10.31(g)        --      Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 20, 1992 between Park Healthcare and certain of
                          its subsidiaries as Sellers, and Community Health Systems, Inc. and its
                          wholly-owned subsidiary Community Health Investment Corporation, as Buyers,
                          relating to the stock purchase of Parkwood and Parkway Regional Hospitals.
  10.32(h)        --      Lease dated January 13, 1993 between the City of Barstow, California and Hospital
                          of Barstow, Inc.
  10.32.1(l)      --      First Amendment to Hospital Lease Agreement between the City of Barstow,
                          California and Hospital of Barstow, Inc.
  10.32(k)        --      Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 27, 1993 between Galen Health Care, Inc. and
                          certain of its subsidiaries, as Sellers, and Community Health Systems, Inc. and
                          its wholly-owned subsidiary, Community Health Investment Corporation, as Buyers,
                          relating to the stock purchase of Three Rivers Medical Center and Lakeway Regional
                          Hospital.
  10.34(l)        --      Amended Community Health Systems Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 10,
                          1993.
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                TOTAL OF
                                                                                                              SEQUENTIALLY
   EXHIBIT                                                                                                      NUMBERED
   NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                   PAGES
- -------------             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>            <C>        <S>                                                                                 <C>
  10.35(l)        --      Description of Community Health Systems Supplemental Survivor Accumulation Plan.
  10.33(j)        --      Trust Indenture dated as of August 11, 1993 between Community Health Systems, Inc.
                          and NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A., Trustee.
  11.1(n)         --      Computation of net income per share.
  12.1            --      Statements re computation of ratios.
21(l)             --      List of subsidiaries of Community.
  23.1            --      Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co. (relating to Community Health Systems, Inc.).
  23.2            --      Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co. (relating to Hallmark Healthcare Corporation).
  23.3            --      Consent of McGlinchey Stafford Lang (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
  23.4            --      Consent of King & Spalding (included in Exhibit 8.2).
  23.5            --      Consent of Lehman Brothers.
  23.6            --      Consent of Mabon Securities Corp.
  23.7            --      Consent of James T. McAfee, Jr.
  23.8            --      Consent of Kay W. Slayden.
  24.1            --      Power of attorney of each director and officer of Community whose name appears on
                          the signature page and followed by an asterisk (contained on page II-6).
  99.1            --      Form of Proxy of Community.
  99.2            --      Form of Proxy of Hallmark.
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(a) Incorporated  by reference  from exhibit of  the same  number to Community's
    Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 33-36010.

(b) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991.

(c) Incorporated  by reference from  Community's Amendment No. 1  to Form S-8 as
    filed on December 20, 1991, Commission  File No. 33-39526 (Exhibits 4.3  and
    4.4).

(d) Incorporated by reference from Community's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
    September 30, 1991 (Exhibits 2.1 and 2.2).

(e) Reserved.

(f) Incorporated  by reference  from exhibit of  the same  number to Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1992.

(g) Incorporated by reference from Community's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
    May 20, 1992 (Exhibit 2.3).

(h) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.

(i) Incorporated  by reference  from Community's Registration  Statement on Form
    S-3, Commission File No. 33-64534 (Exhibit 4.3).

(j) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993.
<PAGE>
(k) Incorporated  by reference from Community's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
    May 27, 1993 (Exhibit 2.4).

(l) Incorporated by reference  from exhibit  of the same  number to  Community's
    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.

(m) Incorporated  by reference  from exhibit of  the same  number to Community's
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994.

(n) Incorporated by  reference from  exhibit of  the same  number to  Hallmark's
    Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for three  years  ended  June  30,  1993 and
    Hallmark's Quarterly Report  on Form 10-Q  for the quarter  ended March  31,
    1994.
- ------------------------
   
* To be filed by amendment.
    

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                                 August __, 1994


Community Health Systems, Inc.
3707 FM 1960 West
Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77068

Gentlemen:

   As special counsel for Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), we are representing the Company in connection with the
proposed issuance by the Company of up to 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share (the "Shares"), pursuant to the terms of an Amended
and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), dated as
of June 10, 1994, by and among the Company, Community Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation, and Hallmark Healthcare Corporation, a Delaware
corporation. In such connection, we have examined:

   (a)  the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company;

   (b)  the Bylaws, as amended, of the Company;

   (c)  pertinent corporate minutes of the Company;

   (d)  the Merger Agreement; and

   (e)  the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") to
        be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, registering the
        Shares to be issued by the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

   Based upon our examination of the foregoing and of such other documents,
certificates and instruments as we have deemed necessary to the expression of
the opinions hereinafter set forth, we are of the opinion that the Shares have
been duly authorized and, when issued as provided in the Merger Agreement, will
be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


<PAGE>

   We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Opinions"
appearing in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus included in the Registration
Statement.

                                                   Very truly yours,


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.1

                                                       October __, 1994

Community Health Systems, Inc.
3707 FM 1960 West
Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77068

Gentlemen:

   We have acted as special counsel to Community Health Systems, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Community"), in connection with the proposed merger (the
"Merger") of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("Hallmark"), with and into Community Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
("Sub"), pursuant to the terms of an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of
Merger, dated as of June 10, 1994 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among
Community, Hallmark and Sub, as described in the Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (File No. 33-       ) filed by Community with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Registration Statement"). This opinion is being rendered
pursuant to Section 8.3(b) of the Merger Agreement. All capitalized terms,
unless otherwise specified, have the meaning assigned to them in the
Registration Statement.

   In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies,
certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Merger
Agreement, (ii) the Registration Statement and (iii) such other documents,
certificates and instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order
to enable us to render the opinions set forth below. In our examination, we have
assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural
persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the
conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified,
conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such
copies. In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have relied upon such
written certificates of officers of Community and Hallmark as we deemed
necessary or appropriate.

   In rendering our opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations,
pertinent judicial authorities, interpretive rulings of the Internal Revenue
Service and such other authorities as we have considered relevant.


<PAGE>

   Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the
Merger will, under current law, constitute a tax-free reorganization under
Section 368(a) of the Code, and that Community, Sub, and Hallmark will each be
a party to the reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.

   As a tax-free reorganization, the Merger will have the following Federal
income tax consequences for Hallmark stockholders, Hallmark and Community:

      1.  No gain or loss will be recognized by holders of Class A Common Stock,
   $.05 par value per share, of Hallmark or Class B Common Stock, $.05 par
   value per share, of Hallmark (collectively "Hallmark Common Stock") or 25%
   Participating Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, $5.00 par
   value per share, of Hallmark ("Hallmark Preferred Stock"), as a result of
   the exchange of such shares for shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per
   share, of Community ("Community Common Stock") pursuant to the Merger.

      2.  Gain or loss will be recognized by Hallmark stockholders of the
   receipt of cash, if any, received in lieu of fractional shares of Community
   Common Stock. Any cash received by a stockholder of Hallmark in lieu of a
   fractional share will, subject to the conditions and limitations of Section
   302 of the Code, be treated as received in exchange for such fractional share
   and not as a dividend. If a fractional share of Community Common Stock would
   constitute a capital asset in the hands of such Hallmark stockholder, then
   any gain or loss recognized as a result of the receipt of such cash will be
   a capital gain or loss in accordance with the provisions and limitations of
   Subchapter P of Chapter 1 of the Code.

      3.  A holder of Hallmark Preferred Stock who perfects his statutory right
   to dissent from the Merger and who receives solely cash in exchange for his
   Hallmark Preferred Stock will be treated as having received such cash payment
   as a distribution in redemption of his shares of Hallmark Preferred Stock
   subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 302 of the Code. If a
   dissenting Hallmark stockholder owns only Hallmark Preferred Stock, he will
   recognize capital gain or loss in accordance with the provisions and
   limitations of Subchapter P of Chapter 1 of the Code. However, if a
   dissenting stockholder also owns Hallmark Common Stock, he may be required
   to report all amounts received in payment for his Hallmark Preferred Stock
   as ordinary dividend income.


<PAGE>

      4.  Neither Community nor Hallmark will recognize gain or loss as a
result of the Merger.

   Except as set forth above, we express no opinion as to the tax consequences
to any party, whether Federal, state, local or foreign, of the Merger or of any
transactions related to the Merger or contemplated by the Merger Agreement.
This opinion is being furnished only to you in connection with the Merger and
solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon for any other purpose.
Moreover, this opinion is specifically limited to applicable Federal income
tax law in effect as of the date hereof. We undertake no responsiblility to
advise you of any changes in Federal income tax law or as to any events that
occur or as to any amendment of any of the documents referred to herein, after
the date hereof that may alter the scope or substance of this opinion.

   We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, and to the summary of this opinion under the caption "Federal Income
Tax Consequences" and to the reference to this firm under the caption "Legal
Opinions" in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus included in the Registration
Statement.

                                       McGLINCHEY STAFFORD LANG,
                                       A Law Corporation


                                       By:______________________________



<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.2

   
                        [LETTERHEAD OF KING & SPALDING]
    

                                August 23, 1994

Hallmark Healthcare Corporation
300 Galleria Parkway
Suite 650
Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Gentlemen:

   
    We  have acted as counsel to Hallmark Healthcare Corporation ("Hallmark") in
connection with the merger (the "Merger") of Hallmark into Community Acquisition
Corp.,  a   wholly  owned   subsidiary  of   Community  Health   Systems,   Inc.
("Community").  The Merger is described  in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
(the "Joint Proxy/Statement Prospectus") dated August 26, 1994 that forms a part
of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 that will be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Registration Statement").
    

    All capitalized terms  used herein  without definition  have the  respective
meanings specified in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

    You  have requested our  opinion with respect to  certain federal income tax
consequences of the Merger. We understand  that our opinion will be attached  as
an  Exhibit to the Registration Statement and  that our opinion will be referred
to in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. We hereby consent to such use of our
opinion.

    In rendering the opinion expressed  herein, we have examined such  documents
as  we have deemed appropriate,  including the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
In our examination of  documents, we have assumed,  with your consent, that  all
documents   submitted  to  us  are  authentic  originals  or,  if  submitted  as
photocopies, faithfully reproduce the originals thereof, that all such documents
have  been  or  will  be  duly  executed  to  the  extent  required,  that   all
representations and statements set forth in such documents are true and correct,
and  that all obligations imposed  by any such documents  on the parties thereto
have been or will be performed or  satisfied in accordance with their terms.  We
also  have obtained such  additional information and  representations as we have
deemed  relevant  and  necessary  through  consultation  with  the  officers  of
Hallmark.

    The  obligation of Hallmark to consummate the Merger is conditioned upon its
receipt of our opinion at the  Effective Time concerning the federal income  tax
treatment  of the Merger. Such future opinion will be based upon certain factual
assumptions  that  are  to  be  confirmed  by  written  certificates  signed  by
appropriate  officers of Hallmark and  Community shortly before the consummation
of the Merger. In  rendering our opinion  herein, we express no  view as to  our
ability to render any opinion concerning the Merger at the Effective Time.

    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

        (i)  the Merger will constitute a "reorganization" within the meaning of
    Section 368(a) of the Code;
<PAGE>
Hallmark Healthcare Corporation
August 23, 1994
Page 2

        (ii) the exchange in  the Merger of Hallmark  Common Stock and  Hallmark
    Preferred  Stock for Community  Common Stock will  not give rise  to gain or
    loss to the Hallmark stockholders with respect to such exchange; and

       (iii) the federal  income tax consequences  to Hallmark stockholders  who
    receive  cash in lieu of fractional shares of Community Common Stock, or who
    dissent to the Merger and receive cash payment for their Hallmark  Preferred
    Stock,   are   fairly  and   accurately   described  in   the   Joint  Proxy
    Statement/Prospectus.

    The opinion expressed  herein is based  upon existing statutory,  regulatory
and judicial authority, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive
effect.  In  addition,  as noted  above,  our  opinion is  based  solely  on the
documents that  we  have  examined,  the additional  information  that  we  have
obtained,  and the representations that have been made to us. Our opinion cannot
be relied  upon if  any of  the facts  contained in  such documents  or if  such
additional  information  is,  or later  becomes,  inaccurate  or if  any  of the
representations made to us is, or later becomes, inaccurate.

    Finally, our opinion is  limited to the  tax matters specifically  discussed
herein,  and we have not been asked to address, nor have we addressed, any other
tax consequences relating to the Merger.

   
                                                    Very truly yours,
                                                    KING & SPALDING
    

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                           Dated as of August   , 1994

                                      Among

                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
                                as the Borrower,

                   All of its present and future Subsidiaries
                   that become parties hereto, as Guarantors,

                         the Lenders identified herein,

                         NATIONSBANK OF TENNESSEE, N.A.,
                             as Administrative Agent

                                       and

                  FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA,
                          as Co-Agent and Issuing Bank


                                  $ 150,000,000





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT


     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), dated as
of August   , 1994, is made and entered into on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth, by and among COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "BORROWER"), all subsidiaries of the Borrower now or hereafter
becoming parties to this Agreement (collectively, the "GUARANTORS" and,
individually, a "GUARANTOR"), those several lenders who are or become parties to
this Agreement (collectively, the "LENDERS" and, individually, a "LENDER"),
NATIONSBANK OF TENNESSEE, N.A., a national banking association with principal
offices in Nashville, Tennessee ("NATIONSBANK"), as administrative agent for the
Lenders and the Issuing Bank (in such capacity, the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"),
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, a national banking association with
principal offices in Charlotte North Carolina ("FIRST UNION"), as the Issuing
Bank and as co-agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Bank (in such capacity, the
"CO-AGENT").

THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:


                                    ARTICLE 1

                          DEFINITIONS, ACCOUNTING TERMS
                         AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

     1.1. DEFINED TERMS.  In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the
following terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings
set forth below (terms defined in the singular to have the same meaning when
used in the plural, and vice versa, unless otherwise expressly indicated):

          "ACQUIRED ASSET CASH FLOW" shall mean, with respect to any Permitted
Acquisition by the Borrower or any Guarantor of an acute care hospital business,
the net income (adjusted for customary exclusions with respect to extraordinary
and nonrecurring items) of the acquired entity, PLUS its Interest Expense, PLUS
any provision for taxes based on income or profits that was deducted in
computing its net income, PLUS its charges for depreciation and amortization of
intangible assets, all computed in accordance with GAAP for the twelve (12)
month period immediately preceding such acquisition, adjusted for cost savings
in the expense categories of salaries, employee benefits, medical specialist
fees, management fees, purchased services and supplies that the Borrower
reasonably anticipates, on the basis of historical experience, will result from
such acquisition.


<PAGE>

           "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" shall mean NationsBank or such successor
Administrative Agent as may be appointed by the Lenders pursuant to SECTION
12.10 hereof.

          "AFFILIATE" shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person, directly
or indirectly controlling (including all directors, officers and employees of
such Person), directly or indirectly controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such Person.

          "AGENTS" shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Co-Agent or
either of them as the context may require.

          "APPLICABLE BANKRUPTCY LAW" shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor,
Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, and any other
laws governing bankruptcy, suspension of payments, reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment of debts, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or other similar
laws applicable to such Guarantor.

          "APPLICABLE BASE RATE MARGIN" shall mean the margin to be added to the
Base Rate for purposes of determining the interest rate(s) applicable to Base
Rate Loans from time to time, which shall be determined as provided in SECTION
2.13.

          "APPLICABLE COMMITMENT FEE PERCENTAGE" shall mean the percentage to be
used to calculate Commitment Fees from time to time, which shall be determined
as provided in SECTION 2.13.

          "APPLICABLE LETTER OF CREDIT FEE PERCENTAGE" shall mean the percentage
to be used to calculate Letter of Credit Fees from time to time, which shall be
determined as provided in SECTION 2.13.

          "APPLICABLE LIBOR MARGIN" shall mean the margin to be added to LIBOR
for purposes of determining the interest rate(s) applicable to LIBOR Loans from
time to time, which shall be determined as provided in SECTION 2.13.

          "ASSET ACQUISITION" shall mean (i) any investment by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall
become a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or shall be
merged with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any acquisition by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of (a) the assets of any Person that
constitute substantially all of an operating unit or business of such Person or
(b) any health care facility.

          "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" shall mean an assignment and acceptance,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 13.2, between a transferor Lender and a
proposed transferee, regarding the sale, assignment, transfer or other
disposition (other than

                                        2

<PAGE>

the sale of a participation) of all or any amount of the Commitments, Loans and
participations in the Letters of Credit of such Lender.

          "ASSIGNMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT" shall mean the Assignment and
Security Agreement, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 4.1B, executed by the
Borrower and certain of the Guarantors, granting in favor of the Administrative
Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders a valid, first-priority, perfected
security interest in all rights, title and interest of the Borrower and such
Guarantors in all partnerships and joint ventures in which the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries own interests aggregating at least fifty percent (50%) of
the ownership interests therein.

          "BASE LIBOR" shall mean the rate per annum for offered Dollar deposits
in the interbank Eurodollar market appearing on page 3750 of the TELERATE rate
reporting system at about 11:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the Interest Rate
Determination Date immediately prior to the beginning of the Interest Period for
the corresponding LIBOR Loan, for the number of months comprised therein and in
an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Loan to be outstanding during such
Interest Period.  Without limiting the provisions of SECTION 2.14.3, in the
event that prior to the Termination Date TELERATE quotes for Base Libor are
discontinued or become unascertainable, the Administrative Agent may designate a
comparable resource for use in determining Base LIBOR for purposes hereof.

          "BASE Rate" shall mean, for any period, the greater of (a) the
fluctuating rate of interest per annum from time to time established by
NationsBank as its "prime rate", regardless of whether published or publicly
announced, or (b) a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to one-half of
one percentage point (0.5%) in excess of the Federal Funds Rate in effect from
time to time.  Each change in the Base Rate shall be effective as of the opening
of business on the day such change occurs.  The parties hereto acknowledge that
the rate established by NationsBank as its "prime rate" is an index or base rate
and is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to its customers or other banks.
In the event that prior to the Termination Date NationsBank discontinues or
abandons the practice of establishing a prime rate, or should the same become
unascertainable, the Administrative Agent shall designate a comparable reference
rate for use in determining the Base Rate for purposes hereof.

          "BASE RATE LOANS" shall mean Loans bearing interest at rates
determined by reference to the Base Rate.

          "BOND DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Series A and Series B Bond Documents,
the Fulton Bond Documents and the Olive Branch Bond Documents.

                                        3

<PAGE>

          "BOND PLEDGE AGREEMENTS" shall mean (a) the Bond Pledge Agreement
dated October 24, 1991, from the Borrower to First Union, as amended by a First
Amendment to Bond Pledge Agreement dated or to be dated on or about the date
hereof, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT 4.1C, with respect to the Series A
Bonds, (b) the Bond Pledge Agreement dated October 24, 1991, from the Borrower
to First Union, as amended by a First Amendment to Bond Pledge Agreement dated
or to be dated on or about the date hereof, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT
4.1D, with respect to the Series B Bonds, (c) the Bond Pledge Agreement dated
August 14, 1992, among Hospital of Fulton, Inc, a Kentucky corporation, the
Borrower and First Union, as amended by a First Amendment to Bond Pledge
Agreement dated or to be dated on or about the date hereof, in substantially the
form of EXHIBIT 4.1E, with respect to the Fulton Bonds, and (d) the Bond Pledge
Agreement dated August 14, 1992, among Olive Branch Hospital, Inc, a Mississippi
corporation, the Borrower and First Union, as amended by a First Amendment to
Bond Pledge Agreement dated or to be dated on or about the date hereof, in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT 4.1F, with respect to the Olive Branch Bonds,
each granting in favor of the Issuing Bank, for its benefit and the ratable
benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in and to the Pledged Bonds (as
defined therein).

          "BONDS" shall mean the Series A Bonds, the Series B Bonds, the Fulton
Bonds or the Olive Branch Bonds or all of them, as the context indicates.

          "BORROWING" shall mean a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Letter of
Credit Borrowing.

          "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day on which commercial banks in
Nashville, Tennessee, Charlotte, North Carolina and the cities of the
principal corporate trust offices of the Trustees and the Tender Agents are
neither authorized nor required by law or executive order to close and on
which the New York Stock Exchange is not closed.

          "CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" shall mean, as to any Person for any period,
the aggregate capital expenditures recorded by such Person and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, including charges in respect of
Capitalized Lease Obligations exclusive of imputed interest on such Capitalized
Lease Obligations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of determining Capital
Expenditures for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,
there shall be excluded therefrom any Capital Expenditures attributable solely
to the making of Permitted Acquisitions.

          "CAPITALIZATION" shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis, the sum of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness PLUS
shareholders' equity.

                                        4

<PAGE>

          "CAPITALIZED LEASE, shall mean, as to any Person, any lease of
property by such Person as lessee that would be capitalized on a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

          "CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, as to any Person, the
capitalized amount of the obligations of such Person and its Subsidiaries under
all Capitalized Leases.

          "CASH EQUIVALENTS" shall mean, at any time,

          (a)  Government Obligations having a maturity not exceeding ninety
     (90) days;

          (b)  commercial paper rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's
     Corporation or P-1 by Moody's Investors Services, Inc., having a maturity
     not exceeding ninety (90) days;

          (c)  certificates of deposit or time deposits of (i) the Lenders or
     (ii) other commercial banks with capital and undivided surplus of at least
     $300 million issuing commercial paper rated as described in the preceding
     clause (b) and organized and existing under, or chartered or otherwise
     qualified to do business under, the laws of the United States of America or
     any State thereof or the District of Columbia, having a maturity not
     exceeding ninety (90) days;

          (d)  repurchase agreements or investment contracts having a maturity
     not exceeding ninety (90) days with a financial institution insured by the
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any broker or dealer (as defined
     in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is a dealer in government
     bonds and that is recognized by trades with and reports to, a Federal
     Reserve Bank as a primary dealer in government securities; PROVIDED that in
     any case (i) collateral is pledged for the repurchase agreement or
     investment contract, which collateral consists of (A) Government
     Obligations or evidences of ownership of proportionate interests in future
     interest and principal payments on Government Obligations held by a bank or
     trust company as custodian, under which the owner of the investment is the
     real party in interest and has the right to proceed directly and
     individually against the obligor on such obligations, and which underlying
     obligations are held in a segregated account and not available to satisfy
     any claim of the custodian or any person claiming through the custodian or
     to whom the custodian may be obligated or (B) evidences of indebtedness
     issued by any of the

                                        5

<PAGE>

     following: Bank of Cooperatives, Export-Import Bank of the United States,
     Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, Federal Home Loan
     Bank System, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (including
     participation certificates), Federal Housing Administration, Federal Farm
     Credit Banks, Federal National Mortgage Association, Government National
     Mortgage Association, Inter-American Development Bank, International Bank
     for Reconstruction and Development, Small Business Administration or any
     other agency or instrumentality of the United States of America created
     by an act of Congress that is substantially similar to the foregoing in
     its legal relationship to the United States of America, (ii) the current
     market value of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement or
     investment contract is at least equal to the amount of the repurchase
     agreement or investment contract and (iii) the current market value of
     the collateral is determined not less frequently than monthly;

          (e)  investments in money market funds substantially all of whose
     assets consist of securities of the types described in the foregoing
     CLAUSES (a) through (d);

          (f)  investments in obligations the return with respect to which is
     excludable from gross income under Section 103 of the Code, having a
     maturity of not more than six (6) months or providing the holder the right
     to put such obligations for purchase at par upon not more than twenty-eight
     (28) days' notice, and which are rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's
     Corporation or P-1 by Moody's Investors Services, Inc.;

          (g)  investments in tax free money market funds all of whose assets
     consist of securities of the types described in the foregoing clause (g);
     and

          (h)  investments, redeemable upon not more than seven (7) days'
     notice, in money market preferred municipal bond funds that are rated at
     least AAA by Standard & Poor's Corporation or Aaa by Moody's Investors
     Services, Inc.

          "CHAMPUS" shall mean the Civilian Health and Medical Program of the
Uniformed Services, which provides health benefits to active and retired
military personnel and their families.

          "CHIC" shall mean Community Health Investment Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

          "CHS DEBENTURES" shall mean the $100,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2003 issued pursuant to the
CHS Subordinated Indenture.

                                        6

<PAGE>

          "CHS SUBORDINATED INDENTURE" shall mean that certain Indenture dated
as of August 11, 1993, as amended from time to time with the consent of the
Lenders, between the Borrower and NationsBank, in its capacity as trustee,
pursuant to which the Borrower has issued $100,000,000 in CHS Debentures.

          "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

          "COLLATERAL" shall mean all property and interests in property,
presently owned or hereafter acquired or presently existing or hereafter created
by the Borrower or the Guarantors, including any and all proceeds thereof, in
which lies a security interest granted in favor of the Administrative Agent for
the ratable benefit of the Lenders, whether under this Agreement, the Security
Documents or any other Loan Document.

          "COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" shall mean the Collateral Account described in
SECTION 11.3.1.

          "COMMISSION" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor entity.

          "COMMITMENT FEES" shall have the meaning given such term in SECTION
2.11.3.

          "COMMITMENT PERIOD" shall mean that period commencing on the date
hereof and continuing to, but not including, the Termination Date.

          "COMMITMENTS" shall mean the Revolving Credit Commitments and the
Letter of Credit Commitments, which collectively are in the aggregate amount set
forth in SECTION 2.1 and in the case of each Lender are in the initial amount
set forth with such Lender's signature on this Agreement or the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto.

          "COMMONLY CONTROLLED ENTITY" shall mean a Person that is under common
control with the Borrower within the meaning of subsection 414(b), (c), (m),
(n) or (o) of the Code.

          "CONSOLIDATED FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, for the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all Indebtedness that constitutes (a)
indebtedness for borrowed money or for notes, debentures or other debt
securities, (b) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of
credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money, (c)
liabilities for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or
services, (d) liabilities secured by any Lien on any

                                        7

<PAGE>

property or asset owned or held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
regardless of whether the Indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed
by or is a primary obligation of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (e)
Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (f) without duplication, all Contingent
Obligations the primary obligation of which is Indebtedness of the type
described in CLAUSES (a) through (e) above; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Consolidated
Funded Indebtedness shall not include unsecured current liabilities incurred in
the ordinary course of business and not represented by any note, bond, debenture
or other instrument (including any such current liabilities assumed in
connection with a Permitted Acquisition).

          "CONSOLIDATED NET FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Consolidated Funded
Indebtedness LESS an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount by which the
amount of cash and Investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted
under SECTION 9.5(a) exceeds $7,500,000, or (ii) $30,000,000.

          "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" shall mean, as to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, the net income (or loss)
after taxes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for
such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with
GAAP, subject to customary exclusions with respect to extraordinary and
nonrecurring items.

          "CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, as to any Person, any contingent
obligation calculated in accordance with GAAP, and in any event shall include
(without duplication) all indebtedness, obligations or other liabilities of such
Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing the payment or performance of any
indebtedness, obligation or other liability, whether or not contingent
(collectively, the "PRIMARY OBLIGATIONS"), of any other Person (the "PRIMARY
OBLIGOR") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any
indebtedness, obligation or other liability of such Person, (a) to purchase any
such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security
therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any
such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of
the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the
primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for
the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability
of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (d)
otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such primary obligation
against loss with respect thereto; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that "Contingent
Obligations" shall not include Practice Guarantees.

          "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, as to any Person, any and all
indebtedness, obligations or other liabilities of


                                        8

<PAGE>

such Person, now existing or hereafter arising, whether due or not due,
absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect,
express or implied, individually or jointly with others, pursuant to the
provisions of any security issued by such Person or any document, instrument
or agreement to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of
its property is or may be bound or affected.

          "CREDIT FEES" shall mean the credit fees payable as provided in
SECTION 2.11.

          "CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT" shall mean, as of any date of
determination, that portion of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (including the
Loans) that is due and payable within the twelve (12) month period immediately
following the date of determination, calculated in conformity with GAAP.

          "DIVIDENDS" shall mean, as to any Person for any period,
(a) dividends, other distributions and other payments on account of the
capital stock, or any warrants, options or other rights in respect of any
capital stock, of such Person or its Subsidiaries that are recorded by such
Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (excluding any such
dividends, distributions and other payments made solely to such Person or a
wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person by a Subsidiary of such Person), and
(b) amounts paid to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value
any of the capital stock or any warrants, options or other rights in respect
of the capital stock of such Person now or hereafter outstanding (excluding
any such amounts paid solely to such Person or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of
such Person by a Subsidiary of such Person) and (c) any assets segregated or
set apart by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries for a sinking
or analogous fund for the purchase, redemption or retirement or other
acquisition of any capital stock, or any warrants, options or other rights in
respect of any capital stock, of such Person or its Subsidiaries (excluding any
assets so segregated or set apart with respect to any stock, warrants, options
or other rights held by a wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person); all
determined in conformity with GAAP.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating
compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, "Dividends" shall not include
payments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000 that are made in
connection with the Hallmark Acquisition by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to holders of Hallmark preferred stock who exercise appraisal
rights pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the
Hallmark Acquisition.

          "DOLLARS" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of
America.

          "DEFAULT" shall mean any of the events specified in SECTION 11.1,
regardless of whether any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of
time or both has been satisfied.



                                        9

<PAGE>

          "DEFAULT RATE" shall mean the rate(s) per annum otherwise applicable
to Loans from time to time PLUS two percentage points (2.00).

          "EBITDA" shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for any period, after giving Pro Forma Effect to any Asset
Acquisition made during such period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income, PLUS
Interest Expense, PLUS any provision for taxes based on income or profits that
was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, PLUS depreciation, PLUS
amortization of intangible assets.

          "EBIT" shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for any period, after giving Pro Forma Effect to any Asset
Acquisition made during such period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income, PLUS
any provision for taxes based on income or profits that was deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income, PLUS Interest Expense.

          "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall mean any of the events specified in SECTION
11.1.

          "EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT" shall mean the Series A Bonds Letter of
Credit, the Series B Bonds Letter of Credit, the Fulton Letter of Credit and the
Olive Branch Letter of Credit, issued pursuant to the Previous Credit Agreement,
together with any and all amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions,
renewals, substitutions and/or replacements thereof issued pursuant to this
Agreement.

          "EXISTING LIENS" shall mean those certain Liens in existence on the
date hereof that are described on SCHEDULE 9.2.

          "FACILITIES" shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility and the Letter
of Credit Facility.

          "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" shall mean, for any period, a fluctuating
interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for each
day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding
Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

          "$50,000,000 CREDIT AGREEMENT" shall mean the Credit Agreement dated
or to be dated on or about the date here of, by and among the parties to this
Agreement, relating to the provision by the Lenders to the Borrower of a
revolving credit facility, in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding
$50,000,000, in addition to the Facilities provided hereunder.

          "$50,000,000 CREDIT FACILITY" shall mean the revolving credit
facility, in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding

                                       10

<PAGE>

$50,000,000, provided by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to the
$50,000,000 Credit Agreement.

          "FINANCING STATEMENT" shall mean any Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement, on Form UCC-1 or otherwise, executed pursuant to the provisions of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

          "FISCAL QUARTER" shall mean any three (3) month accounting period in a
Fiscal Year.

          "FISCAL Year" shall mean the twelve (12) month period ending on
December 31 of each year.

          "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, calculated for the most recent twelve (12)
month period after giving Pro Forma Effect to any Asset Acquisition made during
such period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA, PLUS Rent Expense, LESS Capital
Expenditures, LESS Dividends, to (b) the sum of Interest Expense, PLUS Current
Maturities of Long-Term Debt, PLUS Rent Expense.

          "FULTON BOND DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Loan Agreement (as defined in
the Fulton Indenture), the Remarketing Agreement (as defined in the Fulton
Indenture), the Fulton Indenture, the Fulton Bonds and the corresponding Bond
Pledge Agreement.

          "FULTON BONDS" shall mean the $8,000,000 aggregate principal amount
City of Fulton, Kentucky Floating Rate Weekly Demand Revenue Bonds, Series 1985
(United Healthcare of Kentucky, Inc. Project).

          "FULTON BONDS MATURITY DATE" shall mean the stated maturity date of
the Fulton Bonds.

          "FULTON INDENTURE" shall mean the Trust Indenture, dated as of May 22,
1985, as amended by the First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of
August 14, 1992, between the City of Fulton and the Fulton Trustee.

          "FULTON LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean that certain irrevocable letter
of credit, dated August 14, 1992, issued by the Issuing Bank for the account of
Hospital of Fulton, Inc. to the Fulton Trustee, in an aggregate principal amount
of $8,138,083, as it may hereafter be amended, and any Letter of Credit issued
in replacement or substitution thereof in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

          "FULTON TRUSTEE" shall mean Third National Bank in Nashville, a
national banking association with principal offices in Nashville, Tennessee, and
any successor trustee pursuant to the terms of the Fulton Indenture.


                                       11

<PAGE>

          "FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS TO CAPITALIZATION RATIO" shall mean, for the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the ratio of
(a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to (b) Capitalization.

          "FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS TO EBITDA RATIO" shall mean, for the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, calculated for the most recent twelve
(12) month period after giving Pro Forma Effect to any Asset Acquisition made
during such period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to (b)
EBITDA.

          "FUNDING DATE" shall mean each of the respective dates on which the
funding of a Borrowing made under this Agreement occurs.

          "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America in effect from time to time.

          "GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean direct obligations of the United
States of America or obligations for the full and prompt payment of which the
full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

          "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any nation, province, state or
other political subdivision thereof and any government or any natural person or
entity exercising executive, legislative, regulatory or administrative functions
of or pertaining to government.

          "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS" shall mean all the obligations of the
Borrower guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to ARTICLE 5.

          "GUARANTORS" shall mean those Subsidiaries of the Borrower that now or
hereafter execute this Agreement or any amendment hereto and agree to guarantee
the Obligations of the Borrower; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the term "Guarantors"
shall not include (a) Hallmark or any Subsidiary of Hallmark prior to the time
that the Hallmark Requirement is satisfied or (b) any Permitted Minority-
Interest Subsidiary.

          "GUARANTY" shall mean the guaranty of the Obligations of the Borrower
set forth in ARTICLE 5.

          "HALLMARK" shall mean Hallmark Healthcare Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

          "HALLMARK ACQUISITION" shall mean the Asset Acquisition transaction to
be consummated subject to and upon the terms and conditions of the Hallmark
Acquisition Agreement.

                                       12


<PAGE>

          "HALLMARK ACQUISITION AGREEMENT" shall mean the Amended and Restated
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 10, 1994, by and among the Borrower,
Community Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Hallmark.

          "HALLMARK NOTES" shall mean the $80,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of 10-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 issued pursuant to the Hallmark
Subordinated Indenture.

          "HALLMARK REQUIREMENT" shall mean the requirements that (a) each of
Hallmark and its Subsidiaries becomes a Qualified Subsidiary or that all of the
assets of Hallmark and its Subsidiaries be acquired by one or more Qualified
Subsidiaries and (b) the Indebtedness evidenced by the Hallmark Notes,
principal, interest and premium, if any, be fully repaid and the Hallmark
Subordinated Indenture be satisfied and discharged.

          "HALLMARK SUBORDINATED INDENTURE" shall mean that certain Indenture
dated as of November 1, 1993, as amended from time to time with the consent of
the Lenders, between the Borrower and First Union, in its capacity as trustee,
pursuant to which Hallmark has issued $80,000,000 in Hallmark Notes.

          "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean any hazardous, toxic or dangerous
materials, substances, chemicals, wastes or pollutants that from time to time
are defined by or pursuant to or are regulated under any Hazardous Materials
Laws, including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum
derivatives or by-products, other hydrocarbons, urea formaldehyde and any
material, substance, pollutant or waste that is defined as a hazardous waste
under RCRA or defined as a hazardous substance under CERCLA.

          "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LAWS" shall mean all federal, state, regional,
county or local laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances, now or
hereafter in effect, relating to the generation, recycling, use, reuse, sale,
storage, handling, transport, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials,
including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation Liability Act of
1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42
U.S.C. SECTION 9601 ET SEQ. ("CERCLA"), the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act of 1976, as amended by the Solid and Hazardous Waste Amendments of 1984, 42
U.S.C. SECTION 6901 ET SEQ. ("RCRA"), the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. SECTION
7401, ET SEQ. ("CAA"), the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601
ET SEQ. ("TSCA") and any rules, regulations and guidance documents promulgated
or published thereunder, and any state, regional, county or local statute, law,
rule, regulation or ordinance now or hereafter in effect that relates to
public health, safety or the discharge, emission or disposal of Hazardous
Materials in or to air, water, land or groundwater, to the withdrawal or use of
groundwater, to the use, handling or

                                       13

<PAGE>

disposal of asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum
derivatives or by-products, other hydrocarbons or urea formaldehyde, to the
treatment, storage, disposal or management of Hazardous Materials, to exposure
to Hazardous Materials or to the transportation, storage, disposal, management
or release of gaseous or liquid substances, and any regulation, order,
injunction, judgment, declaration, notice or demand issued thereunder.

          "HIGHEST LAWFUL RATE" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time
may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on debts outstanding
hereunder or under the Notes, as the case may be, under the laws applicable to
such Lender that are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under
such applicable laws that may hereafter be in effect and that allow a higher
maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

          "HOSPITAL" shall mean each hospital listed in SCHEDULE 1.1A  hereto
and each other hospital now or hereafter owned or operated by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries.

          "HOSPITAL OPERATING INCOME" shall mean, as to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of the Borrower, calculated for the most recent twelve (12) month
period, the net revenue from its Hospital(s), LESS the following (to the extent
not previously deducted in calculating net revenue): salary expense, employee
benefit expense and other operating expenses (including minority interest
expense, if any).

          "INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, as to any Person, all items that in
accordance with GAAP would be shown on the balance sheet of such Person as a
liability and in any event shall include (without duplication) (a) indebtedness
for borrowed money or for notes, debentures or other debt securities, (b) notes
payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not
representing obligations for borrowed money, (c) liabilities for all or any part
of the deferred purchase price of property or services, (d) liabilities secured
by any lien on any property or asset owned or held by such Person regardless of
whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by or is a
primary liability of such Person, (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations and
(f) Contingent Obligations.

          "INDENTURES" shall mean the Series A and Series B Indenture, the
Fulton Indenture and the Olive Branch Indenture.

          "INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, calculated for the most recent twelve (12)
month period after giving Pro Forma

                                       14

<PAGE>

Effect to any Asset Acquisition made during such period, the ratio of (a) EBIT
to (b) Interest Expense.

          "INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, as to any Person for any period, the
aggregate interest expense and amortization of deferred loan costs of such
Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period (calculated
without regard to any limitations on the payment thereof), imputed interest on
Capitalized Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
owed with respect to letters of credit and unused commitments and net costs
under interest rate protection agreements, all as determined in conformity with
GAAP.

          "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" shall mean, (a) with respect to any Base Rate
Loan, January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on the
first such date after the applicable Funding Date, and (b) with respect to any
LIBOR Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to any Interest Period of six (6) months
"Interest Payment Date" also shall include the day that is three (3) months
after the day on which that Interest Period commenced.

          "INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean any interest period applicable to a LIBOR
Loan as determined pursuant to SECTION 2.14.1.

          "INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS" shall mean any interest rate swap
agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements,
interest rate insurance, and other agreements or arrangements designed to
provide protection against fluctuations in interest rates, in each case between
the Borrower and any Lender, and in an aggregate notional amount at any time not
to exceed an amount equal to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness at such time.

          "INTEREST RATE DETERMINATION DATE" shall mean each date for
calculating LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an
Interest Period, which in each case shall be the second (2d) Business Day prior
to the first (1st) day of the corresponding Interest Period.

          "INVESTMENT" shall have the meaning given such term in SECTION 9.5.

          "ISSUING BANK" shall mean First Union and any other financial
institution that, subject to approval by the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower, agrees to become a party to this Agreement and to issue Letters of
Credit pursuant to SECTION 2.3.

                                       15

<PAGE>

           "JCAHO" shall mean the Joint Commission on Accreditation of
Healthcare Organizations.

          "LAST FOUR FISCAL QUARTERS" shall mean, as at any time, the Fiscal
Quarter most recently ended plus the immediately preceding three Fiscal
Quarters.

          "LENDING OFFICE" shall mean with respect to any Lender or either of
the Agents the office of each such Lender at the address specified on the
signature pages hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it
became a Lender, or such other office as any such Lender from time to time may
specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT BORROWING" shall mean a borrowing consisting of
Letter of Credit Loans made to the Borrower on the same day by the Lenders
ratably according to their respective Commitments pursuant to the provisions of
SECTION 2.3.4.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENTS" shall mean, at any time, (a) the
commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to the
provisions of SECTION 2.3.1 and (b) the aggregate commitments of all the Lenders
to (i) purchase participations in the Letter of Credit Liabilities pursuant to
the provision of SECTION 2.4 and (ii) make Letter of Credit Loans to the
Borrower during the Commitment Period pursuant to the provisions of SECTION
2.3.4, and the "LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT" of any Lender at any time shall
mean an amount equal to such Lender's Percentage multiplied by the then
effective aggregate Letter of Credit Commitments under CLAUSE (b) above.  The
Letter of Credit Commitments are in the aggregate amount set forth in SECTION
2.1.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY" shall mean the letter of credit facility
provided by the Lenders pursuant to the Letter of Credit Commitments as more
particularly set forth in SECTION 2.3.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT FEES" shall have the meaning given such term in
SECTION 2.11.4.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITIES" shall mean all liabilities of the
Borrower to the Issuing Bank in respect of Letters of Credit, regardless of
whether any such liability is contingent, and shall consist of the sum, without
duplication, of (a) the amount available to be drawn or that may become
available to be drawn under outstanding Letters of Credit (including all amounts
committed to be paid by the Issuing Bank thereunder) and (b) all amounts that
have been paid or made available by the Issuing Bank thereunder if and to the
extent the Issuing Bank has not received reimbursement from the Borrower
pursuant to the terms hereof.

                                       16

<PAGE>

          "LETTER OF CREDIT LOANS" shall mean the Loans made by the Lenders to
the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 2.3.4.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST" shall mean a request substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT 2.3.2 annexed hereto with respect to the proposed issuance of
a Letter of Credit hereunder.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT SUPPORTABLE OBLIGATIONS" shall mean (a) obligations
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of
business with respect to workers' compensation, surety bonds and other similar
statutory obligations, (b) obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries supported by the Existing Letters of Credit and (c) such other
obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as are reasonably
acceptable to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and otherwise
permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          "LETTERS OF CREDIT" shall mean the Existing Letters of Credit and all
other Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant to the provisions of
SECTION 2.3.1.

          "LIBOR" shall mean the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the nearest whole one-eighth of 1%) equal to the product of Base LIBOR times
Statutory Reserves.

          "LIBOR LOANS" shall mean Loans bearing interest at rates determined by
reference to LIBOR.

          "LIEN" shall mean, as to any asset, (a) any lien, charge, claim,
mortgage, security interest, pledge or other encumbrance of any kind with
respect to such asset, (b) any interest of a vendor or lessor under any
conditional sale agreement, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement
relating to such asset, (c) any reservation, exception, encroachment, easement
right-of-way, covenant, condition, restriction, lease or other title exception
affecting such asset, or (d) any preference, priority or other security
agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing, and the filing of any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

          "LOAN DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
Credit, the Security Documents, the Interest Rate Contracts and all other
documents, instruments and agreements now or hereafter executed or delivered
pursuant hereto or in connection herewith.

                                       17

<PAGE>

          "LOANS" shall mean Revolving Credit Loans and Letter of Credit Loans.

          "MATERIAL CONTRACT" shall mean each contract to which the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or a guarantor (or by which it is bound) that
requires payments in excess of $500,000 in any twelve-month period (a) the
cancellation, nonperformance or non-renewal of which by any party thereto would
have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
operations or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or (b) which is a
lease, license, managed care contract, management or operating agreement, or
other similar agreement that creates a possessory interest in real property or
pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries operates a Hospital,
or (c) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness for borrowed money or Capitalized Lease Obligations.

          "MAXIMUM GUARANTY LIABILITY" shall mean the maximum liability
hereunder of the respective Guarantors permitted by Applicable Bankruptcy Law as
provided in SECTION 5.2.

          "MULTI-EMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean any multiple employer plan as defined
in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, that is maintained by the Borrower, any
Guarantor, any of their respective subsidiaries or a Commonly Controlled Entity.

          "NET FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS TO EBITDA RATIO" shall mean, for the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, calculated for the most
recent twelve (12) month period after giving Pro Forma Effect to any Asset
Acquisition made during such period, the ratio of Consolidated Net Funded
Indebtedness to EBITDA.

          "NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT 2.8, executed by the Borrower in favor of the Lenders, evidencing the
indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the Loans.

          "NOTICE OF BORROWING" shall mean a notice substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT 2.2.4 annexed hereto with respect to a proposed Revolving Credit
Borrowing.

          "NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" shall mean a notice substantially
in the form of EXHIBIT 2.7.2 annexed hereto with respect to a proposed
conversion or continuation of Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by
reference to one basis to Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by
reference to an alternative basis pursuant to SECTION 2.7.

          "OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, as to any Person, all indebtedness,
obligations and other liabilities of such Person of

                                       18

<PAGE>

any kind and description owing to the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent,
the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, whether now existing or hereafter arising,
due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or
indirect, express or implied, individually or jointly with others, howsoever
evidenced or acquired, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Notes
and the other Loan Documents.

          "OLIVE BRANCH BOND DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Lease Agreement (as
defined in the Olive Branch Indenture), the Remarketing Agreement (as defined in
the Olive Branch Indenture), the Olive Branch Indenture, the Olive Branch Bonds
and the corresponding Bond Pledge Agreement.

          "OLIVE BRANCH BONDS" shall mean the $5,700,000 City of Olive Branch,
Mississippi Floating Rate Weekly Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds,
Series 1986 (United Healthcare of Mississippi, Inc.  Project).

          "OLIVE BRANCH BONDS MATURITY DATE" shall mean the stated maturity date
of the Olive Branch Bonds.

          "OLIVE BRANCH INDENTURE" shall mean the Trust Indenture, dated as of
November 1, 1986, as amended by the First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as
of August 1, 1992, between the City of Olive Branch and the Olive Branch
Trustee.

          "OLIVE BRANCH LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean that certain irrevocable
letter of credit, dated August 14, 1992, issued by the Issuing Bank for the
account of Olive Branch Hospital, Inc. to the Olive Branch Trustee, in an
aggregate principal amount of $5,798,384, as it may hereafter be amended, and
any Letter of Credit issued in replacement or substitution thereof in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.

          "OLIVE BRANCH TRUSTEE" shall mean First American National Bank
(formerly "First American Bank of Nashville, N.A."), a national banking
association with principal offices in Nashville, Tennessee, and any successor
trustee pursuant to the terms of the Olive Branch Indenture.

          "OPERATING LEASE" shall mean, as to any Person, any lease of property
(whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee that is not a
Capitalized Lease.

          "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established
pursuant to subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

          "PERCENTAGE" shall mean, as to each Lender, the percentage set forth
with such Lender's signature on this

                                       19

<PAGE>

Agreement or the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became
a party hereto.

          "PERMITTED ACQUISITION" shall mean the Hallmark Acquisition and any
Asset Acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with
respect to which (a) the Borrower or such Subsidiary is the surviving entity
in the transaction, (b) all assets acquired in the transaction are held or
acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (c) at the time of such
acquisition and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to any other Asset
Acquisition made during the then most recent twelve (12) month period, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would
result therefrom, (d) the Borrower has furnished to the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer thereof,
in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that no Default
or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will result from such
Asset Acquisition, and certifying specifically as to covenant compliance
calculations both before and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Asset
Acquisition, (e) the Borrower has furnished to the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders the information set forth on EXHIBIT 1.1B, in form and
detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (f) the
following additional conditions, as applicable, are satisfied:

          (1)  with respect to any Asset Acquisition of an acute care hospital
     business that is financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with
     proceeds of Loans, the consideration paid or to be paid (inclusive of
     Indebtedness incurred or assumed) in connection with such Asset Acquisition
     (x) shall not exceed an amount equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%)
     of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
     as of the end of the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter of the
     Borrower, as reported on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q filed with the Commission,
     and (y) shall not exceed an amount equal to the Acquired Asset Cash Flow
     multiplied by six and one-half (6.5);

          (2)  with respect to any Asset Acquisition of a business other than an
     acute care hospital business that is financed in whole or in part, directly
     or indirectly, with proceeds of Loans, (a) the acquired entity shall be
     engaged in a business related to the health care industry, (b) the acquired
     business shall support the primary business of the Borrower as a provider
     of health care delivery systems and shall provide services that are
     ancillary thereto, (c) the Borrower shall have certified to the
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing that CLAUSES (a) and (b) of
     this PARAGRAPH 2 are true and correct with respect to such acquisition, and
     (d) the aggregate consideration paid or to



                                       20

<PAGE>

     be paid (inclusive of Indebtedness incurred or assumed) in connection
     with all such acquisitions during any Fiscal Year of the Borrower shall
     not exceed two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the assets of the Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most
     recently completed Fiscal Year of the Borrower, as reported on
     Form 10-K filed with the Commission;

          (3)  with respect to any Asset Acquisition of an acute care hospital
     business that is not financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly,
     with proceeds of Loans, the consideration paid or to be paid (inclusive of
     Indebtedness incurred or assumed) in connection with such Asset Acquisition
     shall not exceed an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the assets of
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of
     the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, as reported on
     Form 10-K or Form 10-Q filed with the Commission; and

          (4)  with respect to any Asset Acquisition of a business other than an
     acute care hospital business that is not financed in whole or in part with
     proceeds of Loans (a) the acquired entity shall be engaged in a business
     related to the health care industry, (b) the acquired entity shall support
     the primary business of the Borrower as a provider of health care delivery
     systems and shall provide services that are ancillary to such business, (c)
     the Borrower shall have certified to the Administrative Agent and the
     Lenders in writing that CLAUSES (a) and (b) of this PARAGRAPH 4 are true
     and correct with respect to such acquisition, and (d) the aggregate
     consideration paid or to be paid (inclusive of Indebtedness incurred or
     assumed) in connection with all such acquisitions during any Fiscal Year of
     the Borrower shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the assets of the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the
     most recently completed Fiscal Year of the Borrower, as reported on Form
     10-K filed with the Commission.

          "PERMITTED LIENS" shall mean Liens permitted pursuant to the
provisions of SECTION 9.2.


                                       21

<PAGE>


          "PERMITTED MINORITY-INTEREST SUBSIDIARY" shall mean:

          (a) a Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) that itself or through
wholly-owned Subsidiaries thereof owns or will own a Hospital or an interest
in a Hospital, (ii) in which the Borrower and/or one or more of its Qualified
Subsidiaries collectively own not less than eighty and one-tenth percent
(80.1%) of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock thereof,
which shares so owned constitute pledge stock, and (iii) that has executed and
delivered a "capitalization note" constituting a Pledged Note (a "First-Tier
Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary),

          (b) any wholly-owned Subsidiary of a "First-Tier Permitted Minority-
Interest Subsidiary", PROVIDED that (i) any Indebtedness of such wholly-owned
Subsidiary to such First-Tier Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary (or to
any other Subsidiary of such First-Tier Permitted Minority-Interest
Subsidiary) is evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) the Indebtedness evidenced
by the Pledged Note of such First-Tier Permitted Minority-Interest
Subsidiary is secured by a first priority perfected security interest in the
promissory note described in the preceding CLAUSE (i) and the Indebtedness
evidenced thereby, which security interest has been assigned to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to documentation in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and

          (c) a Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) that does not and will not itself
or through Subsidiaries own a Hospital or an interest in a Hospital, (ii) in
which the Borrower and/or one or more Qualified Subsidiaries collectively own
not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding shares of each class of
the capital stock thereof, and (iii) in which an Investment is permitted under
SECTION 9.5(I).


          "PERMITTED MINORITY-INTEREST TRANSFER" shall mean a sale or other
transfer of securities of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is permitted
pursuant to the provisions OF SECTION 9.16.

          "PERSON" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, trust,
business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, pool,
syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, Governmental
Authority or other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

          "PLAN" shall mean an employee pension benefit plan that is covered
by Title IV of ERISA that is maintained by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of
their respective Subsidiaries or a Commonly Controlled Entity and shall
include any Single Employer Plan or any Multi-Employer Plan.

          "PLEDGE AGREEMENT" shall mean the Pledge and Security Agreement,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 4.1A, executed by the Borrower and certain
of the Guarantors, granting in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable
benefit of the Lenders a security interest in the Pledged Stock, the Pledged
Notes and all proceeds thereof, together with all books and records pertaining
thereto.

          "PLEDGED NOTES" shall mean all intercompany notes now or hereafter
issued by Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the Borrower or a Guarantor, and
pledged by the Borrower or such Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent
for the ratable benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the Pledge Agreement.

          "PLEDGED STOCK" shall mean all of the outstanding capital stock of the
Subsidiaries of the Borrower owned by the Borrower or a Guarantor and pledged in
favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders
pursuant to the Pledge Agreement.

          "PRACTICE GUARANTEES" shall mean the physician or mental health
professional practice guarantees pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries guarantees to pay a physician or mental health professional on
the medical staff of a Hospital owned or operated by it the difference between
the physician's or mental health professional's monthly net revenue from
professional fees and a minimum monthly guaranteed amount.

                                       22
<PAGE>


          "PREVIOUS CREDIT AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 1992, as amended by Amendment
to Credit Agreement dated August 16, 1992, Second Amendment to Credit Agreement
dated November 2, 1992, Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 13,
1993, Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 28, 1993, Fifth Amendment
to Credit Agreement dated August 11, 1993, Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement
dated October 20, 1993, Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 20,
1994 and Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 1, 1994, each among the
Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower, the lenders parties thereto and
First Union as letter of credit issuing bank and as agent for such lenders.

          "PRICING TIER DETERMINATION DATE" shall mean (a) the date of this
Agreement and (b) the fifth (5th) Business Day following each date on which the
Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) financial statements,
financial reports and other financial information complying with the
requirements of SECTION 8.1 that contain information sufficient to enable a
calculation of the Funded Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio or the Net Funded
Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, as applicable, for the Last Four Fiscal
Quarters for the purpose of determining the Applicable Base Rate Margin, the
Applicable LIBOR Margin, the Applicable Letter of Credit Fee Percentage and
the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage pursuant to SECTION 2.13 and (ii) a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in form satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent, setting forth the computations used to determine the
Funded Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio or the Net Funded Indebtedness EBITDA
Ratio, as applicable, for the Last Four Fiscal Quarters.

          "PRINCIPAL OBLIGOR" shall mean, with respect to a certain indebtedness
or obligation, the Person creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist
such indebtedness or obligation without becoming liable for same as a surety or
guarantor.

          "PRO FORMA EFFECT" shall mean, in making any calculation necessary to
determine whether the Borrower is in compliance with SECTIONS 10.1.1, 10.1.2 and
10.1.3 or whether a Default or Event of Default would result from any Asset
Acquisition, (a) any Asset Acquisition made during the most recent twelve (12)
month period (the "REFERENCE PERIOD") ending on and including the date of
determination (the "CALCULATION DATE") shall be assumed to have occurred on the
first day of the Reference Period, (b) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, and
the application of proceeds therefrom, incurred or to be incurred in
connection with any Asset Acquisition made or to be made during the Reference
Period shall be assumed to have occurred in the first day of the Reference
Period, (c) there shall be excluded any Interest Expense in respect of
Consolidated Funded


                                       23

<PAGE>

Indebtedness outstanding during the Reference Period that was or is to be
refinanced with proceeds of Indebtedness incurred or to be incurred in
connection with any Asset Acquisition made or to be made during the Reference
Period, (d) Interest Expense in respect of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness
bearing a floating rate of interest and assumed to have been incurred on the
first day of the Reference Period shall be calculated on the basis of the
average rate in effect under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans throughout the
period such Consolidated Funded Indebtedness is assumed to be outstanding, and
(e) Rent Expense shall include actual Rent Expense incurred by any Person,
operating unit or business acquired during the Reference Period, plus Rent
Expense projected for the twelve (12) month period following the date of actual
incurrence thereof in respect of any Operating Lease entered into or to be
entered into in connection with any Asset Acquisition made during the Reference
Period, which projected Rent Expense shall be deemed to have been incurred on
the first day of the Reference Period.

          "PURCHASE MONEY DEBT" shall mean  (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries that, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of
equipment in which neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries at any
time prior to such purchase had any interest, is incurred to finance part or
all of (but not more than) the purchase price of such assets, and
(b) Indebtedness (i) that constitutes a renewal, extension or refunding of,
but not an increase in the principal amount of, Purchase Money Debt that is
such by virtue of CLAUSE (A), (ii) that is binding only upon the obligor or
obligors under the Purchase Money Debt being renewed, extended or refunded and
(iii) that bears interest at a rate per annum that is commercially reasonable
at the time.

          "QUALIFIED SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is
wholly owned by the Borrower or one of its other wholly-owned Subsidiaries and
that meets all of the following requirements:

          (1)  all of the outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests
     in such Subsidiary is (are) owned by the Borrower and/or Guarantors who are
     parties to the Pledge Agreement and the Assignment and Security Agreement;

          (2)  the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders,
     has been granted a first priority perfected security interest in all of the
     outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary
     pursuant to the Pledge Agreement or the Assignment and Security
     Agreement, as appropriate, and all certificates and other instruments or
     documents evidencing same have been delivered to the Administrative
     Agent, accompanied by stock powers endorsed in blank or the equivalent;


                                       24

<PAGE>


          (3)  such Subsidiary has become a party to this Agreement as a
     Guarantor by executing a Supplement to Credit Agreement in the form of
     EXHIBIT 1.1C, has become a party to the Pledge Agreement by executing a
     Supplement to Pledge Agreement in the form of EXHIBIT A thereto, has become
     a party to the Assignment and Security Agreement by executing a Supplement
     to Assignment and Security Agreement in the form of EXHIBIT A thereto and
     has delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
     Lenders, (a) all certificates and other instruments or documents evidencing
     capital stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiary in any other
     Subsidiaries of the Borrower, accompanied by stock powers endorsed in blank
     or the equivalent and (b) all promissory notes and other instruments
     evidencing intercompany Indebtedness owed to such Subsidiary by any other
     Subsidiary of the Borrower, endorsed to the order of the Administrative
     Agent; and

          (4)  in connection with the foregoing, the Administrative Agent has
     received all other documents, instruments, agreements, opinions,
     certificates, consents and evidences of other legal matters, in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, as the
     Administrative Agent reasonably may request.

          "REMARKETING AGENT" shall have the meaning given such term in the
Series A and Series B Indenture.

          "RENT EXPENSE" shall mean, as to any Person for any period, the
aggregate rent and lease expenses recorded by such Person and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP pursuant to any Operating Lease.

          "REPLACEMENT LENDER" shall have the meaning given such term in SECTION
2.17.

          "REPORTABLE EVENT" shall mean any of the events set forth under
Section 4043(b) of ERISA or the PBGC regulations thereunder.

          "REQUIREMENT OF LAW" shall mean, as to any Person (a) the partnership
agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or
governing documents of such Person; (b) any federal, state or local law, treaty,
ordinance, rule or regulation; (c) any order, decree or determination of a
court, arbitrator or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to
or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such person or
any of its property is subject.

          "REQUISITE LENDERS" shall mean at any time Lenders having at least
fifty-one percent (51%) of the Commitments.

                                       25


<PAGE>


          "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" shall mean, as to any Person, either (a) its
president or chief executive officer, or (b) with respect to financial matters,
its president or chief executive officer or any vice president designated in
writing by the chief executive officer to the Administrative Agent.

          "REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWING" shall mean a borrowing consisting of
Revolving Credit Loans made to the Borrower on the same day by the Lenders
ratably according to their respective Commitments pursuant to the provisions of
SECTION 2.2.

          "REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS" shall mean, at any time, the commitment
of all the Lenders, collectively, to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower
during the Commitment Period pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 2.2, and the
"REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" of any Lender at any time shall mean an amount
equal to such Lender's Percentage multiplied by the then effective aggregate
Revolving Credit Commitments.  The Revolving Credit Commitments are in the
aggregate amount set forth in SECTION 2.1.

          "REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY" shall mean the revolving credit facility
provided by the Lenders pursuant to the Revolving Credit Commitments as more
particularly set forth in SECTION 2.2.

          "REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS" shall mean the Loans made by the Lenders to
the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 2.2.

          "SCHEDULED COMMITMENT REDUCTION DATE" shall mean each date on which
the aggregate Commitments automatically reduce in accordance with SECTION 2.1.2.

          "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Pledge Agreement, the Assignment
and Security Agreement, the Bond Pledge Agreements and the Financing Statements,
together with all documents, instruments and agreements now or hereafter
executed or delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith.

          "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Consolidated Funded Indebtedness less
Subordinated Indebtedness.

          "SERIES A AND SERIES B BOND DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Remarketing
Agreement (as defined in the Series A and Series B Indenture), the Series A and
Series B Indenture, the Series A Bonds, the Series B Bonds and the
corresponding Bond Pledge Agreement(s).

          "SERIES A AND SERIES B INDENTURE" shall mean (i) the trust indenture
dated as of October 1, 1991, between the Borrower and the Trustee, executed
with respect to the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, as the same may be
modified, amended,

                                       26

<PAGE>

restated or supplemented from time to time, including in connection with a
conversion of the interest rate on any portion of the Series A Bonds or the
Series B Bonds to a fixed rate and (ii) any indenture, note purchase agreement
or other similar debt instrument, the form and substance of which have been
approved by the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which the Borrower issues
bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness secured by the Series A Letter
of Credit or the Series B Letter of Credit.

          "SERIES A AND SERIES B TRUSTEE" shall mean with respect to the Series
A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, the trustee under the Series A and Series B
Indenture pursuant to which the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds have been
issued, and any successor trustee pursuant to the terms thereof.

          "SERIES A BONDS" shall mean up to $40,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of Borrower's bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness supported
by the Series A Bonds Letter of Credit, initially, the Borrower's Floating Rate
Weekly Demand Taxable Bonds, Series 1991A.

          "SERIES A BONDS LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean that certain irrevocable
letter of credit, dated October 29, 1991, issued by the Issuing Bank for the
account of the Borrower to the Series A and Series B Trustee, in the aggregate
principal amount of $40,000,000 plus an amount equal to interest computed on
such amount for forty-two (42) days at fifteen percent (15%) per annum, as it
may hereafter be amended, and any Letter of Credit issued in replacement or
substitution thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as more
fully described in SECTION 2.3.3, including any Letter of Credit issued to
support any portion of the Series A Bonds that bear interest at a fixed rate.

          "SERIES A BONDS MATURITY DATE" shall mean the stated maturity date of
the Series A Bonds.

          "SERIES B BONDS" shall mean up to $20,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of Borrower's bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness supported
by the Series B Bonds Letter of Credit, initially, the Borrower's Floating Rate
Weekly Demand Taxable Bonds Series 1991B.

          "SERIES B BONDS LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean that certain irrevocable
letter of credit, dated October 29, 1991, issued by the Issuing Bank for the
account of the Borrower to the Series A and Series B Trustee, in the aggregate
principal amount of $20,000,000 plus an amount equal to interest computed on
such amount for forty-two (42) days at fifteen percent (15%) per annum, as it
may hereafter be amended, and any Letter of Credit issued in replacement or
substitution thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as more
fully described in SECTION

                                       27

<PAGE>

2.3.3, including any Letter of Credit issued to support any portion of the
Series B Bonds that bear interest at a fixed rate.

          "SERIES B BONDS MATURITY DATE" shall mean the stated maturity date of
the Series B Bonds.

          "SINGLE EMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean any Plan that is not a Multi-
Employer Plan.

          "SOLVENT" shall mean, with respect to any Person on any particular
date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person (both at
fair valuation and at present fair saleable value) is, on the date of
determination, greater than the total amount of liabilities, including
contingent and unliquidated liabilities, of such Person, (b) such Person is able
to pay all liabilities of such Person as they mature, and (c) such Person does
not have unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business.  In
computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such
liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can be
reasonably expected to become an actual or matured liability.

          "STATUTORY RESERVES" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal),
the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the
number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any
marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves), expressed as a decimal,
established by the Federal Reserve Board and/or any other banking authority to
which any Lender or any member bank of the Federal Reserve System is subject
with respect to LIBOR, for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in
Regulation  D of the Federal Reserve Board).  Such reserve percentages shall
include those imposed under such Regulation D. LIBOR Loans shall be deemed to
constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities and as such shall be deemed to be subject
to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration,
exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the Lenders
under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on
and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

          "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all Indebtedness evidenced by the CHS
Debentures and all other Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the
Indebtedness incurred hereunder on terms satisfactory to Requisite Lenders.

          "SUBSIDIARIES" shall mean, as to any Person (a) a corporation of
which shares of stock having ordinary voting power (other than stock having
such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency) to elect a
majority of the board

                                       28

<PAGE>

of directors or other managers thereof are at the time owned, or the
management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, through
one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person or (b) a partnership in
which such Person is a general partner or the management of which is otherwise
controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries or both,
by such Person.  The term "Subsidiaries" herein, when used with reference to the
Borrower, shall be deemed to refer to and include any and all Subsidiaries of
the Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

          "TENDER AGENT", with respect to the Series A Bonds and the Series B
Bonds, shall have the meaning given such term in the Series A and Series B
Indenture, and, with respect to the Olive Branch Bonds, shall have the meaning
given such term in the Olive Branch Indenture, and with respect to the Fulton
Bonds, shall have the meaning given such term in the Fulton Indenture, or all of
them, as the context indicates.

          "TENDER DRAFT" shall mean, with respect to any Existing Letter of
Credit, a Tender Draft as defined in such Existing Letter of Credit.

          "TERMINATION Date" shall mean the day that is seventy-two (72) months
after the date hereof.

          "THIRD PARTY PAYOR PROGRAMS" shall mean all third party payment and/or
reimbursement programs in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
presently or hereafter participates, including Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS, Blue
Cross and private insurance programs.

          "TRUSTEES" shall mean the Series A and Series B Trustee, the Fulton
Trustee and the Olive Branch Trustee, or any of them, as the context indicates.

          "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in the State of
Tennessee, as in effect from time to time.

     1.2. ACCOUNTING AND COMMERCIAL TERMS.  As used in this Agreement, all
accounting terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective
meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP.  All terms used but not
otherwise defined herein that are defined or used in Article 9 of the UCC shall
have the respective meanings assigned to them in such Article.

     1.3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION.  As used in this Agreement, the masculine,
feminine and neuter genders and the plural and singular numbers shall be deemed
to include the others in all cases in which they would so apply.  "Includes" and
"including" are not limiting, and shall be deemed to be followed by "without
limitation" regardless of whether such words or words of like

                                       29

<PAGE>

import in fact follow same.  The word "or" is not intended and shall not be
construed to be exclusive.

     1.4. DEFINED TERMS; HEADINGS.  The use of defined terms in the Loan
Documents is for convenience of reference and shall not be deemed to be limiting
or to have any other substantive effect with respect to the persons or things to
which reference is made through the use of such defined terms.  Article and
section headings and captions in the Loan Documents are included in such Loan
Documents for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of the
applicable Loan Documents for any other purpose.

     1.5. REFERENCES TO THIS AGREEMENT AND PARTS THEREOF.  As used in this
Agreement, unless otherwise specified the words "hereof," "herein" and
"hereunder" and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement including
all schedules and exhibits hereto, as a whole, and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement, and the words "Article", "Section", "Schedule" and
"Exhibit" refer to articles, sections, schedules and exhibits to this Agreement.

     1.6. DOCUMENTARY REFERENCES   Any reference herein to any instrument,
document or agreement, by whatever terminology used, shall be deemed to include
any and all amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals,
substitutions and/or replacements thereof as the context may require.


                                    ARTICLE 2

                           LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     2.1. COMMITMENTS; REDUCTIONS.

          2.1.1.    AMOUNTS OF COMMITMENTS.  The aggregate amount of the
Commitments is $150,000,000, subject to reduction as provided in SECTIONS 2.1.2
and 2.1.3. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments at any time
is equal to the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect at such time less
the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities
outstanding at such time.  The aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit
Commitments at any time is equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of
the Commitments in effect at such time LESS the aggregate amount of Revolving
Credit Loans outstanding at such time or (ii) $75,000,000.

           2.1.2.   MANDATORY REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS.  The Commitments shall
be permanently reduced on each Scheduled Commitment Reduction Date set forth
below by the correlative amount shown below:


                                       30

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scheduled Commitment                         Reduction      Remaining
   Reduction Date                              Amount      Commitments
- --------------------                         ---------     -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>
January 1, 1997                             $15,000,000   $135,000,000
July 1, 1997                                 15,000,000    120,000,000
January 1, 1998                              15,000,000    105,000,000
July 1, 1998                                 15,000,000     90,000,000
January 1, 1999                              15,000,000     75,000,000
July 1, 1999                                 15,000,000     60,000,000
January 1, 2000                              15,000,000     45,000,000
Termination Date                             45,000,000         -0-
</TABLE>

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, on the effective date of any voluntary reduction in the
Commitments pursuant to SECTION 2.1.3, the amount of the scheduled reduction on
the first Scheduled Commitment Reduction Date following the date of such
voluntary reduction shall be reduced by the amount of such voluntary reduction
and to the extent that the amount of such voluntary reduction exceeds the amount
of such scheduled reduction, the excess shall be applied to the reduction of the
amount of the scheduled reduction on the next succeeding Scheduled Commitment
Reduction Date and each Scheduled Commitment Reduction Date thereafter until
applied in full.

          2.1.3.    VOLUNTARY REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS.  The Borrower shall
have the right, at any time and from time to time, to terminate in whole or
permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Commitments in an
amount up to the amount by which the Commitments exceed the aggregate amount of
the then outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities.  The Borrower shall
give not less than ten (10) Business Days' prior written notice to the
Administrative Agent designating the date (which shall be a Business Day) of
such termination or reduction and the amount of any reduction.  Promptly after
receipt of a notice of such termination or reduction, the Administrative Agent
shall notify each Lender of the proposed termination or reduction.  Such
termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be effective on the date
specified in the Borrower's notice and shall reduce the Commitment of each
Lender in proportion to its Percentage of the Commitments.  Any such reduction
of the Commitments shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and in integral
multiples of $1,000,000.

          2.1.4.    LIMITATIONS ON COMMITMENTS RELATING TO HALLMARK ACQUISITION.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this SECTION 2.1, or any other
provision of this Agreement to the contrary, during such period of time as
(a) the Hallmark Acquisition Agreement remains in effect but the Hallmark
Acquisition has not yet been consummated or (b) the Hallmark Acquisition has
been consummated but the Hallmark Requirement has not yet been satisfied, the
aggregate amount of the Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities, together with
the aggregate

                                       31

<PAGE>

amount of all Loans made pursuant to the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement shall
not exceed, at any time during such period, an amount equal to the lesser of
(i) the aggregate amount of the Commitments hereunder and under the
$50,000,000 Credit Agreement calculated without reference to the provisions of
this SECTION 2.1.4, SECTION 2.1.3 of the $50,000,0000 Credit Agreement, or
(ii) an amount equal to (x)  four times EBITDA for the Last Four Fiscal
Quarters, exclusive of any amounts attributable to Hallmark or the
Subsidiaries of Hallmark, LESS (y) the aggregate amount outstanding in respect
of the CHS Debentures, PLUS (z) following consummation of the Hallmark
Acquisition, the aggregate amount loaned or advanced by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of clause (j) of
SECTION 9.5 for the purpose of redeeming Hallmark Notes (taking into account
any such loans or advances that are to be made substantially contemporaneously
with, and using the proceeds of, a Borrowing hereunder.

     2.2. REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

          2.2.1.    COMMITMENT TO MAKE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.  Subject to all
of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the conditions set
forth in SECTIONS 6.1 and 6.2) and in reliance upon the representations and
warranties of the Borrower herein set forth, each Lender hereby severally agrees
to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the
Commitment Period, in amounts up to its Percentage of the aggregate Revolving
Credit Commitments, for the purposes identified in SECTION 2.10. In no event
shall (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans from any
Lender outstanding at any time exceed such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment
or (b) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans from all
Lenders outstanding at any time exceed the Revolving Credit Commitments.  Each
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment shall expire upon the expiration of the
Commitment Period, and all Revolving Credit Loans shall be paid in full no
later than the Termination Date.

          2.2.2.    LENDERS' OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL; PROPORTIONATE LOANS.  The
obligations of the Lenders to make Revolving Credit Loans under SECTION 2.2.1
shall be several and not joint and, subject to SECTION 2.14.4, all Revolving
Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders simultaneously
and proportionately to their respective Percentages of the Revolving Credit
Commitments.  It is understood and agreed that the failure of any Lender to make
its Revolving Credit Loan as part of any Revolving Credit Borrowing under
SECTION 2.2.1 shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to make its
Revolving Credit Loan as provided in SECTION 2.2.1. Neither the Administrative
Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to
make a Revolving Credit Loan as provided herein nor shall the Revolving Credit
Commitment of any Lender be



                                       32

<PAGE>

increased as a result of the default by any other Lender in such other
Lender's obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans hereunder.


           2.2.3.   REVOLVING CREDIT; MINIMUM BORROWINGS.  Amounts borrowed by
the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Commitments may be prepaid and
reborrowed from time to time to during the Commitment Period.  The aggregate
amount of Revolving Credit Loans made on any Funding Date shall be in integral
multiples of $500,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate amount of LIBOR
Loans made on any Funding Date shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000.

          2.2.4.    NOTICE OF BORROWING.

          (a)  DELIVERY OF NOTICE.  Whenever the Borrower desires to borrow
     under SECTION 2.2, it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Notice of
     Borrowing no later than 11:00 a.m. (Eastern time) at least one (1) Business
     Day in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a Base Rate
     Loans) or three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date
     (in the case of LIBOR Loans).  The Notice of Borrowing shall specify (i)
     the proposed Funding Date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount
     of the proposed Revolving Credit Borrowing, (iii) whether the proposed
     Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be in the form of Base Rate Loans or LIBOR
     Loans, and (iv) in the case of LIBOR Loans, the requested Interest Period.
     In lieu of delivering a Notice of Borrowing, the Borrower may give the
     Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of notice of
     any proposed Borrowing under this SECTION 2.2.4; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
     such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice
     of Borrowing to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Funding Date of
     the requested Revolving Credit Loans.  The execution and delivery of each
     Notice of Borrowing shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the
     Borrower that the requested Revolving Credit Loans may be made in
     accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, this Agreement,
     including those set forth in SECTION 2.2.1.

          (b)  NO LIABILITY FOR TELEPHONIC NOTICES.  Neither the Administrative
     Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to the Borrower in acting
     upon any telephonic notice given pursuant to this SECTION 2.2.4 that the
     Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly
     authorized officer or other person authorized to borrow on behalf of the
     Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith under this SECTION 2.2.4
     and, upon the funding of Revolving Credit Loans by the Lenders in
     accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any telephonic

                                       33

<PAGE>

     notice, the Borrower shall have effected a Revolving Credit Borrowing
     hereunder.

          (c)  NOTICE IRREVOCABLE.  Except as provided in SECTION 3.4.5, a
     Notice of Borrowing for LIBOR Loans (or a telephonic notice in lieu
     thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate
     Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to make a Revolving
     Credit Borrowing in accordance therewith.

          (d)  OBLIGATIONS TO CONSTITUTE SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. Notwithstanding
     the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 2.2.4, the Borrower will not
     deliver to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing or otherwise
     request a Borrowing hereunder unless the proposed Borrowing will
     constitute "Senior Indebtedness", as such term is used in the CHS
     Subordinated Indenture.

          2.2.5.    DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS.  Promptly after receipt of a Notice
of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof), the Administrative Agent
shall notify each Lender of the proposed Revolving Credit Borrowing in writing,
or by telephone promptly confirmed in writing.  Each Lender shall make the
amount of its Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent, in
immediately available (same day) funds, at the Lending Office of the
Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the Funding
Date.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Credit
Loans available to the Borrower on such Funding Date by causing an amount of
immediately available (same day) funds equal to the proceeds of all such
Revolving Credit Loans received by the Administrative Agent to be credited to
the account of the Borrower at such office of the Administrative Agent.

     2.3. LETTERS OF CREDIT.

          2.3.1.    ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.  The Borrower may request the
Issuing Bank at any time and from time to time during the Commitment Period to
issue, and subject to and upon all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
(including the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 6.1 and 6.2) and in reliance
upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower herein set forth the
Issuing Bank shall issue, for the account of the Borrower and for the benefit of
the holder(s) (or any trustee, agent or other representative of such holder(s))
of Letter of Credit Supportable Obligations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, one or more irrevocable standby or direct-pay letters of credit in
the form customarily used by such Issuing Bank, or in such other form as has
been approved by the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, in support of
such Letter of Credit Supportable Obligations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) each
Letter of Credit shall be in a minimum stated amount of $500,000, (b) each
Letter of Credit by its terms shall terminate no later than two (2) years after
the date of issuance (or the date of the most recent extension, as the case may
be), nor later than thirty (30) days prior to the Termination Date, (c) no
Letter of Credit may be scheduled to expire after any date upon which the
Commitments are scheduled to be reduced under SECTION 2.1.2 unless, after giving
effect to the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit, the aggregate
principal amount of Loans that are Base Rate Loans or that have Interest Periods
that will expire on or before such date equals or exceeds the amount of any
prepayment required pursuant to SECTION 3.1.2(b) in connection with such
reduction in the Commitments, and (d) in no event shall any Letter of Credit be
issued if the issuance thereof would

                                       34

<PAGE>

cause the aggregate amount of the then outstanding Letter of Credit Loans and
Letter of Credit Liabilities to exceed the aggregate amount of the Letter of
Credit Commitments then in effect.

          2.3.2.    LETTER OF CREDIT REQUESTS.  At least five (5) Business Days
prior to (i) the date on which the Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be
issued hereunder or (ii) the date on which the Borrower desires that the
expiration date of an outstanding Letter of Credit be extended, as the case may
be, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Bank (with copies to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender) a Letter of Credit Request therefor.  The
execution and delivery of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Borrower that the requested Letter of Credit
issuance or extension may be accomplished in accordance with, and will not
violate the requirements of, this Agreement, including those set forth in
SECTION 2.3.1. Unless the Issuing Bank has received notice from the
Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders before it issues or extends the
requested Letter of Credit that a Default exists or that the requested issuance
or extension would violate the requirements of this Agreement, including those
set forth in SECTION 2.3.1, then the Issuing Bank may issue or extend, as the
case may be, the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in
accordance with the Issuing Bank's usual and customary practices.  Upon the
issuance or extension of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly
notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of such issuance or extension,
which notice to the Administrative Agent shall be accompanied by a copy of the
Letter of Credit so issued or the instrument(s) evidencing such extension.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 2.3.2, the
Borrower will not deliver to the Administrative Agent a Letter of Credit
Request or otherwise requires the issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder
unless the corresponding Letter of Credit Obligations will constitute "Senior
Indebtedness", as such term is used in the CHS Subordinated Indenture.

          2.3.3.    EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT.  The Existing Letters of Credit
shall be deemed outstanding pursuant to, and shall constitute "Letters of
Credit", for all purposes of this Agreement.  For the purposes of the Series A
and Series B Indenture, this Agreement shall be deemed to be a "Reimbursement
Agreement" as therein defined.

          2.3.4.    COMMITMENT TO MAKE LETTER OF CREDIT LOANS.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in SECTION 2.3 or SECTION 3.2, when the
Issuing Bank shall make any payment under any Existing Letter of Credit pursuant
to a Tender Draft and the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 6.1 and 6.2 shall
have been fulfilled, the amount of such payment by the Issuing Bank shall
constitute a Letter of Credit Borrowing by the Borrower on the date of such
payment, such Borrowing to consist of Base Rate Loans made by each Lender in an
amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of the amount of such payment;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the conditions of SECTIONS 6.1 and 6.2 have not been
fulfilled, the amount so drawn pursuant to the Tender Draft shall be payable by
the Borrower in accordance with the terms of

                                       35

<PAGE>

SECTION 3.2.1. Subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement, upon receipt of notice of any such payment by the Issuing Bank under
an Existing Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall establish the
appropriate Letter of Credit Borrowing effective on the date of the
corresponding payment under such Existing Letter of Credit.

          2.3.5.    PLEDGED BONDS.  Pursuant to the Bond Pledge Agreements, the
Borrower has agreed that, in accordance with the terms of the Indentures, Bonds
purchased with the proceeds of any Tender Draft and not remarketed on the date
of such Tender Draft shall be delivered by the respective Tender Agent to the
Issuing Bank or its designee, to be held by the Issuing Bank or its designee in
pledge as collateral securing the Letter of Credit Loans or Letter of Credit
Liabilities arising from the purchase of such Bonds with the proceeds of such
Tender Draft.  Bonds so delivered to the Issuing Bank or its designee shall be
registered in the name of the Issuing Bank or its designee, as pledgee of the
Borrower, as provided in the applicable Bond Pledge Agreement.

          2.3.6.    LENDERS' OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL.  The obligations of the
Lenders to make Letter of Credit Loans under SECTION 2.3.4 shall be several and
not joint, and all Letter of Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by
the Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Percentages
of the Letter of Credit Commitments.  It is understood and agreed that the
failure of any Lender to make its Letter of Credit Loan as part of any Letter of
Credit Borrowing under SECTION 2.3.4 shall not relieve any other Lender of its
obligation to make its Letter of Credit Loan as provided in SECTION 2.3.4.
Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for the
failure of any other Lender to make a Letter of Credit Loan as provided herein
nor shall the Letter of Credit Commitment of any Lender be increased as a result
of the default by any other Lender in such other Lender's obligation to make
Letter of Credit Loans hereunder.

     2.4. PARTICIPATIONS IN LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITIES.

          2.4.1.    PURCHASE OF PARTICIPATIONS BY LENDERS.  Each Lender shall be
deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received from the
Issuing Bank, without recourse or warranty and without any further action on the
part of any party, an undivided interest and participation to the extent of such
Lender's Percentage in all Letter of Credit Liabilities as to each Letter of
Credit and any security therefor or guarantee relating thereto.

          2.4.2.    NOTIFICATION BY ISSUING BANK OF DRAWING.  The Issuing Bank
shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender promptly after the
presentation of any draft and

                                       36

<PAGE>

certificate or equivalent documents to the Issuing Bank in connection with any
drawing under a Letter of Credit not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower
on the date such drawing is made.

          2.4.3.    PAYMENTS BY LENDERS UPON A DRAWING OR PAYMENT UNDER A LETTER
OF CREDIT; ADJUSTMENTS.  Each of the Lenders, shall, on or before 11:00 a.m.
(Eastern time) on the date of any drawing under a Letter of Credit (including
any drawing or payment under an Existing Letter of Credit that results in a
Letter of Credit Loan), unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent, for
distribution by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank, such Lender's
Percentage of such drawing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if the Borrower should pay
in full or in part such drawing on the date thereof, the obligation of each
Lender to pay to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this SECTION 2.4.3 such Lender's
Percentage of such drawing shall be reduced by the amount equal to such Lender's
Percentage of such payment by the Borrower.  Amounts paid in excess of the net
amount so owed by each Lender to the Issuing Bank shall promptly be refunded by
the Issuing Bank to the Administrative Agent for distribution by the
Administrative Agent to the respective Lenders.

          2.4.4.    FAILURE TO PAY BY LENDERS.  If any Lender shall fail to pay
its Percentage of any drawing under a Letter of Credit as provided in SECTION
2.4.3 above, the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have advanced funds on behalf
of such Lender.  Any advance made by the Issuing Bank on behalf of a Lender
hereunder and not paid by such Lender to the Issuing Bank shall bear interest
for each day from the day such payment is due until such payment shall be paid
in full at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate or any other rate
customarily used by banks for the correction of errors among banks, but in no
event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, and shall be repaid by application
by the Administrative Agent (for the account of the Issuing Bank) of any
payment that such Lender otherwise is entitled to receive under this
Agreement. Pending repayment, each such advance shall be secured by such
Lender's participation interest in the Letter of Credit drawn upon, the Letter
of Credit Liabilities arising therefrom and any security therefor, and the
Issuing Bank shall be subrogated to such Lender's rights hereunder in respect
thereof.

          2.4.5.    LENDERS' OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligation of each
Lender to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank,
its Percentage of each drawing under a Letter of Credit not indefeasibly repaid
by the Borrower shall be unconditional and irrevocable, shall not be subject to
any qualification or exception whatsoever, shall be made in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances and shall be
binding in accordance with the
                                       37

<PAGE>

terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the
following circumstances:


          (a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the
     Bond Documents or any other instrument, document or agreement relating to
     the transactions that are the subject thereof;

          (b)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that
     the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Lender may have at any time against any
     other, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender
     or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the Bond
     Documents, the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any related
     transactions;

          (c)  any draft, statement or other document presented under or in
     connection with any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan
     Document proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any
     respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

          (d)  the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance
     or observance of any of the terms of this Agreement;

          (e)  the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default;

          (f)  payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against
     presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms
     of the Letter of Credit, except for any such payment resulting from the
     Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct; or

          (g)  any other reason.

          2.4.6.     INFORMATION REGARDING LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITIES. Upon
request by the Administrative Agent from time to time, the Issuing Bank shall
advise the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as to the various amounts of
the outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities as shown on the records of the
Issuing Bank.

     2.5. BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

          2.5.1.    OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligations of the Borrower under
this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit and under any other agreement
or instrument relating to any Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and
irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and such other agreement or instrument under all


                                       38


<PAGE>


circumstances, to the extent permitted by law, including the following
circumstances:

          (a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Loan
     Documents, the Bond Documents or any other instrument, document or
     agreement relating to the transactions that are the subject thereof;

          (b)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
     other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Borrower in respect
     of the Letters of Credit or the Bonds or any other amendment or waiver of
     or any consent to departure from all or any of the Loan Documents or the
     Bond Documents;

          (c)  any exchange or release of, or the non-perfection of any Lien on
     any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to
     departure from any guaranty, for all or any of the Letter of Credit
     Obligations;

          (d)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that
     the Borrower or any Guarantor may have at any time against the Trustees,
     any beneficiary or any transferee of a Letter of Credit (or any Persons for
     whom the Trustees, any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be
     acting), any of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent,
     the Co-Agent or any other Person, whether in connection with the Loan
     Documents, the Bond Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or by
     the other Loan Documents, the Bond Documents or any unrelated transaction;

          (e)  any draft, statement or other document presented under or in
     connection with any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan
     Document proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any
     respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

          (f)  payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against
     presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms
     of the Letter of Credit, except for any such payment resulting from the
     Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct;

          (g)  any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the
     Issuing Bank; and

          (h)  any other circumstances or happening whatsoever, whether or not
     similar to any of the foregoing, that might otherwise constitute a defense
     available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Guarantor.


                                       39

<PAGE>

          2.5.2.    NO LIABILITY.  No action taken or omitted by the Issuing
Bank under or in connection with the Letters of Credit or the related
applications, agreements or certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith,
shall put the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender under any
resulting liability to the Borrower.

     2.6. INTEREST.

          2.6.1.    INTEREST RATE ON LOANS.  Subject to SECTION 2.6.3, the
unpaid principal balances of the Loans shall bear interest from their respective
Funding Dates through maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under applicable bankruptcy laws) at a
rate determined by reference to the Base Rate or LIBOR.  The applicable basis
for determining the rate of interest for Revolving Credit Loans shall be
selected by the Borrower at the time a Notice of Borrowing is given pursuant to
Section 2.2.4 or at the time a Notice of Conversion/Continuation is given
pursuant to SECTION 2.7.2. Each Letter of Credit Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan
unless and until converted to a LIBOR Loan as provided in SECTION 2.7. If on any
day any Loan is outstanding with respect to which notice has not been delivered
to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
specifying the basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day
such Loan shall bear interest determined by reference to the Base Rate.  The
Loans shall bear interest as follows:

          (a)  if a Base Rate Loan, then at a fluctuating rate per annum equal
     to the sum of the Base Rate, as it varies from time to time, plus the
     Applicable Base Rate Margin; or

          (b)  if a LIBOR Loan, then at a rate per annum equal to the sum of
     LIBOR plus the Applicable LIBOR Margin.

          2.6.2.    INTEREST RATE ON UNREIMBURSED DRAWS UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT.
The unpaid principal amount of all draws under the Letters of Credit (other than
draws that become Letter of Credit Loans pursuant to SECTION 2.3.4) not
immediately repaid pursuant to SECTION 3.2.1 shall bear interest from the date
of such drawing until the principal balance thereof is paid in full at the
Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans, but in no event to exceed the
Highest Lawful Rate.  Interest accruing pursuant to this SECTION 2.6.2 shall be
payable upon demand.

          2.6.3.    DEFAULT RATE.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the unpaid principal balances of the Loans
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any unpaid interest accrued in
respect of the Loans shall bear interest at the Default Rate, but in no event to
exceed the Highest Lawful Rate; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of LIBOR

                                       40

<PAGE>

Loans, upon the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such
increase in interest rate is effective, such LIBOR Loans shall thereupon become
Base Rate Loans and thereafter bear interest at the corresponding Default Rate,
but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.  Interest accruing pursuant
to this SECTION 2.6.3 shall be payable upon demand.


           2.6.4.   CONCLUSIVE DETERMINATION.  Each determination by the
Administrative Agent of an interest rate under this Agreement shall be
conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

     2.7. CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION.

          2.7.1.    OPTION TO CONVERT OR CONTINUE.  Subject to the provisions of
SECTION 2.14, the Borrower shall have the option (a) at any time to convert all
or any part of any outstanding Base Rate Loans in an aggregate minimum amount of
$5,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount from Base
Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans and (b) upon the expiration of any Interest Period
applicable to a specific Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, to continue all or any
portion of such Loans in an aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 and integral
multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount as LIBOR Loans, and the
succeeding Interest Period of such continued LIBOR Loans shall commence on the
expiration date of the Interest Period previously applicable thereto.

          2.7.2.    NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION.  The Borrower shall
deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent no later
than 11:00 a.m. (Eastern time) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of
the proposed conversion/continuation date.  A Notice of Conversion/Continuation
shall specify (a) the proposed conversion/continuation date (which shall be a
Business Day), (b) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted/continued, (c)
the nature of the proposed conversion/continuation, and (d) the requested
Interest Period.  In lieu of delivering a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the
Borrower may give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required
time of any proposed conversion/continuation under this SECTION 2.7; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation delivered to the Administrative Agent on or before the
proposed conversion/continuation date.  The execution and delivery of each
Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be deemed a representation and warranty
by the Borrower that the requested conversion/continuation may be made in
accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, this Agreement,
including those set forth in SECTIONS 2.7.1 and 2.14.1.


                                       41

<PAGE>

          2.7.3.    NOTICE TO THE LENDERS.  Promptly after receipt of a Notice
of Conversion/Continuation (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof), the
Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed conversion or
continuation.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lender shall incur any
liability to the Borrower in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above
that the Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a
duly authorized officer or other person authorized to act on behalf of the
Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith under this SECTION 2.7 and,
upon conversion/continuation by the Administrative Agent in accordance with
this Agreement pursuant to any telephonic notice, the Borrower shall have
effected a conversion/continuation of Loans hereunder.

          2.7.4.    NOTICE IRREVOCABLE.  Except as provided in SECTION 3.4.5, a
Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable on and after the related
Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to convert or
continue such Loan in accordance therewith.

          2.7.5.    AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.  In the event any LIBOR Loan is unpaid
upon the expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto and a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation has not been given in the manner provided in SECTION
2.7.2, such LIBOR Loan shall, effective as of the last day of such Interest
Period, become a Base Rate Loan.

     2.8. NOTES; RECORDS OF PAYMENTS.  Each Loan made by a Lender to the
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be evidenced by a Note payable to the
order of such Lender in an amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of the
aggregate amount of the Commitments.  Each Lender hereby is authorized to record
and endorse the date and principal amount of each Loan made by it, and the
amount of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest made to such
Lender with respect to such Loans, on a schedule annexed to and constituting a
part of such Lender's Note, which recordation and endorsement shall constitute
prima facie evidence of the Loans made by such Lender to the Borrower
and payments made by the Borrower to such Lender, absent manifest error;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) failure by any Lender to make any such recordation
or endorsement shall not in any way limit or otherwise affect the obligations of
the Borrower or the rights and remedies of the Lenders under this Agreement or
the Notes, and (b) payments of principal and interest on the Loans to the
Lenders shall not be affected by the failure to make any such recordation or
endorsement thereof.  In lieu of making recordation or endorsement, the Lenders
hereby are authorized, at their option, to record the payments or prepayments on
their respective books and records in accordance with their usual and customary
practice, which recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the Loans
made by the Lenders to the Borrower

                                       42

<PAGE>

and the payments and prepayments made by the Borrower to the Lenders, absent
manifest error.

     2.9. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S RIGHT TO ASSUME FUNDS AVAILABLE.  The
Administrative Agent may assume that each Lender has made the proceeds of its
Loans available to the Administrative Agent on the corresponding Funding Date in
the event the applicable conditions precedent to funding the
requested Loans set forth in ARTICLE 6 have been satisfied or waived in
accordance with SECTION 14.3, and the Administrative Agent, in its sole
discretion, may, but shall not be obligated to, advance all or any portion of
the amount of any requested Borrowing on such Funding Date to the Borrower prior
to receiving the proceeds of the corresponding Loans from the Lenders.  If the
Administrative Agent has advanced proceeds of any Loan to the Borrower on behalf
of any Lender and such Lender fails to make available to the Administrative
Agent its Percentage share of such Loan as required by SECTIONS 2.2 or 2.3.4,
the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from
such Lender.  If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the
Administrative Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall notify
the Borrower and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover from such Lender
interest at the Federal Funds Rate or any other rate customarily used by banks
for the correction of errors among banks, but in no event to exceed the Highest
Lawful Rate, on such amount so advanced on behalf of a Lender for each day from
the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the
Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, with
interest at the applicable rate for such Loan.  Nothing herein shall be deemed
to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill such Lender's Commitments
or to prejudice any rights that the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may
have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

     2.10.  USE OF PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans will
be used by the Borrower for the making of Permitted Acquisitions, for working
capital purposes and for other general corporate purposes, and will not be used
by the Borrower for any purpose prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or by
any law.  The proceeds of the Letter of Credit Loans will be used solely to
reimburse the Issuing Bank for amounts paid by it in respect of Tender Drafts
and will not be used by the Borrower for any purpose prohibited by the terms of
this Agreement or by any law.

     2.11.  CREDIT FEES.  In consideration for the obligations of the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders set forth herein, the
Borrower shall pay the following credit fees:


                                       43

<PAGE>

          2.11.1.   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S FEES.  Pursuant to one or more
separate agreements with the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall pay to the
Administrative Agent the fees and charges specified therein for the services of
the Administrative Agent in acting as such hereunder.

          2.11.2.   FACILITY INITIATION FEES.  In consideration of each Lender's
agreement to participate in the Facilities as provided herein, on the date
hereof the Borrower shall pay to each Lender a fee in an amount equal to
(a) fifteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.15%) of such Lender's Percentage
of the Commitments hereunder if such Lender's commitment to Borrower to
participate in the Facilities and in the $50,000,000 Credit Facility
was in an aggregate amount less than $25,000,000, (b) one-fourth of one percent
(0.25%) of such Lender's Percentage of the Commitments hereunder if such
Lender's commitment to Borrower to participate in the Facilities and in the
$50,000,000 Credit Facility was in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than
$25,000,000 but less than $50,000,000 or (c) three-eighths of one percent
(0.375%) of such Lender's Percentage of the Commitments if such Lender's
commitment to Borrower to participate in the Facilities and in the $50,000,000
Credit Facility was in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than $50,000,000.
Such fees shall be deemed fully earned and nonrefundable when due.

          2.11.3.   COMMITMENT FEES.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender in proportion to that
Lender's Percentage of the Commitments, annual commitment fees for the period
commencing on the date hereof to but excluding the Termination Date equal to the
average of the daily unused portion of the Commitments (I.E., the aggregate
amount of the Commitments LESS the aggregate amount of Loans and Letter of
Credit Liabilities outstanding) multiplied by the Applicable Commitment Fee
Percentage ("COMMITMENT FEES").  Commitment Fees shall be payable in quarter-
annual installments, in arrears, on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of
each year, commencing October 1, 1994, and on the Termination Date.

          2.11.4.   LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender in proportion to that
Lender's Percentage of the Commitments, annual letter of credit fees for the
period commencing on the date hereof to but excluding the Termination Date equal
to the average of the daily aggregate amount available to be drawn under Letters
of Credit multiplied by the Applicable Letter of Credit Fee Percentage ("LETTER
OF CREDIT FEES").  Letter of Credit Fees shall be payable in quarter-annual
installments, in arrears, on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each
year, commencing January 1, 1995, and on the Termination Date. Letter of
credit fees paid pursuant to the Previous Credit Agreement for the period
ending on September 30, 1994 shall be equitably adjusted among the Lenders.


                                       44

<PAGE>


          2.11.5.   OPENING FEES; AMENDMENT OR TRANSFER FEES; DRAWING FEES.
Pursuant to one or more separate agreements with the Issuing Bank, Borrower
shall pay to the Issuing Bank its fees for the issuance of Letters of Credit
pursuant to this Agreement, together with the normal and customary fees charged
by the Issuing Bank upon the establishment of any Letter of Credit, upon any
amendment or transfer of a Letter of Credit and upon the payment of any drawing
under any Letter of Credit.

      2.12.    COMPUTATIONS. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all
computations of fees and interest under this Agreement payable in respect of any
period shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a 360-day year,
in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but
excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such fees or interest
are payable.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such
Loan or the first day of an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be
included and the date of payment or the expiration date of an Interest Period,
as the case may be, shall be excluded; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a Loan is
repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day's interest shall be paid on
that Loan.

     2.13.   INTEREST AND FEES MARGINS.  For purposes of interest and fee
computations hereunder involving the Applicable Base Rate Margin, the Applicable
LIBOR Margin, the Applicable Letter of Credit Fee Percentage and the Applicable
Commitment Fee Percentage, such margins and percentages shall be determined as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Applicable       Applicable
               Applicable       Applicable       Letter of        Commitment
                 LIBOR          Base Rate        Credit Fee          Fee
Tier             Margin           Margin         Percentage       Percentage
- ----           ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
<S>            <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
 1               0.875%           0.000%           0.875%           0.200%
 2               1.125%           0.000%           1.125%           0.375%
 3               1.375%           0.000%           1.375%           0.375%
 4               1.625%           0.125%           1.625%           0.375%
</TABLE>


     Except as expressly hereinafter provided, the applicable tier at any time
shall be determined with reference to the Borrower's Funded Indebtedness to
EBITDA Ratio for the Last Four Fiscal Quarters, as follows:


                                       45

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Tier      Funded Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio
- ----      ------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>
1         Equal to or less than 2.0 to 1.0

2         Greater than 2.0 to 1.0 but less than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0

3         Greater than 2.5 to 1.0 but less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0

4         Greater than 3.0 to 1.0
</TABLE>

     Any adjustment in the margins set forth above shall take effect on the
first Pricing Tier Determination Date following the Last Four Fiscal Quarters as
to which such ratio was calculated.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, during such time as (i) the Hallmark
Acquisition Agreement remains in effect but the Hallmark Acquisition has not yet
been consummated or (ii) the Hallmark Acquisition has been consummated but the
Hallmark Requirement has not yet been satisfied, the applicable tier as
hereinabove set forth shall be calculated with reference to the Borrower's Net
Funded Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio.

     2.14.  SPECIAL PROVISIONS GOVERNING -LIBOR LOANS.  Notwithstanding other
provisions of this Agreement, the following provisions shall govern with respect
to LIBOR Loans as to the matters covered:

          2.14.1.   DETERMINATION OF INTEREST PERIOD.  By giving a Notice of
Borrowing pursuant to SECTION 2.2.4, the Borrower shall have the option, subject
to the other provisions of this SECTION 2.14.1, to specify whether the Interest
Period commencing on the date specified therein shall be a one, two, three or
six-month period; PROVIDED that:

          (a)  in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods, each
     successive Interest Period shall commence on the day on which the next
     preceding Interest Period expires;

          (b)  if any Interest Period otherwise would expire on a day that is
     not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to expire on the
     next succeeding Business Day; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any such Interest
     Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a
     day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in that month,
     that Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business
     Day;

          (c)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a
     calendar month (or on a day for which

                                       46

<PAGE>

     there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the
     end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to paragraphs (d), (e) and
     (f) below, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;

          (d)  no Interest Period may be chosen that would extend beyond any
     date upon which the Commitments are scheduled to be reduced under SECTION
     2.1.2 unless, after giving effect to such LIBOR Loan, the aggregate
     principal amount of Loans that are Base Rate Loans or that have Interest
     Periods that will expire on or before such date equals or exceeds the
     amount of any prepayment required pursuant to SECTION 3.1.2(b) in
     connection with such reduction in the Commitments;

          (e)  with respect to a Letter of Credit Loan, no Interest Period may
     be chosen that would extend beyond any date on which such Loan may be
     required to be repaid pursuant to SECTION 3.2.2; and

          (f)  no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Termination Date.

          2.14.2.   DETERMINATION OF INTEREST RATE.  As soon as is practicable
after 11:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the Interest Rate Determination Date, the
Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest
error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that
shall apply to the LIBOR Loans for which an interest rate is then being
determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice
thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to
each Lender.

          2.14.3.   INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATE.  In the event the
Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be
conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that by reason of circumstances
affecting the London interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and reasonable means
do not exist for ascertaining Base LIBOR, the Administrative Agent forthwith
shall give telephonic notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the
Borrower and to each Lender.  If such notice is given, and until such notice has
been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no additional LIBOR Loans shall be
made.

          2.14.4.   ILLEGALITY; TERMINATION OF COMMITMENT TO MAKE LIBOR LOANS.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, if any law, treaty, rule
or regulation or determination of a court or other governmental authority, or
any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall make
it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Loans, as contemplated by
this Agreement, then, and in any such



                                       47

<PAGE>

event, such Lender shall be an "AFFECTED LENDER" and shall promptly give
notice (by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly
transmit to each Lender in writing, or by telephone confirmed in
writing) of such determination, and the obligation of the Affected Lender to
make LIBOR Loans shall be terminated, and its obligation to maintain its LIBOR
Loans during such period shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the
termination of the last Interest Period then in effect or when required by law.
Thereafter, and until such notice has been withdrawn by the Affected Lender, the
Affected Lender shall have no obligation to make LIBOR Loans, and
any LIBOR Loans of the Affected Lender then outstanding shall be converted into
Base Rate Loans as of the end of the corresponding Interest Period for each.

          2.14.5.   LIBOR LOANS AFTER DEFAULT.  Unless all Lenders shall
otherwise agree, after the occurrence of and during the continuance of a Default
or an Event of Default, the Borrower may not elect to have a Loan be made or
continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Loan.

     2.15.  EXPENSES. The Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, on
demand, for all reasonable attorneys' and paralegals' fees and expenses of
counsel to the Administrative Agent, all fees and expenses for title, lien and
other public records searches, all filing and recordation fees and taxes, all
duplicating expenses, corporation search fees, appraisal fees and escrow agent
fees and expenses and all other customary fees and expenses incurred in
connection with (a) the negotiation, documentation and closing of the
transactions contemplated hereby, (b) the perfection of or the continued
perfection of the security interests contemplated hereby, and (c) the review and
preparation of any documentation in connection with, and the approval by the
Lenders of any matter for which the Lenders' approval is requested or required
hereunder.  The obligations described in this SECTION 2.15 regarding the payment
of expenses are independent of all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder,
shall survive the expiration or termination of the Commitments and shall be
payable regardless of whether the financing transactions contemplated by this
Agreement shall be consummated.

     2.16.  RATINGS OF THE ISSUING BANK AND THE LENDERS.

          (a)  If the long-term rating of the Issuing Bank shall fall below
    "All" as established by Standard & Poor's Corporation, then the Borrower may
     request that the Lenders replace the Issuing Bank and the Letters of Credit
     with a substitute Issuing Bank and substitute Letters of Credit issued
     thereby, having said credit rating.  Upon such request by the Borrower, the
     Lenders may make arrangements


                                       48

<PAGE>

     to replace the Issuing Bank and the Letters of Credit but shall be under
     no obligation hereunder to do so.

          (b)  If the long-term deposit rating of any Lender hereunder (or, in
     the event a Lender has no rating, the rating of its holding company) shall
     fall below Baa1 as established by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or BBB+
     as established by Standard & Poor's Corporation, then the Issuing Bank may
     require by written notice to such Lender that within ninety (90) days of
     the date of such written notice, such Lender shall (a) cause the issuance
     to the Issuing Bank of a letter of credit from a bank meeting one
     of the above-noted ratings and reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank,
     in the face amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of the aggregate
     Letter of Credit Liabilities, securing such Lender's obligations hereunder
     to the Issuing Bank (which bank may be a bank affiliated with such Lender),
     or (b) subject to the requirements of SECTION 13.2, assign its Commitments
     and participations in Letters of Credit to a Lender meeting one of the
     above-noted ratings and reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank.  If
     after such ninety (90) day period such Lender has not met either of the
     requirements of the foregoing sentence, the Issuing Bank may purchase all
     or any portion of such Lender's participation hereunder and such Lender
     shall cooperate in assigning such interest.

     2.17.  REPLACEMENT OR REMOVAL OF A LENDER.  If the Administrative Agent
receives a notice pursuant to SECTION 3.4.7 claiming compensation, reimbursement
or indemnity pursuant to SECTION 3.4 or SECTION 3.5, and the aggregate amount
of all such compensation, reimbursement or indemnity payments made or required
to be made by the Borrower pursuant to SECTION 3.4 or SECTION 3.5 to the
Lender giving notice is materially greater (as determined by the Borrower in
its reasonable judgment) than the weighted average amount of payments made or
required to be made to the other Lenders pursuant to SECTION 3.4 or
SECTION 3.5, or if the Administrative Agent receives a notice from an Affected
Lender pursuant to SECTION 2.14.4, then, so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may, within sixty
(60) days after receipt of any such notice, elect to terminate such Lender as
a party to this Agreement.  If the amount of such Lender's


                                       49

<PAGE>

Commitment, together with the amount of any other Commitments theretofore or
concurrently therewith to be reduced in accordance with this SECTION 2.17,
aggregates twenty-five percent (25%) or less of the aggregate Commitments, the
Borrower may elect either to replace such Lender with another financial
institution meeting one of the ratings set forth in SECTION 2.16(B) and
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (a
"REPLACEMENT LENDER") or to reduce the Commitments by the amount of the
Commitment of such Lender.  If the amount of such Lender's Commitment,
together with the amount of any other Commitments theretofore or concurrently
therewith to be reduced in accordance with this SECTION 2.17, aggregates in
excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Commitments, the Borrower
may elect to terminate such Lender only if, together with its notice of
termination, it provides to the Administrative Agent a commitment from a
Replacement Lender to replace the Commitment of the terminated Lender on the
terms and conditions set forth herein.  The Borrower's election to terminate a
Lender under this SECTION 2.17 shall be set forth in a written notice from the
Borrower to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to such Lender), setting
forth (i) the basis for termination of such Lender, (ii) whether the Borrower
intends to replace such Lender with a Replacement Lender or, if the Borrower
is not required to replace such Lender, to reduce the Commitments by the
amount of the Commitment of such Lender, and (iii) the date (not later than
thirty (30) days after the date of such notice) when such termination shall
become effective.  On the date on which such termination becomes effective,
(x) the Borrower and/or the Replacement Lender, as applicable, shall pay the
terminated Lender an amount equal to all principal, interest, fees and other
amounts owed to such Lender pursuant to this Agreement (including any amounts
owed under SECTIONS 3.4 and 3.5) through such date, and (y) there shall have
been received by the Administrative Agent an executed Assignment and
Acceptance and all other documents and supporting materials necessary, in the
reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, to evidence the substitution
of the Replacement Lender for such terminated Lender, or if there is no
Replacement Lender, to reflect the adjustment of the Commitments, including
any necessary or appropriate adjustments to the Lenders' Percentages
(adjustments to the Commitments and Percentages of the remaining Lenders to be
based upon the relative proportions of their respective Percentages) and the
correlative pro rata reduction of the amounts set forth in SECTION 2.1.2.


                                    ARTICLE 3

                     PAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS

     3.1. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO REPAYMENT OF LOANS.  Except as
specifically set forth in SECTION 3.2, the Loans shall be repaid as provided in
this SECTION 3.1.

          3.1.1.    INTEREST PAYMENTS. The interest accrued on each Loan shall
be payable on each Interest Payment Date applicable to such Loan, upon any
prepayment of any LIBOR Loan (to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid)
and at maturity.


                                       50

<PAGE>

          3.1.2.    PREPAYMENTS.

          (a)  VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS.  The Borrower may, upon not less than one
     (1) Business Day's prior written or telephonic notice confirmed in writing
     to the Administrative Agent (in the case of Base Rate Loans), and upon not
     less than three (3) Business Days' prior written or telephonic notice
     confirmed in writing to the Administrative Agent (in the case of LIBOR
     Loans) (each of which notices the Administrative Agent will promptly
     transmit to each Lender in writing, or by telephone confirmed in writing),
     at any time and from time to time prepay any Borrowing of Loans (as the
     Borrower may specify to the Administrative Agent) in whole or in part in
     integral multiples of $500,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that LIBOR Loans may
     only be prepaid in part if, after such prepayment, the unpaid portion of
     such Loans shall have aggregate minimum balances of $5,000,000; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER that, in connection with any prepayment of LIBOR Loans,
     the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to
     the Lenders, the accrued interest on such Loan required to be paid
     pursuant to SECTION 3.1.1 and any amounts required to be paid pursuant to
     SECTION 3.4.5;

          (b)  MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.  The Borrower shall make prepayments of
     Loans on each Scheduled Commitment Reduction Date required by the mandatory
     reduction in the Commitments made on that date and shall otherwise prepay
     Loans to the extent necessary so that the aggregate principal amount of
     Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities outstanding at any time does not
     exceed the Commitments then in effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in
     connection with any prepayment of LIBOR Loans, the Borrower shall pay to
     the Administrative Agent, for distribution to the Lenders, the accrued
     interest on such Loan required to be paid pursuant to SECTION 3.1.1 and any
     amounts required to be paid pursuant to SECTION 3.4.5; and

          (c)  APPLICATION OF PREPAYMENTS.  Any prepayment pursuant to this
     SECTION 3.1.2 shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent
     thereof before application to LIBOR Loans.

          3.1.3.    FINAL MATURITY OF LOANS.  In all events, the entire
aggregate principal balances of, all accrued and unpaid interest on and all fees
and other sums due and payable in respect of the Loans shall be due and payable
in full on the Termination Date if not sooner paid.


                                       51


<PAGE>


     3.2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO REPAYMENT OF DRAWINGS UNDER LETTERS OF
CREDIT AND LETTER OF CREDIT LOANS.

          3.2.1.    REPAYMENT OF AMOUNTS DRAWN UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT.  On each
day the Issuing Bank honors a drawing under a Letter of Credit (unless a Letter
of Credit Loan is made pursuant to SECTION 2.3.4), the Borrower shall, after the
Issuing Bank has honored such drawing, immediately reimburse the Issuing Bank
for the account of the Lenders, by 11:00 a.m. (Eastern time) (or as soon
thereafter as the drawing has been honored) in an amount equal to the amount of
such drawing.

          3.2.2.    REPAYMENT OF LETTER OF CREDIT LOANS WITH PROCEEDS OF
REMARKETING OF BONDS.  Immediately upon the remarketing of Bonds purchased
pursuant to any Tender Draft, the Borrower shall repay the corresponding Letter
of Credit Loans in an amount equal to the proceeds from such remarketing.  Upon
receipt by the Administrative Agent of any such repayment, and upon the
satisfaction of any other condition specified in the applicable Letter of
Credit, the Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Issuing Bank to reinstate a
portion of the Stated Amount (as defined in the corresponding Existing Letter
of Credit) equal to the amount of such repayment. Any amount held by a Tender
Agent or a Trustee as a result of the remarketing of Bonds pledged pursuant to
a Bond Pledge Agreement that is not delivered to the Issuing Bank shall be
paid to the Administrative Agent by such Tender Agent or Trustee to be applied
first to the corresponding Letter of Credit Loans and then to the
corresponding Letter of Credit Liabilities. Any such amounts received by the
Issuing Bank shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for application as
aforesaid.

          3.2.3.    CREDIT FOR INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL PAID ON PLEDGED BONDS. The
Borrower shall receive credit against the Letter of Credit Loans and Letter of
Credit Liabilities to the extent that the Issuing Bank or the Administrative
Agent receives any amounts actually paid by the Borrower in respect of the
principal and interest due in respect of Bonds pledged pursuant to the Bond
Pledge Agreements.  Such amounts received by the Issuing Bank shall be paid to
the Administrative Agent and shall be applied first to the corresponding
Letter of Credit Loans and then to the corresponding Letter of Credit
Liabilities.

     3.3. PAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS, ETC.

          3.3.1.    TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS.  Except as otherwise expressly
set forth herein, all payments of principal, interest and fees hereunder and
under the Notes shall be in lawful currency of the United States of America, in
immediately available (same day) funds, and delivered to the Administrative
Agent at its Lending Office for its account, the account of the Lenders or the
account of the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,

                                       52

<PAGE>

not later than 11:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the date due.  As soon as is
practicable thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall cause to be distributed
like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or fees ratably to
the Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages (other than
amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.11.1, 3.4 and 3.5 which are to be
distributed other than ratably). Funds received by the Administrative Agent
after the time specified in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be
deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

          3.3.2.    PAYMENTS ON NON-BUSINESS DAYS.  Whenever any payment to be
made hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day that is not
a Business Day, the payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day
and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment
of interest hereunder or under the Notes or of the fees payable hereunder, as
the case may be; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the day on which
payment relating to a LIBOR Loan is due is not a Business Day but is a day of
the month after which no further Business Day occurs in that month, then the due
date thereof shall be the next preceding Business Day.

          3.3.3.    APPORTIONMENT OF PAYMENTS.  Aggregated principal and
interest payments shall be apportioned among all outstanding Loans to which such
payments relate, and aggregated payments of Commitment Fees shall be apportioned
ratably among the Lenders, in each case proportionately to their respective
Percentages of the corresponding Loans and Commitments, as the case may be.  The
Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender at its Lending
Office its Percentage of all such payments received by the Administrative Agent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 3.3.3, if, pursuant to
the provisions of SECTION 2.14.4, any Notice of Borrowing is withdrawn as to any
Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its
Percentage of LIBOR Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in
apportioning payments received thereafter.

          3.3.4.    ASSUMPTION OF PAYMENTS MADE.  Unless the Administrative
Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which
any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders
hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the
Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full
to the Administrative Agent on such date and the Administrative Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such
due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If and to the
extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the
Administrative Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand such amount distributed

                                       53

<PAGE>


to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such
amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such
amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate, but in no event
to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.

          3.3.5.    APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  After the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, unless otherwise set forth in this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, all payments received by the
Administrative Agent from the enforcement of remedies under the Loan Documents
or otherwise with respect to the Obligations and not applied as provided in
SECTION 3.2.5 of the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement shall be applied (a) first,
to the payment of any fees, expenses, reimbursements or indemnities then due
from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent; (b) second, to the payment of
any fees, expenses, reimbursements or indemnities then due from the Borrower
to the Lenders, or any of them; (c) third, to the ratable payment of interest
due from the Borrower with respect to any of the Loans and fees in respect of
the Letters of Credit; (d) fourth, to the ratable payment of principal of any
of the Loans of the Borrower and all obligations of the Borrower to reimburse
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in respect of drawings under Letters of
Credit; (e) fifth, to be held as cash collateral by the Administrative Agent
for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, as security for outstanding Letter of
Credit Liabilities, and (f) sixth, after satisfaction of all Obligations under
the $50,000 Credit Agreement other than those described only in CLAUSE (e) of
Section 3.2.5 thereof, to pay all other Obligations. Requisite Lenders shall
determine whether the proceeds of the enforcement of remedies shall be applied
as provided in this Section 3.3.5 or as provided in Section 3.2.5 of the
$50,000,000 Credit Agreement.


     3.4. INCREASED COSTS, CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND TAXES.

          3.4.1.    INCREASED COSTS.  Except to the extent reimbursed pursuant
to other provisions of this SECTION 3.4, in the event that either (i) the
introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or
regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central
bank or other Governmental Authority (regardless of whether having the force of
law):

          (a)  does or shall subject any Lender to any additional income,
     preference, minimum or excise tax or to any additional tax of any kind
     whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit
     or any of the Loans or change the basis of taxation of payments to such
     Lender of principal, commitment fees, interest or any other amount payable
     hereunder (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall gross or
     net income of that Lender or its foreign branch, agency or subsidiary); or


                                       54

<PAGE>


          (b)  does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
     special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement
     against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the
     account of, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other
     acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (except, with respect to
     LIBOR Loans, to the extent that the reserve requirements are reflected in
     the definition of "LIBOR"); or

          (c)  does or shall impose on that Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to that Lender of
issuing or participating in the Letters of Credit or of making, renewing or
maintaining the Loans or the Commitments or to reduce any amount receivable
hereunder or thereunder; then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly
pay to such Lender, upon demand, such additional amounts as are sufficient to
compensate such Lender for any such additional cost or reduced amount received.

          3.4.2.    CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL.  If either (i) the
introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or
regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central
bank or other Governmental Authority (regardless of whether having the force of
law), affects or would affect in any way the amount of capital required or
expected to be maintained by any Lender or any corporation controlling such
Lender with the effect of reducing the rate of return on such capital to a
level below the rate that such Lender or such other corporation could have
achieved but for such introduction, change or compliance, and such Lender
reasonably determines that such reduction is based on the existence of such
Lender's Commitments hereunder and other commitments of this type, then upon
demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall further pay to such Lender from time
to time as specified by such Lender such additional amounts as are sufficient
to compensate such Lender or other corporation for such reduction.

          3.4.3.    CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS - LETTERS OF CREDIT.  If the Issuing
Bank or any Lender determines that either (i) the introduction of, or any change
in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with
any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority
(regardless of whether having the force of law), affects or would affect in any
way the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Issuing
Bank or such Lender or any corporation controlling the Issuing Bank or such
Lender with the effect of reducing the rate of return on such capital below the
rate that the Issuing Bank or such Lender or such other corporation could have
achieved but for such introduction, change

                                       55

<PAGE>


or compliance, and the Issuing Bank or such Lender reasonably determines that
such reduction is based on the existence of the Letters of Credit issued
hereunder and other commitments of this type, then upon demand by the Issuing
Bank or such Lender, the Borrower shall further pay to the Issuing Bank and
such Lender from time to time as specified by the Issuing Bank and such Lender
such additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate the Issuing Bank and
such Lender or other corporation for such reduction.

          3.4.4.    INCREASED RESERVES - LETTERS OF CREDIT.  If either (i) the
introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or
regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central
bank or other Governmental Authority (regardless of whether having the force of
law), shall either (a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
deposit or similar requirement against letters of credit or similar instruments
issued by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, the Issuing
Bank or any Lender or (b) impose on the Issuing Bank or any Lender any other
condition regarding this Agreement as it pertains to the Letters of Credit, or
any letter of credit, and the result of any event referred to in the preceding
CLAUSE (a) or (b) shall be to increase the cost to the Issuing Bank or any
Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or any participation
therein (which increase in cost shall be determined by the Issuing Bank's or
such Lender's, as the case may be, reasonable allocations of the aggregate of
such cost increases resulting from such event), then, upon demand by the
Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, the Borrower shall forthwith
pay to the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, from time to time
as specified by the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, such
additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate the Issuing Bank or such
Lender, as the case may be, for such increased cost.

          3.4.5.    BREAKAGE COSTS - LIBOR LOANS.  The Borrower shall indemnify
and hold each Lender free and harmless from all losses, liabilities and
reasonable expenses (including any loss sustained by that Lender in connection
with the re-employment of such funds), that such Lender may sustain: (a) if for
any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans
does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a
telephonic request for borrowing or a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR
Loans does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Conversion/
Continuation or in a telephonic request for conversion/continuation, (b) if any
prepayment of any of its LIBOR Loans occurs on a date that is not the last day
of an Interest Period, (c) if any prepayment of any of its LIBOR Loans is not
made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower or
(d) as a consequence of any other default by


                                       56

<PAGE>

the Borrower to repay its LIBOR Loans when required by the terms of this
Agreement.

          3.4.6.    LIBOR TAXES.  The Borrower shall indemnify and hold each
Lender free and harmless from, and shall pay, prior to the date on which
penalties attach thereto, all present and future income, stamp and other taxes,
levies or costs and charges whatsoever imposed, assessed, levied or collected on
or in respect of a Loan solely as a result of the interest rate being determined
by reference to LIBOR and/or the provisions of this Agreement related to LIBOR
and/or the recording, registration, notarization or other formalization of any
thereof and/or any payments of principal, interest or other amounts made on or
in respect of a Loan when the interest rate is determined by reference to LIBOR
(all such taxes, levies, costs and charges being herein collectively called
"LIBOR TAXES"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that LIBOR Taxes shall not include: taxes
imposed on or measured by the overall gross or net income of such Lender or any
foreign branch, agency or subsidiary of such Lender by the United States of
America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or
taxes on or measured by the overall gross or net income of that Lender or any
foreign branch, agency or subsidiary of that Lender by any foreign country or
subdivision thereof in which that Lender, branch, agency or subsidiary is doing
business.  The Borrower also shall indemnify and hold each Lender free and
harmless from, and shall pay such additional amounts equal to, increases in
taxes payable by that Lender described in the foregoing proviso that are
attributable to payments made by the Borrower described in the immediately
preceding sentence or this sentence.  Promptly after the date on
which payment of any such LIBOR Tax is due pursuant to applicable law, the
Borrower will, at the request of such Lender, furnish to such Lender evidence,
in form and substance satisfactory to such Lender, that the Borrower has met its
obligation under this SECTION 3.4.6; and the Borrower will indemnify each Lender
against, and reimburse each Lender on demand for, any LIBOR Taxes payable by
that Lender.  Such Lender shall provide the Borrower with appropriate receipts
for any payments or reimbursements made by the Borrower pursuant to this SECTION
3.4.6.

          3.4.7.    NOTICE OF INCREASED COSTS; PAYMENT.  Each Lender and the
Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the
Borrower) of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date
hereof, that entitles such Lender or the Issuing Bank to compensation,
reimbursement or indemnity pursuant to this SECTION 3.4 or SECTION 3.5, and
shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) a
certificate of such Lender or the Issuing Bank claiming compensation,
reimbursement or indemnity under this SECTION 3.4 or SECTION 3.5, setting
forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it
hereunder if not theretofore paid by Borrower as provided

                                       57

<PAGE>

in SECTION 3.5 (which certificate shall be presumed correct and binding in the
absence of manifest error).  In determining such amount, such Lender and the
Issuing Bank may use any reasonable averaging, attribution or allocation
methods.  Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice, the
Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to such
Lender, or to the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown to be due
and payable by such certificate.

     3.5. TAXES.

          3.5.1. TAXES GENERALLY.  Any and all payments by the Borrower or any
Guarantor hereunder or under the Notes or the other Loan Documents shall be
made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all
liabilities with respect to such payments (including interest, additions to
tax and penalties thereon), excluding, in the case of each Lender, the
Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, (i) taxes imposed on or measured by
its net income or, in the State of Tennessee, net assets, and franchise taxes
imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's Lending Office or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and (ii) withholding taxes
that are subject of SECTIONS 3.5.2 through 3.5.5. If the Borrower or any
Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct any such taxes from or in respect
of any sum payable hereunder or under any Note or any other Loan Document to
any Lender or the Administrative Agent, (a) the sum payable shall be increased
as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this SECTION 3.5) such
Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) shall receive an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been
made and (b) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant
taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.
If and to the extent that any Lender subsequently shall be refunded or
otherwise recover all or any part of any such deduction, it shall refund to
the Borrower the amount so recovered.

          3.5.2. WITHHOLDING TAX EXEMPTION. If any Lender is a "foreign
corporation" within the meaning of the Code, such Lender shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent either: (a) if such Lender qualifies for an exemption
from or a reduction of United States withholding tax under a tax treaty, a
properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service form 1001 before the
payment of any interest is due in the first calendar year and in each third
succeeding calendar year during which interest may be paid under this
Agreement, or (b) if such Lender qualifies for an exemption for interest paid
under this Agreement from United States withholding tax because it effectively
is connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two
properly

                                  58

<PAGE>

completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service form 4224 before the
payment of any interest is due in the first taxable year of such Lender, and
in each succeeding taxable year of such Lender, during which interest may be
paid under this Agreement, and (c) such other form or forms as may be required
or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to establish or
substantiate exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax
under the Code or other laws of the United States. Each such Lender agrees to
notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances that would
modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

          3.5.3. WITHHOLDING TAXES. If any Lender is entitled to a reduction
in the applicable withholding tax, the Administrative Agent may withhold from
any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable
withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or
other documentation required by SECTION 3.5.2 are not delivered to the
Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any
interest payment to any Lender not providing such forms or other
documentation, an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

          3.5.4. INDEMNIFICATION. If the Internal Revenue Service or any
authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the
Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for
the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered or
was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the
Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption
from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such
Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid,
directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise,
including penalties and interest, together with all expenses incurred,
including legal expenses, allocated staff costs, and any out-of-pocket
expenses.

          3.5.5. SUBSEQUENT LENDERS. If any Lender sells, assigns, grants
participations in or otherwise transfers it rights under the Agreement, the
participant shall comply and be bound by the terms of SECTIONS 3.5.2, 3.5.3
and 3.5.4 as though it were such Lender.

     3.6. BOOKING OF LOANS.  Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Loans at, to
or for the account of, any of its branch or agency offices, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that in the event that any Lender transfers its Loans to another branch or
agency office in a transaction that does not involve the transfer by such Lender
of any of its other loans to such branch or agency office, such Lender shall not
be entitled to reimbursement for additional costs or taxes with respect to such
Loans pursuant to SECTION 3.4


                                   59

<PAGE>

or SECTION 3.5 if the Borrower would be subject to additional liability under
SECTION 3.4 or SECTION 3.5 to which it would not be subject if such Lender's
Loans were maintained at the office at which such Loans were carried.

     The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) each Lender's method of
funding its Loans hereunder shall be in the sole discretion of such Lender, so
long as such funding complies with all applicable requirements of this
Agreement, and (b) for purposes of any determination to be made pursuant to
SECTIONS 2.14.4 or 3.4.5 of this Agreement, each Lender shall be presumed
conclusively to have funded its LIBOR Loans with the proceeds of Dollar
deposits obtained by such Lender in the interbank Eurodollar market.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    SECURITY

     4.1. INITIAL SECURITY.  The Obligations of the Borrower shall be secured
by:

          (a)  the Pledge Agreement;

          (b)  the Assignment and Security Agreement;

          (c)  the Bond Pledge Agreements; and

          (d)  the security interest in the Collateral Account herein granted in
     favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders,
     and the other Liens provided in this Agreement and the other Security
     Documents.

     4.2. FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Borrower and the Guarantors shall, and shall
cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, at their sole cost and expense,
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders all such further documents, instruments and agreements and perform all
such other acts that reasonably may be required in the opinion of the
Administrative Agent to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to
exercise and enforce their respective rights as the secured parties under the
Security Documents and to carry out the provisions or effectuate the purposes of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  To the extent permitted by
applicable law, the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby authorize the
Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders to file Financing Statements and
continuation statements with respect to the security interests granted or
assigned under the Security Documents and to execute such Financing Statements
and continuation statements on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their
respective Subsidiaries.  The Administrative Agent

                                       60

<PAGE>

shall furnish to the Borrower and the Guarantors copies of all such Financing
Statements and continuation statements filed by the Administrative Agent on
behalf of the Lenders pursuant to this SECTION 4.2.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                                    GUARANTY

     5.1. GUARANTY. Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and
irrevocably, jointly and severally, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders and the Issuing Bank the due and punctual payment and performance of all
of the Obligations (except to the extent such Guarantor is a Principal Obligor
on such Obligations), in each case as and when the same shall become due and
payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, mandatory prepayment or
otherwise, according to their terms.  In case of failure by a Principal Obligor
of any Obligation punctually to pay or perform such Obligation, each of the
Guarantors (other than a Principal Obligor on such Obligation) hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to cause such payment to be made
punctually as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at
maturity, by prepayment, declaration or otherwise, and to cause such performance
to be rendered punctually as and when due, in the same manner as if such payment
or performance were made by such Principal Obligor.  This guaranty is and shall
be a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely of collection.

     5.2. MAXIMUM GUARANTY LIABILITY,

          (a)  The Guarantors' respective obligations hereunder and under the
     other Loan Documents shall be in, but not in excess of, the maximum
     liability permitted under Applicable Bankruptcy Law (the "MAXIMUM GUARANTY
     LIABILITY").  To that end, but only to the extent such obligations
     otherwise would be subject to avoidance under Applicable Bankruptcy Law if
     any Guarantor is deemed not to have received valuable consideration, fair
     value or reasonably equivalent value for its obligations hereunder or under
     the other Loan Documents, each such Guarantor's respective obligations
     hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be reduced to that
     amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not render such Guarantor
     insolvent, or leave such Guarantor with an unreasonably small capital to
     conduct its business, or cause such Guarantor to have incurred debts (or to
     be deemed to have intended to incur debts), beyond its ability to pay such
     debts as they mature, at the time such obligations are deemed to have been
     incurred under Applicable Bankruptcy Law.  As used herein, the terms
     "insolvent" and "unreasonably small capital" shall likewise be


                                       61

<PAGE>

     determined in accordance with Applicable Bankruptcy Law.  This SECTION
     5.2 is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Lenders, the
     Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank hereunder and under the other
     Loan Documents to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Bankruptcy
     Law, and neither the Guarantors nor any other Person shall have any right
     or claim under this SECTION 5.2 that otherwise would not be available
     under Applicable Bankruptcy Law.

          (b)  Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations at any time
     and from time to time may exceed the Maximum Guaranty Liability of such
     Guarantor, and may exceed the aggregate Maximum Guaranty Liability of all
     Guarantors hereunder, without impairing this Guaranty or affecting the
     rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing
     Bank hereunder.

     5.3. CONTRIBUTION.  In the event any Guarantor (a "FUNDING GUARANTOR")
shall make any payment or payments under this Guaranty or shall suffer any loss
as a result of any realization upon any of its property granted as Collateral
under any Loan Document, each other Guarantor (each, a "CONTRIBUTING GUARANTOR")
shall contribute to such Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Contributing
Guarantor's "PRO RATA SHARE" of such payment or payments made, or losses
suffered, by such Funding Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof, each Contributing
Guarantor's Pro Rata Share with respect to any such payment or loss by a Funding
Guarantor shall be determined as of the date on which such payment or loss was
made by reference to the ratio of (a) such Contributing Guarantor's Maximum
Guaranty Liability as of such date (without giving effect to any right to
receive, or obligation to make, any contribution hereunder) to (b) the aggregate
Maximum Guaranty Liability of all Guarantors (including such Funding Guarantor)
as of such date (without giving effect to any right to receive, or obligation to
make, any contribution hereunder).  Nothing in this SECTION 5.3 shall affect
each Guarantor's several liability for the entire amount of the Guaranteed
Obligations (up to such Guarantor's Maximum Guaranty Liability).  Each Guarantor
covenants and agrees that its right to receive any contribution hereunder from a
Contributing Guarantor shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to
all the Guaranteed Obligations.

     5.4. GUARANTY UNCONDITIONAL.  The obligations of each Guarantor under this
ARTICLE 5 shall be continuing, unconditional and absolute and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise
affected by:

          (a)  any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release
     in respect of any Obligation of the


                                       62

<PAGE>

     Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, by operation of
     law or otherwise;

          (b)  any modification or amendment or supplement to this Agreement or
     any other Loan Document;

          (c)  any modification, amendment, waiver, release, non- perfection or
     invalidity of any direct or indirect security, or of any guaranty or other
     liability of any third party, for any Obligation of the Borrower under this
     Agreement or any other Loan Document;

          (d)  any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of
     the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any insolvency, bankruptcy,
     reorganization or other similar case or proceeding affecting the Borrower
     or any Guarantor or any of their respective assets, or any resulting
     release or discharge of any Obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement
     or any other Loan Document;

          (e)  the existence of any claim, set-off or other right that any
     Guarantor at any time may have against the Borrower, the Administrative
     Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person,
     whether or not arising in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
     Document;

          (f)  any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the
     Borrower for any reason of the whole or any provision of this Agreement or
     any other Loan Document, any Bond Document or any provision of Applicable
     Bankruptcy Law purporting to prohibit the payment or performance by the
     Borrower of any Obligation, or the payment by the Borrower of any other
     amount payable by it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

          (g)  any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the
     Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank, any
     Lender or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever that might
     but for the provisions of this SECTION 5.4 constitute a legal or equitable
     discharge of the obligations of any Guarantor under this ARTICLE 5.

     5.5. DISCHARGE ONLY UPON PAYMENT IN FULL; REINSTATEMENT IN CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES.  Each Guarantor's obligations under this ARTICLE 5 shall remain
in full force and effect so long as any Obligations are unpaid or outstanding,
any Obligation under the Loan Documents is not performed or any of the
Commitments are in effect.  If at any time any payment of the Obligations or any
other amount payable by the Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents is rescinded or otherwise must be restored

                                       63

<PAGE>

or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or
otherwise, each Guarantor's obligations under this ARTICLE 5 with respect to
such payment shall be reinstated at such time as though such payment had become
due but not been made at such time.

     5.6. WAIVER.  Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof,
presentment, demand, protest, notice of any breach or default by the Borrower
and any other notice not specifically provided for herein, as well as any
requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the
Borrower or any other Person or any Collateral granted as security for the
Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations.  Each Guarantor hereby specifically
waives any right to require that an action be brought against the Borrower or
any other Principal Obligor with respect to the Obligations under the provisions
of Title 47, Chapter 12, Tennessee Code Annotated, as the same may be amended
from time to time.

     5.7. WAIVER OF REIMBURSEMENT, SUBROGATION, ETC.  Each Guarantor hereby
waives to the fullest extent possible as against the Borrower and its assets any
and all rights, whether at law, in equity, by agreement or otherwise, to
subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement, contribution, exoneration or any other
similar claim, right, cause of action or remedy that otherwise would arise out
of such Guarantor's performance of its obligations to the Administrative Agent
or any Lender under this ARTICLE 5. The preceding waiver is intended by the
Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders to be for the benefit of the Borrower or any of its successors and
permitted assigns as an absolute defense to any action by any Guarantor against
the Borrower or its assets that arises out of such Guarantor's having made any
payment to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender with respect
to any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

     5.8. STAY OF ACCELERATION.  If acceleration of the time for payment of any
amount payable by the Borrower under this Agreement is stayed upon the
insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, all such amounts
otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Agreement shall
nonetheless be payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the
Administrative Agent as directed by Requisite Lenders.

     5.9. SUBORDINATION OF INDEBTEDNESS.  Any indebtedness of the Borrower for
borrowed money now or hereafter owed to any Guarantor is hereby subordinated in
right of payment to the payment by the Borrower of the Obligations such that if
a default in the payment of the Obligations shall have occurred and be
continuing, any such indebtedness of the Borrower owed to any Guarantor, if
collected or received by such Guarantor, shall be

                                       64

<PAGE>

held in trust by such Guarantor for the holders of the Obligations and be paid
over to the Administrative Agent for application in accordance with this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     5.10.  RELEASE OF PERMITTED MINORITY-INTEREST SUBSIDIARIES.  Upon the
request of a Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary, described in CLAUSE (A)
or CLAUSE (B) of the definition of "Permitted Minority - Interest Subsidiary",
the Administrative Agent shall release such Subsidiary from its duties and
obligations to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which such Subsidiary is a party, and if such Subsidiary is not a
First-Tier Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent
also shall release the Lenders' security interest in any Pledged Notes made by
such Subsidiary; PROVIDED that at the times of such request and releases no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
from such releases.

          5.11.  CERTAIN OTHER RELEASES. In the event that any asset sale
permitted under SECTION 9.4(f) consists in whole or in part of the sale of all
of the capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) a Subsidiary that is
owned by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, upon the
request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall release the Subsidiary
whose stock (or other ownership interests in) has (have) been sold from any
duties and obligations to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents to which such Subsidiary may be a party; PROVIDED that (a) at
the times of such request and releases any Indebtedness evidenced by a Pledged
Note made by such Subsidiary has been fully satisfied, and (b) no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such
releases.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     6.1. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL LOANS AND OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.  The
obligations of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, the obligations of
the Lenders to purchase participations in Letters of Credit and the obligations
of the Lenders to make the Loans are all subject to the satisfaction by the
Borrower and the Guarantors, to the extent not waived by the Lenders, of the
following conditions precedent, except to the extent that any of such
conditions are to be satisfied after the date hereof pursuant to SECTION 8.20:

          6.1.1.   DELIVERIES TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.  The Administrative
Agent shall have received, for the ratable benefit of each Lender (and in such
number of original counterparts or copies as the Administrative Agent reasonably
may specify), each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders and their
respective counsel:

          (a)  AGREEMENT. Counterpart originals of this Agreement, each duly and
     validly executed and delivered by or on behalf of all the appropriate
     parties thereto;

          (b)  NOTES.  The Notes, each duly and validly executed and delivered
     on behalf of the Borrower;

          (c)  SECURITY DOCUMENTS.  The Pledge Agreement, the Assignment and
     Security Agreement, the Bond Pledge Agreements and all of the other
     Security Documents, each duly and validly executed and delivered by or on
     behalf of all the appropriate parties thereto, together with (i)
     acknowledgment copies of the financing statements duly filed under the
     Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions

                                       65

<PAGE>

necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect
the security interests created by such Security Documents and (ii) evidence of
the public recordation or filing of such of the Security Documents as the
Administrative Agent deems it necessary or desirable to record or file publicly,
in such offices as the Administrative Agent shall require;

     (d)  PLEDGED STOCK.  Certificates evidencing the Pledged Stock, together
with an appropriate stock power for each certificate, duly executed in blank by
the Borrower or the appropriate Guarantor, as the case may be;

     (e)  PLEDGED NOTES.  The Pledged Notes, together with appropriate
instruments of assignment attached thereto, duly endorsed in blank by the
Borrower or the appropriate Guarantor, as the case may be;

     (f)  PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST.  Evidence of Lien searches, through a
date satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, showing no Liens affecting the
Collateral other than Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable
benefit of the Lenders in connection herewith;

     (g)   BOND DOCUMENTS.  If requested by the Administrative Agent, copies of
the Bond Documents and all amendments thereto, each duly and validly executed
and delivered on behalf of the appropriate parties thereto;

     (h)  CHARTER DOCUMENTS.  Copies of the articles or certificates of
incorporation of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, certified by the
Secretary of State or other appropriate public official in each jurisdiction of
incorporation, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders;

     (i)  BYLAWS.  Copies of the bylaws, and all amendments thereto, of the
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, together with certificates of the
respective Secretaries or Assistant Secretaries of the Borrower and each of such
Subsidiaries, dated the date hereof, stating that such copy is complete and
correct;

     (j)  GOOD STANDING AND AUTHORITY.  Certificates of the appropriate
governmental officials of each jurisdiction as the Administrative Agent
reasonably may request, dated within ten (10) days of the date hereof, stating
that the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries exists, is in good standing with
respect to the payment of franchise and similar taxes and is duly qualified to
transact business therein;

                                       66


<PAGE>

     (k)  INCUMBENCY.  Certificates of the respective Secretaries or Assistant
Secretaries of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, dated the date hereof,
as to the incumbency and signature of all officers of the Borrower or such
Guarantor authorized to execute or attest to this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or each such Guarantor is a party,
together with evidence of the incumbency of each such Secretary or Assistant
Secretary;

     (1)  RESOLUTIONS.  With respect to the Borrower and each of the Guarantors
(i) copies of the resolutions authorizing, approving and ratifying this
Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents and
the transactions contemplated herein and therein, duly adopted by the respective
boards of directors of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, together with
(ii) certificates of the respective Secretaries or Assistant Secretaries of the
Borrower and each of the Guarantors, dated the date hereof, stating that each
such copy is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted at a meeting,
or by action taken on written consent, of the board of directors of the Borrower
or such Guarantor and that such resolutions have not been modified, amended,
rescinded or revoked in any respect and are in full force and effect as of the
date hereof;

     (m)   LEGAL OPINIONS OF THE BORROWER'S AND GUARANTORS' COUNSEL.  The
favorable legal opinion of Messrs.  Boult, Cummings, Conners & Berry, counsel to
the Borrower and the Guarantors, dated the date hereof, and addressed to the
Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT 6.1.1A, together with a letter from the Borrower and the Guarantors to
such counsel, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 6.1.1B, requesting each such
counsel to deliver its opinion to the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the
Lenders and the Issuing Bank;

     (n)  EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS.  If requested by the Administrative Agent,
(i) a copy of each indenture, loan agreement, guaranty, promissory note or other
evidence of Indebtedness (together with all modifications, amendments,
restatements or supplements thereto) to which the Borrower, the Guarantors or
their respective Subsidiaries are parties constituting a liability (contingent
or otherwise) equal to or in excess of $1,000,000, the terms and conditions of
which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) a report
certified by the chief executive officers of the Borrower and each of the
Guarantors describing any default or failure of performance or any event that
with the giving of notice of, or the lapse of time, or both, would become a
default by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of

                                       67

<PAGE>

their respective Subsidiaries under any of such documents, instruments or
agreements;

     (o)  JUNE 30, 1994 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The final June 30, 1994
unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income
and consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and of cash flows for the
Fiscal Quarter then ended, together with a calculation of the financial ratios
and covenants contained in this Agreement after giving effect to the
transactions that are the subject hereof, in each case certified by the
Borrower's principal financial officer;

     (p)  OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE.  A certificate of the principal financial
officer of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, dated the date hereof,
stating that (i) each of the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE
7 is true and correct at and as of the date hereof with the same force and
effect as if made on such date, (ii) all obligations, covenants, agreements and
conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed or satisfied by the
Borrower or such Guarantor on or prior to the date hereof have been performed or
satisfied in all respects, (iii) since June 30, 1994, there has been no material
adverse change in the properties, businesses or results of operations or in the
actual or prospective financial or other condition of the Borrower or any
Guarantor and (iv) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is occurring,
and in addition setting forth in such detail as shall be required by the Lenders
calculations showing that as of the date hereof and after giving effect to the
transactions that are the subject hereof the Borrower and the Guarantors are in
compliance with ARTICLE 10;

     (q)  NO DEFAULT CERTIFICATE.  A certificate duly executed by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower, certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists
as of the date hereof;

     (r)   SOLVENCY CERTIFICATES. (i) A solvency certificate of a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT 6.1.1C hereto and
(ii) a solvency certificate of the Responsible Officer of each Guarantor, in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT 6.1.1D (collectively, the "SOLVENCY
CERTIFICATES");

     (s)  TRUSTEE CERTIFICATES.  Certificates from the Series A and Series B
Trustee, the Fulton Trustee and the Olive Branch Trustee in the form of Exhibit
6.1.1E, 6.1.1F and 6.1.1G, respectively;

                                       68

<PAGE>

          (t)  CONSENTS.  Evidence that the Borrower and each Guarantor have
     obtained all requisite consents and approvals required to be obtained from
     any Person to permit the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
     Notes and the other Loan Documents to be consummated in accordance with
     their respective terms and conditions; and

          (u)  OTHER MATTERS.  All other documents, instruments, agreements,
     opinions, certificates, insurance policies, consents and evidences of other
     legal matters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
     Agent and its counsel, as the Administrative Agent reasonably may request.

          6.1.2.     COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CARE LAWS.  The Borrower, the
Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries shall not be in violation of, or
have received notice of any violation of, any health care regulatory conditions
or standards of licensure or any other applicable legal requirements, including
any building, zoning, occupational safety and health, health care, pension,
environmental control, certificate of need, Medicare, Medicaid or insurance
fraud or similar law, ordinance or regulation relating to its structure or
equipment, or the operation thereof or of its business, or any applicable fair
employment, equal opportunity or similar law, ordinance or regulation, if such
violation or non-compliance could have a material adverse effect on the
properties, business, prospectus, results of operations, management or
financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, and if requested by the Administrative Agent the Borrower, the
Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries shall have furnished to the
Administrative Agent and Lenders copies of all required approvals (including
required operating licenses and permits) of any Governmental Authority, JCAHO
and American Osteopathic Hospital Association accreditation and Medicare and
Medicaid certification.

          6.1.3.   ACTIONS RELATING TO PREVIOUS CREDIT AGREEMENT.  All
promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness executed and delivered by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Previous Credit Agreement
shall have been returned for cancellation to First Union, as the agent for the
lenders under the Previous Credit Agreement, all security and collateral
documents executed and delivered in connection with the Previous Credit
Agreement (including mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, pledge
agreements, assignments, UCC financing statements and guaranties) shall have
been released terminated and/or assigned to the Administrative Agent, as
appropriate, and First Union, as the agent for the lenders under the Previous
Credit Agreement, shall have certified to the Administrative Agent that the
foregoing actions have been taken.


                                       69

<PAGE>

          6.1.4.   NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  Since June 30, 1994, no
material adverse change, as determined by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Lenders, in their sole discretion, shall have occurred in the
properties, businesses or results of operations, or in the actual or
prospective financial or other condition of the Borrower, the Guarantors or
any of their respective Subsidiaries.

          6.1.5.   NO MATERIAL MISREPRESENTATION.  No material
misrepresentation or omission shall have been made by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any Guarantor to the Lenders with respect to the Borrower's or such
Guarantor's business operations or financial or other condition.

          6.1.6.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  No action, suit, proceeding or
investigation shall be pending before or threatened by any court or Governmental
Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or that may have
a material adverse effect (as determined by the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders, in their sole discretion) on the Borrower's or any
Guarantor's business operations or financial or other condition.

     6.2. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT.  The
obligations of each of the Lenders to make any Loans (including Loans used to
refinance or repay other Loans) or to purchase participations in Letters of
Credit on any date (including the date hereof), and the obligations of the
Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit on any date (including the date
hereof), are subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth below in
this SECTION 6.2. Each request for Loans or for a Letter of Credit hereunder
shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank and each such Lender, as
of the date of the making of such Loans or the issuance of such Letter(s) of
Credit, that the conditions in this SECTION 6.2 have been satisfied.

          6.2.1.   SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL LOANS OF
LETTER OF CREDIT. The conditions precedent set forth in SECTION 6.1 shall
have been satisfied.

          6.2.2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and
warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in this Agreement, the
Notes and the other Loan Documents and in any certificate, opinion or other
statement provided at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor
in connection herewith shall be true and correct on and as of the date of the
making of such Loans or the issuance of such Letter(s) of Credit as if made on
and as of such date, except for such changes as are permitted by the terms of
this Agreement.




                                       70

<PAGE>

          6.2.3.   NO DEFAULT OR EVENT OF DEFAULT.  No Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the requested
Borrowing or Letter of Credit issuance or after giving effect to such Borrowing
or Letter of Credit issuance.

           6.2.4.   NO VIOLATIONS.  No law or regulation shall prohibit the
making of the requested Loan or the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit
and no order, judgment or decree of any court or Governmental Authority shall,
and no litigation shall be pending that in the judgment of the Administrative
Agent or Requisite Lenders would, enjoin, prohibit or restrain any Lender or the
Issuing Bank from making a requested Loan or the Issuing Bank from issuing a
requested Letter of Credit.

          6.2.5.   PROCEEDINGS SATISFACTORY.  All proceedings in connection
with the making of any Loan, the issuance of any Letter of Credit and the other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Loan Documents and all
documents incidental thereto shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such information and such
counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the
Administrative Agent reasonably may request.


                                    ARTICLE 7

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     In order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank
and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans, to issue the
Letters of Credit and to provide the other financial accommodations provided for
herein, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors hereby make the following
representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Lender:

     7.1.  EXISTENCE AND POWER.  The Borrower, each of the Guarantors and each
of their respective Subsidiaries are corporations duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction indicated next
to the name of such entity on SCHEDULE 7.1. The Borrower, each of the Guarantors
and each of their respective Subsidiaries have the corporate power and authority
and the legal right to own and operate their respective properties and assets,
to lease the properties and assets they operate under lease and to carry on
their respective businesses as they are now being conducted and intended to be
conducted, and are duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation
in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which their ownership,
lease or operation of property or the conduct of their respective businesses


                                       71

<PAGE>
requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to qualify to
transact business would not have a material adverse effect on the properties,
business, results of operation or financial or other condition of the Borrower,
such Guarantor or such Subsidiary.

      7.2.     AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  The Borrower, each
of the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries (a) have the
corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement
and such of the Loan Documents and the Bond Documents to which each is a party
and to enter into and perform their respective obligations hereunder and
thereunder, and (b) have taken all necessary corporate action on the part of
each to authorize the execution and delivery of such documents, instruments and
agreements and the performance of their respective obligations hereunder and
thereunder.  This Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents have been
duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower, each of the
Guarantors and such of their respective Subsidiaries as are parties to such
Loan Documents, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations,
enforceable against the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective
Subsidiaries as are parties hereto or thereto in accordance with their
respective terms.

     7.3. NO CONSENTS.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 7.3, all necessary
consents, approvals and authorizations of, filings with and acts by or with
respect to all Governmental Authorities and other Persons required to be
obtained, made or taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby
or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents (a) have been obtained, made
or taken and (b) remain in effect.

     7.4. NO CONFLICT.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes
and the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of
the proceeds thereof and the performance by the Borrower, the Guarantors and
their respective Subsidiaries as are parties to the Loan Documents of their
respective obligations (including the operation of their respective health care
facilities) (a) do not conflict with or violate any Requirement of Law or any
Contractual Obligation of the Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary,
except to the extent that any such violation or conflict would not have a
material adverse effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of
operations, management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (b) do not conflict with, constitute a
default or require any consent under, or result in the creation of any Lien
upon any property or assets of the Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary
pursuant to any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower, such Guarantor or such
Subsidiary.


                                       72

<PAGE>

     7.5.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; SOLVENCY.

          (a)  The consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and the related consolidated
     statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the Fiscal
     Year then ended, together with the opinion of Arthur Andersen & Co. with
     respect thereto, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative
     Agent, are complete and correct and fairly present the assets, liabilities
     and consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     as at such date and the consolidated results of their operations and
     their cash flow for the Fiscal Year then ended.  The unaudited
     consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1994, and the related unaudited consolidated
     and consolidating statements of income and shareholders' equity and
     statements of cash flows for the six-month period ended on such date,
     certified by a Responsible Officer, copies of which have been furnished
     to the Administrative Agent, are complete and correct and fairly (except
     for the absence of footnotes) present the assets, liabilities and
     consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of their operations and their
     cash flow for the six-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end
     adjustments).  All such financial statements, including the related
     schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in compliance with GAAP
     applied consistently throughout the periods involved, and the patient
     accounts receivable recorded in all such financial statements accurately
     reflect the reimbursable amounts under all Third Party Payor Programs in
     which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries participates and are net of
     contractual adjustments.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
     has any material Indebtedness, obligation or other unusual forward or long-
     term commitment that is not fairly reflected in the foregoing financial
     statements or in the notes thereto.

          (b)  After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement, the making of Loans hereunder, the issuance
     of Letters of Credit hereunder, the incurrence by the Borrower of the
     Obligations and the incurrence by the Guarantors of the Guaranteed
     Obligations, each of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective
     Subsidiaries is Solvent.

     7.6. ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  Except as otherwise set forth in SCHEDULE 7.6,
there are no actions, suits, proceedings or other litigation (including
proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority) pending or
threatened against or affecting the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their
respective Subsidiaries, nor to the knowledge of the Borrower


                                       73

<PAGE>

and the Guarantors is there any basis therefor, (a) that challenge the
validity or propriety of the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) that could,
if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, have a material
adverse effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of
operations, management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (c) that could affect the ability of the
Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to perform its
obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents to
which it is a party.

      7.7.      NO DEFAULT.  Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor nor any of
their respective Subsidiaries is in default (nor has any event occurred that
with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default) under any
Contractual Obligation of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries, if such default or event could have a material adverse effect on
the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or
financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or on the ability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the
Notes or the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.  No Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing.

     7.8. SECURITY DOCUMENTS.  The Security Documents create  in favor of the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the ratable benefit
of the Lenders valid, perfected, first priority security interests in the
Collateral subject to no prior Liens.  The security interests granted in favor
of the Administrative Agent as contemplated by this Agreement and the Security
Documents do not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under the Federal Bankruptcy
Code or any applicable state law.

     7.9.  CAPITAL STOCK.  The capitalization of the Borrower, the Guarantors
and their respective Subsidiaries consists of such number of shares, authorized,
issued and outstanding, of such classes and series, with or without such par
value, as are set forth in SCHEDULE 7.1. All such outstanding shares have been
duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.  There
are no outstanding stock purchase warrants, subscriptions, options, securities,
instruments or other rights of any type or nature whatsoever that are
convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise provide for the issuance of
capital stock of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries, except as described in SCHEDULE 7.1.

     7.10.     TAXES.  The Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective
Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that were required to be filed in any
jurisdiction and have paid all taxes shown thereon to be due or otherwise due
upon the Borrower, the Guarantors, their respective Subsidiaries or their
respective



                                   74

<PAGE>

properties, income or franchises, including interest, assessments,
fees and penalties, or have provided adequate reserves for the payment thereof.
To the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors, no claims are threatened,
pending or being asserted with respect to, or in connection with, any return
referred to in this SECTION 7.10 that, if adversely determined, could have a
material adverse effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of
operations, management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or could affect the ability of the Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to perform its obligations
under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents to which it is a
party.

     7.11.     NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS.  No Contractual Obligation of the
Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and no
Requirement of Law relating to or otherwise affecting the Borrower, the
Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective
properties, businesses or operations, materially and adversely affects, or
insofar as any of them may reasonably foresee could so affect, the properties,
businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or financial or other
condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or could
affect the ability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

     7.12.     JUDGMENTS.  There are no outstanding or unpaid judgments against
the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

     7.13.     SUBSIDIARIES.  Each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the
Guarantors as of the date hereof is set forth in SCHEDULE 7.1. Each such
Subsidiary, with the exception of Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiaries, is
wholly owned by the Borrower or a Guarantor.  The Borrower and/or one or more
of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries collectively own not less than eighty and
one-tenth percent (80.1%) of the outstanding shares of each class of the
capital stock of each First-Tier Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary, and
each other Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary is wholly owned by its
parent corporation. SCHEDULE 7.1 also shows as of the date hereof as to each
such Subsidiary the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, the number
of shares of each class of capital stock outstanding, the direct owner of the
outstanding shares of each such class owned, and the jurisdictions in which
such Subsidiary is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation.

     7.14.     ERISA.  No "prohibited transaction" or "accumulated funding
deficiency" (each as defined in ERISA) or Reportable Event has occurred with
respect to any Single Employer Plan, or



                                       75


<PAGE>

to the knowledge of Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to any
Multi-Employer Plan.  As of the most recent actuarial valuation of any such
Plan, the actuarial present value of all benefits under each Plan (based on
those assumptions used to fund the Plan) does not exceed the fair market value
of the assets of the Plan allocable to such benefits.  The Borrower, the
Guarantors, their respective Subsidiaries and each Commonly Controlled Entity
are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

      7.15.    MARGIN SECURITIES.  None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any
of their respective Subsidiaries is engaged principally in, nor has as one of
its most important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying "margin stock" as that term is defined in Regulation U
promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as now in
effect.  No part of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or the Bonds, or
otherwise created in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or
the Bond Documents, shall be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of
purchasing any such margin stock.  If requested by the Administrative Agent or
any of the Lenders, the Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Administrative Agent and each such Lender a statement, in conformity with the
requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U, to the
foregoing effect.

     7.16.     INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.  None of the Borrower, the Guarantors or
any of their respective Subsidiaries is an "investment company," or company
"controlled" by an investment company within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as now in effect.

     7.17.     INDEBTEDNESS AND CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS.  Set forth on SCHEDULE
7.17A hereto is a complete and correct list of all Indebtedness (other than
Contingent Obligations, Indebtedness incurred under the Loan Documents or the
$50,000,000 Credit Agreement, trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of
business and obligations under Operating Leases) of the Borrower, each
Guarantor and each of their respective Subsidiaries and the aggregate
principal amount thereof outstanding on the date hereof.  Set forth on
SCHEDULE 7.17B is a complete and correct list of all Contingent Obligations
(other than any Contingent Obligations created under the Loan Documents or the
$50,000,000 Credit Agreement) of the Borrower, each Guarantor and each of
their respective Subsidiaries and the aggregate amount thereof outstanding on
the date hereof.

     7.18.     BUSINESS LOCATIONS AND TRADE NAMES.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 7.18A
is a complete and correct list of the locations where each of the Borrower, the
Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries maintain their respective chief
executive offices,


                                       76

<PAGE>

their principal places of business, an office, a place of business or any
material financial records.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 7.18B is a
complete and correct list of each name under or by which each of the Borrower,
the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries presently conducts its business
or has conducted its business during the past seven years.

     7.19.     TITLE TO ASSETS.  The Borrower, the Guarantors and their
respective Subsidiaries have good and marketable title (or good and marketable
leasehold interests with respect to leased property) to all their respective
assets (including all assets constituting a part of the Collateral and all
assets reflected in the unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the
six-month period ended June 30, 1994), subject to no Liens other than
Permitted Liens.

     7.20.      LABOR MATTERS.  There are no disputes or controversies pending
between the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries and their
respective employees, the outcome of which may have a material adverse effect on
the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or
financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.

     7.21.     BUSINESS.  There is no pending or threatened claim or litigation
against or affecting the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective
Subsidiaries contesting the right of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their
respective Subsidiaries to conduct their businesses as presently conducted or as
proposed to be conducted, and there are no other facts or circumstances that
have had or may have a material adverse effect on the properties, businesses,
prospects, results of operations, management or financial or other condition of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     7.22.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a)
have not been, are not and will not be in violation of any Requirement of Law
binding upon the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries or
their respective properties and assets, including any health care regulatory
conditions or standards of licensure or any other applicable legal requirements,
including any building, zoning, occupational safety and health, health care,
pension, environmental control, certificate of need, Medicare, Medicaid or
insurance fraud or similar law, ordinance or regulation relating to their
properties or the operation thereof or of their businesses, or any applicable
fair employment, equal opportunity or similar law, ordinance or regulation, (b)
have not failed to obtain any license, permit, certificate or other governmental
authorization necessary for the conduct of their businesses or the ownership and
operation of their properties, (c) have not received any notice from any
Governmental Authority, and to their knowledge no


                                       77

<PAGE>

such notice is pending or threatened, alleging that the Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries has violated, or has not
complied with, any Requirement of Law, condition or standard applicable with
respect to any of the foregoing, and (d) are not a party to any agreement or
instrument, or subject to any judgment, order, writ, rule, regulation, code or
ordinance, except where any violation, noncompliance, failure, agreement,
judgment, etc. as described in this SECTION 7.22 would not have a material
adverse effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of
operations, management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     7.23.     THIRD PARTY PAYOR PROGRAMS.  To the extent that the Borrower, the
Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries participate in Third Party Payor
Programs, they are eligible for reimbursement thereunder and are in material
compliance with all requirements for participation therein.  To the knowledge of
the Borrower and the Guarantors there is no pending or threatened proceeding or
investigation under any Third Party Payor Program involving the Borrower, any
Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of the Hospitals.  The
Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have timely filed or
caused to be timely filed all cost reports and other reports of contract or
otherwise to be made with respect to reimbursement by third party payors, and
all such reports are, or when filed will be, complete and accurate.  Except as
may be disclosed in the financial statements referred to in SECTION 7.5, the
Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries have no
liability (whether or not disclosed in any report heretofore or hereafter made)
for any refund, discount or adjustment to any Person that has not been fully
reserved for, and no interest or penalties are accruing with respect thereto, if
the aggregate amount of all such liabilities would have a material adverse
effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations,
management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.

     7.24.      GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS; PERMITS, LICENSES AND
ACCREDITATION; OTHER RIGHTS.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have all
licenses, permits, approvals, registrations, contracts, consents, franchises,
qualifications, certificates of need, accreditations and other authorizations
necessary for the lawful conduct of their respective businesses or operations
wherever now conducted and as planned to be conducted, including the ownership
and operation of their Hospitals, pursuant to all applicable statutes, laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations of all Governmental Authorities having,
asserting or claiming jurisdiction over the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or
over any part of their respective operations.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE
7.24, each hospital is fully accredited by JCAHO or, if applicable, the American
Osteopathic Hospital Association.  Copies



                                       78

<PAGE>

of all such licenses, permits, approvals, registrations, contracts, consents,
franchises, qualifications, certificates of need, accreditations and other
authorizations shall be provided to the Administrative Agent upon request.
The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not in default under any of such
licenses, permits, approvals, registrations, contracts, consents, franchises,
qualifications, certificates of need, accreditations and other authorizations,
and no event has occurred, and no condition exists, that with the giving of
notice, the passage of time or both would constitute a default thereunder or
would result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or
non-renewal of any thereof.  The continuation, validity and effectiveness of
all such licenses, permits, approvals, registrations, contracts, consents,
franchises, qualifications, certificates of need, accreditations and other
authorizations will not be adversely affected by the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries know of no reason why
they will not be able to maintain after the date hereof all licenses, permits,
approvals, registrations, contracts, consents, franchises, qualifications,
certificates of need, accreditations and other authorizations necessary or
appropriate to own and operate all Hospitals that they presently own and
operate and to obtain those necessary to own and operate all Hospitals that
they may acquire, and otherwise to conduct the businesses of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted.

     7.25.     NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  Since December 31, 1993 there has
been no material adverse change in the properties, businesses, results of
operations, prospects, management or financial or other condition of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     7.26.     EMPLOYMENT AND INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 7.26
is a complete and accurate list, as of the date hereof, of (a) all employment
agreements and executive compensation arrangements to which the Borrower, the
Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party and which provide
for aggregate compensation (including bonuses) to any Person (assuming
compliance with or satisfaction of all contingencies or conditions) of $200,000
or more per year and (b) all agreements relating to the voting or disposition of
any outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower's Subsidiaries and, to
the Borrower's knowledge, of the Borrower.


     7.27.     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 7.27, (a)
none of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries,
nor any of their respective operations, is in violation of any applicable
Hazardous Materials Law or any restrictive covenant or deed restriction relating
to environmental matters (recorded or otherwise), the violation of which would
be likely to have a material adverse effect on the


                                       79


<PAGE>


properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or
financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole; (b) without limitation of CLAUSE (a) above, none of the Borrower, the
Guarantors or, to the knowledge of
the Borrower and the Guarantors, any of their respective Subsidiaries or their
respective operations, nor any current or prior owner, lessor or operator (other
than the Borrower) is in violation of any Hazardous Materials Law or subject to
any existing, pending or threatened investigation, inquiry or proceeding by any
Governmental Authority or subject to any remedial obligations under any
Hazardous Materials Law; (c) all permits and licenses required of the
Borrowers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect
to Hazardous Materials, including past or present treatment, storage, disposal
or release of any Hazardous Materials or solid waste into the environment,
have been obtained or filed; (d) all Hazardous Materials or solid waste
generated by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries have in the past been, and will continue to be, transported,
treated and disposed of only by carriers maintaining valid permits
under all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws and only at treatment, storage and
disposal facilities maintaining valid permits under applicable Hazardous
Materials Laws, which carriers and facilities have been and are, to the
knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors, operating in compliance with such
permits; (e) the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have
taken all reasonable steps necessary to determine, and have determined, that no
Hazardous Materials or solid wastes have been disposed of or otherwise released
by them except in compliance with Hazardous Material Laws; and (f) neither the
Borrower nor any Guarantor nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has a
material contingent liability in connection with any release of any Hazardous
Materials or solid waste into the environment, and in connection herewith the
Borrower hereby agrees to pursue diligently the resolution of any environmental
issues disclosed in SCHEDULE 7.27 by all necessary and appropriate actions and
shall report to the Administrative Agent not less frequently than quarter-
annually as to the status of the resolution of such issues.

     7.28.     MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 7.28 hereto is a
complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of the Borrower, each of
the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries.  Other than as set
forth on SCHEDULE 7.28, each such Material Contract is in full force and effect
in accordance with the terms thereof and there are no material defaults by the
Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries as are parties
thereto or, to the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors, by any other
party, under any such Material Contract.  The Borrower has delivered to the
Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of each Material Contract required
to be listed on SCHEDULE 7.28.

     7.29.     NO MISSTATEMENTS.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the other
Loan Documents, nor any agreement, instrument or other document pursuant
executed hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith, nor any
certificate, statement or other information referred to herein or therein or
furnished to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders
pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith, contains any
misstatement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements

                                       80
<PAGE>

contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading on the date hereof or on the date furnished, as the
case may be, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders in writing on or prior to the date hereof.  Neither
the Borrower nor any Guarantor is aware of any fact that it has not disclosed in
writing to the Administrative Agent that materially and adversely affects, or
insofar as the Borrower or such Guarantor can now foresee, could materially and
adversely affect, the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations,
management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or could affect the ability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or
any of their respective Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

     7.30.     OPERATING LEASES.  SCHEDULE 7.30 sets forth each Operating
Lease existing on the date hereof providing for annual lease payments in excess
of $100,000.

     7.31.     OBLIGATIONS CONSTITUTE SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  The Loans, the
Letter of Credit Liabilities and the other monetary Obligations of the Borrower
constitute, or upon creation thereof will constitute, "Senior Indebtedness", as
such term is used in the CHS Subordinated Indenture.



                                    ARTICLE 8

                              AFFIRMATIVE  COVENANTS

     So long as any Obligations are unpaid or outstanding, any Obligation under
the Loan Documents is unperformed or any of the Commitments are in effect, the
Borrower and Guarantors shall:

     8.1.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

          8.1.1.    ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Furnish to the Administrative
Agent and each Lender, as soon as available and in any event within one hundred
(100) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, a consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal
Year and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and
cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, audited
and reported upon, without qualification, by Arthur Andersen & Co. or other
independent public accountants acceptable to the Lenders in their sole
discretion, accompanied by an unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such



                                       81
<PAGE>

period and an unaudited consolidating statement of income for such period,
together with (a) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
stating that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or,
if in the opinion of such officer, a Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that
the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (b) a schedule in form
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the computations
used by the Borrower in determining, as of the end of such Fiscal Year,
compliance with all financial covenants contained herein and (c) a written
discussion and analysis by the management of the Borrower of the financial
statements furnished in respect of such annual fiscal period.

          8.1.2.     QUARTERLY REPORTS.  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and
each Lender, as soon as available and in any event within fifty (50) days after
the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower (other than the last Fiscal
Quarter in any Fiscal Year) an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance
sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter
and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the
period commencing at the beginning of the current Fiscal Year and ending with
the end of such Fiscal Quarter, certified by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower, together with (a) a certificate of said Responsible Officer stating
that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, if in the
opinion of such officer, a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that the
Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (b) a schedule in form
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the computations
used by the Borrower in determining, as of the end of such period, compliance
with all financial covenants contained herein and (c) a written discussion and
analysis by the management of the Borrower of the financial statements furnished
in respect of such period.

          8.1.3.    GAAP.  Take all actions necessary to cause all such
financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects and to
be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods reflected therein (except as may be approved
by such accountants or Responsible Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed
therein).

          8.1.4.    PATIENT ACCOUNTS.  Take all actions necessary to cause the
patient accounts receivable recorded in all such financial statements to reflect
accurately the reimbursable amounts under all Third Party Payor Programs in
which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries participates, net of contractual
adjustments.


                                       82
<PAGE>

          8.1.5.    HOSPITAL OPERATING STATISTICS.  Furnish to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender, as soon as available and in any event
within fifty (50) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower and
within one hundred (100) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower,
a quantitative analysis and statistical summary for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in the form of EXHIBIT 8.1.5, plus such
additional information regarding the Hospitals as the Lenders from time to
time may reasonably request, as of the end of each such Fiscal Quarter or
Fiscal Year, as the case may be, and for such period, together with a
certificate of a Responsible officer of the Borrower certifying as to the
accuracy and completeness of such data.

     8.2. CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION.  Furnish to the Administrative
Agent and each Lender, each in form and substance acceptable to Requisite
Lenders:

          8.2.1.    MANAGEMENT LETTERS.  Promptly after the same are received by
the Borrower, copies of management letters provided to the Borrower by its
independent certified public accountants that describe or refer to any
inadequacy, defect, problem, qualification or other lack of satisfactory
accounting controls utilized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

          8.2.2.    SHAREHOLDER MATERIALS. (a) Within two (2) Business Days
after the delivery of same to the shareholders of the Borrower, copies of all
financial statements and reports that the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries sends to the shareholders of the Borrower, and (b)
concurrently with the filing thereof, copies of all reports and statements of
the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries (including proxy
and information statements, quarterly, annual and current reports and
registration statements, but excluding those pertaining only to employee benefit
plans) that it may make to, or file with, the Commission.

          8.2.3.    BUDGETS.  As soon as available, and in any event not later
than sixty (60) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, twelve
(12) month consolidated budgeted financial statements (including balance sheets
and statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows) for the following
Fiscal Year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
(including underlying assumptions), and twelve (12) month consolidating budgeted
statements of income for the following Fiscal Year of the Borrower and each of
its Subsidiaries, all in a format reasonably acceptable to Requisite Lenders and
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in
good faith.  Any updates thereto shall be provided upon request of the
Administrative Agent.


                                       83
<PAGE>

          8.2.4.    LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION SURVEYS.  Promptly upon request
by the Administrative Agent, a copy of each licensing report of the appropriate
state agency, any deficiency list and a copy of the most recent JCAHO and, if
applicable, American Osteopathic Hospital Association accreditation survey
report and any deficiency list received by any Hospital.

          8.2.5.    REVIEW OF MALPRACTICE  SELF-INSURANCE  RESERVES.
Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, a copy  of  a
review of the malpractice claims and self-insurance reserves with respect to
any claims against or self-insurance maintained by the Borrower, the Guarantors
and any of their respective Subsidiaries, which review shall be made by an
actuary or other consultant experienced in valuing malpractice claims and
acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

          8.2.6.    COST REPORTS.  Promptly upon request by the Administrative
Agent, copies of each cost report, interim cost report or similar report filed
by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries
with Medicare, Medicaid or Blue Cross, and any summaries thereof prepared by the
Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

          8.2.7.    REPORTS TO OTHER PERSONS.  Promptly After the furnishing
thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any other holder of any
Indebtedness of the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective
Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar
agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent
or Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this SECTION 8.2.

          8.2.8.    INTERNAL HEALTH CARE AUDITS.  Promptly upon request by any
Lender specifying in reasonable detail the types of documents to be provided,
copies of any and all statements, audits, studies or reports submitted by or on
behalf of the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any of their respective
Subsidiaries or any of the Hospitals to any Governmental Authority or any
nationally recognized accreditation association or commission.

          8.2.9.    OTHER HEALTH CARE AUDITS.  Within sixty (60) days following
the receipt thereof, copies of any and all audits, studies or reports prepared
by any Governmental Authority or nationally recognized accreditation association
or commission relating specifically to the business or operations of the
Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of
the Hospitals.

          8.2.10.   FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS.  Promptly upon request by the
Administrative Agent, copies of all agreements,


                                       84
<PAGE>
instruments and/or documents evidencing or otherwise related to Consolidated
Funded Indebtedness.

          8.2.11.   THIRD PARTY PAYOR PROGRAMS.  Promptly upon request by the
Administrative Agent, a schedule setting forth each Third Party Payor Program in
which the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries
participates.

          8.2.12.  EMPLOYMENT AND INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS.
Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, a true  and complete copy
of each of the agreements required to be listed on SCHEDULE 7.26.

          8.2.13.   AMENDMENT OF HALLMARK SUBORDINATED INDENTURE.  Not later
than twenty (20) days prior to entering into any amendment to or modification of
the Hallmark Subordinated Indenture, copies of the proposed amendments, and
upon the execution and delivery of same, copies of the final forms thereof.

          8.2.14.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.  Promptly, such additional
financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender from
time to time may reasonably request.

     8.3. PROVISION OF NOTICES.  Notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender
of the occurrence of any of the following events not later than five (5) days
after the Borrower or any Guarantor knows or has reason to know of such event:

          8.3.1.    DEFAULT. Any Default or Event of Default.

          8.3.2.    OTHER DEFAULT OR LITIGATION. (a) Any default
or event of default under any Contractual Obligation or Operating Lease of the
Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries that if
adversely determined could result in liability equal to or greater than $500,000
or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on the properties, businesses,
prospects, results of operations, management or financial or other condition of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) any litigation,
investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between the Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority
(excluding, however, audits and inquiries made in the ordinary course of
business) or (c) any other litigation that if adversely determined would (i) if
the relief sought does not include damages, have a material adverse effect on
the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or
financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or (ii) if the relief sought includes damages, would result in an
uninsured liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries equal to or in excess of $500,000.


                                       85
<PAGE>

          8.3.3.    REPORTABLE EVENTS. (a) Any Reportable Event with respect to
any Plan, (b) the institution of proceedings or the taking or expected taking of
any other action by the PBGC, the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their
respective Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled Entity to terminate, withdraw
or partially withdraw from any Plan and (c) with respect to any Multi-Employer
Plan, the reorganization or insolvency of such Plan.  In addition to such
notice, the Borrower and the Guarantors shall deliver or cause to be delivered
to the Administrative Agent and each Lender whichever of the following
may be applicable: (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
or such Guarantor setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the
action that it, such Subsidiary or the Commonly Controlled Entity proposes to
take with respect thereto, together with the copy of any notice of such
Reportable Event that may be required to be filed with the PBGC, or (ii) any
notice delivered by the PBGC evidencing its intent to institute such proceedings
or any notice to the PBGC that such Plan is to be terminated, as the case may
be.

          8.3.4.     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. (a) Any event that makes any of the
representations set forth in SECTION 7.27 inaccurate in any respect or (b) the
receipt by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective
Subsidiaries of any notice, order, directive or other communication from a
Governmental Authority alleging a violation of or noncompliance with any
Hazardous Material Laws.

          8.3.5.     LOSS OF ACCREDITATION OR LICENSE.

          (a)  The loss or, if known by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of
     their respective Subsidiaries, threatened loss, by any Hospital owned or
     leased by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
     Subsidiaries, of its accreditation by the JCAHO, the American Osteopathic
     Hospital Association or any other nationally recognized accreditation
     association or commission;

          (b)  The loss or, if known by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of
     their respective Subsidiaries, threatened loss, by the Borrower, any
     Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of the Hospitals
     owned, leased or operated by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their
     respective Subsidiaries, of any license, permit, approval, registration,
     contract, consent, franchise, qualification, certificate of need,
     accreditation or other authorization issued by any Governmental Authority
     referenced in SECTION 7.24; or

          (c)  The decertification or, if known by the Borrower, any Guarantor
     or any of their respective Subsidiaries, potential decertification, of the
     Borrower, any Guarantor or


                                       86
<PAGE>

     any of their respective Subsidiaries, under any Third Party Payor Program.

          8.3.6.    MATERIAL CONTRACTS. (a) Any proposed material amendment,
change or modification to, or waiver of any material provision of, or any
termination of, any Material Contract and
(b)  any Default or Event of Default under any Material Contract.

          8.3.7.    CASUALTY LOSSES.  Any casualty loss or event not insured
against in an amount in excess of $250,000.

           8.3.8.    CERTAIN DIVIDEND DECLARATIONS.  Any declaration of
dividends by any Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary, together with a
statement of the aggregate amount of dividends declared, amount of dividends
declared per share, the formula, if any, used to determine the dividends
declared, the record date for the payment of such dividends and the number of
shares of such Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary that are not owned by the
Borrower or one of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries as of such record date.

     8.4.      PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS AND PERFORMANCE OF COVENANTS.

          (a)  Make full and timely payment of the Obligations, including the
     Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities, whether now existing or hereafter
     arising;

          (b)  Duly comply with all terms, covenants and conditions contained in
     each of the Loan Documents, at the times and places and in the manner set
     forth therein; and

          (c)  Take all action necessary to maintain the security interests
     provided for under this Agreement and the Security Documents as valid and
     perfected Liens on the property intended to be covered thereby, subject to
     no other Liens except Permitted Liens, and supply all information to the
     Administrative Agent or the Lenders necessary to accomplish same.

     8.5.  PAYMENT OF TAXES.  Pay, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to
pay, or cause to be paid before the same shall become delinquent and before
penalties have accrued thereon, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
or levies imposed on the income, profits, franchises, property or businesses of
the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries, except to the
extent and so long as (a) the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and (b) adequate reserves with respect thereto in
conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or any such
Guarantor or Subsidiary, as appropriate.




                                       87
<PAGE>

     8.6.  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE.  Continue, and
cause their respective Subsidiaries to continue, (a) to engage in the business
of providing health care delivery systems and businesses that enhance or
support the provision of health care delivery systems and (b) except as
permitted by SECTIONS 9.3 and 9.4, to preserve, renew and keep in full force
and effect their existence and present corporate or partnership structure, as
the case may be.

     8.7.     COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Observe and comply with, and cause their
respective Subsidiaries to observe and comply with, all present and future
Requirements of Law relating to the conduct of their businesses or to their
properties or assets, except to the extent and so long as the nonobservance
thereof or noncompliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on
the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or
financial or other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and will not materially impair the Administrative Agent's or the Lenders'
rights or materially affect the ability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under this Agreement,
the Notes or the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

     8.8. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES AND FRANCHISES. Maintain, preserve and keep
and cause their respective Subsidiaries to maintain, preserve and keep (a) all
of their buildings, tangible properties, equipment and other property and assets
used and necessary in their businesses, whether owned or leased, in good repair,
working order and condition, from time to time making all necessary and proper
repairs and replacements so that at all times the utility, efficiency and value
thereof shall not be impaired, and (b) all rights, privileges and franchises
necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of their businesses.

     8.9.       INSURANCE.

          (a)  Maintain and cause their respective Subsidiaries to maintain:

              (i) insurance (in addition to any insurance required under the
          Security Documents) on all insurable property and assets owned or
          leased by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective
          Subsidiaries in the manner, to the extent and against at least such
          risks (in any event including hospital liability (general liability,
          medical professional liability, contractual liability, druggists'
          liability and personal injury), workers' compensation, employers'
          liability, automobile liability and physical damage coverage,
          environmental impairment liability, all risk property, business
          interruption,


                                       88
<PAGE>

          fidelity and crime insurance) usually maintained by owners
          of similar businesses and properties in similar geographic areas;
          PROVIDED that the amounts of such physical damage insurance
          coverage shall not be less than the full replacement cost
          of all such insurable property and assets, except for coverage
          limitations with respect to flood, earthquake and windstorm perils
          that are acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Requisite
          Lenders; and

               (ii) self-insurance reserves covering those risks for which the
          Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries
          presently self-insure in appropriate amounts as determined from time
          to time by independent insurance claims auditors acceptable to the
          Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders; PROVIDED that the
          retention level of such self-insurance for hospital liability for the
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a group shall not exceed $1,000,000
          per occurrence and $3,000,000 in annual aggregate losses.

              All such insurance shall be in such amounts, in such form and
          with such insurance companies as are reasonably satisfactory to the
          Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders.

          (b)  Furnish to the Administrative Agent not less frequently than
     annually and at any time upon written request, (i) full information as to
     such insurance carried, including the amounts of all self-insurance
     reserves of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries,
     and (ii) certificates of insurance from the insurance companies and
     certified copies of such insurance policies.  All policies of insurance
     shall provide for not less than fifteen (15) days' prior written
     cancellation notice to the Administrative Agent.

          (c)  To the extent permitted by applicable law, adopt and cause their
     respective Subsidiaries to adopt policies to encourage physicians
     practicing at their respective facilities to maintain medical malpractice
     insurance in such amounts as shall be adequate to cover such physicians'
     normal risks.

     8.10.      USE OF PROCEEDS.  Use, and cause their respective Subsidiaries
to use, the proceeds of the Facilities for the purposes specified in SECTION
2.10 and for no other purpose.

     8.11.      BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Keep and maintain, and cause their
respective Subsidiaries to keep and maintain, full and accurate books of record
and accounts of their operations,


                                       89
<PAGE>

dealings and transactions in relation to their business and activities, in
conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law.

     8.12.      INSPECTION. Permit, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to
permit, any employees, agents or other representatives of the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders and any attorneys, accountants or other agents or
representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to (a)
have access to and visit and inspect any of the books of account, financial
records and properties, real, personal or mixed, of the Borrower, the Guarantors
and their respective Subsidiaries (b) examine and make abstracts from any such
books and records and (c) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries with their officers,
employees or agents, all at such reasonable business times as the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders deem necessary or advisable to protect their respective
interests.

     8.13.      COMPLIANCE WITH TERMS OF MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Comply, and cause
their respective to Subsidiaries to comply, with all agreements, covenants,
terms, conditions and provisions of all Material Contracts, except to the
extent and so long as noncompliance therewith will not have a material adverse
effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of operations,
management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and will not materially impair the
Administrative Agent's or the Lenders' rights or materially affect the ability
of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to
perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party.

     8.14.      EMPLOYMENT OF TECHNOLOGY, DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE, ETC.

          (a)  employ, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to employ, in
     connection with the use of any real property, appropriate technology
     (including appropriate secondary containment measures) to maintain
     compliance with any applicable Hazardous Materials Laws;

          (b)  take, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to take, all
     actions identified as necessary to comply with all Hazardous Materials Laws
     in any environmental compliance reports or assets delivered to the
     Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement;

          (c)  obtain and maintain, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to
     obtain and maintain, any and all permits required by applicable Hazardous
     Materials Laws in connection with the operations of the Borrower, the

                                       90
<PAGE>

     Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Affiliate
     thereof;

          (d)  dispose of, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to dispose
     of, any and all Hazardous Materials only at facilities and with carriers
     maintaining valid permits under any applicable federal, state and local
     Hazardous Materials Laws; and

          (e)  use best efforts to obtain, and cause their respective
     Subsidiaries to use their best efforts to obtain, certificates of disposal
     from all contractors employed by the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of
     their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the transportation or
     disposal of any Hazardous Materials.

     8.15.      ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING.  Establish and maintain, and cause
their respective Subsidiaries to establish and maintain, a system to assure and
monitor continued compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws, the
noncompliance with which may materially adversely affect the value of the real
property of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, which system shall include annual reviews of such compliance
by employees or agents of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective
Subsidiaries who are familiar with the requirements of applicable Hazardous
Material Laws.

     8.16.      MAINTENANCE OF ACCREDITATION, LICENSES, ETC.  Preserve and
maintain, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, (a)
the accreditation of each Hospital by the JCAHO, the American Osteopathic
Hospital Association and each other nationally recognized accreditation
association or commission that now or hereafter accredits such Hospital, except
to the extent that failure to maintain such accreditation would not have a
material adverse effect on the properties, businesses, prospects, results of
operations, management or financial or other condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) all certifications and authorizations
necessary to ensure that each Hospital now or hereafter may participate in the
Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS, if applicable, and Blue Cross programs and to
ensure that each of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective
Subsidiaries that owns or operates a Hospital now or hereafter participating
in Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS or any other Third Party Payor Program is and
remains eligible for reimbursement thereunder and (c) all licenses, permits,
approvals, registrations, contracts, consents, franchises, qualifications,
certificates of need, accteditations and other authorizations required under
applicable state or local laws and regulations in connection with the
ownership or operation of the Hospitals or otherwise necessary or desirable
in the normal conduct of their businesses.









                                       91
<PAGE>

     8.17.      OPERATION OF THE HOSPITALS.  Operate, and cause their respective
Subsidiaries to operate, the Hospitals in a manner consistent with prevailing
health care industry standards in the United States of America from time to
time.

     8.18.      INTERCOMPANY INDEBTEDNESS REPORTING.  Maintain, and cause their
respective Subsidiaries to maintain, accounting practices and procedures that
enable the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries to report
to the Administrative Agent upon request and at any time the amount of proceeds
of any unsecured advances or loans that any such Subsidiary has received from
the Borrower or a Guarantor.  All such advances or loans shall constitute Senior
Indebtedness of the primary obligor with respect thereto and shall be evidenced
by Pledged Notes delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge
Agreement.

      8.19.     FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Perform, make, execute and deliver, and
cause their respective Subsidiaries to perform, make, execute and deliver, all
such additional and further acts, deeds, occurrences and instruments as the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders reasonably may require to document and
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to vest completely in and to
ensure the Administrative Agent and the Lenders their respective rights under
this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents.

     8.20.      POST-CLOSING MATTERS.  Deliver to the Administrative Agent each
item listed on SCHEDULE 8.20 prior to the deadline therefor as set forth on said
schedule.

     8.21.      COMPLIANCE WITH BOND DOCUMENTS.

          (a)   Make all payments and otherwise perform all of its obligations
     in respect of all Bond Documents and use their best efforts to keep, and
     take all action to keep, the Bond Documents in full force and effect and to
     keep the interest on the Fulton Bonds and the Olive Branch Bonds excludable
     from the gross income of the owners thereof for Federal income tax
     purposes.

          (b)   Promptly notify the Lenders of any defaults of the Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries or any other party with respect to such Bond
     Documents.


     8.22     DOCUMENTATION RELATING TO PLEDGED NOTES. Contemporaneously with
the delivery to the Administrative Agent of any Pledged Note, assign and
deliver to the Administrative Agent any loan agreement or other instrument,
document or agreement further evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to
the indebtedness evidenced by such Pledged Note.




                                       92

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE 9

                                 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Obligations are unpaid or outstanding, any Obligation under
the Loan Documents is unperformed or any of the Commitments are in effect, the
Borrower and the Guarantors shall not:

     9.1.       INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or
permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist, any Indebtedness, except:

          (a)  Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors under or
     pursuant to this Agreement or the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement;

          (b)  Indebtedness existing, or relating to commitments existing, on
     the date hereof, all as set forth in SCHEDULES 7.17A and 7.17B, and any
     extensions, refundings or renewals thereof on the same terms or other
     terms satisfactory to Requisite Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither
     the principal amount thereof nor the interest rate thereon shall be
     increased, nor shall the amortization schedule thereof be shortened;

          (c)  Purchase Money Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed
     $25,000,000 outstanding at any one time, and Capitalized Lease
     Obligations;

          (d)  Subordinated Indebtedness;

          (e)  Indebtedness constituting current liabilities incurred in the
     ordinary course of business and not represented by any note, bond,
     debenture or other instrument, and which is not past due for a period of
     more than thirty (30) days, or if overdue for more than thirty (30) days,
     which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
     and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been
     established  on the books of the primary obligor with respect thereto;

          (f)  Contingent Obligations under guarantees executed by the
     Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the
     ordinary course of business up to $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding
     at any one time, exclusive of any Contingent Obligations included in
     Consolidated Funded Indebtedness;

          (g)  Contingent Obligations consisting of the indemnification by the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of (i) the officers, directors,
     employees and agents of the




                                       93
<PAGE>

     Borrower or such Subsidiary, to the extent permissible under the
     corporation law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower or such
     Subsidiary is organized, (ii) commercial banks, investment bankers and
     other independent consultants or professional advisors pursuant to
     agreements relating to the underwriting of the Borrower's or such
     Subsidiary's securities or the rendering of banking or professional
     services to the Borrower or such Subsidiary and (iii) landlords,
     licensors, licensees and other parties pursuant to agreements entered
     into in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or such
     Subsidiary.

          (h)  Contingent Obligations owed to a seller of assets in a
     Permitted Acquisition that (i) relate to customary post-closing
     adjustments with respect to accounts receivable, accounts payable and
     similar items typically subject to post-closing adjustments in similar
     transactions, (ii) in each instance are in an aggregate amount not to
     exceed ten percent (10%) of the consideration paid or to be paid
     (inclusive of Indebtedness incurred or assumed) in connection with
     such Permitted Acquisition and (iii) are outstanding for a period of one
     (1) year or less following the creation thereof;


          (i) Indebtedness of the seller of assets in a Permitted
     Acquisition that is assumed by a Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection
     with such Permitted Acquisition and that is fully repaid within thirty
     (30) days of the assumption thereof;

         (j)  Indebtedness with respect to financed insurance premiums not past
     due;

         (k)  Contingent Obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the
     Borrower under the Hallmark Acquisition Agreement; and

         (l)  Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is owed to
     the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower and that is
     described in CLAUSES (e), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) or (m) of
     SECTION 9.5.

     9.2. LIENS.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of
their respective Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any
Lien upon any real or personal property, fixtures, revenues or other assets
whatsoever (including the Collateral), whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, except:

          (a)   Liens securing the Obligations;

          (b)   Existing Liens;

          (c)  Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being
     contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which
     adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established on the
     books of the Borrower or such Guarantor or Subsidiary;


                                       94
<PAGE>

          (d)   Carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
     repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
     that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days, or if
     overdue for more than thirty (30) days, (i) which are being contested in
     good faith and by appropriate proceedings, (ii) for which adequate reserves
     in accordance with GAAP have been established on the books of the Borrower
     or such Guarantor or Subsidiary; and (iii) with respect to which the
     obligations secured thereby are not material;

          (e)  Pledges or deposits in connection with workers' compensation
     insurance, unemployment insurance and like matters;

          (f)  Liens securing Purchase Money Debt or arising under Capitalized
     Leases; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Lien attaches only to the item or
     items of property or asset financed with such Purchase Money Debt or
     Capitalized Lease;

          (g)  Deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts
     (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and
     appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
     incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (h)   Easements, reservations, exceptions, rights-of-way, covenants,
     conditions, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the
     ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in
     amount, and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of
     the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of
     business by the Borrower or such Guarantor or Subsidiary;

          (i)   Liens in respect of any writ of execution, attachment,
     garnishment, judgment or award in an amount less than $100,000, the time
     for appeal or petition for rehearing of which shall not have expired, or in
     respect of which an appeal or appropriate proceeding for review is being
     prosecuted in good faith and a stay of execution pending such appeal or
     proceeding for review has been secured;

          (j)  Liens of a lessor with respect to Operating Leases;

          (k)  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under CLAUSE (b) of SECTION
     9.1, but only to the extent that such Indebtedness is presently secured as
     set forth on Schedule 7.17A; and


                                       95
<PAGE>

          (l)  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under CLAUSE (i) of SECTION
     9.1, but only to the extent that such Indebtedness is secured at the time
     of the assumption thereof by such Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     9.3. FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES.  Directly or indirectly, or permit any of their
respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly, (whether in one transaction or a
series of transactions), to (a) enter into any transaction of merger,
consolidation or amalgamation; (b) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or
suffer any liquidation or dissolution); (c) make any Asset Acquisition other
than a Permitted Acquisition; (d) make any material change in its present method
of conducting business; or (e) enter into any agreement or transaction to do or
permit any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding CLAUSE (b)
of this SECTION 9.3, the Borrower may permit the dissolution of any of its
Subsidiaries (and any such Subsidiary may suffer such dissolution) if at the
time of such dissolution such Subsidiary has no assets, engages in no business
and otherwise has no activities other than activities related to the maintenance
of its corporate existence and good standing.

     9.4.  SALE OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS.  Sell, lease, assign, transfer or
otherwise dispose of, or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to sell,
lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any of their assets (including
the stock of Subsidiaries) except:

          (a)  sales of personal property assets in the ordinary course of
     business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

          (b)  the disposition of obsolete or worn-out equipment or other
     property no longer required by or useful to the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries in connection with the operation of their businesses;

          (c)  the sale or transfer to the Borrower or any Qualified Subsidiary
     of any asset owned by any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

          (d)  following consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition and prior to
     satisfaction of the Hallmark Requirement, the sale or transfer to Hallmark
     (or the Subsidiary of the Borrower that acquires the assets of Hallmark),
     or any Subsidiary thereof, of any asset owned by any Subsidiary of
     Hallmark;

          (e)  Permitted Minority-Interest Transfers; and

          (f)  any other sale(s) of assets in any Fiscal Year of the Borrower
     to the extent that such assets in the aggregate did not account for more
     than five percent (5%) of EBITDA


                                       96
<PAGE>

     for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year of the Borrower; PROVIDED that
     in connection with each such sale the Borrower shall make a voluntary
     reduction in the Commitments hereunder and/or under the $50,000,000 Credit
     Agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the net proceeds of
     such sale (notwithstanding the fact that the amount(s) of such voluntary
     reduction(s) may be less than the minimum amounts specified herein and in
     the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement), and further provided that within one
     (1) year of each such sale, (i) the net proceeds of such sale shall be
     reinvested or committed to be reinvested in the primary business of the
     Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries as providers of
     health care delivery systems or in businesses of the Borrower, the
     Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries that enhance or support the
     provision of health care delivery systems by them, or (ii) the net proceeds
     of such sale shall be used to repay Loans outstanding hereunder or under
     the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement, or if no such Loans are outstanding,
     to make any Investment permitted by SECTION 9.5.

     9.5.  INVESTMENTS. Make, commit to make or suffer to exist any loan,
extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase of any stock,
bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or make any other investment
in any Person (all such transactions being called "INVESTMENTS") or permit any
of their respective Subsidiaries to do the same, except:

          (a)  Cash Equivalents;

          (b)  the Bonds;

          (c)  Investments existing on the date hereof and set
     forth in SCHEDULE 9.5;

          (d)  accounts receivable representing trade credit extended in the
     ordinary course of business;

          (e)  unsecured loans or advances by the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries to a Qualified Subsidiary or a First-Tier Permitted Minority-
     Interest Subsidiary for working-capital needs evidenced by a Pledged Note,
     so long as such loans or advances constitute Indebtedness of the primary
     obligor that is not subordinated to any other Indebtedness of such
     obligor;

          (f)  Investments consisting of Permitted Acquisitions;

          (g)  unsecured loans or advances by the Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries to a Qualified Subsidiary for the purpose of paying
     the purchase price of a Permitted Acquisition, so long as such loans or
     advances are evidenced by a Pledged Note and constitute Indebtedness of
     the primary obligor that is not subordinated to any other Indebtedness of
     such obligor;

          (h)  Investments in Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiaries to which
     clause (b) of SECTION 9.16 is applicable;

          (i)  Investments in Subsidiaries of the Borrower (including
     Permitted Minority-Interest subsidiaries) that are not Qualified
     Subsidiaries and that do not own directly or indirectly any interest in a
     Hospital; PROVIDED that at all times (i) the amount value of any such
     Investment in any individual

                                       97


<PAGE>

     case shall not exceed $3,000,000, (ii) the aggregate amount
     value of all such Investments shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the
     assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and
     (iii) if the amount value of any such Investment in any individual case
     exceeds $1,000,000, all of the outstanding capital stock of such
     Subsidiary of all classes (or other ownership interests) that is or are
     owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been pledged
     assigned and/or delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the
     Pledge Agreement or the Assignment and Security Agreement in the same
     manner as the other Collateral covered by those Security Documents;

          (j)  following consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition, unsecured
     loans or advances by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to Hallmark,
     or to the Subsidiary of the Borrower that acquires the assets of Hallmark,
     in an aggregate amount not to exceed $80,000,000 for the purpose of
     paying the Hallmark Notes, so long as such loans or advances are
     evidenced by a Pledged Note and constitute "Senior Indebtedness" as
     defined in the Hallmark Subordinated Indenture and also constitute
     Indebtedness of the primary obligor that is not subordinate to any other
     indebtedness of such obligor;

          (k)  following consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition and prior to
     satisfaction of the Hallmark Requirement, unsecured loans or advances to
     Hallmark (or the Subsidiary of the Borrower that acquires the assets of
     Hallmark), or any Subsidiary thereof, by any Subsidiary of Hallmark; and

          (l)  following consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition and prior to
     satisfaction of the Hallmark Requirement, unsecured loans or advances by
     the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to Hallmark (or the Subsidiary of
     the Borrower that acquires the assets of Hallmark) for working capital
     needs evidenced by a Pledged Note, so long as the aggregate amount of such
     loans or advances does not exceed $25,000,000 and such loans or advances
     constitute "Senior Indebtedness" as defined in the Hallmark Subordinated
     Indenture and also constitute Indebtedness of the primary obligor that is
     not subordinate to any other Indebtedness of such obligor; and

          (m)  Investments, not otherwise described in this SECTION 9.5, in
     Qualified Subsidiaries that otherwise are permitted under the terms of
     this Agreement.

     9.6.  ERISA.

          (a)  terminate or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to
     terminate any Plan so as to result in any material liability to the PBGC;

          (b)  engage or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to engage
     in any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code)
     involving any Plan that would result in a material liability for an excise
     tax or civil penalty in connection therewith;

          (c)  incur or suffer to exist, or permit any of their respective
     Subsidiaries to incur or suffer to exist, any material "accumulated funding
     deficiency" (as defined in

                                       98

<PAGE>

     Section 302 of ERISA), regardless of whether waived, involving any Plan;
     or

          (d)  allow or suffer to exist, or permit any of their respective
     Subsidiaries to allow or suffer to exist, any event or condition that
     presents a material risk of incurring a material liability to the PBGC by
     reason of the termination of any Plan.

     9.7.  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. (a) Declare, pay or make, or permit any of their
respective Subsidiaries to declare, pay or make any dividends or other
distributions with respect to, any other payment on account of, the capital
stock or any warrants, options or other rights in respect of the capital stock
(or partnership interests, as the case may be) of the Borrower or a Subsidiary
of the Borrower; now or hereafter outstanding; (b) purchase, redeem, retire or
otherwise acquire for value, or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to
purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, any of the capital
stock or any warrants, options or other rights in respect of the capital stock
(or partnership interests, as the case may be) of the Borrower or a Subsidiary
of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding; or (c) segregate or set apart, or
permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to segregate or set apart, assets
for a sinking or analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or
other acquisition of any shares of the capital stock or any warrants, options
or other rights in respect of the capital stock (or partnership interests, as
the case may be) of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrowers now or
hereafter outstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as no Default or Event
of Default exists or would result therefrom:

          (i)    the Borrower may declare and deliver dividends and make
     distributions payable solely in common stock of the Borrower, and may
     distribute cash in lieu of fractional shares otherwise distributable
     pursuant to this CLAUSE (a):

          (ii)   the Borrower may purchase or otherwise acquire shares of its
     capital stock by exchange for or out of the proceeds received from a
     substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its capital stock;

          (iii)  the Borrower may declare and pay cash dividends or repurchase
     its own common stock in transactions effected through NASDAQ or any
     national securities exchange with respect to any Fiscal Year in an
     aggregate amount not to exceed fifty percent (50%) of Consolidated Net
     Income for such Fiscal Year;

          (iv)    in addition to transactions permitted under the immediately
     preceding CLAUSE (c), the Borrower may redeem or repurchase its own
     common stock in transactions effected

                                       99

<PAGE>

     through NASDAQ or any national securities exchange for contribution to
     any Plan of the Borrower provided that such stock is contributed to such
     Plan within three (3) months of the acquisition thereof;

          (v)     any Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary may declare and
     pay dividends and make other distributions with respect to the capital
     stock of such Subsidiary now or hereafter outstanding;

          (vi)    any Subsidiary of the Borrower may declare and pay dividends
     and make other distributions with respect to the capital stock of (or other
     ownership interests in) such Subsidiary now or hereafter outstanding, or
     any other interest or participation in or measured by its profits, owned by
     the Borrower or another Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

           (vii)  if and to the extent that holders of Hallmark preferred
     stock exercise appraisal rights pursuant to the Delaware General
     Corporation Law in connection with the Hallmark Acquisition, the Borrower
     or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may make payments in an aggregate
     amount not exceeding $5,000,000 to such holders in satisfaction of
     liability of Hallmark (or the Subsidiary of the Borrower that acquires
     the assets of Hallmark) to such holders in respect of the corresponding
     claims.

     9.8.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Enter into any transaction, including
any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any
service, with any Affiliate or employee, except transactions that are in the
ordinary course of the Borrower's, the Guarantors' or their respective
Subsidiaries' businesses and that are upon fair and reasonable terms no less
favorable to the Borrower, the Guarantors or such Subsidiaries than they would
obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

     9.9.  SALES/LEASE-BACKS. Enter or permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to enter into any arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any
Person whereby the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries shall sell or transfer any property, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, used or useful in its business, in connection with the rental or lease
by the Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary of the property so sold or
transferred or of other property that the Borrower, the Guarantors or such
Subsidiaries intend to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the
property so sold or transferred.

     9.10.  PREPAYMENT OF SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS.  Pay or prepay or
permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay or prepay any Subordinated
Indebtedness prior to the time that same is due and payable according to its
stated terms; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Hallmark Notes may be prepaid following
consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition.

     9.11.  MANAGEMENT FEES.  Pay or permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to pay any management fees, personnel fees, guaranty fees or other
fees or commissions to any Affiliate of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries or to any outside consultants or advisors except

                                       100
<PAGE>

fees and expenses payable to accountants, attorneys, appraisers and inspectors
(including environmental inspectors), investment bankers, consultants and
outside directors and except fees and expenses in amounts no less favorable to
the Borrower or any Guarantor than those that would have been obtained in an
arm's length transaction and that are approved in advance by a majority of the
outside directors of the board of directors of the Borrower or such Guarantor,
which at such date of approval shall have at least two outside directors.

     9.12.     MAINTENANCE OF MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Without the prior written
consent of Requisite Lenders, enter into an agreement to cancel, terminate or
surrender, or enter into any material amendment of, any Material Contract.

     9.13.      PRACTICE GUARANTEES.  Enter into any Practice Guarantees in an
aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000 with respect to all such Practice
Guarantees.

     9.14.     ISSUANCE OF STOCK.  Issue any capital stock or permit any
Subsidiary to issue any capital stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that

           (a) the Borrower may issue common stock and preferred stock to the
     extent the aggregate of all preferred stock outstanding does not require
     the payment of dividends in excess of the amounts permitted under SECTION
     9.7, and provided such preferred stock is not redeemable, payable or
     subject to being required to be purchased or otherwise retired or
     extinguished (i) at a fixed or determinable date, whether by operation of
     a sinking fund or otherwise, (ii) at the option of any Person other than
     the Borrower or (iii) upon the occurrence of a condition not solely
     within the control of the Borrower, such as a redemption required to be
     made out of future earnings;

          (b)  a Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiary may issue capital stock
    in connection with, but only to the extent required by the terms of, a
    Permitted Minority-Interest Transfer; and

          (c)  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may issue capital stock to the
    Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     9.15.     AGREEMENTS RESTRICTING LIENS.  Enter into or become a party to,
or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to enter into or become a party
to, any agreement with any Person that in any way restricts or limits the
ability of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any such Subsidiary to create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien with respect to any real or personal
property, fixtures, revenues or other assets whatsoever, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any such Subsidiary,
except for this Agreement, the CHS Subordinated Indenture and, after
consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition, the Hallmark Subordinated Indenture.

      9.16.     MINORITY-INTEREST TRANSFERS.  Except as permitted by SECTION
9.4(F), sell or otherwise transfer securities of any Subsidiary of the Borrower
unless (a) immediately following such sale or other transfer such Subsidiary
shall meet the applicable requirements of the definition of "Permitted Minority-
Interest Subsidiary" and (b) with respect to any Permitted Minority-Interest
Subsidiary that itself or through wholly-owned Subsidiaries thereof owns or will
own a Hospital or an interest in a Hospital, the following requirements are
complied with:



                                       101
<PAGE>


          (1)   with respect to the sale or transfer of securities of any such
     Subsidiary other than a Hallmark Subsidiary that occurs after the date of
     this Agreement and during such time as (x) the Hallmark Acquisition
     Agreement remains in effect but the Hallmark Acquisition has not yet been
     consummated or (y) the Hallmark Acquisition has been consummated but the
     Hallmark Requirement has not yet been satisfied, the Hospital Operating
     Income of such Subsidiary, when aggregated with the Hospital Operating
     Income of all Subsidiaries that theretofore have become Permitted Minority-
     Interest Subsidiaries pursuant to this CLAUSE (b)(1), shall not exceed ten
     percent (10%) of the aggregate Hospital Operating Income of the Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries exclusive of any amounts attributable to Hallmark or
     the Subsidiaries of Hallmark;

          (2)   with respect to each sale or transfer of securities of any such
     Subsidiary that occurs after the date of this Agreement (including sales or
     transfers described in the preceding CLAUSE (b)(1), the Hospital Operating
     Income of such Subsidiary, when aggregated with the Hospital Operating
     Income of all Subsidiaries that own Hospitals or interest in Hospitals
     and that have become Permitted Minority-Interest Subsidiaries after the
     date of this Agreement, shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the
     aggregate Hospital Operating Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
     and

          (3)   with respect to each sale or transfer of securities of any such
     Subsidiary that occurs after the date of this Agreement, the Borrower
     shall have certified to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that the
     requirements of the preceding CLAUSES (b)(1) and (b)(2), as applicable,
     have been met.

     9.17.      HOSPITAL OPERATING INCOME OF THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTORS.
Permit the aggregate Hospital Operating Income of the Borrower and the
Guarantors at any time to be less than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
Hospital Operating Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

     9.18.     ADVERSE TRANSACTIONS.  Enter into or become a party to, or permit
any of their respective Subsidiaries to enter into or become a party to, any
transactions the performance of which in the future would be inconsistent with
or has any reasonable likelihood of resulting in a breach of any covenant
contained herein or any other Loan Document or give rise to any Default or
Event of Default.

                                       102
<PAGE>


     9.19.      CHS SUBORDINATED INDENTURE.  Without the prior written consent
of Requisite Lenders, (a) redeem, repurchase or defease (including covenant
defeasance) the CHS Debentures, (b) deposit in trust any payments of principal,
premium (if any), or interest with respect to the CHS Debentures prior to the
day such payments become due and payable under the terms of the CHS Subordinated
Indenture, (c) amend or modify the CHS Subordinated Indenture in any way or (d)
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than the
Obligations and the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant
to the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement, that would be deemed "Designated Senior
Indebtedness" as defined in the CHS Subordinated Indenture.

     9.20.      HALLMARK SUBORDINATED INDENTURE.  Following the consummation of
the Hallmark Acquisition, without the prior written consent of Requisite
Lenders, (a) amend or modify the Hallmark Subordinated Indenture in any way that
would (i) change any provision thereof relating to the terms of subordination of
the Hallmark Notes to "Senior Indebtedness" as therein defined or (ii) otherwise
adversely affect the rights, powers, privileges, options and remedies of the
Lenders VIS-A-VIS the holders of the Hallmark Notes or (b) create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than the Obligations, the
Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the $50,000,000
Credit Agreement and Indebtedness described in CLAUSE (j) of SECTION 9.5, that
would be deemed "Designated Senior Indebtedness" as defined in the Hallmark
Subordinated Indenture.


                                     ARTICLE 10

                                 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     10.1.      BORROWER RATIOS.  So long as any Obligations are unpaid or
outstanding, any Obligation under the Loan Documents is unperformed or any of
the Commitments are in effect, the Borrower and the Guarantors shall not:

          10.1.1.   INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO.  Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio
(a) as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter prior to the Fiscal Quarter that ends on
December 31, 1995 to be less than 2.00 to 1.00, or (b) as of the end of any
Fiscal Quarter that ends on or after December 31, 1995 to be less than 2.25 to
1.00.

          10.1.2.   FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.  Permit the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be less than 1.35 to 1.00.

          10.1.3.   FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS TO EBITDA RATIO.  Permit the Funded
Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio (a) as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter prior to
the Fiscal Quarter that ends on December


                                       103
<PAGE>

31, 1995 to be greater than 4.00 to 1.00, (b) as of the end of any Fiscal
Quarter that ends on or after December 31, 1995 but is prior to the Fiscal
Quarter that ends on December 31, 1996 to be greater than 3.50 to 1.00, or (c)
as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter that ends on or after December 31, 1996 to
be greater than 3.25 to 1.00.

          10.1.4.   FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS TO CAPITALIZATION RATIO.  Permit the
Funded Indebtedness to Capitalization Ratio (a) as of the end of any Fiscal
Quarter prior to the Fiscal Quarter that ends on December 31, 1995 to be greater
than 0.75 to 1.00, (b) as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter that ends on or after
December 31, 1995 but is prior to the Fiscal Quarter that ends on December 31,
1996 to be greater than 0.70 to 1.00, or (c) as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter
that ends on or after December 31, 1996 to be greater than 0.65 to 1.00.

     10.2.     GUARANTOR SOLVENCY.  So long as any Obligations or any Guaranteed
Obligations are unpaid or outstanding, any Obligations under the Loan Documents
are unperformed or any of the Commitments are in effect, each of the Guarantors
at all times shall be Solvent.


                                     ARTICLE 11

                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND LENDERS' REMEDIES

     11.1.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any one or more of the following described
events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder, whether such occurrence
shall be voluntary or involuntary, or come about or be effected by operation of
law or otherwise:

          11.1.1.    FAILURE TO PAY LOANS,  ETC.  The Borrower shall fail to pay
when due any amount of principal of or interest payable on or in respect of the
Loans, the Letter of Credit Liabilities, the Credit Fees, any other Obligations
or any other amount payable under this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan
Documents or the Bond Documents.

          11.1.2.   FAILURE TO PERFORM CERTAIN COVENANTS.  The Borrower or any
Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any of its covenants and agreements
set forth in SECTIONS 8.6, 8.10 and 8.12 and in ARTICLES 9 and 10.

           11.1.3.  FAILURE TO PERFORM AGREEMENTS GENERALLY.  The Borrower or
any Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any of its other covenants and
agreements set forth in this Agreement (other than those described in SECTIONS
11.1.1 and 11.1.2) or the other Loan Documents, and such failure shall continue
for more than thirty (30) days after the earlier of (a) written notice from the
Administrative Agent to the Borrower or such Guarantor,

                                       104
<PAGE>

as applicable, of the existence of such Default or (b) the date any
Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, first
obtains knowledge of such failure.

          11.1.4.    VOLUNTARY INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS.  The Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries (a) shall commence a voluntary
case or other proceeding seeking dissolution, liquidation, reorganization or
other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the
appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar
official with respect to it or any substantial part of its property, (b) shall
consent to any such relief or to the appointment of, or the taking of possession
of any of its property by, any such official in any involuntary case or other
proceeding commenced against it, (c) shall make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, (d) shall take any action to authorize any of the
foregoing, or (e) shall become insolvent or fail generally to pay its debts as
they become due.

          11.1.5.    INVOLUNTARY INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS.  Any involuntary case
or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower, any Guarantor or
any of their respective Subsidiaries seeking dissolution, liquidation,
reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or
seeking the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other
similar official with respect to it or any substantial part of its property, an
(a) an order for relief (or the equivalent) shall be entered in such involuntary
case or other proceeding or (b) such involuntary case or other proceeding shall
remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days after the
commencement thereof.

          11.1.6.    FALSE STATEMENTS.  Any representation or warranty of the
Borrower or any Guarantor set forth in this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan
Documents or the Bond Documents or in any other certificate, opinion or other
statement at any time provided by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor
in connection herewith or therewith shall prove to be false or misleading in any
material respect at the time made or given.

          11.1.7.   EXECUTION OR ATTACHMENT.  Any judgment lien shall be filed,
or any writ of execution, attachment, garnishment or other legal process shall
be issued, against any of the property of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any
of their respective Subsidiaries, which lay itself or together with all other
such legal processes is for an amount in excess of $50,000, and which shall
remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days, or in
any event later than five (5) days prior to the date of any proposed sale
thereunder.

                                       105
<PAGE>


          11.1.8.    CONDEMNATION OF PROPERTY.  All or substantially all of the
property of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries
shall be condemned, seized or otherwise appropriated, and the condemnation award
is materially less than the book value of such property at the date hereof (if
such property was owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on the date
hereof) or at the time such property was acquired by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary (if such property was acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary
after the date hereof).

          11.1.9.   SUSPENSION OF BUSINESS.  The Borrower, any Guarantor or any
of their respective Subsidiaries shall voluntarily suspend the transaction of
its business for more than five (5) Business Days in any Fiscal Year after the
date hereof without the prior express written consent of Requisite Lenders.

          11.1.10.  FAILURE TO PERFORM OTHER OBLIGATIONS.  The Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall (a) fail to pay any
amount of any Indebtedness or interest thereon, or (b) fail to observe or
perform any term, covenant or agreement contained in any Contractual Obligation
(including Contractual Obligations evidencing, securing or relating to any
Indebtedness) executed by it, which failure (i) would cause or permit the holder
or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or any agent or
trustee on their behalf) to cause such Indebtedness to become due or otherwise
payable prior to its stated maturity, so long as the aggregate principal amount
of all such Indebtedness that would then become due or payable would equal or
exceed $500,000, or (ii) would impair the Lenders' rights or the performance of
the obligations of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries under this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents or the
Bond Documents or the business or operations of the Borrower, any Guarantor or
any of their respective Subsidiaries; unless in the case of a Contractual
Obligation that is not for borrowed money, such failure of performance is being
contested by the Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary in good faith and
adequate reserves with respect thereto have been established on the books of the
Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary in conformity with GAAP.

          11.1.11.   ERISA. (a) The Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity
shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (b) any "accumulated funding deficiency"
(as defined in ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any
Plan, (c) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or a proceeding
shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed,
to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable
Event or proceeding presents a material risk of termination of such Plan for
purposes

                                       106
<PAGE>

of Title IV of ERISA, and, in the case of a Reportable Event, shall continue
unremedied for ten (10) days after notice of such Reportable Event is given
pursuant to Section 4043(a), (c) or (d) of ERISA and, in the case of such
proceeding, shall continue for ten (10) days after commencement thereof,
(d) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of
ERISA, (e) the withdrawal or partial withdrawal by the Borrower
or any Commonly Controlled Entity from any Multi-Employer Plan, or (f) the
reorganization or insolvency of a Plan or any other event or condition shall
occur or exist with respect to a Plan and in each case in clauses (a) through
(f) above, such event or condition together with all other such events or
conditions, if any, could subject the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries to any tax, penalty or other liability in excess of
$100,000 or otherwise would have a material adverse affect on the properties,
businesses, prospects, results of operations, management or financial or other
condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          11.1.12.  VALIDITY OF LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Any of the Loan Documents or
any provision thereof, for any reason whatsoever, cease to be binding on the
Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries as is a party
thereto, or the Borrower or any Guarantor shall so assert, or the Liens granted
or assigned pursuant to any of the Security Documents shall not constitute
valid, perfected, first-priority Liens on the properties and assets described
therein, subject only to Permitted Liens.

          11.1.13.  VALIDITY OF BOND DOCUMENTS.  Any of the Bond Documents or
any provision thereof, for any reason whatsoever, ceases to be binding on
such of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries as are
parties thereto, or any of same shall so assert.

          11.1.14.  GUARANTY OBLIGATIONS.  Any Guarantor shall default in the
performance or observance of its guarantee hereunder, or such guarantee for any
reason whatsoever shall cease to be a valid and binding obligation of any such
Guarantor, or any such Guarantor shall so assert.

          11.1.15.  DEFAULTS UNDER LOAN DOCUMENTS, $50,000,000 CREDIT AGREEMENT
OR BOND DOCUMENTS.  Any default or event of default shall occur under any other
Loan Document, the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement or any Bond Document and, if
subject to a cure right, shall fail to be cured or corrected within the
applicable cure period.

          11.1.16.  DEFAULTS UNDER MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Any default or event of
default shall occur under any material Contract, and, if subject to a cure
right, shall fail to be cured or corrected within the applicable cure period.


                                       107

<PAGE>


          11.1.17.  MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  There shall occur after the date
hereof any material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise),
operations or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and such change shall have the effect of impairing the ability of the
Borrower, the Guarantors and the respective Subsidiaries thereof who are
parties to the Loan Documents to satisfy and discharge their respective
Obligations in a timely manner.

          11.1.18.  CHANGE IN CONTROL.  An event or series of events by which
(a) any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the "beneficial
owner" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and/or Rule 13d-5 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except that a Person shall be deemed to have
"beneficial ownership" of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire
without condition, other than the passage of time, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or
indirectly, of more than thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting
power of all securities of the Borrower entitled to vote in the election of
directors, other than securities having such power only by reason of the
happening of a contingency (other than the passage of time), (b) the Borrower
consolidates with or merges into another Person or conveys, transfers or leases
all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any corporation
consolidates with or merges into the Borrower pursuant to a transaction in which
the outstanding securities of the Borrower entitled to vote in the election of
directors are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property,
other than a transaction between the Borrower and a Subsidiary of the Borrower,
or (c) individuals who at the beginning of any period of two (2) consecutive
calendar years constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new
directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for
election by the Borrower's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-
thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board of Directors then still in office who
either were members of the Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or
whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for
any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
then in office.

          11.1.19.  FAILURE OF LIEN.  Any Security Document, after delivery
thereof pursuant to this Agreement, for any reason ceases to create a valid Lien
on any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or, after recordation
of such Security Document as provided in this Agreement, ceases to be a
perfected and first-priority Lien on such Collateral.

          11.1.20.  CHS SUBORDINATED INDENTURE EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any event of
default shall occur under the CHS

                                       108

<PAGE>

Subordinated Indenture and, if subject to a cure right, shall fail to be cured
or corrected within the applicable cure period.

          11.1.21.  HALLMARK SUBORDINATED INDENTURE EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any
event of default shall be in existence under the Hallmark Subordinated Indenture
at the time of the consummation of the Hallmark Acquisition, or shall occur
under the Hallmark Subordinated Indenture at any time thereafter, and, if
subject to a cure right, shall fail to be cured or corrected within the
applicable cure period.

     11.2.  LENDERS' REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or at
any time thereafter, and in each and every case, unless such Event of Default
shall have been remedied or waived in writing by Requisite Lenders, any one or
all of the following actions may be taken:

          (a)  upon the request of Requisite Lenders, the Administrative Agent
     shall, by notice to the Borrower terminate any or all of the Commitments,
     whereupon such Commitments of the Lenders thereunder immediately shall
     terminate; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of any event
     specified in either SECTION 11.1.4 or SECTION 11.1.5 the Commitments shall
     terminate automatically without further action by the Administrative Agent,
     the Issuing Bank or the Lenders;

          (b)  upon request of Requisite Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall
     declare all outstanding Obligations and other amounts owing under this
     Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable
     immediately, and all such Obligations and other amounts immediately shall
     be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any
     kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent permitted by
     applicable law; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of any event
     specified in either SECTION 11.1.4 or SECTION 11.1.5 all such Obligations
     and other amounts immediately shall be due and payable in full without
     declaration or other notice;

          (c)  the Administrative Agent immediately, and without expiration of
     any period of grace, may enforce payment of all Obligations of the Borrower
     and the Guarantors to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this
     Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, and the Administrative
     Agent shall be entitled to all remedies available hereunder or thereunder
     and the right to instruct the Issuing Bank to notify the Trustees of the
     occurrence of such Event of Default and to request the Trustees to
     accelerate the maturity of one or more of the Bonds; and

                                       109

<PAGE>


          (d)  the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to exercise, for the
     ratable benefit of the Lenders, all other rights, powers, privileges,
     options and remedies available under or by virtue of the Loan Documents or
     otherwise available at law or in equity.

     11.3.  ACTIONS IN RESPECT OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.

          11.3.1.   COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.  If an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the request
of Requisite Lenders shall, whether in addition to the taking by the
Administrative Agent of any of the actions described in SECTION 11.2 or
otherwise, make demand upon the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to, and
forthwith upon such demand such Person(s) will, pay to the Administrative Agent
at its Lending Office, for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Lenders
and the Issuing Bank, in immediately available (same day) funds for deposit in a
Collateral Account to be maintained for the benefit of the Administrative Agent
and the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank at such place as
shall be designated by the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to the amount
of the Letter of Credit Liabilities.

          11.3.2.   SECURITY INTEREST.  The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby
pledge and assign to the Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the ratable
benefit of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and grant to the Administrative
Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Issuing
Bank, a lien on and a security interest in the Collateral Account, all cash
deposited therein, all notes, certificates and instruments, if any, from time to
time representing or evidencing the Collateral Account and all interest and
other earnings thereon, additions thereto, substitutions therefor and proceeds
thereof.  The lien and security interest granted hereby secures the payment of
all of the Obligations.

          11.3.3.   APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  The Borrower and the Guarantors
hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to apply, from time to time after
funds are deposited in the Collateral Account, funds then held in the Collateral
Account to the payment of any amounts, in such order as the Administrative Agent
may elect, as shall have become or shall become due and payable by the Borrower
to the Lenders in respect of the Letter of Credit Liabilities and thereafter to
the satisfaction of the other Obligations.

          11.3.4.   INVESTMENTS.  Neither the Borrowers, nor the Guarantors, nor
any Person claiming or acting on behalf of or through the Borrowers or the
Guarantors shall have any right to withdraw any of the funds held in the
Collateral Account, except as provided in SECTION 11.3.8; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that with the consent of the Administrative Agent, and to the extent that there

                                       110

<PAGE>

is an amount in excess of $100,000 in the Collateral Account at the end of any
Business Day after taking into account applications of funds, if any, from the
Collateral Account made pursuant to SECTION 11.3.8, the Administrative Agent
may, at the written request of the Borrower, from time to time invest amounts on
deposit in the Collateral Account in Cash Equivalents; PROVIDED, FURTHER that in
order to provide the Administrative Agent with a perfected security interest
therein, each investment in Cash Equivalents shall be evidenced by negotiable
certificates or instruments of which the Administrative Agent shall take
physical possession.  If the Borrower or any Guarantor shall have the right to
have any amounts on deposit in the Collateral Account invested by the
Administrative Agent, but shall have failed to request the Administrative Agent
to invest such amounts, the Administrative Agent will endeavor to invest such
amounts in such Cash Equivalents as the Administrative Agent shall select;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in order to provide the Administrative Agent with a
perfected security interest therein, each such investment in Cash Equivalents
shall be evidenced by negotiable certificates or instruments of which the
Administrative Agent shall take physical possession.  Any interest or other
proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of Cash Equivalents
that are not invested or reinvested in Cash Equivalents as provided above shall
be deposited and held in cash in the Collateral Account under the sole dominion
and control of the Administrative Agent and shall be applied as provided in
SECTION 11.3.3.

          11.3.5.   FURTHER LIENS.  The Borrower and the Guarantors agree that
they will not (a) sell or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Collateral
Account or (b) create or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to the
Collateral Account or the funds on deposit therein except for the security
interest created by this SECTION 11.3.

          11.3.6.   REMEDIES.

          (a)  Requisite Lenders may, in their sole discretion, without notice
     to the Borrower or any Guarantor except as required by law and at any time
     and from time to time, direct any Lender to charge, set-off and otherwise
     apply all or any part of FIRST, the Letter of Credit Liabilities and
     SECOND, the other Obligations, against the Collateral Account, or any part
     thereof, in such order as the Administrative Agent shall elect.  The
     Administrative Agent agrees to notify promptly the Borrower or such
     Guarantor after any such set-off and application made by any Lender, at
     the direction of Requisite Lenders, provided that the failure to give
     such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and
     application.  The rights of the Lenders under this SECTION 11.3.6 are in
     addition to other rights

                                       111

<PAGE>

     and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which any Lender may
     have.

          (b)  The Administrative Agent may exercise, in its sole discretion, in
     respect of the Collateral Account, in addition to the other rights and
     remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights
     and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC, and the
     Administrative Agent may, without notice except as specified below, sell
     the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or
     private sale, at any office of the Administrative Agent or elsewhere, for
     cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the
     Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable.  The Borrower and
     the Guarantors agree that to the extent notice of sale shall be required by
     law, at least ten (10) days' notice of the time and place of any public
     sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall
     constitute reasonable notice.  The Administrative Agent shall not be
     obligated to make any sale of the Collateral or any part thereof,
     regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Administrative Agent
     may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at
     the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further
     notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

          (c)  Any cash or other property held in the Collateral Account, and
     all proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale
     of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the
     Collateral Account may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, then
     or at any time thereafter be applied (after payment of any amounts payable
     pursuant to this SECTION 11.3) in whole or in part by the Administrative
     Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders against all or any part of the
     Obligations in such order as the Administrative Agent may elect.

          11.3.7.   PRESERVATION OF THE COLLATERAL.  The Administrative Agent
shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and
preservation of the Collateral Account if the Collateral Account is accorded
treatment substantially equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its
own property, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not have
any responsibility or liability (a) for ascertaining or taking action with
respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters
relative to any Cash Equivalents, whether or not the Administrative Agent has
or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, (b) for taking any necessary
steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to the Collateral
Account, (c) for the collection of any proceeds from Cash Equivalents, (d) by
reason of any invalidity, lack of value

                                       112

<PAGE>

or uncollectability of any of the payments received by the Administrative Agent
from obligors with respect to Cash Equivalents, (e) for any loss resulting from
investments made in compliance with SECTION 11.3.4, except to the extent such
loss was attributable to the Administrative Agent's gross negligence or willful
misconduct in complying with SECTION 11.3.4, as determined by a final judgment
of a court of competent jurisdiction, or (f) in connection with any investments
made in compliance with SECTION 11.3.4 without a written request from the
Borrower or any Guarantor, or any failure by the Administrative Agent to make
any such investment.

          11.3.8.   SURPLUS FUNDS.  Any surplus funds held in the Collateral
Account and remaining after the Obligations are fully satisfied shall be paid to
the Borrower or such other Person(s) as may be lawfully entitled to receive such
surplus.


                                   ARTICLE 12
                            THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     12.1.  APPOINTMENT. Each Lender hereby (a) irrevocably appoints NationsBank
as the Administrative Agent for such Lender and the other Lenders under this
Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, and (b) irrevocably
authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and to
exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the
Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement, the Notes and the other
Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall, among other things, take such actions
as the Administrative Agent is authorized to take pursuant to this Agreement,
the Notes and the other Loan Documents.  As to any matters not expressly
provided for in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be
required to, exercise any discretion or take any action; however, the
Administrative Agent shall be required to act or to refrain from acting upon the
written instructions of Requisite Lenders if the Administrative Agent shall be
indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and
expense that may be incurred by it by reason of so acting or refraining from
acting.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrative
Agent shall have no duties, responsibilities or fiduciary relationships with any
Lender except those expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents, and no implied covenants, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement, the Notes or the
other Loan Documents or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.


                                       113

<PAGE>


     12.2.  DELEGATION OF DUTIES.  The Administrative Agent may exercise any of
its powers or execute any of its duties under this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents by or through one or more agents or attorneys-in-fact and
shall be entitled to obtain, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such rights and duties.  The Administrative Agent may
utilize the services of such agents and attorneys-in-fact as the Administrative
Agent in its sole discretion reasonably determines, and all reasonable fees and
expenses of such agents and attorneys-in-fact shall be paid by the Borrower on
demand.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or
misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by the Administrative
Agent in good faith.

     12.3.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor its
respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates shall be (a) liable for any waiver, consent or approval given or any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it or by such Person under or in
connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents or the Bond
Documents, if authorized or permitted hereunder, except for its or such Person's
own gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (b) responsible for the
consequences of any oversight or error in judgment by it or such Person
whatsoever, except for its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for (i) the
execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness, sufficiency, enforceability,
perfection or priority of this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents or
the Bond Documents, (ii) the collectability of any amounts owing under this
Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, (iii) the value, sufficiency,
enforceability, perfection or collectability of any Collateral, (iv) the failure
by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to
perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents or to observe any conditions hereof or thereof, (v) the truth,
accuracy and completeness of the recitals, statements, representations or
warranties made by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries or any officer or agent thereof contained in this Agreement, the
Notes, the other Loan Documents or the Bond Documents, or in any certificate,
report, statement, document or other writing referred to or provided for in, or
received by the Administrative Agent in connection with, this Agreement, the
Notes, the other Loan Documents or the Bond Documents believed by the
Administrative Agent to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent
or made by the proper Person or Persons.

     12.4.  RELIANCE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.  The Administrative Agent
shall not have any obligation (a) to ascertain or to inquire as to the
observance or performance of

                                       114

<PAGE>

any of the conditions, covenants or agreements in this Agreement, the Notes or
the other Loan Documents or in any document, instrument or agreement at any
time constituting, or intended to constitute, Collateral, (b) to ascertain or
inquire as to whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it
shall have been duly authorized or is genuine, accurate and complete or (c) to
inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any
of their respective Subsidiaries.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled
to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying (i) upon any note, writing,
resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram,
telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other
document, instrument or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct
and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and
(ii) upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the
Borrower or the Guarantors), independent accountants and other experts
selected by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and
treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a
written notice of the assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof, in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, shall have been delivered to
the Administrative Agent identifying the name of the subsequent
payee or holder thereof.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to fail or
refuse, and shall be fully protected in failing or refusing, to take any action
required or permitted by it under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents unless (A) it first shall receive such advice or concurrence of
Requisite Lenders as it deems appropriate, or (B) it first shall be indemnified
to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense
that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such
action.  In all cases the Administrative Agent shall be fully protected in
acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement, the Notes or the
other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of Requisite Lenders, and such
request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding
upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Notes.

     12.5.  NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to
have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender, the Borrower
or any Guarantor referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event
of Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default." If the
Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall
give telephonic and written notice thereof to the Lenders as soon as is
practicable.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by Requisite
Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless and until the Administrative Agent
shall have received such directions, the

                                       115

<PAGE>

Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as it deems advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

     12.6.  NON-RELIANCE ON THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT BY THE OTHER LENDERS.  Each
Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of
its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has
made any representations or warranties to such Lender.  The Administrative Agent
shall have no obligation, responsibility or liability to any of the Lenders
regarding the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Borrower, any of
the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or for any recitals,
statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any
document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for
the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, perfection,
collectability, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.  No act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any
review of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries, shall
be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative
Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other
Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
it has made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business,
operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries and has made its own
decision to enter into this Agreement and to make its Loans and otherwise
participate in the transactions hereunder.  Each Lender also represents that,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other
Lender, and based on such documents and information as it deems appropriate at
the time, it shall continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and
decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to
inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their
respective Subsidiaries.  The Administrative Agent shall not be required to make
any inquiry concerning the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the
financial condition of the Borrower or the Guarantors or the existence or
possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.  Except for notices,
reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders
by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no
obligation or liability to provide any Lender with any credit or other
information concerning the business, operations, property, financial and other


                                       116

<PAGE>

condition or creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their
respective Subsidiaries that may come into the possession of the Administrative
Agent or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

     12.7.  INDEMNIFICATION. Each of the Lenders shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent
not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the
Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Percentages, from and
against any and all claims, demands, lawsuits, costs, expenses, fees,
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, actions, recoveries, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever, including
interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys' and paralegals' fees and costs and
amounts paid in settlement of any of the foregoing, whether direct, indirect,
consequential or incidental, that at any time (including at any time following
the satisfaction of the Obligations) may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to, resulting from or
arising out of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, the
transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the
Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such
claims, demands, lawsuits, costs, expenses, fees, liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, actions, remedies, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements to the extent such result arose solely from the Administrative
Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this SECTION
12.7 shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the satisfaction of the other
Obligations and shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other
indemnification agreements set forth in the Loan Documents.

     12.8.  PAYMENTS.  If in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, the
distribution of any amount received by the Administrative Agent in such capacity
under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents might involve it in
liability, the Administrative Agent may refrain from making the distribution
thereof until the Administrative Agent's right to make such distribution shall
have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction.  If a court of
competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received from and
distributed by the Administrative Agent in such capacity as Administrative Agent
is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall
have been made either (a) shall repay to the Administrative Agent its
proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid, or (b) shall repay
the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such
court.

                                       117

<PAGE>


     12.9.  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  The Administrative
Agent in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates, may make loans and other
financial accommodations to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any
kind of business with the Borrower or any of the Guarantors and their respective
Subsidiaries as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative
Agent hereunder.  With respect to Loans made or renewed by it, any Notes issued
to it and its participation in the Letter of Credit Liabilities, the
Administrative Agent in its individual capacity shall have the same benefits,
rights, powers and privileges under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not
the Administrative Agent, and the terms "Lender", "Lenders" and "Requisite
Lenders" shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

     12.10.  SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.  The Administrative Agent may
resign as such upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Lenders.  If
the Administrative Agent shall resign as such under this Agreement, then
Requisite Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for
the Lenders, which successor agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Borrower; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that acceptability to the Borrower shall not be
required if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
Upon acceptance of its appointment as successor agent, (a) such successor
agent shall succeed to the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the
Administrative Agent, (b) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be
discharged of all its obligations and liabilities in such capacity under this
Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, (c) the term
"Administrative Agent" shall mean such successor agent effective upon its
appointment and (d) the retiring Administrative Agent's rights, powers and
duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or
further act or deed on the part of such retiring Administrative Agent or any
of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Notes.  After any
retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent,
the provisions of this ARTICLE 12 shall continue to inure to its benefit as to
any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative
Agent under this Agreement.

     12.11.  PERFORMANCE OF AGENTS' DUTIES BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.  The
parties acknowledge that all duties of the Agents hereunder as such shall be
performed by the Administrative Agent, and that the Co-Agent shall have no
responsibility with respect thereto.



                                       118

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 13

                         ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS

     13.1.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement, the Notes and the other
Loan Documents shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the
Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their
respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein or
therein.  Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantors may assign, transfer,
hypothecate or otherwise convey their respective rights, benefits, obligations
or duties hereunder or thereunder without the prior express written consent of
the Lenders.  Any purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other
conveyance by the Borrower or the Guarantors without the prior express written
consent of all the Lenders shall be void.  Neither the Administrative Agent
nor any of the Lenders may sell, assign, transfer, grant a participation in,
or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of its interest in this Agreement,
the Notes or the other Loan Documents except as expressly provided herein.

     13.2.  ASSIGNMENTS.

          13.2.1.   ASSIGNMENTS. With prior notice to the Borrower, each Lender
may assign (other than the sale of a participation) up to one hundred percent
(100%) of its right, title and interest under this Agreement, the Notes, the
Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of
its Commitments and the same portion of the Loans at the time owing to it) to
one or more banks or other financial institutions so long as any such bank or
financial institution meets the rating requirements set forth in SECTION 2.16
hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) each such assignment shall be of a constant,
and not a varying, percentage of all such Lender's right, title and interest
hereunder and thereunder, (b) such share equals no less than $15,000,000 in the
case of any one assignee, (c) any assignee shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and (d) a Lender may not
assign any interest without the prior approval of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Borrower, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may assign, as collateral
or otherwise, any of its rights (including such Lender's rights to payments of
principal and/or interest on the Notes) under this Agreement to any Federal
Reserve Bank without notice to or consent of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank or the Borrower.

          13.2.2.   EFFECT OF ASSIGNMENTS.  Upon the sale, assignment, transfer
or other disposition (other than the sale of a participation) of any of a
Lender's right, title and interest under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters
of Credit and the


                                       119

<PAGE>

other Loan Documents to any assignee in accordance with this SECTION 13.2,
then upon the execution, delivery and acceptance of the Assignment
and Acceptance, from and after the effective date specified therein, (a) the
transferor Lender no longer shall have the rights, benefits and obligations
under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit or the other Loan
Documents to the extent of the interest transferred (except for such rights,
benefits and obligations that such Lender would retain under or with respect to
this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit or the other Loan Documents
upon payment in full of the Obligations), and (b) the assignee shall become a
Lender, shall succeed to the rights and benefits and assume the obligations of
such transferor Lender hereunder and thereunder to the extent of the interest
transferred.

          13.2.3.   ACTIONS BY THE BORROWER.  The Borrower hereby agrees that it
shall execute and deliver, at the request of the Administrative Agent (a) one or
more substitute Notes to the order of such Lenders to evidence the portions of
the Loans retained and sold and (b) any amendment to any Loan Document to
effectuate the provisions of this SECTION 13.2.

     13.3.  PARTICIPATIONS.  Subject to the provisions of this SECTION 13.3,
each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell undivided participating
interests in all or any part of its Commitments, the Loans and the Letters of
Credit to one or more banks or other financial institutions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that (a) such sale or transfer shall not relieve such Lender of any obligation
or liability hereunder, (b) such Lender shall make and receive all payments for
the account of its participants and shall retain exclusively, and shall continue
to exercise exclusively, all rights of approval and administration available
hereunder with respect to such Lender's Commitments, the Loans and the Letters
of Credit, even after giving effect to the sale of any such participation
(although such Lender may at its option agree with its participants that it
will not consent to any matter described in CLAUSES (a) THROUGH (G) OF
SECTION 14.3.4 without their concurrence), and (c) such Lender shall make such
arrangements with its participants as may be necessary to accomplish the
foregoing.  No such participant shall be a Lender for any purpose of this
Agreement, other than for purposes of SECTION 14.13, without the consent of
the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank.

     13.4.  DISCLOSURE. In connection with any assignments, participations or
offers therefor pursuant to this ARTICLE 13, each Lender may disclose to any
assignee or participant or prospective assignee or participant such information
pertaining to the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective
Subsidiaries as such Lender may deem appropriate or such assignee or participant
or prospective assignee or participant may request; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
prior to any such disclosure such


                                       120


<PAGE>

assignee or participant or prospective assignee or participant shall agree to
preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries received by it on the same basis as provided in
this SECTION 13.4.

     13.5.  ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS AS UNITS.  No Lender shall assign or
sell any participation in its Commitments, the Loans or the Letters of Credit,
except in the form of units consisting of pro rata interests in its Commitments,
the Loans and the Letters of Credit.

     13.6.  MAINTENANCE OF IDENTICAL PERCENTAGES UNDER CREDIT AGREEMENTS. In
all events, each Lender's Percentage of the Commitments under this Agreement
shall be maintained continuously so as to be the same as such Lender's
percentage of the commitments under the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement. If any
action shall be taken or event shall occur (including any action taken or
event occurring under SECTION 2.17 and this ARTICLE 13) that would result in a
change in any Lender's Percentage of the Commitments hereunder, such action
also shall be taken and/or such event also shall be deemed to have occurred
under the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement such that at all times each Lender's
Percentage of the Commitments under this Agreement shall be the same as such
Lender's percentage of the commitments under the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE 14

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14.1.  NOTICES. Any notice, request, demand or other communication required
or permitted under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to be properly given (a) when received, if
personally delivered or sent by overnight courier with appropriate confirmation
of delivery, (b) two (2) Business Days after deposit in the mail, if mailed by
United States first class, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (c)
one (1) Business Day after deposit with a public telegraph company for
transmittal, charges prepaid, or (d) when received, if given by telecopy, with
appropriate confirmation, each to the appropriate address set forth below or to
such other address that any such party or the Administrative Agent may designate
by written notice to other parties.



                                       121

<PAGE>

     If to the Borrower:

          Community Health Systems, Inc.
          Suite 500
          3707 FM 1960 West
          Houston, Texas 77068-5704
          Attn: Ms. Deborah G. Moffett
          Telecopy No. 713/537-9265


     If to any of the Guarantors:

          c/o Community Health Systems, Inc.
          Suite 500
          3707 FM 1960 West
          Houston, Texas 77068-5704
          Attn: Ms. Deborah G. Moffett
          Telecopy No. 713/537-9265


     If to any of the Lenders:

          Their respective addresses as set forth with their signatures on this
          Agreement.


     If to NationsBank as Administrative Agent:

          NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A.
          One NationsBank Plaza
          Nashville, Tennessee 37239-1697
          Attn: Medical Industries Group
          Telecopy No. 615/749-4743

          with a copy to:

          NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A.
          NC1-002-06-19
          NationsBank Plaza
          101 South Tryon Street
          Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
          Attn: Agency Services
          Telecopy No. 704/386-9923


     If to First Union as Issuing Bank:

          First Union National Bank of North Carolina
          One First Union Center SW-19
          Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0735
          Attn: Healthcare Finance Group
          Telecopy No. 704/374-4092




                                       122

<PAGE>

     14.2.  AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement amends, restates, supersedes and replaces the
     Previous Credit Agreement in its entirety, and the credit facilities
     provided herein represent extensions and modifications of the credit
     facilities provided pursuant to the Previous Credit Agreement.

          (b)  The execution and delivery of the $50,000,000 Credit Agreement,
     this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents supersede all the
     negotiations or stipulations concerning the matters that preceded or
     accompanied the execution and delivery hereof and thereof (other than
     with respect to fees payable pursuant to separate agreements among the
     Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank). The $50,000,000
     Credit Agreement and this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
     Documents also are intended, by the parties hereto and thereto, as a
     complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions hereof and
     thereof.

     14.3.  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.

          14.3.1.   AMENDMENTS.  Except as otherwise set forth in this
Agreement, the provisions of (a) this Agreement may not be modified, amended,
restated or supplemented, except by a written instrument duly executed and
delivered on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors and Requisite Lenders, and
(b) the Notes and all Loan Documents other than this Agreement may not be
modified, amended, restated or supplemented, except by a written instrument duly
executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, to
the extent that the Borrower or any such Guarantor is a signatory party to such
Note or such Loan Document, and on behalf of the Administrative Agent, with the
written consent of Requisite Lenders.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, the Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders may modify, amend,
restate, supplement or waive any provision of ARTICLE 12 without the consent
of the Borrower or any Guarantor.  The Borrower agrees to give the Trustees
notice of any amendments hereto to the extent required by the terms of the
Indentures.

          14.3.2.   WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.  Except as otherwise set forth in this
Agreement, any waiver of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Notes,
the other Loan Documents or the Bond Documents, or any waiver of any Default or
Event of Default and its consequences hereunder or thereunder, and any consent
or approval required or permitted by this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan
Documents or the Bond Documents to be given by the Lenders, may be made or given
with, but only with, the written consent of Requisite Lenders on such terms and
conditions

                                       123

<PAGE>

as specified in the written instrument granting such waiver, consent
or approval.  A waiver, to be effective, must be in writing and signed by the
party making the waiver.

          14.3.3.   EFFECT OF WAIVERS.  In the case of any waiver, the Borrower,
the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to
their former positions and rights under this Agreement, the Notes, the other
Loan Documents and the Bond Documents to the extent of such waiver, and any
Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not
continued; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no waiver shall constitute the waiver of any
subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.  No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or any
Lender to exercise or enforce any right or remedy under or in connection with
this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, whether by their
respective terms, at law, in equity or otherwise, shall operate as a waiver
thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall
preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or
remedy.

          14.3.4.   CONSENT OF ALL THE LENDERS.  Without in each instance the
prior express written consent of the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders,
no such modification, amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or consent
shall:


            (a) increase the aggregate Commitments, or increase the Commitment
         of any Lender without such Lender's approval;

            (b) extend any Scheduled Commitment Reduction Date or reduce the
         amount of the scheduled reduction of the aggregate Commitments on any
         Scheduled Commitment Reduction Date;

            (c) reduce the amounts or extend the dates for the payment of any
         Credit Fees that are payable ratably to all of the Lenders in
         accordance with their respective Percentages of the Commitments;

            (d) extend the maturity of the Notes or the date of any scheduled
         principal payments or mandatory prepayments hereunder or thereunder;

            (e) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest
         hereunder or under the Notes;

            (f) waive the payment of any principal, interest or Credit Fees
         payable hereunder or under the Notes;

            (g) extend the termination dates of any of the Commitments or the
         Termination Date;

                                       124

<PAGE>

            (h) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any
         of its Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
         Documents, or;

            (i) release a material portion of the Collateral or release any of
         the guarantees hereunder, except as expressly provided herein; or

            (j) amend or modify the definitions of "Percentages" or "Requisite
         Lenders" contained in this Agreement.

          14.3.5.   BINDING EFFECT.  Any such modification, amendment,
restatement, supplement, waiver or consent shall apply equally to each of the
Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders, the
Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Notes.

     14.4.  INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS.  All covenants hereunder shall be given
independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted
by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception
to, or otherwise would be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not
avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken
or condition exists.

     14.5.  INTERPRETATION.  Neither this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents, nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein or therein, shall be
construed or resolved against the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the
Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Borrower or the Guarantors whether under any rule
of construction or otherwise.  This Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents have been reviewed by all the parties hereto and thereto and shall be
construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used as
to fairly accomplish the purposes and intentions of all such parties.

     14.6.  INCONSISTENCIES WITH OTHER DOCUMENTS.  In the event there is a
conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
any provision of the Security Documents that imposes additional burdens on the
Borrower or any Guarantor or further restricts the rights of the Borrower or any
Guarantor or gives the Lenders additional rights shall not be deemed to be in
conflict or inconsistent with this Agreement and shall be given full force and
effect.

     14.7.   SEVERABILITY.  If any portion of this Agreement, the Notes or any
of the other Loan Documents shall be judged by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be unenforceable, the remaining portions shall be valid and enforceable to
the extent that the remaining terms thereof provide for the creation of the


                                       125

<PAGE>

Obligations and the consummation of the issuance of the Notes, the grant of
collateral security therefor, the guarantee thereof and the payment of principal
and interest in respect of the Obligations substantially on the same terms and
subject to the same conditions as set forth herein and therein.

     14.8.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TENNESSEE,
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF, EXCEPT
TO THE EXTENT THAT THE LAWS OF A PARTICULAR JURISDICTION GOVERN THE CREATION,
PERFECTION, PRIORITY AND ENFORCEMENT OF LIENS ON AND SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE
COLLATERAL. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, IF AT ANY TIME THE LAWS OF THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA PERMIT ANY LENDER TO CONTRACT FOR, TAKE, RESERVE,
CHARGE OR RECEIVE INTEREST OR LOAN CHARGES IN AMOUNTS GREATER THAN ARE ALLOWED
BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE (WHETHER SUCH FEDERAL LAWS DIRECTLY SO PROVIDE OR
REFER TO THE LAW OF THE STATE WHERE SUCH LENDER IS LOCATED), THEN
SUCH FEDERAL LAWS SHALL TO SUCH EXTENT GOVERN AS TO THE INTEREST AND LOAN
CHARGES THAT SUCH LENDER IS ALLOWED TO CONTRACT FOR, TAKE, RESERVE, CHARGE OR
RECEIVE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. REFERENCES
TO LAWS IN THIS SECTION ARE TO SUCH LAWS AS ARE NOW IN EFFECT, AND, WITH RESPECT
TO USURY LAWS, IF ANY, APPLICABLE TO ANY LENDER AND TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED
THEREBY, TO SUCH LAWS AS HEREAFTER MAY BE IN EFFECT THAT ALLOW A HIGHER MAXIMUM
NONUSURIOUS INTEREST RATE THAN SUCH LAWS NOW ALLOW.  TO THE EXTENT THAT TEXAS
LAW IS APPLICABLE TO ANY LENDER, TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069, CH. 15
(WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING TRIPARTY
ACCOUNTS) SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTES.

     14.9.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  THE BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL
COURTS LOCATED IN DAVIDSON COUNTY, TENNESSEE IN ANY ACTION, CLAIM OR OTHER
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE
NOTES AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR
THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.  THE BORROWER AND
EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE SERVICE OF A SUMMONS AND
COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS IN ANY ACTION, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES
OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER,
OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF OR ITS
PROPERTY, IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED IN SECTION 14.1. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 14.9
SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO SERVE LEGAL
PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LPN OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE
BORROWER, ANY OF

                                       126

<PAGE>


THE GUARANTORS OR THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER
JURISDICTIONS.

     14.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE CO-AGENT, THE
ISSUING BANK, EACH LENDER, THE BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION, CLAIM,
COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR
OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS.  The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing with
respect to any and all disputes that may be filed in any court
and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including without
limitation contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other
common law and statutory claims.  Each of the parties hereto (i) acknowledges
that this waiver is a material inducement for the parties to the Loan Documents
to enter into a business relationship, that the parties to the Loan Documents
have already relied on this waiver in entering into same and the transactions
that are the subject thereof, and that they will continue to rely on this waiver
in their related future dealings, and (ii) further warrants and represents that
each has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that each knowingly and
voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal
counsel.  This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either
orally or in writing, and this waiver shall apply to any subsequent amendments,
modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals and/or replacements of this
Agreement.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written
consent to a trial by the court.

     14.11.  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  All rights and remedies provided in or
contemplated by this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents are
cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedy otherwise provide herein,
therein, at law or in equity.

     14.12.  EXPENSES OF ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT.  The Borrower shall pay
on demand all reasonable expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with
this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, and the preparation of
any modifications, amendments, restatements, supplements or waivers, including
all attorneys' and paralegals' fees and expenses, all fees and expenses for
title, lien and other public records searches, filing and recordation fees and
taxes, duplicating expenses, corporation search fees, appraisal fees, escrow
agent fees and expenses, and all other customary expenses.  If there shall occur
a Default or Event of Default, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including administrative expenses of
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and fees and disbursements of in-house
and



                                       127

<PAGE>



outside counsel) in connection with such Default or Event of Default and
collection and other enforcement proceedings (including bankruptcy proceedings)
resulting therefrom shall be paid by the Borrower, regardless of whether suit is
actually commenced to obtain any relief provided hereunder.  The Borrower shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders from and against any and all documentary
or filing taxes, assessments or charges by any Governmental Authority by
reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions that are the
subject thereof.

     14.13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Borrower and each of the Guarantors, jointly
and severally, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against
any and all claims, demands, lawsuits, costs, expenses, fees, obligations,
liabilities, losses, damages, recoveries and deficiencies, including interest,
penalties and reasonable attorneys' and paralegals' fees and costs and amounts
paid in settlement of any of the foregoing, whether direct, indirect,
consequential or incidental, that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may
incur or suffer or that may arise out of, result from or relate to (a) this
Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit or the other Loan Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding actions arising out of
the Administrative Agent's or the Lenders' own gross negligence or willful
misconduct and actions arising out of claims made by the Administrative Agent,
the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender against any of the others), or (b)
any action under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit or the other
Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding
actions arising out of the Administrative Agent's or the Lenders' own gross
negligence or willful misconduct and actions arising out of claims made by the
Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender against any
of the others).  In no event shall the Administrative Agent or the Lenders be
liable to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors for any matter or thing in
connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit or the other
Loan Documents other than to account for monies actually received by them in
accordance with the terms hereof.  This SECTION 14.13 shall survive termination
of this Agreement.

     14.14.  ADJUSTMENT.  If any Lender (a "BENEFITTED LENDER") at any time
shall receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or its participation in
the Letter of Credit Liabilities or the interest thereon or receive any
collateral therefor, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off or
otherwise, in a greater portion of any such payment to and collateral received
by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans

                                       128

<PAGE>




or its participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations or the interest
thereon, such benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders
such portion of each Lender's Loan and participation in the Letter of Credit
Obligations, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such
collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such
benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral
or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all
or any portion of such excess payment or benefits thereafter is recovered from
such benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase
price and benefit returned to the extent of such recovery, but without
interest.  Each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lenders' Loan and
participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations may exercise all rights of
payment (including rights of setoff) with respect to such portion as fully as
if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

     14.15.  SETOFF. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders
provided by law, the Lenders each shall have a security interest in any and all
deposits of the Borrower and the Guarantors (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final) at any time held by any Lender or any Affiliate
thereof, which security interest shall secure the Obligations.  Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, with the
consent of the Administrative Agent without prior notice to the Borrower or
the Guarantors, any notice being specifically waived by the Borrower and the
Guarantors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Lender may
set off and apply against any indebtedness, whether matured or unmatured, of
the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Lenders, any amount owing from any Lender
or any Affiliate thereof to the Borrower or any Guarantor at, or at any time
after, the occurrence of an Event of Default (and each Affiliate of any Lender
is irrevocably authorized to permit such setoff and application), and the
aforesaid right of setoff may be exercised by any Lender against the Borrower
or the Guarantors or against any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession,
assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment, or
attachment creditor of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or against anyone else
claiming through or against the Borrower or any such Guarantor or such trustee
in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
receiver or execution, judgment or other attachment creditor, notwithstanding
the fact that such right of setoff shall not have been exercised by any Lender
prior to the making, filing or issuance, or service upon any Lender of, or of
notice of, any such petition, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
appointment or application for the appointment of a receiver, or issuance of
execution, subpoena, order or warrant.  Each Lender promptly shall notify the
Borrower or the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff
and application made by any Lender; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that failure


                                       129

<PAGE>




to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and
application.

     14.16.  OTHER ACCOMMODATIONS TO THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTORS; NO RIGHTS
BY VIRTUE OF CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION.

          (a)  Each Lender (including the Administrative Agent) may, without
     notice to or consent by any other Lender, make or participate in loans,
     extensions of credit or other financial accommodations to or for the
     benefit of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries on any terms that it
     deems desirable, and engage in other business transactions, in the same
     manner as if this Agreement were not in existence, all without limiting,
     waiving or otherwise impairing any rights of such Lender or any other
     Lender under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of
     the foregoing, the Lenders acknowledge and agree that so long as a Lender
     acts in good faith and the other Lenders' interests in the Obligations and
     the Collateral are not impaired thereby, (i) such Lender may be preferred
     or secured in any manner that it deems advisable with respect to such other
     loans, extensions of credit, financial accommodations and transactions,
     (ii) such Lender shall be under no obligation to collect or attempt to
     collect any payments in respect of the Obligations in preference to the
     collection or enforcement of any other borrowings or obligations of the
     Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to such Lender, and (iii) any amounts
     collected by such Lender from the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries that are
     not expressly designated (or reasonably determinable to be intended) as
     being in payment of the Obligations may be applied to any of the
     obligations of such Person to such Lender in any manner deemed appropriate
     by such Lender.

          (b)  The Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Collateral constitutes
     all of the collateral security for the Obligations and that, as among
     themselves, no Lender shall have any interest in (i) any property or
     interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the
     Collateral, that now or hereafter secures loans, extensions of credit,
     other financial accommodations and other transactions (excluding the
     Obligations), of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with any other
     Lender, whether entered into directly or acquired by such Lender, (ii) any
     property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the
     Collateral, now or hereafter in the possession or control of any other
     Lender, (iii) any deposit, not constituting Collateral, now or hereafter
     held by any other Lender, or (iv) any other indebtedness now or hereafter
     owing to any other Lender; any of which may be or become security for or
     otherwise available for payment or performance of the Obligations by reason
     of any cross-

                                       130

<PAGE>


     collateralization or any general description of secured
     indebtedness(es) and/or obligations) contained in any mortgage, security
     agreement or other security instrument or agreement held by any Lender, or
     by reason of the right of setoff, counterclaim or otherwise.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such property, deposit or
     indebtedness, or any proceeds thereof, in the discretion of the Lender
     holding same, is applied to the reduction of the Obligations, then all of
     the Lenders shall be entitled to their respective Percentages of such
     application in the manner provided in SECTIONS 3.3 and 14.14.

     14.17.  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  All representations
and warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in this Agreement,
the Notes and the other Loan Documents and in any other certificate, opinion or
other statement provided at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower and the
Guarantors in connection herewith shall survive the execution of the delivery
of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, the purchase and
sale of the Notes hereunder and the payment or other satisfaction of the
Obligations.

     14.18.  RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES.  None of the Administrative Agent, the
Co-Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders shall be deemed partners or joint
venturers with the Borrower or the Guarantors or any Affiliate thereof in making
this Agreement or by any action taken hereunder.  The Borrower and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Lenders and the Administrative Agent from and against any and all claims,
demands, lawsuits, costs, expenses, fees, obligations, liabilities, losses,
damages, recoveries and deficiencies, including interest, penalties and
reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, whether direct, indirect, consequential or
incidental, that the Lenders or the Administrative Agent may incur or suffer or
that may arise out of, result from or relate to such a construction of the
parties and their relationship.  This SECTION 14.18 shall survive termination of
this Agreement.

     14.19.  DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS.   Any documents, schedules, invoices or
other papers delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent, the Issuing
Bank or the Lenders at their option may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of by
them six (6) months after they are delivered to or received by them, unless the
Borrower or any Guarantor requests, in writing, the return of such documents,
schedules, invoices or other papers and makes reasonably acceptable
arrangements, at the Borrower's or such Guarantor's expense, for their return.

     14.20.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original,

                                       131

<PAGE>

but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This
Agreement shall become effective when (a) the Administrative Agent shall have
received counterparts executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders,
the Issuing Bank, the Co-Agent and the Administrative Agent, or (b) in the
case of any Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have received telecopied
notice from such Lender that it has executed a counterpart thereof and
forwarded the same to the Administrative Agent by first class, registered or
certified mail as set forth in SECTION 14.1. A set of the copies of this
Agreement or counterparts signed by all of the parties shall be lodged with
the Borrower, on behalf of itself and the Guarantors, and the Administrative
Agent.

     14.21.  INTEREST AND LOAN CHARGES NOT TO EXCEED MAXIMUM AMOUNTS ALLOWED BY
LAW.  It is the intention of the Borrower and the Lenders to conform strictly
to all laws applicable to the Lenders that govern or limit the interest and
loan charges that may be charged in respect of the Obligations.  Anything in
this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary
notwithstanding, in no event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of
proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, acceleration of the maturity
of the unpaid balance of any of the Obligations or otherwise, shall the
interest and loan charges agreed to be paid to any of the Lenders for the use
of the money advanced or to be advanced hereunder exceed the maximum amounts
collectible by such Lender pursuant to applicable law.  If for any reason
whatsoever the interest or loan charges paid or contracted to be paid
by the Borrower to any of the Lenders in respect of the Loans shall exceed the
maximum amounts collectible under the law applicable to such Lender then, in
that event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
the Notes or any other Loan Document: (a) the aggregate of all consideration
that constitutes interest or loan charges under the law applicable to such
Lender that is contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received under this
Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document or otherwise in connection
with the Obligations under no circumstances shall exceed the maximum amounts
allowed by such applicable law, and any excess shall be credited by such
Lender on the principal amount of the Obligations (or, to the extent the
principal amount outstanding under this Agreement, the Notes and the other
Loan Documents has been or thereby would be paid in full, refunded to the
Borrower); and (b) in the event that the maturity of any or all of the
Obligations is accelerated by reason of an election of the Lenders resulting
from any Default under this Agreement or otherwise, or in the event of any
required or permitted prepayment, then such consideration that constitutes
interest or loan charges under law applicable to any Lender may never include
more than the maximum amounts allowed by law applicable to such Lender, and
any excess interest or loan charges provided for in this Agreement or
otherwise shall be cancelled

                                       132

<PAGE>

automatically as of the date of such acceleration or prepayment and, if
theretofore paid, shall be credited by such Lender on the principal amount of
the Obligations (or, to the extent the principal amount of the Obligations has
been or thereby would be paid in full, refunded by such Lender to the
Borrower).  All sums paid or agreed to be paid to the Lenders for the use,
forbearance or detention of sums due hereunder shall, to the extent permitted
by applicable law, be prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term
of the Obligations until payment in full so that the rate or amount of
interest and loan charges on account of the Obligations will not exceed any
applicable legal limitation.  The right to accelerate the maturity of the
Obligations does not include the right to accelerate the maturity of any
interest or loan charges not otherwise accrued on the date of
such acceleration, and the Lenders do not intend to charge or collect any
unearned interest or loan charges in the event of any such acceleration. If and
to the extent that Article 5069-1.04 of the Texas Revised Civil Statutes is
relevant to any Lender for the purpose of determining the Highest Lawful Rate,
each such Lender hereby elects to determine the applicable rate ceiling under
such Article by the indicated (weekly) rate ceiling from time to time in
effect, subject to each Lender's rights subsequently to change such method in
accordance with applicable law.

     14.22.  FINAL AGREEMENT.  THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

                                        COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., as
                                        Borrower


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Name: Deborah G. Moffett
                                             Title: Vice President, Finance


                                        Attest:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  Name: J. Anthony Van Slyke
                                                  Title:  Assistant Secretary



                                        COMMUNITY HEALTH INVESTMENT CORPORATION,
                                        as Guarantor


                                       133

<PAGE>



                                        CHS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION,
                                        as Guarantor



                                        PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNT SERVICES, INC., as
                                        Guarantor



                                        COMMUNITY HEALTH MANAGEMENT  SERVICES,
                                        INC., as Guarantor


                                        HOSPITAL OF BARSTOW, INC., as Guarantor



                                        ENID HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., as Guarantor



                                        FANNIN REGIONAL HOSPITAL, INC., as
                                        Guarantor



                                        HIGHLAND HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., as
                                        Guarantor



                                        HILLSIDE HOSPITAL, INC., as Guarantor



                                        MOBERLY HOSPITAL, INC., as Guarantor



                                        HOSPITAL OF FULTON, INC., as Guarantor



                                        HOSPITAL OF ROCKY MOUNT, INC., as
                                        Guarantor


                                       134

<PAGE>


                                        OLIVE BRANCH HOSPITAL, INC., as
                                        Guarantor



                                        EAST TENNESSEE HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., as
                                        Guarantor



                                        RUSSELL COUNTY MEDICAL CENTER, INC., as
                                        Guarantor



                                        WEST FLORIDA HOSPITAL CORPORATION, as
                                        Guarantor

                                       135


<PAGE>

                                        HOSPITAL OF LOUISA, INC., as Guarantor



                                        CENTRAL PLAINS REGIONAL HOSPITAL, INC.,
                                        as Guarantor



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Name:  Deborah G. Moffett
                                             Title:  Vice President of each of
                                             the Guarantors listed above



                                        Attest:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  Name: J. Anthony Van Slyke
                                                  Title:  Assistant Secretary

                                       136

<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        NATIONSBANK OF TENNESSEE, N.A., as a
                                        Lender and as Administrative Agent



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  Second Floor
                                                  One NationsBank Plaza
                                                  Nashville, TN  37239-1697
                                                  Attn: Medical Industries Group
                                                  Telecopy No. 615/749-4743



                                        Initial Commitment:  $30,000,000



                                        Percentage: 20.0%

                                       137

<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH
                                        CAROLINA, as a Lender, as Co-Agent and
                                        as Issuing Bank



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  One First Union Center, TW 19
                                                  Charlotte, NC 28288-0735
                                                  Attn: John Ransom
                                                  Telecopy No. 704/383-9144


                                        Initial Commitment:  $26,250,000



                                        Percentage:  17.5%

                                       138

<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        CITICORP USA, INC.,
                                        as a Lender



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  12th Floor, Zone 17
                                                  399 Park Avenue
                                                  New York, NY 10027
                                                  Attn: Barbara E. Cohen
                                                  Telecopy No. 212/793-9310

                                        with copies of notices to:

                                                  Citicorp North America, Inc.,
                                                  1400 Trammell Crow Center
                                                  2001 Ross Avenue
                                                  Dallas, TX 75201
                                                  Attn: Steve Bethel
                                                  Telecopy No. 214/953-3888



                                        Initial Commitment:  $26,250,000



                                        Percentage:  17.5%

                                      139

<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        BANQUE PARIBAS, Houston Agency,
                                        as a Lender



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  1200 Smith, Suite 3100
                                                  Houston, TX 77002
                                                  Attn: Glenn E. Mealey
                                                  Telecopy No. 713/659-3832



                                        Initial Commitment:  $15,000,000



                                        Percentage:  10.0%

                                      140

<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
                                        as a Lender



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  Suite 2700
                                                  600 Peachtree Street, NE
                                                  Atlanta, GA 30308
                                                  Attn: Mary K. Munoz
                                                  Telecopy No. 404/888-8998



                                        Initial Commitment:  $15,000,000



                                        Percentage:  10.0%

                                      141



<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        CORESTATES BANK, N.A.,
                                        as a Lender



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  1500 Market Street West Tower
                                                  Philadelphia, PA 19101-7558
                                                  Attn: Paul Hogan
                                                  Telecopy No. 215/786-7721



                                        Initial Commitment:  $15,000,000



                                        Percentage:  10.0%

                                      142





<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        THE BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.,
                                        as a Lender



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  Fifth Floor
                                                  550 South Hope Street
                                                  Los Angeles, CA 90071
                                                  Attn: Corporate Banking/
                                                        Healthcare
                                                  Telecopy No. 213/243-3552



                                        Initial Commitment:  $11,250,000



                                        Percentage:  7.5%

                                      143






<PAGE>

               [Lender's Signature Page to $150,000,000 Community
                Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Credit
                        Agreement dated August   , 1994]



                                        NATIONAL CITY BANK, KENTUCKY,
                                        as a Lender



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                        Address:  101 South Fifth Street
                                                  Louisville, KY 40201
                                                  Attn: Charles P. Denny
                                                  Telecopy No. 502/581-4424


                                        Initial Commitment:  $11,250,000



                                        Percentage:  7.5%

                                      144




<PAGE>

                             SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS


                                    SCHEDULES


Schedule 1.1A       List of Hospitals

Schedule 7.1        Borrower, Guarantors and Subsidiaries  -
                         Capitalization and Jurisdictions of
                         Incorporation and Foreign Qualification

Schedule 7.3        Post-Closing Consents

Schedule 7.6        Pending Litigation

Schedule 7.17A      Indebtedness

Schedule 7.17B      Contingent Obligations

Schedule 7.18A      Business Locations

Schedule 7.18B      Trade Names

Schedule 7.24       Non-Accredited Hospitals

Schedule 7.26       Employment Agreements and Executive
                         Compensation Arrangements

Schedule 7.27       Environmental Matters

Schedule 7.28       Material Contracts and Capitalized Lease
                    Obligations

Schedule 7.30       Operating Leases

Schedule 8.20       Post-Closing Matters

Schedule 9.2        Existing Liens

Schedule 9.5        Existing Investments


                                    EXHIBITS


Exhibit 1.1B        Information to be Provided Regarding Permitted
                         Acquisitions

Exhibit 1.1C        Form of Supplement to Credit Agreement

Exhibit 2.2.4       Form of Notice of Borrowing

                                       145

<PAGE>


Exhibit 2.3.2       Form of Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit 2.7.2       Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

Exhibit 2.8         Form of Note

Exhibit 4.1A        Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit 4.1B        Form of Assignment and Security Agreement

Exhibit 4.1C        Form of First Amendment to Bond Pledge
                         Agreement (Series A Bonds)

Exhibit 4.1D        Form of First Amendment to Bond Pledge
                         Agreement (Series B Bonds)

Exhibit 4.1E        Form of First Amendment to Bond Pledge
                         Agreement (Fulton Bonds)

Exhibit 4.1F        Form of First Amendment to Bond Pledge
                         Agreement (Olive Branch Bonds)

Exhibit 6.1.1A      Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower and
                         the Guarantors

Exhibit 6.1.1B      Form of Borrower's and Guarantors' Letter to
                         Counsel Requesting Opinion

Exhibit 6.1.1C      Form of Solvency Certificate of Borrower

Exhibit 6.1.1D      Form of Solvency Certificate of Guarantors

Exhibit 6.1.1E      Form of Trustee's Certificate (Series A and
                         Series B Trustee)

Exhibit 6.1.1F      Form of Trustee's Certificate (Fulton Trustee)

Exhibit 6.1.1G      Form of Trustee's Certificate (Olive Branch
                         Trustee)

Exhibit 8.1.5       Sample Quantitative Analysis and Statistical
                         Summary

Exhibit 13.2         Form of Assignment and Acceptance

                                       146



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1

                      STATEMENTS RE COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

                         COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

   
    The following computations for the year ended June 30, 1994 reflect earnings
available  for fixed charges and resultant  ratios for Community on a historical
basis and for Community and Hallmark on a pro forma combined basis, assuming the
Merger was consummated on July 1, 1993.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1994
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                                                       COMBINED
                                                                                        HISTORICAL    COMMUNITY &
                                                                                         COMMUNITY     HALLMARK
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes...................   $  13,864    $    17,766
Add:
  (a) Interest expense................................................................      13,504         21,006
  (a) Interest element of rent expense................................................       2,617          4,342
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
Earnings..............................................................................   $  29,985    $    43,114
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
Fixed Charges (sum of a's)............................................................   $  16,121    $    25,348
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges....................................................        1.86x          1.70 x
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
                                                                                        -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference  in this Joint Proxy  Statement/Prospectus contained in a Registration
Statement on Form S-4  related to the merger  of Community Health Systems,  Inc.
with  Hallmark Healthcare Corporation  of our reports,  dated February 22, 1994,
included or incorporated by reference in Community Health Systems, Inc.'s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, and to all  references
to our firm included in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

   
ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
    

Houston, Texas
   
August 22, 1994
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

   
    As  independent public  accountants, we hereby  consent to  the inclusion in
this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained  in a Registration Statement  on
Form  S-4 related to the merger of  Community Health Systems, Inc. with Hallmark
Healthcare Corporation of our report, dated August 12, 1994, on the consolidated
financial statements of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation and to all references to
our firm included in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
    

   
ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
    

Atlanta, Georgia
   
August 22, 1994
    



<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT 23.5




                             CONSENT OF LEHMAN BROTHERS

   We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
forming part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our opinion dated
June 10, 1994 to the Board of Directors of Community Health Systems, Inc.
attached as Appendix C to such Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the
references to such opinion therein. In giving such consent, we do not admit
that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under
Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations issued
thereunder, and we do not thereby admit that we are experts with respect to
any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term
"expert" as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.


                                  LEHMAN BROTHERS



















<PAGE>


                        [Letterhead of Mabon Securities Corp.]


                                       CONSENT



   The undersigned, Mabon Securities Corp., hereby consents to the references
to it under the sections captioned "Summary -- The Merger," "Background Of The
Merger And Related Matters -- Background of the Merger," "-- Recommendations
of the Boards of Directors" and "-- Opinions of Financial Advisors" in the
Proxy Statement-Prospectus (the "PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS") constituting a
part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Community Health Systems,
Inc. filed pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES
ACT"), and to the reference to it in the letter to stockholders of Hallmark
Healthcare Corporation accompanying the Proxy Statement-Prospectus. In giving
this consent, the undersigned does not hereby admit that it is within the
category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission promulgated thereunder.

                                     MABON SECURITIES CORP.




                                     By: /s/ Peter H. Blum
                                         -------------------------------
                                         Peter H. Blum
                                         Managing Director



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.7


                       CONSENT OF JAMES T. MCAFEE, JR.



   In accordance with the requirements of Rule 438 promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"), I hereby consent to the references
to my name appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and in the
accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus forming a part thereof relating
to the registration under the Securities Act of up to 3,565,287 shares of
common stock of Community Health Systems, Inc., par value $.01 per share, to
be issued to the stockholders of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation in connection
with the proposed merger to which such Registration Statement relates.


                                         /s/ James T. McAfee, Jr.
                                         -------------------------------
                                         James T. McAfee, Jr.


August 23, 1994



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.8


                          CONSENT OF KAY W. SLAYDEN



   In accordance with the requirements of Rule 438 promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"), I hereby consent to the references
to my name appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and in the
accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus forming a part thereof relating
to the registration under the Securities Act of up to 3,565,287 shares of
common stock of Community Health Systems, Inc., par value $.01 per share, to
be issued to the stockholders of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation in connection
with the proposed merger to which such Registration Statement relates.


                                         /s/ Kay W. Slayden
                                         -------------------------------
                                         Kay W. Slayden


August 23, 1994



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
        [LOGO]        PROXY                      THIS   PROXY  IS  SOLICITED  ON  BEHALF  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS.
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.                   The undersigned hereby appoints E. Thomas Chaney and Linda K.  Parsons,
3707 FM 1960 WEST, SUITE 500                     or  either of them, as  Proxies, each with the  power to appoint his or
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77068-5704                        her substitute, to represent and to vote, as designated below, all  the
- ----------------------------------------------   shares of common stock of Community Health Systems, Inc. held of record
                                                 by  the  undersigned on  August  26, 1994,  at  the Special  Meeting of
                                                 Stockholders to be held on October 5, 1994, or any adjournment thereof.
</TABLE>

 1.   To approve and adopt an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger,
      dated as of June 10, 1994 (the "Merger Agreement"), and the Merger
      contemplated thereby.

            / / FOR            / / AGAINST            / / ABSTAIN

 2.   In their discretion, to vote upon such other business as may properly come
      before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.
<PAGE>
    This Proxy when  properly executed,  will be  voted in  the manner  directed
herein  by the undersigned stockholder. If no direction is made, this proxy will
be voted for Proposal 1 to approve  the Merger Agreement and the Merger and  the
Proxies,  in their discretion, will vote on such other matters that may properly
come before the meeting.
                                              __________________________________
                                              Signature
                                              __________________________________
                                              Signature

                                              (Please  sign   exactly  as   name
                                              appears  hereon.  When  shares are
                                              held by joint tenants, both should
                                              sign. When  signing  as  attorney,
                                              executor,  administrator,  trustee
                                              or  guardian,  please  give   full
                                              title  as such.  If a corporation,
                                              please sign in full corporate name
                                              by President  or other  authorized
                                              officer.  If a partnership, please
                                              sign  in   partnership   name   by
                                              authorized person.
                                              Dated ______________________, 1994

 PLEASE COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED
                                   ENVELOPE.

<PAGE>
                                     PROXY
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
      25% PARTICIPATING CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
          This Proxy is Solicited on Behalf of the Board of Directors

    The undersigned hereby appoints James T. McAfee, Jr. and Robert M. Thornton,
Jr.  as  Proxies,  each with  the  power  to appoint  a  substitute,  and hereby
authorizes either one or both of them to represent and to vote, as designated on
the reverse side,  all the  shares of 25%  Participating Cumulative  Convertible
Redeemable  Preferred Stock of Hallmark Healthcare Corporation held of record by
the undersigned on August 26, 1994, at the Special Meeting of Stockholders to be
held on October 5, 1994 or any adjournment thereof.

                  (CONTINUED AND TO BE SIGNED ON REVERSE SIDE)
<PAGE>
THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY  EXECUTED, WILL BE  VOTED
IN  THE MANNER  DIRECTED HEREIN  BY THE UNDERSIGNED
STOCKHOLDER. IF NO  DIRECTION IS  MADE, THIS  PROXY
WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL 1.

1. PROPOSAL  TO APPROVE AND ADOPT THE AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF
   MERGER (the "Merger Agreement") by and among Hallmark Healthcare  Corporation
   ("Hallmark"),  Community  Acquisition  Corp.  ("Acquisition")  and  Community
   Health Systems, Inc. ("CHS") pursuant to  which (i) Hallmark would be  merged
   with  and into Acquisition (or vice versa  if mutually agreed by Hallmark and
   CHS)  and  (ii)  stockholders  of  Hallmark's  25%  Participating  Cumulative
   Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, $5 par value per share, would receive
   for  each such  share 5.4 shares  of CHS's  Common Stock, $.01  par value per
   share (with  cash  paid in  lieu  of  any resulting  fractional  shares),  as
   provided in the Merger Agreement and on the terms and conditions described in
   the  accompanying  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus,  receipt  of  which is
   acknowledged.

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>         <C>
   FOR      AGAINST     ABSTAIN
   / /        / /         / /
</TABLE>

2. In their  discretion, the  Proxies are  authorized to  vote upon  such  other
   business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

                                          Please sign exactly as name appears to
                                          the  left.  When  shares  are  held by
                                          joint tenants, both should sign.  When
                                          signing    as    attorney,   executor,
                                          administrator,  trustee  or  guardian,
                                          please   give  full   title  as  such.
                                          If a corporation, please sign in  full
                                          corporate  name by  President or other
                                          authorized officer. If a  partnership,
                                          please  sign  in  partnership  name by
                                          authorized person.
                                          DATED: ________________________ , 1994
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature if held jointly

 "PLEASE MARK INSIDE BLUE BOXES SO THAT
                  DATA
  PROCESSING EQUIPMENT WILL RECORD YOUR
                 VOTES"
<PAGE>
                                     PROXY
                        HALLMARK HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
          This Proxy is Solicited on Behalf of the Board of Directors

    The undersigned hereby appoints James T. McAfee, Jr. and Robert M. Thornton,
Jr.  as  Proxies,  each with  the  power  to appoint  a  substitute,  and hereby
authorizes either one or both of them to represent and to vote, as designated on
the reverse side, all the shares of Class A Common Stock of Hallmark  Healthcare
Corporation held of record by the undersigned on August 26, 1994, at the Special
Meeting  of  Stockholders to  be  held on  October  5, 1994  or  any adjournment
thereof.

                  (CONTINUED AND TO BE SIGNED ON REVERSE SIDE)
<PAGE>
THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY  EXECUTED, WILL BE  VOTED
IN  THE MANNER  DIRECTED HEREIN  BY THE UNDERSIGNED
STOCKHOLDER. IF NO  DIRECTION IS  MADE, THIS  PROXY
WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL 1.

1. PROPOSAL  TO APPROVE AND ADOPT THE AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF
   MERGER (the "Merger Agreement") by and among Hallmark Healthcare  Corporation
   ("Hallmark"),  Community  Acquisition  Corp.  ("Acquisition"),  and Community
   Health Systems, Inc. ("CHS") pursuant to  which (i) Hallmark would be  merged
   with  and into Acquisition (or vice versa  if mutually agreed by Hallmark and
   CHS) and (ii) stockholders of Hallmark's Class A Common Stock, $.05 par value
   per share, would receive for each such  share .97 of a share of CHS's  Common
   Stock,  $.01 par  value per share  (with cash  paid in lieu  of any resulting
   fractional shares), as provided in the Merger Agreement and on the terms  and
   conditions  described in  the accompanying  Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus,
   receipt of which is acknowledged.

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>
   FOR      AGAINST    ABSTAIN
   / /        / /        / /
</TABLE>

2. In their  discretion, the  Proxies are  authorized to  vote upon  such  other
   business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

                                          Please sign exactly as name appears to
                                          the  left.  When  shares  are  held by
                                          joint tenants, both should sign.  When
                                          signing    as    attorney,   executor,
                                          administrator,  trustee  or  guardian,
                                          please   give  full   title  as  such.
                                          If a corporation, please sign in  full
                                          corporate  name by  President or other
                                          authorized officer. If a  partnership,
                                          please  sign  in  partnership  name by
                                          authorized person.
                                          DATED: ________________________ , 1994
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature if held jointly

 "PLEASE MARK INSIDE BLUE BOXES SO THAT
                  DATA
  PROCESSING EQUIPMENT WILL RECORD YOUR
                 VOTES"


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission